VaidyanathaDi l<shita's

JATAITA PARIJATA
( qrrq rTrRGTrf,
)
Witlt Att
L.tr
gl islr'[ rnttsln
tiortnttd Copious
Erptlnrntorqrrotesnrtd Ernnrpl
es

BY
V. SultrantanyaSastri,Il.A.
A s s t t . S c c r c t a r ' \t,( ) t l r c ( j o v t . o f M y s o r c ( l l c t d . )
r r r t t l ' ln r n : l a t o r o l ' S r i p u t i l ' l t l d l r t i . I l r i l r l t . l a t a k a .
I I o r a s a r a ,U t t a r k a i r m r i t a c t c .

Vol. II

@
RANJAN PUBLICATIONS
16,AnsariRoad,DaryaGanj,NewDelhi-11
0002(lNDlA)

CONTENTS
Page
3t9

Adhyaya V I

Marring of Horoscope

Adhyaya VII

On Raja Yogas or Planetary

Conjunctions; leading to kingship

Adhyaya VIII
Adhyaya IX
Adhyaya

372
On Conjunctions of two or more Planets 495
583
The Effcct of Gulika, year Etc.
649
Ashtakavarga

fqqqTlfi"q'
qEnq:
q
b

EG6

wir.sllqTarq:
<tq+fmqm:

{oan$q15qtll'

a.

qret.qrfrsqrf{
qrao-qrtsqrq:

to

a'qJ6t:

1t e.

toR

l\e1
vt\

tcl

tcl
qYQ

Itc
tRc
\91

Rerultsof I &II Houses,III & iV Houses,V & VI X

!'emal.fr
:ii H"";.t.

f,fnrnonnnv
L-l^l'-L-Horoscopy,
Kalchakra

Tl^.^
\7.:-.L^.--,
Dasa,
Vimshottri

^^.Dasa.

x
xx*xxrKiKx)Kixxsi*

Reedcrs may send thcir order tr the Publisher.

qrdftqTftqre
qsts*{Ft:
ll wilifi.rTs-riqH:ll
Adhyaya

VI.

Nfennrnu op e l_loHosoopp.
Six slokas' ziz. 5e5,. +8, '[9, 50, 52,99 and l!0
taken from Brihat Jataka.

have been

qffrl
*ftrri'rqrilcnqiiqaT

*i\iur qrqqrRE+r{rn
t

ffiq ioqn '* q iiqqqrqT-

Enrrwmurtgr il t rl
h qTETt
Sloka I. There are certain planecaryconjunctions
which mar those leading to royal fortunes. There are
others namedt+r (Reka) which produce poverty. Some
again which are called ftt (Preshya)i.c. thcse lerding to
dependence
and servitude. And lastly, rhe:e are thlose
called*rqq (Kemadruma). These four classesof yogas
aboundin fortuncs marred just as they were going to
rise.

t\ quadG itr{t qiqnai

fitqr

ffrrmftqf qfl Wgi u.qtr* f{gur r

qtq{ ftfrqqrrmRi qril REnq+

ilq\Esornfrsiiftrnqtgrqrfl{.rs
n q ll
319

8x)

lfcTclR||A

Adh. VI.

%*

Sloka 2. When the Sun occupies in Mesha a Na,

vamsa of Tula and is aspectedby a malefic planet, the
person born will be money less. If Venue be in the
sign Virgo accupying a Navamsa of Virgo, a beggar is
born. When the Sun is in his depressionsign occupy,
ing the extreme depreoeion point, the perdon born,
though foremost in the greatesrof royal families, will
soon be bereft of fortunc, sons,wife and meansof living.
NorBs.
Tbis Sloka is from qiiffiGT

cl. srqcoi

Afie qtt} {i} ftqa: fiqeqiq{: I

rc rqdrnaiq$iq*free\ tt
eAfrq'IE *f*di

qrilT:FnfiEr{ |

A^\a\\\.

3TRilrT6aa{;fi't;r drTtrSeRIF{:t}

r
sftfr qai;qe fiqiil flrTqftqn:
dqmqgo
11srialqhnt gaqrr
Also Qkrqrrtq

ilrqi rfif,tilq: qr{ dtqqf{d; r

fqfuirqq]'nii {nTqqkqqq tl

ffi

\^

{rri dtqqr8ro:r
aa-<r{Til:

{{IR ftFI fff qriqTiT qErr{Er{ll

According to Sli.anda,the mere rrosition cf the planets in
'Ihey
must also be in a certain
flsdx or ai?aqit is not enough.
particular. bhava to be thus capable of marring tbe fortunes of
the horoscope otherwise accruing. y'.

gorqiE$qqmrrflls q& fisft r

qfqfqaiqfrfr
eqrwilig RFefttt

sl. t.

gzt

qtrsecrg:

qflq {rrqrfq-sTi*ts.Sfi frgft

qd qrfqa*ggo wriisaqGtqfi tl
erfiflqfiierqqiq +arir gi I

o*ei nrng$rqrnluftqfttfurr
qqi qi t
frt qeiri qrqqrF,{s

*d, mfiftftftqta,
SQ q+ds,
tt

q+t qaliqrlqrDrsftlfr g,rr r

qrdiq: ftqgdaftqfi rr
e{fEfaefi
+-qrqtssfitii qr,ii qe,ilt t
,ii qn, gtn:ftq firedsE
frqft tt
erq,{fiilfif}e .Trrrqaqi {r* t
qra] qt grq] fiei fl ,at&r fr.ifd ll

qqpr?t{T{i}qisq{9fr
gh'eg}ftt
wmrqqqlEirsftiafuoiilqrgtfrftqq t
A

C-\

\\

.n.A{\

inffilerHififftt r{Erlil (tR0t (t{IIqilI

qrdsfi {gtfi f,rqi}itfrqrtqtrS{hn{rrlrl

Sloka 3. When Jtrpiter in conjurictiorrwith Sa,
by Venus arrd Mercury,
turn, Mars arid Rahu,is aspected
the person born though in body a Sudra, will acquire
every kind of knowledge and fortune. When the Sun
and the Mo:,n occupyin,gtiie 7th bhavarre aspectedby
Saturn, th,: person born will get a good living by the
adoptionc.rfmeansprescrio.:dfor a persgnoi basebirch.
cf. sqi,iFrartlfir

';latQnii:Hil{;4'igiT
g'};frlanr rrflrqgriI
'iQqr{iiqfi fi.ri z Rqiqftrir'-{
qra.ll
{dt.sfq

322

ilctcritcrt

Adb. vI.

+-r& il fiCIilRqfirdntdrqdtreD

qqTi,^fiFahmqq.ilqgei
f,rgn)Ertti(ilsI
-.
urrqru0s*istqriirfi qdtt tv\ firgr: art
qrd-e*: ds-iqsdgtrrt{r;rrlJs.rffi|arq ilBrr
Slok,t 4. When Saturn occupies either
a Kendra
position or the rising sigo and is unaspected
by benefic
planets,a person born in the +ru*r (Kalahora)
lartlc
*rcftc,{fr: (SripatiPaddhati),Adhyaya B,
Sloka t4, Nores]
of Mars becomes a slave and a beggar. When
tlie
Moon in conjunction with Mars occupies\zlesha
and is
aspectednot by benefic planecs but by the Sun,
the
personborn is a mendicanr. If Saturn, thc Moon
and
the sun be in Kendra positions,rhe persor)born will
be
dull in appearance,indigent and feecling upon the
leavings of other people.
c/. sqirirtmq0r

qqrt*'i er* iqG qi fto* r

f,cstodirftqn't
gitrt(iujrcarjr.reiq
qrflFdf\nrmiqrfia: ;1
qTq1'.;qraq}ilftrll
*o4fF,ruq;r"fcqtfr{T+t

qi *qlrt rQrl*Uatq;|snat qmqfi

wrdrfirgr qq fffiiilo* qq) fri't rril! |
q$qrmdtC ftrqUtt qrqqiqontr
qriT;rTrrrrir:
qilqffiuq fiarflalii rr\ trrrr
Sloku 5. Whcn Saturn is in a l(endra position,
the Moon in the rising sign and Jupiter in the 12th
bhava,the personborn will be none otherthan a beggar
forlor' and in exile. when the lord of the qth bhava
occupiesthe 12th and a maleficplanet is in a Kendra
position,the personbor. will be addictedto evil, eating

Ijl. c7

qIsstmTi

823

at othar people'stable and maintained by their money

and illiterate.
sqi,ir?rrq?'r

*-t qril onqt lT{nHftq uq} f\ga qa srTd:I

dtt rqgisqil i{rft{giqfti{t q?q6(

a?idtquqifhisrgirfifrsit g.$fi6(|

frqtq-iliorfr naRqnftr ffti*rd]

hr: uqgit gq{rnrdiiryrnafktr n Qtt

Sloka 6. When Jupiter in conjunction 'with Rahu

or Ketu is aspectedby mrlefic planets, the person born
will do baseacts. Wl.ren Jupiter in his depreusionis
aspectcdby a planet which is also in his depression
sign, even a person thar is born a Br,rhminwill commit
wicked crimes. If the lrtloonand the lord of the risine
sign be in conjunction with the Sun and aspected by
Saturn, the pcrson born will be slothful. If malefic
planets occupy the l0th bhava an.l be without benefic
aEpect.the personbcrn will be a m:nial.
Nor-ns.
t*irftrnqilr

qlE H*fr qfEqr firrd qu*ercilqrqf4ilf*e+{ |

qniq|t f,tqqqf}qa"
il ftr Bc}rqftdiz{t:sr( ll
The latter half of this sloka reads thus ln :{rd ({

qrGiriltqqotfr+
ff* q-qReefr
isq:q1"gqdqlqflfa.+ itqq nf,tfia:rr
r11rQ}s-srh
T*{fiil

qTt-,itts?irr

gfiqt qiff wriqdt-fr qreis;q-qrqrrql

I

324

lrnm'Crftqr;

Adh.vr.

{t{tq{qdurrrsffi
rstd{qrrti{aqfuwegxGa:,irqtqil \ttrq, n s tl
Sl.oha7. When the lord of the 9th bhava is in
the 12th and malefic planetsoccupy the 3rd bhava,and
the lorcl of the 12th bhava occupiesthe 2nd, the person
bcrn will eat unwholesome food, wear a trusg or other
band and be an adukerer. When all che planets, being
in bhavasother than thc 10th, occupy their depression
cr inimical signs or portions of them, tlre personborn
wrll be lackingin lcarning,intellie:nce,wife and child,
ren, will be ill-tempcredand go about begging.
r/. qii*ti'{drqfiI

qir+?jifi:qqhai.ti finirrt xrqrftaw\, 1

hai.sfhl t qtr1*ql raigmls-qffiarrrqlll

qiqtdfqqqeqi)r:
*;ql-qiftg{ qq qrd:l!

orqrflit Rrqtrg fiqfi * sq.i ct

qrdrstiqewr SqrJrrfiEft* qiq r
thrwqqfr a inrragfrfl{ilHfffistt'
TIht qR asqrtd{q}qrd: Sosisul ll < rr
S/o&a 8. \l/hen the lord of the rising sign occu.
piesthe 12th bhavaand Mars in conjunction with tire
Moon is in a m.rleficsign identical with the l0th bhava.
the personbcrn wili have to go to a foreign land wherc
he may haveto live in i'digence sacrificingcomfortsa.d
affiuenco, If whcn the lord of the 9th bhava is in the
l2th, the lords of the rising sign and of that occupied
hv the Moon are not in conjunction with beireficplanets or are eclipsadby the Sun, the per$onborn losing
his wife and children will bring his family to extioction.

sl, g.

qgrsr|r{s

tz6

NoTES

c/. e-sj,it?idrfor

ai\rjt ft:nqtg qr+*nF* fiqgt {rilr* |

crfrsfilnw:qttfliTfi fte{rnfl g:fHd6r{'t erd ll

.irl,.rl qrosntRqri.q-frdrilrRfi
$,os,t
qn dqigd qRfift* qrtt
fiqes*r'ia{qrT

By the the term *t (Krura) as applied to a house

ln the first
qn (prda) of the sloka, all the
five horrsesofmalefics, aiz., Mesha,
Simha, Vrischika, Makara and Kurnblra are not meaDt,
but only
l\'Iesh:i,Sirnha and Kurnbha. Here tlre difierence
between the
terrns r{tr4i (Paparksha) and m({{ (Krurarksha) nray
be noted.
The one rneans " all the hou.". ovrnedby malefics,,,
while the
other confinesthem to " their odclsigns."
\\\r

drrqrdsqgfst-xrqiFrir qlqnlf,r

et q-fi{i{+ sfr $6widii*qnfiqql r

*rt q}rruTri'nga* vE gofrsg\

qft t.qqh q ffilFrilstkil!

$'oqfrql il \ ll

Sloha 9. When bcneficand maleficplanetsoccupy

Kendra positio.s, and the Moon aspectedby the lord
of
the rising sign is in a Navamsabelongingto saturn,tlre
personborn brings his race to an end becoming
bereft
of wife and children, When Mercury and Venus
occnpy the 7th bhava,Jupiter the 5th, a malefic planet
rbr: 4th and anothermaleficplanet the gth, all the bia.ra,
i' this case being calculated from the Moon's prace,
rundersuch a yoga are born those with whom theii race
dies.
c/. .rsirfi?drql]r

fiflftn}e r
{rrg\: }o4lt: {ril$} o*Eqonft

nlttn+{r qGrignhqa:$e,is*t RaX:tr

826

.ref'tlfuRl

Adh. vI.

qil{ili {itrP{fuilet &taq.} qorflii q r

tl+ frohqRt*qt*ff{rrr}frf*rfrqr+.r!
nl ou

Slrr[a ].0. Wh:n the Moon is ar rhe close o[ a

moveablesign, or in the beginning of a fixed one, or in
the middle of a dual Rasi and is without srrength, and
when the rising sign is unoccupiedby planets,Rajayola
come$to an end.
4 s1ffir

qrqrtqrfig{rqtiqErqt0T:I
ts{:erErrrRqrt

qt?rfqr aritqtq qgca {ft: ;1

owdinEqrnrqsrrrqulamtiqtlqill t

qnrrrtfrRilrs
<$fhxqtrlq{iquftilscrilgqlu ?q ll
SioAa 11, If, at a birth, the planer owning rhe
rising Navamsabe the Sun,the Moon or Jupiter;and if
it rhouldoccupyin its depression
signa Navamsaowned
by its enemy and the lord of its depressionsign, the
personborn will be the follcwer or servantof another.

dbft qqiqrt ilqt ilat-"\

;Hqqq-r{TriqTqht$uHsI

Xlq{fNq;qt

*'ilrr wqot

ilqfr RMul(*

trq$qqru tR tl

Sloku 12. When the Moon is in the lOth bhava,

Jupiter in the ?th and a malefic .plauet in the 9rh, the
perEonborn becomesthe ruiner of his family. If Venug,
Mercury and the Moon occupy Kendra positions and
Rahu be in the rising sign, the person born will live
like a base,bcrnwretch, lost to all s:nse of duty enjoin,
ed in the sacredscriptures,

gl. 13,15

qlrscrr4:

321

Nores.
(Fitsl half). Vrilc aks AdhyayaXIII, sloka
zo, inltd.
( t. attet nh n. aJ.sql,ii?arqFr

Hqflqcr:*'+wrgg+r *oAftqar
,ilfifi *Gq* r
qoercq}lr:
r q4qqriiqm)fiqrqrrgmiQlq:
rt
Aiso qrfr{A{

afrrgqgmr'
*=i dgmrirgngto* r
-rosrcq,ilqqfu1arn)
qr( fl
fiq{rrfr{rfRd:

fr U,irqq{{itt iNT
g:qfi qrggiirriq I
srqiWqfta*i(rTr*qm {Eh{gfu fiuq n qI tl

Sl. Aa 13. When Venus in its depressionsign

or
in a Navamsa owned by Saturn occupiesa g:t,.fi;r(Dur,
stthana (such as the 6th, the gth or the tzthLhavaj
and
is aspectedby Saturn; and when the Moon
in .o";r".
ction with the Sun occupiesthe Tth bhava,
th" p.rron
born will be in perpetualservitudewirh
hi, morher.

rti gfr {Rnqrq+qr*qlUil qrqgif{rgwrr

H qqrtgqE&{t+
gt rilFrqrft6irrtr qBtl
GDr

Slaka 14. When Jupiter in its depression

or the
Sun in the sameposition occupiesa *-tr (Kendra)
in con.
junction with a malefic planet
the pcrsonborn will
commit infanticide. When a maleficphner
is in
*+
(Kendra)and has no beneficaspsct,
"
andJupite, o..,r'i.,
the Sth bhava,the person born will be th:
,tnugtrr.r"i-it
animals of the cow and deerkinds _j.e.
will be.on. th.
purveyor of beef and venison.

wrg+tr firfrqqrtrqiqifldr{rqsqFrfiq r
atqi'urr]
fr.qqn Rifi] qrqtgrQeitqgqlna;mIIt \r r

328

ililrqftd

Adh.vI.

Slola 15. When the Moon and \,Iorcury in con.

junction with a malefic planet are in the lOrh bhava
and areaspectedlikewise by a maleficplanet and when
the Navamsasthey occupybelong to their depression
eignoand have no benefic aspecton them, the person
born will be a {owler all his life.
NoTES.
This sloka apearsralso in qliTd(d.

qfl-t arf,qfr.
qi qrfirtat"{sqrrfuigr
qntrqts{fiaqir
ilErdisrrrcg
frqsfttr*n n tE tl
Slollrr 16. If the lord of the rising sign occupy the
5th or the 2nd bhavafrom the Moon and maleficplanets
be in the 8th and the Sun in the 10th, rhe p:rson born
will live by a professionvery far fron enviable.

ffi'{tfi

ugi{teft dE{+Erwnqgir

snil (grrTsg{ERiil6EE tftEfr qpq6ftriltetl

Sloha I7. If the Navamsas occupied by Venus

and Jupiter be owned bv their several depression or
inimical signs and if Saturn also be in a Navamsasuch
as deecribed above,the person born will suffer afflic
tions and live in pain and unhappiness bereft of wife
and children.
Norns.
Slokas l3-l7 are also quoted in qsl{r?il,uq.

qif qmn+rdlqTR{rqr
d+ttsr irqaqrft'{rtrr
tRwdt{rqtrt o}qri rttnrftlwgtsdrq lt tc rr
Sloft:r18. If all the maleficplanets be in Kendra
positionsidentical with their depreesionor inimical
eigns,andif they be at the same time aspectedby

sl. 18,

qSs,qrc:

329

benefic planets occupying the l2th, the 8th and the 6th
bhavas,they destroy the Rajayogaof th: horoscopeno
less than those planets which occupy maleiic 60th
portions in their depressionand inimical signs.
Nores.
It is not possible to give an example for the yoga described.in
the text, uiz , malefrcsin Kendras being at the same time aspected
b y b e n e f i c si n D u s s t t h a n a s( 6 t h , 8 t h o r l Z t l r ) . I f t h e f i r s t h a l f o f
the sloka be interpreted :rs " if all male6c planets be placed in
Kendra, depressionor ini'rical positions and be at the same time
aspectedby benefics occupyiugthe 6th, 8th or l2th bhavas,', the
following horoscopenray be suggestedas arr example: _-

Mercury
Venus
For the same e{Iect the yoga described in qlttsdt (Saravali)
is slightly difterent, While the two c o n d i t i o n sV t z . , ( l ) t h a t a l l t h e

lLagna

Moon

Sun
Merc,
Venus

---

II
I

330

qrilEcrftfla

Adh. VI.

,
s i o n o r i n i m i c a l s i g ' s a n d ( 2 ) t h a t a l l b e n e f r c s h o u l db e p o s i t e di n
D u s s t t h a r i a (s6 t h , 8 t h o r l 2 t h ) h o l d g o o d ,i t i s s t a t e dt h e r e t h a t t h e
malefics slrould rt::.[.c as:ocitLled
uith ss aslcc!ei l,y the benefics.
c/. t{Edr

H1 .r,{T:fr;4 qlqlRrtdT ? fltcrig4egt: I

gq/:t-q,tfi,Jq;)qarsfiqqli q41zqa:tt

il-niqmffqfraffirrdrg\sr qfaqqqrfi|
T(ftq8q{Uf,rq{rqrEo*{gdrs;q6s1q1d1
ll qq ll
S/oArr19. If Saturrr,the Moon and the Sun occupy
Kendrapositionsand are not aspectedby bencficplanets,
the personborn will be a drunkard, If thc sam: planets
occupymalefic6rJthpcrcions owrled by their inimical
and depressionsigns, the person concerned will be
wickedly inclined and commit adultery qith another's
wife,
Norns.
Fitsl

hdll.-Vide

Latltr half.

71so :l6lia gl itrftu.

I . ' . r r t h e s a . n r ee f f e c t , t h e f o i l o w i n g y o g a i s a l s o

mentionert inl,tlal;h{at

qitut{{rs 'if} nrg*, qnfF,ricq;q{.d{qTqt

ll

aii Uir q{qi uqr\ idqq{iltqiArTrqstI

d g.*:*wtam& urii q EnTiq$r(qr
eil( u(o11
\ l o l r l 2 0 . I f l t V c n u si n i t s r l e p r e s s i o ns i g n a n d
in
conjunction with a maleficplanetoccupy the 9th bhava
and be aspectedby a rnalefic planet, the person born
w i l l b e a f o w l e r . l f a b e n e f i cs i g n r e p r e s e n tt h e t 2 t h
bhavaand Venus .Jccupy thereina Navamsaowned by
Saturn,the persouborn will be e.rcessivelyaddictedto
$e t v a r r t , m a i d s .

sl, 2L-22

331

ltgf sc{tq:

Norrs.
T h e s e : r n Ch r l f o f t h i ; s l c k r i s q r i t e d i l ' { : r e a ti n q i i q r ? t l r q f t , u i z '

qfi;qgh qrhnt ,frqgtfhga: 11

firdrarlfd

ttt*drrrr tl
ulir qorRhqR{qa{Rrft\tiqt

rrtqt
qfrFsqn\gr;<tgftiqrcqqirri

r ioqigssqdi
ffgTFTqhgaimqfr

ftrtiq fitriki tr qqrftnrrgimqr il Rqtl

S t o k a2 1 . l f a t a b i r t h t h e l o r d o f t h e r i s i n g s i g n
has no strengtli and is aspectedby the lord of the 8th
bhavaand if Jupiter is obscured by the Sun, there wil I
be the planetarycortiunctioncallecli*r IReka)(emptying
or purging). If the lrrd of the Navamsa occupiedby
the lord of the 4th bhava be obscuredby the Sun rvhii':
being aspectedb-vtha lord of th: L]th bhava there will
againbe the yosa termedi+r (Reka)'
\
\
\
- a AA
^A
qBErrfr{i;rtrrr{?T
gqqdt t;{{gi6 (Itll
\

\-

qt;T{rgeq fqoqil{Ediqs( tsIIrT I

q;rrtcqq{ditil qit gw! t'qi**Ftlqnrr:
qm ontt{rnqiq iiqb t*rf,{{rel'fiq tt<rtt
\\

--\

Sloht 2). When thc lord of the 4th bhava is

aspectedby the lord of the 6th ; when tlre lord of the
9th in conjunction with the lord o{ tire 8th occupies
the 5th bhava and wheo the lord of the rising sign is
depressed,the personborn getsitr (Reka) for his lot'
When benefic planetsare in the 8th, the 6th and the
t2th bhavas, while mtlelic ones occupy Ken:lra and

3 32

qr(tqrRqrt

Adh.vr.

Trikona positionsand when th: lord of the 1lth bhava

is without strength,the person concernedsuffersinju,
rious effectsof the iorqirr(Rekayoga).

ilurr qutigrr imagsqnaqftilei(

it;g;Flqft!g\il(gttqrdrrToit*qr r

qrqeTtTstr
ilufrqmragiiqonrQt

qtqtl qq\ q niq.Jatrifliq*rrir qh tt ?.i rr

Sloha 23. If the lord of the rising sign be in
conjunctionwith a malbficplanet; if Venus and Jupiter
have becomeinvisible ; and if rhe planet owning the 4rh
bhavabeing in conjunctionwich a maleficone disappear
likewise, a i+r.irf (Reka yoga) is produced. When the
lord oJ the 9th bhava is obscuredby the Sun'srays and
when the lords of the rising sign arrd the 2nd bhava
occupy their depressionsigns,there is theiqr*rr (Reka
yoga) again.

q?qqnqtrRt{i'sturu?{reffii
ar{t

qffib frlq hqEl t

g*qTarfrsEiTr

-gq(qr ttoTaJuiqrqqrcqil{r grTfr ffi fl

nwgdqqrrtdrfi'oErdtqrftqr\flqil!lt 1,8 rr
slohu 24. A iqrqjrrlR.ekayoga)is prodrrcedwhen
there are three planetseith,:r depressedin position or
o b s c u r e db y t h e S u n ' sr a y s , a n d w h e n t h e l o r d o f t h e
r i s i n g s i g no c c u p i e sa b a d p o s i t i o n( s u c h a s t h e 6 t h , t h e
Eth anC the l:th bhava) or is without strength. If
d by de1'ressed,in imical, or
malefic planets-- aspecte
malefic planets-occupy any of the 9 bhavas,namely
r h e l s t , t h e 2 n d , t h e 9 t h , t h e 1 0 t h ,t h e 1 l t h , t h e 4 t h , t h e
5th, thc Tth and the llrd ; they will producethe lteka
e{fect in respectto tire bhavasaffected.

'lg 25,27

strstqm:

833

fuirrurt
q<qefimqrnr!qrdflt{ |
qr* g qhq{qfr Tq{tRtrA

iffiqr ftgr*orcdve$ru R\ fl
Sloha 71. A single malefic planet,a pair of male,
fic planetsor a triad of them occupying any one of the
nine bhavas(menrioned in the latter half of the preced,
ing sloka) and aspectedby depressed,inimical, malefic
planets,will produce the effect of the Rekayogarespec,
tively in the early,the middle or the concludingportion
of the lives of the person concerned.

rttu-nsqtt
ftft* frqi.rcftqqGil
Hsqr {Rr{s
*{t gribilqrrfrdqwr frqr{tnr rgsI
f\qffi qfr* fi{Gnrm}qrce{rMm}
tqqrqq{rds{ftG* fiRq*fti}Cdf n REn
Sloha 25. A persc''nborn under the Reka yoga has
neither kncwledgenor wealth ; he is penurious,bostile,
iustful and wrathful; his mind is alwaysdistreseed; he
is disagreeable,
having no beautyor grace; he is crafty;
he lives on alms; he is filthy and quarrelsome;he is
full of envy and rage: he reviles godsand Brahmanas
and he is rated daily by his (wife and sons) whole
family.

(srcqr
$rat sqrdlirfrfrqhqqJqrFqfr
r{dlqqsn$qq6a'ilgtltQgt

It

Adh. VI

qrilfqriT{rre
v l a

v Y

v v v !

v v v v v v v

e v

v v v v v v

g r

v v v

v !

v v

l v v v '

v v

r w s

qiqtl {Td+r!qrqrufrirqqq
qr)rs'u\
'
qgHeR*rrlTrq{iwJ
idgql qlqts ll le ll
Slofra. cJ|. A peroonborn under the Rekr yoga
will be evil'minded; he will have ugly or disersed
be ill off ;
nails; he witl be givento badwayl ; he wilt
relatives;
he will be intent on injuringand ab'rsinghis
he mayb:
ir" -tt be short'lived;hemry begall round;
in mind ; he
-*.; he may be blind, daafor insane
"irv f.'f"ttful or wrathful; he mry b: a cripple; his
in his eyes'
thoughtsmay be betrayedby the clr'tnse

n qRa{rnr:ll

qrrtEtr(frqotiftriEi qt

${ii*lqiHfirtrEudR eil( t

*.naffiafiq sfltY(fr

olrrFrir qit i{iffid qRKrll 1d ll

the
the lord9f.
SJofta28. When Jupiter' being
bhava
lord of the 9th
8,thor the lst bhrva' exceedsthe
lord oi the 11th occupying a
i"-t*"g,tt, and when the
is s:orchedby thz Sun's
rtriri"t .ther than a Kendra
per$on born will b:
l';;;';;; lt *"^r, in strengch, thr:

iniig.nt.

olfl fr qq;q gdrl{fiqt{Rq*gqt

Cixqn{til Tril rRuqlelnEl t\gul t

qr{qtrrrilrtiqitmq I frtifrftrQe'r
f\g*l tlR'qll
6rr({:rrftrqqi c5fr qtqirrrl}

or Mercury'
Sloha29 If Jupiter, Marg' Saturn
and otscured by the Sun's rays, occupy
beingdepressed
or the 5th bhava at
,i" irrft, the 6th, tne 12th,th: 8th

sl' 3&'31

qfr'w1q:

g$5

in the
a prson'sbirth, he wiil be a beggar' lf Saturn
by maleficplanetsand if Mercury
9th bhavabe aspected
bhavaa
in conjunctionu'ith the Sun occupy in the lst
sign, therervill be a
Navamsaowned by its depression
beggarborn.

Srqagxrfia;Ea{Qgrl

r;mRRrqgffi{qil qiE qr( |

oir{(IEitqol 6qr{lllqaFil

Eftrr11{o ll
*qRqa\qiiqrrfqart

Staka 30. If Jupiter,Mercury, Venus' Saturnand

ith
fFe
Mars occupythe Eih,the 6th, the l2th, the
"f. bha'
LZth
the
of
lord
if
the
and
lCth bhavasin any order
by the
va thoughdepressedin position and obscured
superior to the lord of the
Sun'oraye be nevertheless
be a beggar'
rioing sign in strength,the personborn will
Nores

trqft
atqRwm
'i*,i qqi soa(+{ qnil'Eitir q\( t

qta'qi
of {qq{httqrgt gi
ll
ort eilql a{rqqql dtqrt ltgtr ll 1l

lRrrqft{rt

Adh. vI.

Sloka 3L. If at a person'sbirth, Venus, Jupiter,

signoand
the Moon and Mars b: in their depression
occupyfour out of the six bhavasnamely,the lst, the
10th;theltth, the 9th, the ?th and the 5th; that person
will be indigent. When Venus occupiesthe lst bhava
Jupiterthe 5th, Mars the tlth and the Moon the 3rd,
eachoneof thesebhavasbeingidenticalwith the depres'
sion eignof its o:cupantpltnet,thc personborn will be
a beggar.

'"-'"1
|

_l

|
Juniterl

Nores.

(t l

I**"
I

Moon

ut + q(fit{GsRta

et q dqgwr qR ltUtr qq t

wtr ftnsrrgtfitao{ilt
dti ftWqqqtq rriqgftr!ll lR rl
Sloha 32,. When the lagnais a moveablesign and
the ricing Navamsa is also owned by a moveable
Resi rnd it ie aspectedby Saturn as well ag by
depressedJupiter, the person born will be a beggar.
the 6th
The camewill be the cacewhenJupiter occupies
than
his
own.
12th
cign
other
bhavain a
or the

sl. g3-36

qdsc{rq:

337

sil(: ft* ulflqis qrqrtERafroilqqnq

{t i
+.netrnrnrdrcg
frrqr i{qrurr qr.qdfqil{ nlltl
Sloku 33. When the lagna is an immoveablesign
and alt the malefic planets are in Kendra and Trikona
positions while benefic ones occupyother than Kendra
positions the person born will live upon alms and will
owe his maintenanceto other people.

* ftont fritr frrqbenffirq+Ffiiqrrar

a{rqfrI
trorIl iFqqRftqilr{qfi'qruaftogtrR ilil

lll8ll

Sloku 34. If a moveaolesign be the Lagnaat night

time and if benefic planetsbo in K.endraand Trikona
placespossessingnc strength,the maleficones occupying
positions other than Kendra,the personborn will always
live by begging.

qTqritq(arrdrruflq{qi frrqr qiqe{FrnrrlFqr{tI

dt qtqr{ni sftr* dtbrirt q;ffit at* n 1\ tl

Sloha 35. If the maleficplanetsbe in their depres
sion sign$ at a pierson'sbirth, he will do sin.fulacts ; if
the benefic planeusoccupy their depression signs, he
will keep his sins concealed; if Jupiter being depressed
occupy the 10th bhrva or Mars be in the 5th bhava
depressedin position, the effect will be the same.

dqirqtstrIilqqrct
srfiraT
flt qoqrgqls I
frr-q qS aq\qqqrtq$$r rr lq il
Sloka 36. Planets produce depression cffects if
they occupy in their exaltation signsthe Navamsabeloog,
l?

3::""_"_""."
" ..*:,.",*""""",""^*-y:'
ing to their depressionsigne; they produceexaltation
dfects if in their depreesionsigns they occupy the
Navamsaof their exaltationsigns.
NorBs'
c/. ssl{ftdrqrq
{FI{FFIrrqt: I
*qrQrar w;lTft } ct;{rr fftrrm
srRmr tqlc aiqrrlrlr qEr ETg;iFd aSa rrFcq ll
qrmsl{'
The following are some moreift{ yogas mentioned by

onl{ta} aqqeif} flRi} il fatqn: t

frffist qat' tili'qrFfr"q}qrqt q{: ll
gt{T:I
gfrek;qqil: eofoqq1;Rsq(t*^qotqIliTl:
flsCI{t{q{{qqf*{T: flsq} (s;c) ig* t+g fiQa: ll

srrffisr gvrfttu: sqifr"I+sqv{rRqqI

q mr fifrql: r+g{Ati ffi: ll
"q+ftq\6r-dqtG
'
rqsft{faq|grrifqr:srufrPqfinmngai
dgqfr4Rqrwrgd<qqrilsqq@r$git: ll
ar*rftt Fgqt friqq< 116;mdqfaqq8: 1
H {F qTd\q?qfif,a ll
firfiii erE{r}Trq6Fq:
aaqfr{qqsftgftqd: gdrlilal {'rq: flqot:trS I
garqqG qT<gqrtr*wrfr fu"qfffiaqtqq: ll
qflfii e.3m+s trq' fiqtqTq fre]ftna t
66fr1: qglii fifi.it qK: sFlaqiwg fihq tt
aqerqi {iTftfr aaqil{lsrci} qErt
qRfr nril qi( ll
*aqqt: flat-t;
T{t

r
nqtwritu "It ftfrftaq.
q<t mngdqRM n' t
r
\flqI qqqqq qq'i nkgdq

Sl, 86187

qirlq'il qqrqb xglscqq* aqt t

ll
uqt w'r \q fihq' $ ITT;I1:

qgeqgq{R(t1t sa+ifrd{t
s{i qdeasrqrfuiir ftfea:ll
orqqgR{m,eg frtm: q6ll{tqqqils<{ra( |

.r<'il gfRilg enfrerqtR qfrqRft{a, 11

qb *qlSA: flg(: q'GD: I

sar*t] qaqnTqa

nqtt Fqi Ti erft* t qrqfrqirre}tt

qa,iTtHTsatauaatga:t
q.etfr qfi+t qrRqtilq nqh ll
vnrag$ft;|g nurqdl qi ftqa,t
ErRqm"qrfrffiqaq qlqT{: tl

{iqr gftfr q-q'g}u q gdt *}q r

*t .Bq,ifqlsqtrq',tqRfiq}n rr
aq qfrsqqtt
fftt i\ qil {E: ftaq-qgil q}q r
gc#qqqrfrfi sqdt*rqftgEqtt

ll ffi11
fr{h* R{ffi:qmftqqrftdmfrftFd
frqr$ ffirfr ftqrdr{frrrtd ilnr{rI
ffihffidilq.srsi
ffi qnqtqrrffi{E* ft*rqtd

Ersll ls lt

Sloka 37. The characteristicsof a person alflicted

is
with qitdirr (Daridrayoga) are such as these:-He

340

qrifs|T|frgrt

Adb. VI.

be defective; he is crafty; he is reproved and rated by

his family ; he has to live by begging; he is irr difficult,
ies ; his spcechis disagreeable
; he is addictedto lust
and gluttony: he would earn money by foul means; he
daily gives vent to his spiceand speakspungentwords ;
his heart is always set on other people's wives ; he is
mean; often times he is blind, mute and idiotic.

qt{i ttaq( Effif I

ERfrqltuoailqrqr( SB?
rrqrosiqsrqtt,a?Tf
S-{Rgrfit
il lc tl
Sqdtq GrTitr
Sloka 38. A person born in a qfiefrrr (Daridra
yoga) is fond of quarrelling; he may be a leper; he
destroys what is beneficial to others ; he is unlraceful
and given to boasting; he has no reverencefor Brahma,
nas; he has a had wife and a{flicted with diseaserlugly
nails.

It ffiq1;11
qh rfr q.rrEiftrtir tri rFfrmwr rrr$r

ot q\ iqgtrqqt qreifi{rqi qrsr{E(an( ft lq tl

S/<;ft,r39. When the Sun is in the 10thbhava,the

Moon in the ?th, Saturnin the 4th, Mars in the 3rd,
the Lagnain a moveablerign and Jupiter in the 2nd
bhava,the person born in this yoga at night will be the
servantof another.

*Iil T,ftsnffii {.G qTqrqfr

Rqfroqt Ert
r;'riki qsri+E st"qiCIiikt iuq{il rrEfun Botl
Sl.;ftrr40. When Venus occupiesthe 9th bhava,
the Moor, the 7th, and when Jupiter is the lord of the

sl. 41,43

qdrstqrq:

34t

2nd or the 1st bhavaand when Mars is in the 8th and

the Lagna reported to be an immoveableoign,per$onE
deetined
to servitudeare born.

hqq+qqqfr
frftrwfuqri
k;niR qft ttogqt c enelr
u-{;gwl+ggwr
ftlE*'nmit
irErailil n Bq tl
uiiq?qarrfudioruf
Slokrt 41. If at the birth of a personat night, the
l o r d o f t h e m r v e a b l er i s i n g s i g n b e i n a s a n d h i a n d a
maleficplanet eccupya Kendra,he will be a menial. If
Saturn,the Moon, Jupiter and Venus occupying during
the day a Kendra, or a Trikona position, be in a sandhi
ar-rdif the rising sign be an immoveableone, the person
born will be a menial likewise.

r
tuqaii-ruir{q=frdegfrq'ldqq.tgh

hErafrrdiift awrq*g* fno*qrdfi{r ltBRtl

Slohu 42. Whcn Jupit.:r attaining an trrftt?r

(Iravathamst- t,itle Adhyaya L, Sl. 4'7
) occuples a san,
dhi and when the Moon possessedof an r<sqtr (Uttama
varga - attlc Adhyaya l, S/. 45) is outside the Kendras
arrd when Venus is in the rising sign at a birth at night
during the dark half of a lunar montb, the person born
is a menial.

h* rrtEfigr*l{qE(F\rqlil
{g1k{genq{drqslqqI
qrqi{s {ti\ii {ri{qnftr$+

ql+iiorqgsqrsr{iu(tn( u 81 rl

842

qT"r'rtftld

Adh, vl.

Sloka 43. A pereonwill bea menialif at his birth

Mars, Jupiter and the Sun oc:upy respectivelythe
sandhisof thc 6th, the 4th and the 10th bhrvas. If the
Moon occupyingthe Navansa of a malefic planetbe in
a beneficsign and if Jupiterbe in conjuncrionwith th:
lord of the rising sign,the peison born will live by
servinganother.

qqni& ga-(ffi;i trqil{HrsqRrs'{rfiI

wrilo Rqfr ftoncqrarqdcqgtfrfto( ilBBtl

Sloko 44. When Jupiteris in q+t (Makara)occupy,
ing the 6th, the 8th or th: 12th bnava and when the
Moon is in the 4th bhava from the rising sign,the person
born has to be at another's bidding.

rrisqimqoq rr
qrqrflrr
qwfrql sftil{rs.qi+crtt*l
gwit*i qres{*rqrFEa
rt
itq FTrlqfidia
r ia$rd ttrqtI
fr"qr*rqRrJ(qsEw

irrornierrqFtrrRqgt
*\ qdeq* u B\ fl

Sloka 43. These are the characteristicsof a person

born in the yoga called cuGq+ (Parapreshyaka-beingat
another's beck and call). Sucha person is generally
evil-minded ; he is fond of quarrelling; he is harsh of
speech; he is a reviler of the Brahmanacommunity; he
has a liking for people illiterate, he is indigent and
depraved; he is spiteful and wrathful; his pastime is
lying; he is deceitful, lustful and intemperate; he is
clever in gimulatins tenderness and false pride.

qissqrq:

sl' 46'48

343

n wg-ffifrr: tt
qfr qrqetr
tt zt qnqt iist iqqrqE;fr

qrt qq*sGgisi qrqirqdisgfa{mrqqr( ttuqll

Sloha 46. When the rising sign is ie (Mesha),
qgu (Vrishabha) or \rgq (Dhanus) and is aspectedby a
malefic planet, the personborn will have tooth disease;
when Saturn occupies the ?th bhava and Mars is either
in conjunction with Rahu or is without strength, the
person born will be defectivein limb.
,.f. c'rffid
.eti

${eet: ttt qtaii{t{qt: I

ciiiEsq njqrqoi ii ?r-cq;aErldu

oTt(trqqaFEtqflqa wrg3s I

iialqernrft qt$Sda] qiqqsI us tl

Sloka 47. When the Moon is in the 10th bhava,

Mars in the ?th and theSun in theZnd, the personborn
will lose somelimb.

ffqilq.rt RqteqrqtgkriH-aGiAgqGEI
riq t
qqPq{i;q Hst&fqt'

girqaiq $tldiit iiuq ll 8d ll

ttte 5th or fth

Sloha 48. \l/hen Mercury occupies
housefrom the Lagna and the other planetsare weak,
the child will haveiwo heads,four legsand four hands'
When the Moon occupiesVrishabhaand maleficrarein
the Riksha sandhies,the person born will be a mute'
by
If . underthe aboveconditions,the Moon beaapected

344

{rcrcrfT,ill

Adh. VI.

benefics, the child may get speech afterwards (after a

long time).
Nores
Fhst holl--,The above result should not be predictedunless
the characteristic combinations mentionedare complete. If the
characteristics are incornplete, an inordinate largeness of the
organsnamed shoulclbe foretoid, Some commentators take the
word ie"iu (Trikona) i' tbe slolia to mean
{oii-srur (Moolatrikoria)
of Mercury , that is Kanya. But this has to be rejectedon the
authority of ,itiir (Gargi) w-hoclistinctiy says:-

qouii'i: diacsq;i gir r

frgqrieFrdedi rrs&q;'rqrRrzn
rl
Sccond halJ.--gy
the words " nralelics are in the Riksha
Sandhies " it is to be understood that all the three malefics, aiz.,
Saturn, Mars and the Sun are jointly or severally to be in the last
portion of any one or rnore of Katakar Vrischika and lv[gsn4.
By
the words " afterwards (after a long time)," nothing more is meant
'1ater
than
than the ordinary time within which a child may be
naturally expected to speak.'
The last quarter of the sloka leads to the inference that such
Moon should also ]rave r'alefic aspect to make the person mute,
1'his is supported lty Gargi who says;-

$-dtrii,wqi;aei: vti*! gdiri r

q+: wirQ*: i'ntDrtq orrfr irRq rr
iqerat,i'rnt'i q-d e]r,i. qf,riqrrr rr
unless therefore all the three rnaierrcs are thus placed and the
I\Ioon has a malefic aspect, the predictio' should not be made.
If
there be o'ly two malefics thus placed, tl.renfrugality or smallness
of speech, and if only o'e, r.vaveri'g, slow or stammerrng speech
should be foretold.
lJrrt if such Nfoon has the aspect of one or
more benellc 1r1anets, the person will begi' to speak later than
when he would otherwise be na.turally expected to speal<, It must
thus be remembered that the aspect of malefics is also required to
make the native rnute, and the aspect of benefics to counteract it.

qdsrqrq:

sl. 49
qr{ra-$r

rii.larrFq.r*: trRrit g\ viciiirttite! r

d

\\o-

qo: drrti e,a *rrad} sqft !r

I
osr=iqqt$oii:
uifr g;r*'i
iegqrtqcrc{dt qitsfbarRd'r rrait rli: tt
The word qii (Gavi) in the sloka in the text mav also tnean
" in the house of speech," i.e., the second house frorrr the Lagna.
(Skand;r.hora) where it is laid
This view is supported by tq;iir(r
lown thus:

xrsFeri: cfoAfiinr] iltr*r: r

iqr rrftd Er{sriicrqr}$r}qrrEr. ir
\

tTrF|r{Rt{Ftstrrt{rq( tTcilrsT GtRff

\

A\

SFrfs{ {rtirfi rgt r-qrftq-ett

rsdii qwftrs*.itilmo{{tQ
"(r*frqrtrrRrftq srsfqrq +( qirqeslnBqtl
Sloka 49. (1) If Saturnand Mars occu,)ythe Rasis
or Navamsasowned by Mercury, the child will have
.teethat birth. [This refersto the time of conception].
(2) If the Moon be in thc Lagna identical with
Katakaand aspectedby Saturn and Mars, the child will
be a dwarf. [This also refersto the time of conception].
(3) If the srrljnnoe(Adhana Lagna) be Meena and is
aspectedby Saturn, Mars and the Moon, either singly or
conjointly, the child will be short in stature(crippie).
(4) If a malefic planet in conjunction wich the
Mclon occupy a Riksha Sandhi (at the time of coocepr
tron), the child wrll be dul[. These yogas trke cffect
only when their authors fail lo have bencfic asi)ecron
tbem.
44

346

drdtcft{Ie

Adh. VI"

Norrs.
(l)

In the case of actual birth under the dbove yop, the native

will have often tooth trouble.

(Z) tn tire case of a nativity, the above yoga holds good provided the Moon is in the Lagna and in l(ataka. (See Brihat
Jataka-XX).
qKrqoi

tig oi{reFqg qntr a drctFd'iteqt? srs: I

$raar.rmati aftiirri'r lft egc: eiq tt
trfrrid fiqi +i&OrSorffieBser<t
F6s:t
riifrqi q eE gsrrfftftriir: SrTrdrrqft crfr:t
s
aqqi rreFd d'rrtr,drqq.ddifkar, qH u

fruut*frumet qlqrsiqfi{t;t{AotI

qtaq*qqt{ eqfrr qrqgttgqrBRnr

ar( ll {o ll

Slo&a 50. If the rising sign be the Iast Navamsa

of Makara and if it be aspectedby Saturn,the Moon and
the Sun, the child will be a dwarf. If the last Navamsa
of Makara is rising with three malefics in the three.
decanatesof the Lagnabhava (the 2nd, 3rd and lst
the child will be without armsr feet or head
decanates),
as the casemay be.
Norrs.
eRHoi

lpaqe4elfifirii r
arqc*i qaild.g
{rrgd'r }urork*lorofiS tg Es: I
ft garigc<s: qFor?tfiq"|*i6ri: rr
A n o l h c vi n t e r p r c l a l i o n I f a l l t h e t h r e e m a l e f i c s e r ei n t h e l s t
decanate,the issue will be born without head. . lf they are in the
Znd decanate,it will be without shoulders; if the planets are in
the 3rd decanate,it will be without legs.
The worclsfrasdi{.{ii{ sqlril:qi}: have been i nterpreted tbus :
" If lvlars occupy the lst, 2ndor 3rd Drell ana rrfthe Lagna."

a47

qgrsqrq:

sl. 51,52

But this is opposed to the opinion of q,i (Garsa) .from whose

works the next sloka has been quoted.

rtrqrd{qt;g{mitf I
oqiqrur{fr
oqtEGrft{.il((te} rqtfnaq ll \t ll
Sio&c 51. Mars oct'upying the Lagna Drekkana
(eraf*rur) and aspectedby thc three planetsSaturn' the
child. The child
Sun and the \tfoon producesa headless
will be born armlessif Mars o.cupy the Drekkanaof
bv the s:lmethree planets
the 5th bhavaand is aspecced
as in the precedingcase.
Nores.
sloka rs from tT,+iil {Garga llora) rvltere the reading is
s l i g h t l y d i f i e r e r r ti v i z . , - . i l s i . M ' l t i i r q : l ' ' . I n o r d e r t o c o m '
plete the idea given in sloka.50 above, this has to be read with the
This

following first half of the next sloka in thet rvorli, z'iz ,

itcE cacerri aff *ir):r;ir?effi: r

Its omission from the text must only be zrccidental. The
translalitrn shoultl thcrcfore lrc thus'
l v l a r so c c u p f i n g t h c { r r s t ( r i s i n l l ) I ) r e l ; l i a n a o f t h e L a g n a a n d
a s p e c t e db y t h e S u n , t h e M o o n a n r l : i i l t u r r r , p r o d u c c s : r h e a d l e s s
child. The child rvili ire boru arrtrless if Mars occup]' the lirst
(rising) Drekkanzr.of the 5th house and be aspected by the same
t h r e e p l a n e t s . f ' h e c i r i l d b o r n r v i l I h r t v e u o l e g s i f N l l ; t r su n d e r
t h e s a m e a s p e c t o c c u p y t h e l l r s t l ) r e l < l ; a n ao f t h e 1 ) t h h o u s e f r o m
the Lagna.

tRqrftrgiifrt oi. $qrf*fiffkf

rqiG(: ditqr{t*i: {Tga(fiqd!|
\

9.

6{rq{IEqdqdl ErrI I$RFFT{ {ti{l

sTgqrrfitrdm {ilqinq{i}a gtftatl ll \R ll

SlcAa 52. When the rising sign is Simhaand the
Strnand the Moon occupying it are aspectedby Saturn

348

ftncrRwi

Adh.vI.

and Mars, the child will be born sightless;if rhe same

Ascendant be aspectedby benefic as well as malefic
planets,the personborn will b: blear,eyed. Tire Moon
occupyingthe 12rh bhava from the Lagna will injure
the ieft eye while che Sun in the same positionaffects
the right one; rhese malefrc yogas mentionedhitherto
can be escapedfrom in casethe authors of such yogas
happento be aspectedby benelicplaners,
Norrs'
r-f. qRt{dr

t.qrdiqarfii fiafir* fqtiift,il o* r

.i
\^

Est Siutfirqi Eriq-'{:qqqfAar rr

eilfiqqtEqfsTrfiahiqt gqEqror
gQr: r
qqqFiar{itsft
qry d,trrsgilflqqt{dt tl
.qqqtnqda-a)qrc rgfi+rnafi
Qla' t
\\.ln:\\.

e\\

(qRitq

?iFqqdEl

qlrqdl qq.I: ll

Also qql*Earqior

q;4r{gsQ{tfqdfrrpqna}sfhfiarnug,
r
r.\n

_x\e\-\c\

grTl{iirtf,{.ztqq:qr;gqq ih: nfiaqrr{ruql{il

I3hattotpala, the commentator, ad<ls that if the
l.agna ftr
(Simna) be occupied by tlrc Sun alore anrl
b q a s p e < . t c dh v N T a r s
antl Saturn, the chird wirl ire rrri.d rf rhe right eve.
IIe wiil be
blind of the left eye if trre N{oon ^1o.e should occupy
rht (Sirnlia)
a n d b e a s p e c t e db v M a r s a n I S a t u r n .
See also 31el<a55, irt{rr.
The Sun, the Moon,

Mars and Saturn are the plenets that

S e e y o g ; r r n e r r t i o n e dj n ( I ) t h i s s l o k a ,
znd (Z)
Rrihat Jataka XXIII-10
qriotecu
l n d e r n o t e s t o s l o k a J g i 7 7 zf a .
T h e S u n i n t h e 8 t h c ; r u s e s r l e f e c : t i v ee 1 . e s i g h t . ( t r r 1 a
Brihat
'Ihe
.lataka XX-3).
Sun ard the Moon in the 6th and
the gth
cause blindness.

alsocauseblinduess. (SeeSlokalgg infua),

s|.63-64

Wl5sqg;

34e

Mars and saturn also causeblindnesswhen they are simirarly

placed (i.a., when they are in the 6th and gth).
c,f. sKlqdt

a*r sr $rit cr er{{r} *fhh qqqrar rr

WG* qqefufio*

tt d+ tq.r itats* r
tr{r+qrirfuifr{"i qr(
sffi'qil o{t gqilqsn \l tl
S/cr&a53. When the rising sign is iq (Mesha)
rnd the Sun occupies ic being in his exaltation,
the
perEonborn will be brave, obsrinateand possessed
of
moderarevision: if rta (Simha) take the p1.."
of lq
(Mesha) in the previcus case,the pcrsonborn
will have
eye disease; if the iagna be gor (Thula) and
the Sun
occupyit, the personborn will be nighr.blindand poor;
and lastly if *r+ (Kataka)be rhc lagnaand have the
Sun
in it, the personconcernedwill ha,.rcinfl.rmedeves.
Norrs.
This sloka appears in JRI{r(d.
c/. gq;atd+;

qrw;ril fs+eaqc)fi{oils} agr}

i\ nef<fq{r{a:ftWet frnrs: I
ff-=)s=qlse:
aRrlfli gg{rei:va}
\\9

XR{;{I ZqadqaiqCIilriifrfiq tf

.qi rqh( grrqis{qd t} Aianq{.qr.t f

rfoqrrr{rfk Ed}f,nflf wri frfi Eftorqs{RTi
n\B tl
Slt,ha i4. The Sun and the Moon occupying
the
12th bhava whether conjointly or apart destroy
the

350

{rcr$frca

Adb. VI.

right and left eye respectively; malefic planets in the

cth and the 8th bhava have the power to take arvay thc
sight, the planet in the 6th destroyingthe left and that
in the 8th bhava destgoying the right one.
c/,sddftilFTrQ

Rirrq-qi "-qqq]aqrf,tq;*qi.n'i.qEqr&e1* r

gfurqlcqaiqfr:h Ufr qi.nl'qrrftQlitt

ftd*fr omelqafiqIfrt{Tgrnqgiltil}qr
ilqer0iEi{urqrgt-qKftqqK:IgilTc {r,q{ il \\ tl
SlcAo 55. The Sun whether in the lst or the 7ch
bhava when in conjunction with or aspectedby Saturn
will in no long time destroythe right eve of the person
concerned; but if the Sun be in coojuqction with Rahu
and Mars, other conditions being the sameas bafoJe, rt
is the lefc cve that will suffcr in this cass.

ftfrtq.* qft it:qqrfr q.ftrcq6ETq{rrtsutrqr

t
qr{
qiqrfiPi rni ft
GqiUfrqfQgr}Trq+q
ll \q u
Sl;,ta 56. If malefic plancts occu$ythe 6th, 8th
and 12th bhavas,those in the last being the Sun and the
Moon, the occupar-rtof the 6th bhava will destroy the
left eye of the per$on born while the planet in the Srh
bhava will dcal similariy with the eye on the right side.
I / i d d s T o k ai l

s t t ft a .

t
si qlir frqi uhi: {S6qraTnnrtn$itoql

cqHruHrfrGmrk q* qfrt qft qsi',{ru\\erl

Slofta57. If Mars be the lord of the Znd bhavs,
if the Sth be occupiedby the Sun and the Moon, and if
Saturn be in the 6th or the 12th bhava the person

31.59,59

q&stqr{:

s61

born will be blind. tf the Moon occupy the 8th, the

12th or the (rth bhava and Saturn be in conjunction
with Mars,the personborn will b: sightiess.
NorEs.
This slokr is from sliTqt(({.
The following are some more slokas frbm flir..(d
to the same effect:-

leading

eld qrqelagb no{rriit}gF.tag* r

ii qqrqTqi{gci+tq}q a} s g ne+d:tl

ilarsqiuq* sqrtqnqa+d{tntq r
tarffi qTurqtq qilgt engfr+rffiz}tt

qt qtlss\ rrrfroilq;s{ts*+ r
M

qti rr{iTs'q.*qt(irq{ n \e rr

Slofra 58. If the Moon be in the Och,the Sun in

the 8th, Saturnin the l?.th and Mars in the 2nd, under
sucha yoga,the personbbrn, be he Indra himself, cannot but be blind.
4/. gqswa+

fqq{rRqqaqqfiqar
tfrq;qnqqr qqr dqrJ
*eaqqGlq6T&dgqntqqq<qi1ilq I1
Also

sfilfiAf

qBnqit{;qqd q qr+
"q+ fl"} fiw,t q.i}q r
gm*r qHgq;qr+qr 3riii qq&r qi gir qr tt

oili{E sftt qRffi

grOs&ilirrqrrcSrfrR"ggt
*+& ilg.rt qRhr*r-q:

dq gqngt i inn rffi il \q tl

362

qtdrtl|frme

Adh. vI.

Sloha 5e, If the lord of the Znd bhava being in

conjunction with the lord of the lst, occupy a g:rqrrt
(Dustthana.6th,8th or 12th bhavas),it will result in loss
of sight. If the lord of the eye, i.e. the 2nd bhava being
in conjunction with Venus and the Moon occupy the
1rt bhava, the person concerned will be night,blind;
but if the lord of the eye occupy a position of exaltation
or be in conjunction with a benefi; planet, no such
malefic effect will happen,say the astrologers.
NorBs.
This and the 5 succeeding slokas are quoted in "tkTdtlt.
The under;nentioned slokas
yogas leading to blindness.

from

wkf.]i(ff give

some

more

rrT-q6rqfl"qfafi,
rGi dt+
qrsFqdllTaftq;trg;sisft t
R:h qrrgagt qqqR qrq

qr{id,{raafr gigt dE;q(ll

q;qr:f,flgffi*ne* {FqRe}sfATfiawr6'
1
gqrgi{q{d}T{: elii *q, sRtqlqTurrqll

1ffirn;11
ud Ao* qols*g+srlqtfrqftqrgrrdrt

qlqt Egqt wr* q'} sqld q atq Er;qq.ll Q" ll

SJoftc 60. When Rahu, Mars and Saturn are
together in the Lagna,the person born will have enlarg'
ed scrotum. tf the lord of the 1st bhava be in the 8th
and this againbe occupiedby Rahu and Mandi, the same
effect is produced, say the wise astrologers.

sl. 61,68

o*,qrmrctqrrartilapq1;qnfigtatq I' qt ll
.Slolo 61. When Rahu occupies the Lagna, Tfud
(Gulika) a Trikona position,and Mars in conjunction
with Saturn is in tl're8th birava, the result will be the
same. When the lord of the Navamsa occupiedby the
lord of the Lagnais in corrjunction with Rahu, Mars,
Mandi and Saturn,the same evil result will follow.

trq I
oh dr qftgia et glun<Eruff{iGdr
rgor: ll qRll
*t Aol {ftqfgt qqRfrrrrf\rdr
Slohu 62. When the Sun occupying the rising
sign is aspectedby Mars, the persorlborn will be afflicted with colic, consumption and asthma, When Mars
is in the Lagnaand asp:ctedby Saturnand the Sun, the
person concernedwitl be troubled with smali'pox'
Norss.
Two dillerent readings are given of this sloka, t'iz',t

t.

eh rfi,ifigia es' atflqrqfaafigetrtaqt

{lRatuRsr( ll
,ili AolrafiqdqD
efrrfifir.

1,. e* ra} ilflgtr eDqisqn4's{qogaq[dl( I

qrq tl
fit ae* rfnqiebat{if}: {tGnqEqrt

qRftt dist qttntgk

qlqrFqigtrsfifrgtieqdr t
(IsFF{rE(frt
ta6s*;

etsqt glmiTtftgtfrGIkItll ql ll

S/ofta 63. When Saturn in conjunction: with a

male{ic planet aspectedaleoby a malefic planet occupies
46

gi l

|tdfcrftrri

Adh. vl"

the 2nd bhava, the person has to dread dangerfrom a

dog. When Saturn il in conjunction with or aspected
by the lord of the Znd bhava,rhe same result follows.

*qtF"i ugulcqrflffirqrFEt
ilgst i*o} r

wts{i fuwrRrntStr gt qoirq}frnQurr

Sloha 64. When Rahu is in the Lagna and when
the sign occupiedby the lord of the Lagni has srrength,
there is danger from a snake. When the lord of ihe
3rd bhava is in conjunction with Mercurlrr the peroon
born will be liable ro throat drsease.
Norns.
stcilEt is another reading for dtqllhi.
XII, Slolc 42 infta.

Vite

ales Adhyaya

fi w?tsfutR$ vrtftrta6uthqr{qq I
hqTfrm?wrqrarinTr'Tasdlffir
rrdr rr
Sloha 6i. When a depressedplanet occupying an
ini mical sign and overpoweredby rhe Sun'er"yr-h.pplo,
to be in the 3rd bhava and aspectedby a m"rleficpi".ret,
tlre personconcernedwill get diseaseof tlre thioat in
consequence
of the applicationof poison or of the swal,
lowing thereof. In the absenceof these causes,the
diseaseif it eets in is intendedto drain off moneyfrom
the sufferer-a result in which the purpcse of the
particular yoga will be fulfilled.

qR Edit .roirnrqz
Eqi:nffiqGg( fiiqrd r
qR srttr{} qq r,
fiqdlqA'qilgfuq,ii
qafrqodi
Sloha 66. When a malefic planet in conjunction
rvith Mandi or gome such other planet occupiesthe 3rd
bhava,astrologerspredict the diseaeeof the ih.o.t; but

qa3cqr{:

ll. 6?.69

866

when Mandi in conjunction with Mars is in th: 3rd

bhava, astrologersspecificallyascribe the diseaseof the
ear to the yoga.
Norr's.
Vidc also Adhyaya XII,

sloka, 43 inftd.

qrtf\t ftEtt {qrt sdfs{'tqstft Eil(sI

TtrRqg?i{giil{rt sqfr{
trt qqqFeirc{ts llqql
''SloAu

07. When the'?rd bhavais oc;.rpied by a

maleficplanet arrdaspectedalso by anothermaleficpla'
net, the person bcrn rvill becomeliable to the diseaseof
the ear. When the lord of the 3rd bhava occupies
malefic 60th portions of a sign, then also do astrologers
&clare diseaseof the ear to be the result.

tfu

qrfr{fi frgOqrtikt qlq{qfti q I

rna]qrrt Rqbqui qrt T{& g efu Erqq.

tl Edtl

S/ofta 68. When the Sun in conjunctionwith a

malefic planet and aspectedalso by a malefic planet
occupiesthe 6th bhava,the personborn will suffer from
excessof bile. When the Sun occupiesthe 8th bhrva,
Mars is wichcut screngthand a malefic plan:t is in the
2nd bhava,the sameis to be predicted.
cJ. rei'ir?arqlq

iirrFqraqhqq nqri qrqsghr

crqeGgh
arrltfirrqalnRif rr

,bqrq.igqgisdi+FgO

61i{r+q8ftt-gsitktvr

*tfot'qftd ftqfrqqft

*il qarw.rtawin16n qq tl

866

{rCTCTftiliI

Adh. VI.

Sloka 69. When Mars in conjunction with Mercury occupiesin the 6th bhavathe Nav.rmsaof a malefic
planetand is aspectedby the Moon and Venus, the
personborn will sufferfrom an ailment due to a morbid
stateof the phlegm. When Mars aspectedby a malefic
planet occupiesthe 8th bhava and Ketu is in the 2nd or
the 8th, an ulcer will be produced.
cf. u*irfqorqfrr

qd gfr g'rgt TgqF4gftfhi I

lria*nurgfu $qfrrr?qt;(R tl

qtqi qTqgtfrot r-brfbi ErituTgR{rf{r

I
q.dfui ff{rt*t aoTrRtlaTr;giTfi{Eti
u eo tl
Sloha 70. When the lord of the 6th bhava in
conjunctionwith a malefic planet occupiesthe 1st or
the 8th bhava,the person bor' will havc ulcersin his
body. When the planetdescribedbefore (i.e., the lord
of the 6th bhavain conjunction wich a rnaleficplanet)
occupiesthe 10th bhava and is without beneficaspect,
the personconcernedwill haveulcer scars.
'l'his'and

the next ,,r .',r,).tl.u"t,1uot"a irr ,.isirr!crqiq.

otnqgzr{rrsgrr!
udMrt frrqau.q{HnI

sTqmtiTi
qErsqR{qrqi}il qg gqqi qdh il sq 11

Sloha '71. If the lord trf the Lagna,Mrrs anrl Mer.

cury being in conjunctiorr,occupya very unlrropitioug
bhavaand aspect the 6th, they will produce, say the
sages,a diseascof the anusor somenasty diseasesuch
as piles.
Nores.
In the secondrqtt (pada)of this sloka, q{ i{tt: dic+Ud uq}
sr i.
another reading.

sI,72-76

qErscqrq:

35?

ffit
Rt{rgd cqtq'ffiqffi t( r
qb rqrEfkfrqgrd gtr qrrfrewitrftqi rrur rr
Sloha ie. The lords of the 1srand the 6th bhavas
when in conjunction with the Sun producefever ; if in
conjunction with the Moon, they lead to an accident in
water; if with Mars, they occasion some mishap in
war or dangerby an outbreakof hot boils.

ftqTilqrqqR dT.qgdFr"qiesrqRsqF*fttq I
E(fr qtq frqrfrotqqrgsn u1 11
d{q ,TrqtiQsi
Sloha 73. If the lords of the 1st and the 6th
bhavasbe in conjunctionwith Mercury, they will cause
somemishapdue to bilc; if they be in conjunctiorr
with Jupiter, the personwill be immuncfrom diseases;
if in conjunction rvitlr Venus, they may be the caueeof
Eomedangerto the wife ; if in conjunctionwith depres,
sed Saturn, they will, say the astrologers,tend to
engendera wind complaint.

{rS+(qR {,fiqHinritfqftftgtft arrr I

*.frft*t qR qG+(qd:t aeil fiqs aqrntq.

neBtl
Sloka 74. If the lords of the lst and the 6rh
bhavasbe in conjunction with Rahu or Ketu, the pereon
born becomesliable to danger from snakes,thieves and
other such evil.doers. If they occupy a Kendra or
Trikona position in conjunction wirh Rahu or Ketu,
the personconcernedwill suffer imprisonment say the
astrologersacquaintedwith the subiect.

qbE(q-"rciq
gfrf flgtilo+ qxrrrTiuaq r

ffi

rfr.ceqr
Rrt{rT.{ftu-,it
dt fW.n nn\ u

35s

crf,rqrftqre

Adh.vr.

conjunction with Mercury and Ra.hr,occupy the rising

sign, the personborn will of his ou/n accord cut off his
,nembrum aerile. lf the lord of the 6th bhava be in
conjunctionwith Mrrs and:have no bene[i: aspect,the
person concernedwill become liable to a diseaseaffect.
ing the organ of generation.

urlEl Af{gt ftgO$gxqosiEffif< r

Strueriqqduqd *-'ffi'{tr qR q;qt arq n \eqtl
Sloka 76. If the lord of the Trh occupy the 6th in
conjunction with Venus, the personborn, saythe astro.
logers,will be too weak to matchhis wife. If the lords
of the 6th ani the lst bhavasbe in a Kendra or Trikona
position along with Saturn,the person concernedwill
suffer captivity.

qi it) ftganrau
eil q or\ led q qUI
a-tsttnqilqfrqwri ffi Rwt Eilqrftqrr{n \estl
Sloho 77. When a moveablesign is the lagnaand
it is aspectedby the lord of rhe 6th bhava; when Mars
i s i n t h e l l t h b h a v a ; w h : n t h e 9 t h i s r e p r e s e n t e db y
an immoveablesign and wheo the Tth bhava is a dual
Rasi; under this yoga, peoplebecomeIiableto the fever
inducedby the incantrtionsof their enemies.

St qqt q{rtstfft tffirq* fhfts qo} r

|M

dkfffi

q-qefqlil qfafiqoiqr(tr\edtl

Sloha 78. l{ Jupiterbe in conjuncticn wirh Saturn,

if the N{oon in qtradratureoccupythe l0rh bhavaand if
Mars be in the 7ch,the result will be a defecrof limb in
the person born. If the Sun and theMoon occupy

5r, ?9.80

369

either Simha or Kataka, the personconcernedwill have

consumptionas the conseguence

ot raitqfugt {o} q.qrqrrqirr r{i R q|ir I

wqrEiilq{gifr o} rr* q,o}ssQffiA n eq tl
Sloha 79. When the Sun is in the lsr and Mars
in the ?th bhava,the person born will become insane.
When Saturn is in the LaSnaand Mars occupiesthe 7th
houseor a Trikona position, the per$onconcernedwill
be a lunatic.
NorBs.
cl.

ceqt,l

ffF;rf\qDtftarargdtfirls,tqrqrt
qot oaqhrr{rFrrn4{:rtrt
q8a.ai t
1fr narrrhgelUrrarfrq-qalft'n frTnot
qlqlqds{lTaigc4lg:
eFsqlilqrl: ll
elrt qrqgd\qrFqfiFqereqr;erq:
I
g;qlEqlfAi\,itqrqaqe}ndiRar:tt

-i

Ui is the reading adopted in sonre books for ad rel and

a p p e a r st o b e t h e c o r r e c t o n e .

o{friir Rrnr?rff* dt gt *-ffiqiat il t

qlqKglqsq qAa(rdtnqrqqrdqr?q=qoi ll co tt

.S/oft,r8C. lf the initial portion of ugn (Dhanus)be

the Lagna,if the Eun and the Moon occupy the Lagna
or a Trikona, and if Jupiter,be in the 3rd bhavaor in a
Kendra po sition, the person born under this yoga will
becomeinsane.
Norus,
The last quarterreadsascl-crgit cfi s;qmftin rqlrltil-cfi.

qtirsrrRilt

360

AdL VI.

Also c./. snrfira{r

aaqlqqrqat*Gq=* urq};qftfitr ,
gt afrgqqt\ qm: dl-qrs{q qrr <tr( tl
Some books read qslil r?+.ii-for e*iltri.
f'he translation will then be "If any of the 4 signs from
Dhanus happen to be the Lagna and if the Sun and the Moon be
in Trikona position (r. a occupy 5th or 9th places) and if Jupiter
be in the 3rd house or in a kendra position,thel person born, etc.'

qq I
t-(fuf, drqtinmfrqrd.qt{flfi qq{igar

*.qfum $qfftrrrffif il& qtEe qqq*ilr n dt n

Sloha 81. If Mercurj, and the Mclon be in a K.en,

dra positiorr or fail to occ$py benefic Navamsas, the
person born will have aberrationof the mind. If Saturn,
the Moon and the Sun be in Kendra position, the person
concernedwill be idiotic and addictedto wine.
cl.

qkffiri{I

gua-fl*-qrrf,]{rFqqEdffin}
zqfrd r
*,iis{ \wq<+ma: fl fif;qffi 11

$'otdqdlrqiggk q-i qqt qR gqt fl t

qA gA asffiiqgfunqrilEfqrqft s'dirrft tt 6Rtf
Sloha 87. If the Moon occupy the Navamsa
belongingto Cancer, Aquarius or Scorpio and be in
conjunction with Saturn, the person born will suffer
from a diseaseaffccting the privities. tf the Moon
occupy in the 4th bhava a Navamsa belonging thereto
and be in conjunction with a malefic planet,the person
of the throat.
concernedwill have disease
'fhe

i+<rqft.

Noras.
Zod qrt (paaa) reads as s't sqrtir qfi geqir.fl in ilcft-

q&sqrq:

El. &36
. v w v v v v v v v t

9 v 9 Y

! ! v

861

Ta qqfr qftrilqgh Rr* gt r+ntselilsft|

g;qrqrtrqerqtlsgd wilc iiei wqfrq! qq tlelll

SIo&a 81. When the Moon in conjunction with
a maldic planet and Rahu occupies the 12th, the 5th or
the 8th bhava from the Lagna, the person born will be
liable to inranity and that of a raging kind and will
develop a tendency to quarrel.
Norps.
g\

i" another reading for gi

in the 2nd cr( (Pada) of the

Sloka.

qfr qrsdirqt ffiift urcwi* tl

"& il q+qilfi qtqrftqrqintrrdrtE
tl eB ll
c-atffitlt t

qe

Stoka 84. When the Moon or Rahu occupieothe

12th bhava; Saturn, a Trikona position ; and the Sun,
the ?th or the 8th bhava; the person born will have
ailmentsaffecting teeth and eyes. The sameeffect hap'
penowhen the planets mentioned above occupy Navam'
sas owned by depressedinimical malefic planets.

sdt$frnqtfrfttqM:qrRqi$T{I atq I
@qr-*qq+{g+iE}qt

ll d\ ll

Slola 85. If the 5tb and the 4th bhavasbe occupied by malefic planetsand if the Moon in particular be
in tbe 8th, the 12th or the 6th bhava, blindnesswould
follow as a result of the yoga. The persottborn in this
yoga mu$t of coursebe blind when there is no benefic
aspect uPon the planets concerned. There will be no
evil effect when benefic planets occupy the bhavas
referred to above.

46

362

qrilE'Ttftila

Adh.vr"

frffi oqqfrftoq{R+"{"ng
sdEt-

n-ggtg w-<frrirrt ftri qftt r

-qq
qoiq
fkfrfu il qfqri q*'i-gqrfal*

qoi qfr{qqjqgisriti
sd qifur{ n cQrr

S/ola 86. Whcn (malefic) planetsother than

thc
lord of the Lagna occupy the Lagna, the astrologermay
predict leprosy; it will be black leprcsy when Sarurn
occupies the Lagn:r as described above; ir \r.ill be red
leprosywhen the Sun so occupiesthe rising sign; white
leprosy if the occlrparlrbe Mars. when the Moo' in
conjunction with Saturn or Mars occupies a Navamsa
belongingto qrs6(Kat,rka),dit (Meena) or r*r (Makara)
and is unaspectedby, or unassociatedwith benefic
planets,thc astrologermay declare the yogato be pro,
ductive of lcprosy to the peopleaffected.

qrqrilqt{rftrfrrqqowrfr
qtiqi fr'rqt qRgqfrrfir

ai qgiirnqqrqgi
rtq
frrqqior{ttt rR frq*qr n es 11
SIoho BT. When the Moon in conjunctionwith a
malefic planet occupiesthe sign occupiedby the lord of
the 8th bliavaand wire. the last.mentio'ed planet is
aspected[,y Rahu, the person born will suffer from a
diseaseaffectingthc privities: thc sameresult happens
when the 8th bhave is occupiedby four or three niiefic
planets; but if a benefic planet bc in the Bth bhava, the
personconccrnedwill be exemptfrom the disease.

cnoqQei;fietqfiqgcrri

qoqu{redtriitiq{E-de{
|

sL 88,90

cglsqrq:

383

qfur*Rglri{tilfr ,I}qE}
tf?wWolidflrd ftqtfr tt cc tl
S/o&rr88. When tlte Mor;rt is in a w iter'resorting
sign anCthe lord thereofoccr.tpicsthc 6th bhava and is
aspectedby planetsoccupyinq watery signs, the person
born will sulfer from strangtrry; wlten the M )on occu'
pying the (rth or thc 8th l,hav.tis aspcctedby lv{arsand
will
when Saturnis in the Lagnr, th: pcrsonconcerr-red
(
p
i
l ischarges les).
r u f f e rf r o m a n a i l m c n tl e a d i n gt o b l , r o . d
ef .

,:ri,-li.'ratqiit

czilRrqi q=| rb dq{nrf}qI

ea&r,tfiqr* a*1.;rrflt qqqtt

qtil r;qufid frq{t qrq{-erffi

s{{T( gaqGirri+\q t
r.Hrtr|d{risqiTr
qt qrqilqi{tr;arrriq-t q{qnt
qrnittdtwq{iqqRf; noaRiai
iriq tt zq tr

S/,rA'rr39. When the rvaninq)loon in conjurtction

w i t h m a l cifc p l ; r r r , : tiss i n t h c r i s i r r r ;s i g n b c l o n g i n gt o
Sa(urttor in thc Bth or tlrc 6th hhav,i, thc astrologer
m a y p r c c l i c cf l l r t r r i e r l c cs,p i e e u( ) r s o m e s t r c l ta i l m e n t a s
the result of this perticulary.:ga. Wlren the Moon is
the 7th
betweentwo m;il:fic plaitclsand S,tturnocctrpi':s
b
o
d
i
l
y
s
u
ffering
m
u
t
:
h
b h a v a ,t h c p er s r n b o r n r v i l l i r a v :
from the combin:d .'[fc.:tsof ;ilrsc':ss,slllt'tn and con'
surnption.

qdiftgaqrqqqsqfa
si floh frqi;ftarirt

of wri uFrarqhil q"iss\ ufhtrrfia:ail( ll \o ll

Sloho 9). {A/hen Mars is in tb,e rising sign and
rhe lord of the 6th bhava is weak, che persolrborn will

Adh.vr.

CtqTCTfrETI

have indigestion, a diseasedspleen and colic. When

Rahu or some malefic planet occtrpies the I.agnaand
Saturn is in the 8th bhava,the personconcernedwill be
afilicted with a stomach complaint.
ef. ssl'lr?-drtrrbr

qeflisftqrt qrowt qrq{rgt I

(qtfittqt,il qTgeqfaqfqqrrqi(
ll

q=puft.rgq*rffi
gfr srfit
ntftt qe*isqfroqqrtt
qrorq{tgqft Rsdiqtrd
qli s& fqgi qRqrqE
nqt tt
Siolc 91. When Rahu occupies the 4th bhava
and the lord of the Lagna is without strength and
aspectedby a malefic planet,the person born will suffer
from acute pain in the chest. When the lord of the
Lagna is depressed and in an inimical houae,Mars
occupies the 4th bhava. and Saturn is asp:ctedby a
maleficplanet,colic will be the result.

qmluffit'ntrrffi

{'},{i gfr

o)'qrqfrfif\f qiiqqqrtwtftt

qdlnqrfrqnsifrrc+ se i{ggrqir

crRr!{&oftw\fr Rruqiffigt T(r ll ql il

Sloha 92. When the lord of the 8rh bhavais weak

and the rising sign is aspectedby a malefic planet and
the 8th bhava is occupiedor aspecred by Saturn, the
personborn will be smitten with a diseasethat will
prevent the taking in of food. When the Moon in
conjunction with Mars occupiesthe 6th b\ava, jaundice
due to vomitting and deliriun will afflict tbe lrrson

sl. gsg4

qdsqrq:

865

concerned. And when the Sun, the Moon and Mars

are together in the 6th bhava,the effectof the yoga may
be colic and erysipelas.
cf .

cElqt,t

qrrqtlsdo* r;q dlq{tf*nq r

r-hqilfqqa\qlq qqffiilqat rr

qrfffi qGfio{Ttsftqrt

qtsqnsnegt uffirftuq t

qRisqiiQ fioi
oqrfUQq
dssnr figqft agi ilfi Rtr( n jl tt
Slofto 93. When the rising sign is aspectedby
Mar$, and the lord of the 6th bhava occupiesthe 10th,
the 7th, or the 1st bhava, the personborn will suffer
from the effects of magic employed against him by his
enemres. When ]r{ars in conjunction with the lord of
the Lagna occupiesthe Lagnaor any other Kendra and
the lord of the 6th ie in the Lagna,the samewill happen.

qrfrfrdqEdhqftii foi sr+q{nt

qri ofirdserqtsqrgfr
*-.i qwqrcqilr

qtsfr qrofi qr?gt wiiki {rffi

wift brE{n qB 1l

Sloha 94. When Jupiter occupies the 4th, the

lOth or the lst bhava and a Kendra is occupied by utFq
(Mandi), the personborn will suffer from an illnessdue
to the effect of his having comefaceto face with an
immortal. When Saturn is in the 7th bhava and a
benefic planet occupiesa moveablerieing sign, and the
Moon io aspectedby a malefic planet, the person concern'

Adh.vr.

srif{$wRqfi

366

ed will undoubtedlysuffer from a diseasedue to his

havingmet goblins,ghostsandf iends.
Norrs.
This sloka is fronr qTd.[{<f. The
rhis sloka is q;rdi instead of qis.

reading in the 3rd pada of

q-t qrqfrtfhi ftgqt qsdlqt qm

qr(sfiFmfQqtitEgqlglilflsfr cfr t

*rt Emssrqri
uggtqorftwiaur
qt $qstR rcfirfr*{irttrqtd qq( rlq\rr
. Slofa 95. If the Moon in conjunction with a
malefic planet and aspccted by anotlrer malefic planet
occupy th: (rrh bhava, the person born will become
liable to wind disease; if Mars occupy the ?th bhava
thc diseascprlduced will
under the samccircumstances,
duc to a currupt state of blood and bile ;
be hcroorrhage
if the planetoccupyinuthe 7th bhavaunder such condi,
tions bc Mercury, the diseascwill arise from a bad
condition o{ wind and phlegm; if Venus, it will be
dysentery; if Saturn,colic ; and lastly if llahu or Ketu,
l osscssion.
t h e a i l m e n cw i l l b e p r o d u c e db y d e m o n i a c a p
'I'his

Notns.
is also fronr tlif4-,{.{.

qrrqfirsi qrgs{ iie}

inT{T4rF{

qBfii gib*aiti *.qeoqiqaiit

ftrh qrt {firft ftgt {rg} r'qqrt

qrqiu0agU{qfiqtil{ tqift tt q,qtt

Sloku 96. When Saturn occupying the 6th bhava

in conjunction with ndiq (Mandi) is aspeced by the
Sun, Mars and Rahu but is unlspectcdby or unassocia-

':

"""*,iuu
"1- "--------","9-':::,--,-*",,"

ted with benefic planets, thc person[:orn wiii suffer

{rom atr illncss caused by a complication of cough.
asthmaand consumption. Whcir a malefic planetis irr
the 12th bhava,tire Mootr in thc (rth, Saturn in the 8th
and when rirc lord of thc Lagna occupies a Navamsa
owned by a malign planet,the pcrsonborn under such
r yoga wilt be liablc to drynessof the nosc resuitingin
loss of smell.
cf

q'ithflr.trqltr

qt z"i {q} r=i ;q4 qn fqert t

qrqi{r,,Frqr
g.r {tqii irqqrfqila | |

qE*ai ngfa+(6rr{sFr{tfht
I
tt
$.i ze gh er{Ilgnrgflqrfign
q;i gdtq{r; vqt 'JqF,i
q* qdr(ed qgtft qrili I

mi q* ftgnttr?trget

oqdtt q fiqb dt {i&}rft n qe tr

5/o/irr 1i7. \When liatunt is in+at tKatakii)and the

N{oorrin rr+r lM.rkara),the persoirborn will iravcdropsy"
W h e n S u t u r r ri n c o n j ' . t n c t i r r nw i t h M a r s o c c u p i e s t l r e
6th bhava, and is aspccted by the Sun and Rahu; anci
whcn thc lord of thc L:rgna is wichout strrngth, the
r e s u l tw i l l b e a l i n g c r i n gi l l n ' : s s .
eJ- qqi'if'rtrqfr

il;ql{fl|$ lb ifirigia,li{d I
al-rt qlqqt il{ir'ft qqar: tt

qsf $+ tieut gRnqar

qiiliqq Gg( qr? oaq qq I

868

{TqTt|tfrfl'i

Adh. VI.

qd s+ gqtrflir(qfr

dflfqt qrRgt g ilstt qEFen gd tl

Slofto 98. When Mars is in his own house,Mer,

cury in the 4rh or the l:lrd bhava and Saturn in the lst,
the personbr:rn will be a dwarf. The result is the same
when, other conditions being identical, Saturn is in
conjunction with thc lord of the Lagna.

I
s{rFqqfi rreqiI ttRrfrrqrrctr
qFqr qtsqqaq rqFc cT-qI
\C

R;IAr{rHqrtqeqttaFnin

gnF$dtHq,'sErtgqrlt
Gilit{n qq tl

Sloka. 99. When the Sun and the Moon occupy,

one of them the 12th, and the other the 6th housefrom
the Lagna,the personborn will be one.eyedand will have
the unique fortune of possessingan one,eyed wife as
well. When Venus and the Sun conjointly occupy the
7th, thc 9th or the 5th bhava,the person born under
this yoga will havea wife defectivein somelimb.
Norss.

I'he Sun is in the l2th house fronr the Lagna in I and lZth
from the 7th in Ir

369

q*ssqrq;

sl. 100
.+

the 7th in I and l2th from the

The Moon is in the t2th from

Lagna in II.

The principle is clear from the above.

The left eve will be aftected by the above yoga. In the other
case the Sun in the 2ncl arrtl :he l\lloon in 1he Sth (the 2nd frorn
the 7th) will aflect the rieht eye.
If Venus be in conjunction rvith the Sun in the 5tlr, 7th or
9th house fronr the Lagna, the wife rvill alniry:; hc ailing' ic-do
(Vikala:suflering).

rnfii

cl.

gq* flraqrc+,r}
qaq qqrtqq
t
e\
qs qldt qrqrql dsilsftfidl ll
Also

{l-{tqdl

sfflqqfig{d+: {r{T$qF+{a.Fdgtqs I
qqEflrTKgaq:siol qFqr {Itdqqns ll
_

'F

gtqt qqE+,aqT(:I
?q sqqtrr1{If,lil:
r
.
i"\
t
a
.

'{tqifiqaqtqtqtt+e:qqlsedt?{ll
^

C^

dirrtq{dtqqlgmi q dr+rgil frflfrflr: I

fivn"ipufrqqrfl{ Tdffifitq

uttit ll ?"" ll

Stoha iC;). If the malelic planetsoccupy tl're9tlr,

the llth, ttre 3rd and the 5th housesin any crder accord'
ing to circurnstancesand be not aspectcdby bcnefic
plancts,they conspir,:accordingto their strength to do
dnmageto the organof hearing tlf the pcrson borl ; if
they occupy the Ttir house arld be without bcnefic
aspect,they makethe teeth unsightlv.
Norls.
'l'he

t n a n r v i l l s u { l e r f r o t t t e a r - c , - r n r p l : r i n rt v i t h c e r t a i u t y ' T h e
3 r d a n d t l r e I l t h h o u s e ss t a n d f o r c ; t r s - 3 r d f o r t h c r i g h t e a r a n d
tlre llth for the 1e[t. 1C/' also \\'estern astrologl'). Varaharnibira'

47

Adb. V I.

{|rilsqmtsnc

,'l7O

seems to extend the prinr;iple to the 5ttr and the 9th housesalso.
D i s e a s e s c . r f t e e t h a n , l t ( ) n g u e : l r e r n t l r , ' i t t e db 1 ' t h e 7 t h h o u s e
( C h . l l l - 7 7 F r g . l ) . T l r i s r : ;i r l s o t h e p l r n r - r p l eo f \ \ ' c s t e r n . r s t r o l o tsy.

C/. i\lan Lt.u.

" M a l c , f i , : , , r r n : t - c p e c t r cbly i r e n e l r ts , ( l c c u p \ . r n g t h e T t i r i r o u s e
w r 1 1 l r r i r r g a l r r t u t t o o t h d i s , e a s e (s, i e i o r n r i t v o r o t h c r n ' i s e ) . "
1 | r l l 4 , ru o u l r l r n c l u r l c t h r ' l \ l o o n ; l : . o
d a m a g e t u t l t , r . r r, ( ' - l .

i n t i r c 1 - o g ac a u s i n 1 . 1

qk &ar.rrrfnqig qr{r : iri"qq{rdl+nef-ia

:)
ra | (wr,;gq-dqq;qr
qnqf;dtffiqas{rrrrafirfn iqrarqNl
+oilqqra
,\1s() ,ll/ii.'.1
.i

r.

i
A
\
E{I{fl(r$n{I: TT'IT:flIEzli qTn{il q:il: I

z,raqfaqri
$E: fiFrTqFglaa.-dlarql!
Also

nt+fat.t,

'ftanieqdtlFql:
qTqr:
n]'qrr{tfhar,
t
fiq'{lnT,{iFaI T*llT 4;n{fqol:ll

{riiqqnEgqq{gtsqic}

ot wmorrtqGqrqord r
iqqrqek"JAlrgfE'{-{tg
uniiirq{ogq gqdih rnr: il lo( il
;'loku t0l.
W h e n . l i r p i t c r o c i - , r p r ( ' sb e n c f i c v a r g a s
arrr-iiqi{r
Vargottuinamsa)
as
such
rn tlie Lagna or the
1
4th bhava ; or rs elsewhercpossessingabundarrtstrength;
wh,:n tlrc oth,:r planets arc in tirc 2nd, the ll th and
lvith well.beirrg and prgsperity ;
other bh,avasconrrcctct-l
and rvhen the lord of ,r.,. risrnq sign is powerful, che
[']ctstJnborn gets on !,.r^:ll.ind is,h;rpp1r,

sl. 102

371

cfrsrcrq:

i ile{w tqq}Hwr }cqrqfrnrwr?ftaiw

t
qfttlffcrfr
qqlfrq{gqu{Kr(n t"Rll
t tlnriil:
qft lltq-T{6-Eqn
iqanri}tftt qrdrqriiqri
qgf ll
sftiTifirTfftrllTqt
Sl"hu 102. By the graceof the Sirnlnd all the other
planets,what are called qrilslTFr:tlataka bharrgaha)con,
sisting of rrqdr{rrs: (Rajayogabhangaha),irrfrrrrr (Preshya yogaha), qRefrm' (D.rridra yogaha), s{Fdafrrrr:
(Angaheenayogaha), ianqirlr' (Reka yogaha)and rtfldtmr
(Roga yogaha)have beenfully treatedof in this chapter.
T h u ' ; e n d s t h e l - r t h' \ d h 1 a t ' a c - r u 'w h a t r r ) a r se h o r , t s < : o [ r ei "n t h e
w o r k J A t r r k a l r A r i j i r t ac o n r p i l e d b 1 ' \ ' ' a i d y a n l t h a u n d e r l t h e a u s p i c e s
of the nine planetS.

-----vqf,&r+{y\\--

---

ffiqaqlswrt:
u u-wfrrntqrq:
tt
Adhyaya

VlI.

ON R.e,re yocAs oR plaNET.r.Ry coNJUNctI()Ns

LEADTNGro KrNcssrp.

6-qrfi-+tglqrffiqglirqfuil ffi I
*ilqr{ffi{reffSoi wn qtqt rriq tt

iltftt=srrr?qnsrr.ratqfrisfr{osqrqRrilqrqFs{*'qtr ggqfl: guflEftqrqt n t tl

Slohu 7, When the planetsoccupy Kanya,Meena,
Mithuna, Vrishabha, Simha, Dhanus and Kumbha, the
peroonborn will he a famous king, great in possessing
an army, mightv elephantsand horses; if the planetsbe
in Thula, Mesha, Vrishaba and Meena, an enperor
comesinto the world in this yoga ; if the planetsbe in
Vrishaba, Dhanus, Meena and the Kendras, a person
destinedto rule over the earth and acquire wide fame
seesthe light.
NotRs.
In this as well ns in the next slol<a,the author has described
i n a v e r l ' " c n < l e n s e dr n a n n c r t h e f t r t H { ( ' i r n h a s a n a ) a n d o t h e r
yogas. Wrth a vrew to rtral<ethern clearer, thu followirrg are
extractedtrorn other works and appendedbelow:-

37L

qtfrsrqFrl

SI, 1
(l) lrewrir.n:

trqqnh

w frerqil it.r, *oqralgq* a\ I

qrt q\ <.1g't qt&qqi\ qc' tl
goft+ra: I
E;ft ctsgm]q)+TA$
zqsRq)qqft zqi frt ftusi qrir:tl
rrn5qri

+-qrfrqt$frir qG tqfi: fhil${: frfia:

fih qt qnZgrq*qdiit e R fpqsq: t
q, frreqqlqdift qgq) {qrftrrit qd
q*$stqrfqufqqgarrdfqnqn's+tt
(Z)'lgam,ii.r:'itqetart

il] feqrqe)qrsftqi qli si il r

qtd,* q.iritsq agai,tsfiitflntrr
q*,qfi qr{t{i:flil: q{f,tqq',
urrf,rq* qilt{r qrnrit z,i\ req 11
-*TI{gil(}

figarurfetrril
1t ftt +,=qr+,eq
firfrd: Qaqrfqeqqfi q-s-qR at, t

aqa* ,iiil e*egeqlilafrfiii}

r{twamr.rXggar{hvre,}
fiqqi tr
(l) qa+to-gqiq:

{HardEi

fti t\ g\ h qor+iq Fqt qt r

{ft: ;rardoercoi}
hrgq{eq' il
(4) eqt+im:

dtqstilA

g\ q fqgi qrq dit eqar] qa: r

e{qilgqfrftt +{ ffq e{rar:g1

3?3

qRroqrRqr+

t74

Adb" VII

qrfrteq* frt RqrFeqffiqftftqr{

r
qilqnrftqtnrq adt...qqsq:
tl
(5) uqnfrq: ftrrerila

l\ g\ a\ qrsfittqa:tqrt qdtqQ r
*orseqif .itt ilq,iltrsqilaq:u
.it qri| 'rqnoi'ft
s {EfAfi*sfa {rgqrU$: I
eT',itqqfAfQsfi* zqir ,{qftTfr q sotq:rr
(o) errsdr iirqqnd

n**qciriq qlt*rqol gqr I

oa RqTglatsfErr cdr+.qft'qi rr
qrar*mr ryrge,itaifiqhi fiqrqqilqeqiqqfi sfrq:siqr;qzfQ"qqtt
rngqg*

qttq tq n'qsqt"hnqd qiifftnr

gtnrd+frrT{n{qg5zrcgrtgerffi
:1
nwrfi ftg*qqsa+,{t
{'q{Ruqtf,{rq-qta-qtiignnadt fiqr+il rTrnq:
ll
(z) rtcr.+rq:{tq"rmft

+ Aqat qrt gomifrqil qt r

flqt{it {iq},il il'.qs R gqq: ll
(8)'rg:srqcitq: clq,rril+

gorwG\g,nf,til fumqt r
tg,nrtrt*niis.i n"qq] qqE)qar t
t*,qrfq=qg{t:{IHf,: Fqliifirr{:,

qsfriqoq]
il {i!:spqq}rq:11

sl. 2

(r8*$qrq:

315

wr5q6a

qG gorqr.rmtelqttFgt+t:fldol fiCIflfla*t r
\r
K qgcfrq(Iqtqnflfr:S{{t: qqai ath z{Iq. tl

(s) T(qgF-.rctq:'iqara.i

t dtt {4cg;s;{;qr* tq}r rrt I

tqg;El

tltllT{*1f,:tllq{f,:aq: ll

( I 0) fr;Es=vil.I: siqatil-+'

qil +ffift fit q qfi qt fqgi '* t

*tlrqrgq,il *,ir fi--tg"a] qilqa, tt
(l l) cqoz{iq:

.{ls*fil5}

gdR rqrqrqftfqqqtdrq{qt
ag, mU qq q{qfaq,i,,ii rfige, I
qqueliigsq{ofrgffdT
frfrqfa:
gq-flrqrfq{ri qq{i qqqrqnrTQflrqlt
(12) Tfdrqlrr: .rt{5itt}

gfa+rt qfi n'id<E6qqlql'4rJ(ftqliAo

r

qdqrodr
q-'qrtqsarrqt'qqztqlfr

q, r
gtlrrq{frqn{rdorlefratitarft
dzr ftaqfiggrrlrrrr a] liil{dikdl

{Fnr$qrfiql rrr rr
ifr o*qsrtrfrKiefr
Slohu 2. When the planetsoccupy Kanya, Meeha,
'fhula,
Simha and Kumbh;r, thc person born is a king.
When the planets arc in thc 3rd, the 5th and the 4th
bhavae, the person born becomcs ruler o{ countriec
abounding in great wealth. If the 3rd, the 4th. the 5th

fiircrltf|t

Adh. VII

the 2nd, the 9th, the lst and the 7th be occupiedeach
by a planet,the person born will becomea just king.

ilt{*fisRil

q*Trr qrdi q{rdl Klqrfwr arq I

frqraqiouUirrqrm:qrfi ftg.qiqqtr*u tt I tt
Sl<,ka3. If the planets are associated with the
Moon's hora, the pcrson born will be a famousking. If
the benefic planetsbe irr thc gch and the llth bhavas,
and the malefic ones in the 6th and the 10th, a king is
born.

irnftqry{suuqqrcrqorF{il dt{itqi-fl ; I
$-dr*Sfrr{qrq{d Zq}qMgqTnmqr ll I ll
Sloka 4. If benefic planeta be strong occupying
the tst, the 10th, thc 7th and the 4th bhavasand if Mars
and Saturn be in the 9th and theltth bhavas,the person
born will be a king possessed
of every amiablc virtue.
Norns.
The number of yogas satisfying all the conditions described in
this sloha will, if carefully analysetl, be fcrund to be very lirnitec.
The following
sloka.

horoscope is suggestetl as an e.rirrrrple for tlris

sL6

t'l7

tt*sqlqr

But sce the following sloke from Kn"Sl (Saravali).

g(nHfirr: {{T: {Trffir:Sa{frtRarftq{ilqdffi: t

qfq q{R r{rqR: qflrFiilqqaqftait qq s$q.i\q, it

rrMffi

ffi qtsqqrq;r.frgtrttr r

@HafttqFlitrFrirr

aflqll \ lt

Sloh.a5. When the Moon or tlte Lagna occupying

a (Vargottamamsa)cfitci{r is aspectedby the other pla'
nete placed in the 4th, the l0th and the 7th bhavas, the
perEonborn ir a leader of men.
Norrs.
According to ifinltmg (Brihatprajapatya), i(rc.oJ (Saravali)
and other works, and as per Yavanas' vierv quoted in {EwTil;E
(Brihatjatata), four or more planets (other than the Moon) aspecting a Vargottama Lagna or Moon will make the person born at
that time a King.
cJ.

IEsdrc{

qrfif,qqtu* q-i qr q;q1ffit:t

TflitrqREiJvrarf{lfr: Ff,I:u

Also WrR-d

qfrni sffqqi{4ilfra}firrrnarft qu}tqsqqrr

qfta-afiqffii<qrftfrfka'qq'rqlqitzq:tl
Also sle{Frul

qikiseil+\ qR il {rii\ F{tfth q qsilBfqftqrli: r

erffiqftf,q: wg riqqFa*qt: flgqqeqftfiqlodliRil
Also t{lusq

ffsff{qn -ra qvgi q qit{t

qd'qrfaftiR:{rfhftqrnqra}fthr
s nqqft flfiq: qg Eqrqqtoii{uf

{qrFrqftfrqrt Rgdi i qnq{ tl

48

irrlcrRrlt

3?8

Adh. VrI.

But our author has .gonefurther by restricting tho position of

the planets. According to slokas 30-31of the 2nd Adhyaya,Saturn
i n t h e 4 t h o r t h e l l t h h o u s e ,M a r s i n t h e 6 t h o r t h e l O t h h o u s e
, l l c o u n t e df r o m t h e L a g n a
a n d J u p i t e ri n t h e 5 t h o r t h e 9 t h h o u s e a
or the l\Ioon, are also capable of aspecting either of them respoctively as all planets are while they are in the 7th house. Our
author has rejected the aspectsof Saturn from the llth house, of
I\{ars from the (rth houseantl of lulriter from the 5th and 9th
houses. I{e only accepts the aspectsof Saturn from the 4th house,
of l\{ars fronr the lOth houseand of lupiter and other planetsfrom
the 7th house. llis object would appear to be to place all the
planets in the three Kendras, +th, 7th and l0th and in such a
manner as to be "capable of bestowing their full aspect on the
Lagna or the liloon ls the .case May be. The least number of
p l a n e t s t h u s s i t u a t e d a n d c a p a b l eo f : r s p e c t i n gt h e V a r g o t t a m a
Lagna or the \'{oon is four. "r-di{gmfri: i.e., "by planets other
than the Moon " has reference only so far as I4na yogasaro
concerncd,for the Moon cannot aspect itself. But the question is
" Will the aspert of the Moon on the l.agna nullify the yoga if it
'Ihe
a r r s w e ri s i n t h e n e g a t i v e . I n t h i s
i s o t h e r w i s ec o n r p r l e t"e?
case, the Moon's aspect does not count, beinq productiveof neither
good nor evil antl the l\{oon cannot be one of the planets making
up the least nunrber of four above stated. Cf. g{.sitFldT.

e* q,ikqtqrcqatqqti a,{*r\' t

{gft: qafri:qfq{fq?fi &finfr: tt

ffe c drail +'i ilqd'trrl{.flrtTfr;r;I

qrdtRril' fu qga.ilfi{rfat
r t tt

\\
qq'{rfq erqttg
Hflq: qrf,llFqqr I
q;q: qr.qd{Iq H ftrqq i rruqefl
There will l:e 22 1'ogasz'i:.66(i

C* C*C:15+6+
.l;li

yogasin a1l.

I for each of the Lagnaand the Moon,or

qEfrss{rq;

sl. 6
rv

vv

vvvvv

Y-v

vvvvv

vvvvv

879
!

vv

Y v

vv

Ylv

qf&qrsfltunugste+{tttfkt

qrfrwgorqfrftguosisir$dttarI

I qqtrrrfrtFr ffiuq{r*tqA
id ur.rfr qR ltftqitr qsdihfftEl{ ll q ll
Slcla 6. When Venus occupiesthe asterism As'
wini in the Lagna and is aspectedby all the other
planets,the person born will be the senior in family
destinedto destroy the whole host of his enemiesand
to sport with many women. When there are three or
more planetsoccupyingnot the Navamsaof their depres'
rion sign but one owned by themseives and one such
planetis in th: Lagoa, tlre p:rson brrn will be a king
arrd a v;ry wealthy one too, when there are 5 or more
ruch planets.
(Fbil hill).

C/. ara+,riir

ar&;qi on{: gfi: niqtfaftfen:r

fiffianlftqiEe'q.
ll
a]fr giqdiqro
Also q.oitifdl

erf}=qrgenn,
ugitifo'frqqqfirpfi fiarftt lt
,fhe

following from gt{qdt (Saravali) rnentioning the several

will
a s t e r i s r t t sw h i c l r , w h e n o c c u p i e d b y \ / e n u s , c o n f e r k i n g s h i p
also ire of interest:

qrii: grl: I
aRr;Rffier,rlgsqrqr{t
*ilft tg*i q1l{fu;qlqRHfrqd:ll
Louu holf.

C/. aramta

I
flqiffirt qfierq =qrR&+lqgFqot,

ffi

tt
Seqrq:sqflnsfqfiqRq.

lrce\tfur*

380

Adh. vU.

According to UtqTqlTetrifesilil{ and other works, threo or

four planets in their exaltation r*q (Srvochcha), or in their own
signs eki (Swakshetra)and are at the same time trine to one another, make a person botn in thc tolal famitlt, a King. Five or more
such planets will make (nv lers0tt a King. But two such planets
in the first case or four such in the second case will only make
the person rich. Cl. gqerretqaT.

deqfu' egqrt: n?:e*atnaI

*CA\\o

$iqi ef{filaF}11: sT{zq{{rq: ll

L

qerRfli<qr,ftiRtqlsfQqranTI
6ru<ieqftit rgoqilqfia: qr{ lr
.It has also to be noted here that it is only when the 5 or 6
planets in <&f-l (Swalisheira) are s:tong that the person born beIf they or any of thern be weak, he only becomes
planets in q-'{g will,
irrespective of their
strength, make the person a King. C/, gttryt-r,qe+.
comes a King.
rich.

But

seven

qeGfl+dtt:ar56pttqd't
erfggr;fiqfA'
erlgogfudr<t:1g
qgfrKr*:Q)jl} wft fiavrq r
t-sqm6

ufigf i}frr{{: e}ryq1 '

S-Hq$egqffgFqr
rGrragace+gql'qrqqqqAitzqra
flaqg tt

g*ffiqqqTq sg{t&

old {osi sf*itqfR.qkr I

qtsRMrqlrrrrrt frrrqi

s{i\iryrtt"rffisdiiuus1
Sloka 7. When Venus is in the Znd bhavawhich
is neither the planet'sdepressionnor owned by an enemy
q,nd wlren the lord of the Lagna iE strong, the percon

sl. g

qg*stqrq:

38r

born will becomca kinq. When the Moon- occupieEat

night its own Navrmsa or one belongingto a very
friendly planet and is aspectedby Venus alone, a king
comesinto the ',vorld.
:f.

soiiii{r

Norrs.

dtarftgqwtrqfinserire*n: qQdiqr qdt q

{rq, tt
Also en+riir

nfiarJq ettqT SHETTq:

fllrriq: t

d*+rii qcdtqr H rr: gft{1qfa:tl

Frorn the two p:rnllel lrassrges above given,
it will be seen
that Venus a'tl trre r.rrl of the Lagna srrourd
both be in the 2nd
'I'he
bhavatext rerds itserf arso to the above interpretation
and
i t r n a y l r r e f e r a b l l ' b e r e n c l e r c dt l r u s : " \ \ / 6 e n
V e n u s t o g e t 5 e r _w i t h
the lord of tlre Legna, who is :rlso strong, is
in the 2nclbtrava,
rvhiclr is neither the planet's (\'enus') dep165;s1611
s l f J n ,n o r i s o w n e d
b y ; r n e n e r n l ' , t h c p c r s o n l r o r r r r v i l l b e c o r n ea K i n s . , ,
cl.

qtitqo.i

eilifiairrqa;* ze] qri.{rTf:aql

I
erfi{r $eh zryflqrfi;i rlrfi qtq.tl
Also

,lladlq{ql

qflrqrilscqfifqar{rit
g};oreril aqfi *i}fi t
qpftiq ?e:$rt iqrdq tl
eirrrfifqeiflrld'ts,tar

qti qlffi{irrt uggesnfui qqfrr

elq 6{uriqtqwi ilctr{{r*iQh r

s{wftft esqi}qui atqrRqm

frar

*'qqaqi qqiqfrgt qril q{tqrdffiln c tl

S/oAa E. Whcn Venus occupyingthe Lagnais

in
Meena and in a Navamsabelongingto Meena,th-eperson
born is a king; (2) when the lord of the rising sign is

fiTCritqri

Adh.vlr.

strong in its exaltation and aspected by the Moon, a

royal personageseesthe light ; (3) when the lord of the
Lagnaoccupiesin the exaltationhousea Navamsabelong'
ing neither to the depression sign nor to an enemy and
:hat exaltationsign turns out to be a Kendra and has no
other planet, a ruler of the earth is born under this Yoga.
cl, qa*kr

ftt dtqi{t
Also gtttqofi

"}

gfr ardfyt rriqtt

oflfiqfA: dli q{q.trr-il;l I,i Od r

rTfqqqqll
{grrddrq*a:qrfiofaqfl
(Laltu halJ). c/. Stoka 48, infra.

{rq& f{qgffu{q{i totrrrififr

oqwEM$refrr qr;qrtqj{qfilt
d ttqoFqt qCISo* iffi *.qi

et qnqqFffi q Wontrqr rr{kli6q ll q ll

Slokl 9. When the full Moon is in the gth bhava

occupyingits own, exaltation.ora friendly house and
when Saturn and Mars occupy the lOth atrd the 2nd
bhavas from the Lagnr, a lord of the earth is born,
When the Moon is full and strong occupyinga Kendra
other than the Lrgua and is aspectedby both Venus and
Jupiter, under such a Yoga is born a sovereignwho will
generou:ly make gifts of land.
Norns.
(Fhst hrlll.
According to t{t{oi (Saravali), any planet in
with its exaltation sign will bestow Kingidentical
bhava
the 9th
bhava
occupiesor aspectsit anl two other
of
that
lord
ship if the
planets are in tlreir exaltation signs as trell. cf.

iltr.56ae ringvi qtq tqrqgn ftfrftat r

qq*sqnq:

BL 10
(Srcond,half).

883

c7. sloka 47, infra.

Also 't-{atadr

on fterq*t sto*ergtia)fiuaPt, I
qr.iqtqgwqirrit nqr r{liilqaq tt
Also esifi?ilqft

qfi fiqaL I
ftar+.\ftqqi iqefrsrrr famrur
g*q euqe,dgb qrit qil nlftwrugeu:tt

This yoga 6nds an exception when Tauttts happens to be the

Lagna with the Moon there. c/. ilrr:wdi.

q\ n{ii owtd:gg{' frtr efr qfqfqft'riq I

qf? stairqqtd] qqfAfkdt{r: tt

gqlsfi qTflIerki}
For a person born in a royal family no aspectsare required-to
place him on the throne. c,f. qRtsdt.

frnnn: I
es fiqrq*d nmererXRn)
frqqrfrqQlqro
fimqqqqKiloq.
tt

q{lt{ qrq}qisfrggfln qG fiKli'

{6gi uirsqn R:nt t
deil Uga;-qt

ftF{-q:rqqis
Awwftq-* sfi fut

si q4qqrrhqnqitr +ir Xstrxiq ll I o ll

S/o&a 10. When a planet is in the highest exalta,

tion point and is aspectcdby a very frier:dly planet, a
king is rrshered into the world. A king's peer takes
b i r t h w h e n V e n u s i s s t r o n g o c c u p y i r r tgh e 1 l t h o r t h e
12th bhava. When 2 or 3 planetsare in their cxaltation
s i g n s ,t h e M o o n i s i n K a t a k aa n d t h e r i s i n gs i g n p o s s e s s ,
ed of strengtl'r,thc personborn will be a king honored
everYwhere'
NorES.
(Fi,st quarter). ,f. noaTii+t

nfr5egafra,i|
fqeee,gqlq,i;qldfqrqar@{
|

884

Adb. VII.

.r{t5qrftil*

Also gnrS-d

qfi qq r$r: di* qffnqqi) qfa r

{qRfr*des:+itfi sfq{iqfi(rr
(Lattn

halJ.)

See notes under sloka 6, sultra. According to

Yavana's vievr quol.edin lirihat jat:rlia, one or two planets in thcir.
exaltation, one of them being in the Lagna and the Mclon in .dzqi
(Krtakr)
will create Rajayoga.
l6 such Rajayogas are possible
under the above co;nbination.
cf . yalatl.n
-\--^r
\
\
^
\
\
\
A
qfll8riTg
?l,{TdqHerT Ql5r{ {liltr

\
^
qrsil
tlqr{I: Fg: 1l

Ordinarily 3 cir four planets in their ex?iltationwi11,it is said,

make a personborn in a Royal family a King. F'ive or more planets in exaltation will make any persona King. r../.ga-.nwfqg.
n

C:\

^f'

\n

Hrqq(agr'{qtlqF,tlq{{n: I
Jq' eFq*r;qiaqritsfQ qnq' tl
But there are other special combinations under which 3, 4, 5
or more planets may not be in their e.raltation signs and yet the
person born attains royalty.
.lhe iruthor deals with several such
exceptions to the said orrlinary yogas handed down by tradition
which are difilcult to be observed except by nren of extraordinary
talents.

t{ +qqqttilf g{wni 'ra iisafker

qrren,rR il fimRflqqr sfr qdqrds:I

qrqJsflqi fr{rwgi gsrifi'ti}rt

ffirqFrtf\isftqqoi

ilsrrsenril{rqi u qt tl

Sloha 11. If all the beneficplanets be in the scqq

(Upachaya) (3rd, dth, 10th and l1th) placesand the
malefic one$in rhe lst or the 10th bhava, the person
born will be a cruel king quelling his numerousfoes.
If the Sun in conjunction with the Moon and in the Tth
bhava occupy the exaltation and other Varga positionE
while benefic and malefic planetsaspect themr a king or

SI, 12

eg*sqrqr

386

a king's equal of a very fickle disposition, will come

into the world
Notrs,
A manuscriptcopyreadsthe first quarteras follows:

g{ q}qlqft,:titr:6i4qqry:*rqr ftowfFqar,t
Probably this is the correct reading. The translation will
then be, " If all the n.ralefic planets be in the irq--rf (Upachaya)
housesa'd the beneficones in the lst or the lOth bhava, the person
born will be a cruel king quelling his numerousfoes."
'fhe
author desiresthat malefics should be in the e{"< (Upachaya places e.tce
tili'ng !hc l0tl: :rs the undermentionedquotation
from ql'oFq-ilil;[ rnal<esit clear.

Hfiofrrqwra fiqJeqt<gqqrcrrqfrpqrramor,
t
eTRqilTqau{irT: rqil fqqqi qq{t q{qrgq: tl
(Lattct half). ol. HRFT6T

drqcaelqQqaqumfr{flQa:
Fqacexai {FfiGFrt.tt't;Eqtrn:
I

qg3T-{
F.qrqqnqafRdrsfi
ma

figel'i*rfn',ieft eq+siilq
gn{r{ tl
" " I f p l a c e d i n a s i m i l a r p o s i r i o n , a . r .i n t h e T t h h o u s e , . ' h a s
to be understood from .{';'Ri i.r the slolia previous to this in
sRrs-dl
(Saravali).

qrflqftaqqalqqi qrrt

fr+fhtfiwqs6u*maf r
gfMgiln

Gq;rfrqr

{tqt?qilqfr gkufr wrorn lR tl

Sloha L2. If, at the bir.h of a person,Mars occupy
Dhanus,Mesha or Simha identical with the Lagna, and
be aspected by a friendly planet, he will rule over a
kingdom won by his own nrowess. If the Sun, the
49

Adh.vII.

mnwREt*

Moon and Jupiter be in the 3rd, the 9th and the 5th
bhavas and have strength, the person born will be a
king comparablewith the God Kubera in respectto his
rvealth'
NorBs.
(First hatf). c/. q-d{k*,r

qlwAqq$qlqffflF,it,Iufit qsqfr fiqfoee, rr

(Latlct half .)

ef .

Slaka 49 inf ra.

Also rrr4df

rnq r
fiafrrr+qnl' qaqqqqqfrwt
qG qqfAdqT{IqTsirc"q} qtqfd u

il{ qfi wqfr rfrr56rar(

qgqnqrt
enrfrarqisft

( tro.o{Erqt.qrd
trnqAqrMll

tl ll

Slofrrr1-1. If at a birth, a planet be in its depression

and if the lord of the sign occupiedby the planet or the
lord of its exaltation sign be in a Kendra position in
respectto the Moon's place or the Lagna, the person
born will be a king and a just ruler.
cf. q-o.f,.rfrr+r

qi+,] dtqrln<4rTqfqq<gal:
t"| 1
qq fl g q{Eiii flI{K}$Toq;qifa:
tt

fresrqqr
alq fiefA q<qTf}{du(rqlqt
1;(Tfriqfc.{iqqs fiilrslaarqritsrqrt

*-t fisft i.rqffiqq, iqrq*,qiif

zil
qftrits'qqatqrqf:(d,iq<qlqriiqrrqq
t( II
.iii q<s 'ii*qtrT] AGaqq il r
*"qrq$e+;rriTgv: uirr{<Fqn;ti

$1.t4-t6
Also

qgqlsqrq:

387

qRffilrfisr

tq Qqt flq'lq qqrd<frq(adiagaarr: 1

+--dftqilil qqa'xgnl1ffiil .pftnrnn rr

Also nqlrlfsarq0r

+Tt r-qqrqrtRitqfleiusgtr
qrrrqiliil*qrsfqttqtrfr qiat: tt

ffiertaqturfi ffit

*ttqqr flUt qQ q'qo* r

qr
ffiHt qclt{rqPqt
qrq u tB tl
wrdqatqRrRqrsisEEr
Sloho 14. If the lord of the Navamsaoccupied by
a depresaedplanet at a birth be in a Kendra or Trikona
position and if the e-sos (Janmalagna)be a moveable
sign or if the lord of gbs cTelroa(Janmalagna),i.e. the lst
bhava be in a Navamsa owned by a moveablesign, the
peroon born will be a king or possessgreat power.
aI. eeliftqdrqft

f,tqftqaiaql{FE
fra:};qffiqq; 1
q{o} nqlt A qrkrq} Til rri{ '1
qnqnrfr q(nHG qrtrqilitsqil

dqe*gEqEfrrsqttrqrifirqi rrt( r
oil dqut Wqtgft r-* qnq{t
Grt'fffiqFEt q{t qfl uqrilnrfr rr+{ ll t\ ll
Bloha L5. When the lord of the lOth bhavais in
the 8th, occupyinga Navamsaownedby its exaltation
sign, its own uftr (Rasi) or a friendly rrr?r(Rasi),or has
attaineda cnrrain (Paravathamsa),
the personborn will
be a king of kings. If Jupiterbe depressed
in the Lagna

crcs-riftlte

A&. VII.

",.j!.att
the Navamsa

of the 8rh bhava (64th frum ihe Lagna)bc

that of a rriir (Rasi) owned by the
marefic orr"ner in
question, under this yoga also will be
born a king of
kings.

dqe 6qq\ ai'r sat'qofisEErirrcst

iirt oaqfi a ft"fqilg{iutrqi q+( |

qrrtaaTnqitiffiqt {-gR{t {r
?qi
et Er{rfti g}-qgrun
gh r nqiiqr n I q fl
St.oka16. \l/iren Jupiter, being rhe lord of
the
rising sign, occupiesthe r2rh bhava and when saturn,
the lord of thc 3rd bhavais in thc r2th prace in respecr
to Jupiter or when the Sun occupiesthe ltth bhava
from th,: Lagna, the personborn will be a king of
kings.
If the iord of the Navamsaoccupied by cherord
of the
9rh bhavabe in the 5th or the tih bhava,a king
into the world. If Mercury be in conjunction ""r.,
with or
aspecrei by ,iupiter, the person born will be
a king.s
favorite.
Nores'
r/.- qqi{f-{or,{r?r

gil "r4 rql art nal qrfinqrfqqr

gii uq} fiard {rq{l;irq4ar:rr
irrrqlfitqlrqrgsi{iilfqna} g& r
gzruraqt qrsRZqhts)qqat, rt
qT-t
Sloka.

( D l r ^ r , u r .l a g n a ) s a l j s f i c s t l r e c o r r t l i t i o n s
of llre above

rrFitqfttfkt {rffi *.{rQ+{W

SERiildfr qreqqfr
ar.dfut
nmq,il
r

sl. t7-I8

8*rs4rq:

389

*.i n qfaffi GSt {urffioffi

oriri'qilttfti qogt{qrswflq+(n ?stl
Sloko 17. If Iupiter be in the rising sign and
Mercurv occupyinga Kcndre bc aspected
by thelord of
the 9th bhava, rhe person born will be on a footing of
eilualirywith kings. when sarurnin stre*gth o..uf,i.,
the {sfrq'rsr (lr4oolatrik''a) or exaltation ,ign h"pp.ning
to be identical with l Kcndra .r Trikona
anti is urp..r,
ed by rhe lord of the llrh bhava; rr.der this yoga also,
will the personborn be on a par with sover"igns-of
the
earth.
ef. e-{i'i?rorqft

o* gil gt h"| {FqiT+rflf6t r

sH -{rfE
e} zqge*q+at,tr

o* ffi

gt s.r+sffd qFii

Ssq{rrt ftmwst ilqTsQrEr

ilirrqrI

ftr"tqqls {qftlii {wrfttrq&q:ft f c tl

Sloka 18. When the Moon is in the rising
sign,
Jtrpiter in the 4th, venus in the 10th, and satu.r"in lhe
exaltation or sRq (swakshetra), the person born
will
be eithcr a king or equalto a king. When
benefic
planetsare in the l2th, the llth, the lst, the
Znd,the
3rd and the lOth bhavas,rhe person born wiil be
like a
sovereignand in great favor with kings of kings.
'
cl. qqifilr-arqiir

a* q-esil nie+ttr\ TuffEiI

qt ?qged|qqa{:tl
Filqga+Rqt

390

ltlrclRr|t

Adh. VIL

qqrinrei fi:qoaFffireqqr
qerRgFn?.n}*qrzqgeq]r{qat' u

qt *qqq.trrrSililqtqr{c{gfr
{ri drtre{rqffit tteftq6sq3 1

trfr {dFrorrrttRst qrqrftiiltfr

iltt qfr dffii'sqhraaq) qaqtt?qll

Sloha L9. When Saturn is in strengtb and has

attainedsqsEd (Uttamavarga, when Jupiter occupiesa
Navamsaother than a depressionone,and when the Sun
is in a benefic Navamsa and is aspectedby benefic pla,
nets, the person born will be in the good gracesof a
king and equalto him If Rahu be in the 10th bhava,
if Saturn occupying the llth be aspected by the lord of
the 9th bhava, and if the lord of the rising sign be un,
associated with a depressed planet, the person boro
under this yoga will be like a lord of the earrh.
cf. ssirft?'ilft

wi rrd '{A=qtqlTqqltnfligt r
elt fiqQt qrghzgr+itqi( ll

{qsil ftfrqAftqn wi{t qilq?nqgilr t

sdffirr{TwFEil qr qnqfrqtfM

ll Ro lr

Sloha 20. If two, three or four planetsin deprecsion occupy benefic shahtyamsa(eu.in) or 60th portions
or Navamsasof their severalexaltation signsat the time
of birth of a person, he wiil be a lord of the earth
eminently just and virtuous.
cl. ssl{fr-mqft

a* qr * eq] qrsftqFqliiflqflTdt: r
{ltluritsgtr: Qfi il q{rqft: ll

sl. 21

891

sFrilstqrq:

onis$gilftfi graErqrqrt=frqt

qr{r{N|ETurrqfr
= *qqs;ffitfuel
q'ffiqqil"rrft qdqtrffiqfiffi

qril qnqwtihtgft q-6dqr{rf!rq!

tt Rt tl

-fhe
Sloka 27.
following are the three yogasunder
person
born becomeawealthy. In
any one of which a
the first yogar the lords of the 10th and the 9th bhavas
counted from the Lagna are in conjunction and aseocia
ted with the lord of the 2nd bhava; in the 2nd yoga,
the lords of the 10th and the 9th, reckoned from grr
(Subha), i e. the lords of the 6th and the 5th bhavas from
the Lagna occupy each a sign owned by the other and
are asgociatedwith traqfh(Dhanapathij i.e. the lord of
the 2nd bhava; in the 3rd yoga, tbe lords of the 10th,
and the 9th bhava calculatedfrom the 10th, i.e. the lords
of the ?th and the 6th bhavas from the Lagna occupy
mutuallyaspectingKendrasand are associatedwith qtcft
(Dhanapati). If the severalpairs of planets mentioned
above be aspected or associatedwith the lord or the
karaka(orro) of the 4th bhava, the person born under
each of the several resulting yogas will have at his
command much wealth and many vehicles.
Norrs.
The first 3 quartersof thrs sloka are also capable of beine
i n t e r p r e t e dt h u s : " I f t h e l o r d s o f ( t ) t f r e l 0 a n d 9 t h h o u s e sc o u n t e d f r o m t h e
Lagrn, (Z) the lOth and 9th houses counted fronr the 9th house
and (3) the l0 and 9th houses reckoned from the lOth housebe in
conjunction, occupy each a sign orvnedby the other, or occupy
mutually aspecting Kendras, or be associated(at the same time)
ithw the lord of the secondhouse, the personborn will be wealthy."

39rl

{tcTniilti

Adh. VII.

af. qoqtft+r

+iril qq{trdqqrrfir* q"qe'i}uafR1ft a}: ry1q1',,

Out of the I 2 yogas causedby the relationship of the lords of
any two successivehousesout of the l2 ones, our author describes
here the 3 Raiayogas.
The 12 yogirsarc :
( t ) o t . Tb y t h c r e l a t i o n s h r po f t h e l o r d s o f t h e l s t & Z n d h o u s e s
(z) r1q.1eT
do
2 n d& 3 r d , ,
(3)-r'nr+,
do
3rd & 4th ,,
(+) 3rqro{
,lth & 5th ,,
do
(5) <mor
a*
do
5tr&6th
,,
{o) <rcf,.I
do
6th & 7th t,
(7) icqrzla:
do
7th & Sth ,r
(g) ..Trq-qql
do
8th & 9th ,,
( ) t hc t l O t h
{o) .6o1n
do
,,
(lo) {iirr"r{
dcr
l O t h& l l t h , ,
(l l)'dur;Tq{
do
I lth & I2th ,,
(tz) firrnt
do
l2th .t I st ,)
cl.

qlat{

aMB+egflr+n}fegdT
qdqa,ilr
BqI.q* qEqr+dtd tfrqrrqr)rr
qfdi tqoril q ft',qorfi dgaqqtr
g6fi'6rr
orqqlrrrdilqi]_cq1{qfiq ll
s{qTsqrcq .fii rrq,iiq fqqrzfe{ r
rTlrqr'{{ il{q}rt ilfii;wqaq'{{

ll

fqnqrfialqlt qlqr q s,i,arFTdr:tl

T h e r e l a t i o n s h i pb e t r v e e np l a n e t si s o f f o r - rkr i n d s :
l.
2.
3.
4.

E A t : hc , n co c c u p y i n gt h e o t h e r ' sh , r g 5 s, , K e n c l r ao r K o n a
.l3oth1;iauetsaspectingeach other.
Any one <-rfthe two planetsaspectingthe other.
Both planets occupying the sarnehouseor Varga, etc.

sl, 2I

uqtsnlr.l3

393

,f . rRtlr(

sqq: PeT;ffpq=q]
elsq6 fd,ftq*' t

U,itqd+ii aG:frqil*a =qtt: tt

..1-qtq*aw rl t,t ngare-aif
ftq.t r
qmfhilfl*il qrsfti*,qfiqn]qErrl
The association of the lords of the Kendra and Kona olaces
is capable of producing Rajayogas.

cl.

onat-qi:{di

taR+)qqna: sfih

q{Fq{qI

$twordfeirqnzqrq{d: II
Also

frft}"rfrqdt{"}sq-* }q *qEq.r
+qrf iisfrqfuq]qqqGs iilqa( tt
Also KT{I?

ennd: gqqtqTfhrqq'tqrfim qrq t

qqrurt
purattr rrfirr&qnrcsoq
tt
q.e1c;elqhii fq{qa' t
d{:pq141q,i}
wn4;qiieel qrndGt il-qqE tl
q:r $-dtft ffgd il qrsRflqflsq} |

{rqifiq'it qrd uq qqfafqPrnqrr

qldtt<qT qri qriv} a6{ fF,rn:t

gRuvf{vn'qiGeriiqeq {r;qurt tl
gtrrfirrgQilofrqlqT qqTqdqflgdrir( |
Z,iitariRE qiiun@:ertqgi aqtfifilr-euo:rr

gnqlfqql*q qfleqrtq ngil |

qiiaprqTgml arnllR( {rFqrrtqll

gia') q{qnga*e*qi.qrfQ
gil fie'q r
ryJ

il1_""",_,_
_:yg: """__
"___"__
"",""",_jg: J_l'
qfr u-*qcn:
gQsrerqntJtseat
erqr-*qrftfrs]
tt

q{rqrige++Eqt uungtr

qeqtfEqfighqrnlrftqilFrtrnqu

finrqlq Eqiqtqqt sriiBilfrn r

'

gql dgq+ rmr qdt qr aFflqlsR

Er rt
ffq: qfi +fia-d qrqsfQqfrq.r,t

rt
{*m;} aa:gh 6,i1}arqrrt+r1
qdt goqqrii qnqqaalfrqrqq{

aqrqr'qprrt,{qftqntilsfl rfirq t
ail rdq-61qofiflquaqqqt-

fiq.ii fia<rfiqqqqqqwftrrq:tt
q{r guqqnl qnqqqi goq{*
q-qii+qlqhil qqfAt{GqTiqqit

sgqrn +'iftf{qqrrq}tRqad
qgrqlasR\qft qtnnr.itfrqifq 11
qil il-qirl aawga*ris{,rai
qorrrdt qs qqqfts frt nG{: I
flqr inr-qrerfiqaqfll{orfregffi
qqqfr' lt
grsrctqonrq{oqrcil
In these cases it is not very nccessary tbat the lords of the
Kendras and Kcnas should be two difierent planets. One planet
may be the 1orclof two Kendras or a Kendra and a Kona and yet
a good result will

be produced though not to the same extent as

when they are owned by two separate planets.

cf. sta-Tqr?4+r

*oqflr,TqrfEq'irt+l
*,iiq+lr*t,r
q-qfimrqqfiil{iq=q}
qfi frgn: tt

sl" 22

sffi5sqzt:

395

r*g qRq1&futgrrqrfq{rq}sfho6ft!Rn(|
s+iqt:qei\frqffir srm qiqd'rqqt{r
n qRtl
SIcha 77. Vhen six planctsarc in their exaltation,
the person born will be a liing of kinqs ruling over the
whoie earth. When five planetsoccuDytheir exaltation
signs anciJupiter is in the Lagna, the personborn will
rule all rnenand all lands.
c/. qdrtfi,rrcrft

Norps'

q"^luiinaqqf"s\:qi4tqrf;tirit qfq'rqd t
sqfFqt: qafq{a{rnr flrqtftqlt qi{ii i.rail-n
Also nlfl{lil{ol

;r{a(r: qa fiitqqr,tr qs qq+ q qri,*q: tt

E
The authr.,r suggests tlrc infercrr,:i. 1l'tt, rn tht: c.se c,i Ilve
p l a n e t s i n e x a l t a t i o ' , c r n eo f t h e r ' * ' s r
irc irr the L;rgna, and tliat
preferably Jupiter. In the r:asr:of :,i:.:
| 1 ; L l r r r : ;r n e r : l l t a t r , n , i t i s
n o t n e c e s s i l r y t h a t o n e o [ t h e r r rs h o u l t l i r r : r i r t ] r e L a q n a . O n e , t w o ,
t h r e e o r f o u r p l a n e t s i n e x a l t a t i o n r r l , , : , , l _ .nr , . r tr r r l l i e a p e r s o l r f
ordirrary biri.lr zi liing. cf. .!i1r.t:

{i-ltq':I
SfGq,cFe{Tqt{rE,lfia.{T,t*t
FdaFqoftqlq-isr' ei fiaq1;11
Also

1 4 q q 11 1 q a { .

iafqkauftEt"jrqi-;ifciir'' I
?q:q.qelrqitqtrisfi wrar'11
All the works on astrclogy are unaniri.rous in the al;ove view"
According to Yavana and others, three or four rnelefic planets
in their exait:rtion makes the Iirng cruel.

6: {{tllkl

t'1.

glq: m{Iiq'[;qKqrs--qqlI

sTn+{iifi+r, g}'q +&qrqrgdqn:

tt

3 r/6

|IirucrRilt

Adb"vrr.

Also qttrq

qt\: qtqqfi:FTl(
ela'rt'i'iqicqidd: r
;qrfir}f{aqfi: gr:fiiiyar*i rga: 11
{dsnliTd
o
\
\
^c
erg,{l{i:qgn.i:
xt: firqfii{tqR: t
.\
dlg o qlqndq'qd freftq: qqTqtll

From the above, it is also clear that benefic plauets in eralta_

tion make the king virtuous and that if the planets in exaltation
which go to raise him to kingship be both malefic and
benefic. he
will be of a mixed nature.
(Jeevasarrna) adds that malefics
in exaltation do
noi- bestow royalty on the persor) born under their auspices;
he
will be wealthy and at the same time cruel, angry and quarrelsorne. r {.
And

{iqaqi

qr\aqrrlelarq qqf:i .Z{i {tT: r

1fuqfa-rrf:ffiiFiFg:frfiq, fio(fiql: tl
I t s h o u l d h e r e b e n o t e d - t r r a tt h e s ea r e n o t h o w e v e r a c c e p t e d
as
Rajayogas by Varahar'rihira. Accorcling to hinr, if three o.nore
planets occup).' their exaltation or their own signs
and area! thc
sarnt lt,ne I t ite ltt one a.n,theyt the persons born
become kin,{s if
tlrel' b.long to a royal f:rrnill'. If there are 5 or nrore such planets,
perso.s th.,ugh born i' ordinarl, famiries (other than
royal) becorne
i r r n g s . T h o s e i n r v h r ; s en a t i v i t i e s s u c h p l a n e t s a r e l e s s
than 5 will
be possessedwith wealth, but will not be kings. ,/. g{-qfild

seeil.rr,ri'rlarqr;'{r}iidlinar tFar: I
eqrQfilrqirqi6r Siffagar a 1frlw: 11
Also og;rRT{

Bqqftffijr,ia.rei qqFd{rnn; I
qqrfrfiit;s$olqera
aa{ilrqrff : n
Vidc also E{.rnRFfi'VII-8 and XI-13 and my notes thercon.

sl. 23-24

sErTr$qr|t:

397

qr( |
u$rqq&tfti qafitrdr+iqtrq{qdtqfrr

hiiEqAqR q-qgi dr{'ri iqgft Tqro!n Rl tl

Stoha 23. When Saturnis in *c (Kunbha) iden,

tical with the Laqnaand whcn four planetsoccupy their
exaltationsigns,an emperoris born. When *e (Mesha)
occupiedby Mercury is the rising sign and Jupiter is in
the exaltationsign, a ruler o[ men comesinto existence.

q* sqiqqGqR qqfh't{tsftErcq{qftfhfrarqurqr( |
a\

gsrat(ffi(t{( F{sttqTrTtiT\

\A

{"rtssg1-6
ilqru(wrqrlqq ll R8 ll
Sloka 74. If the Moon occupying the rising sign
qeir (Vrishabha)be aspecredby the remaining six pla.
nets,the personborn will bocome king at an early age.
If one planet be in the exaltationsign while the rest are
in their own or friendly signs,thc yoga will secureto
the personborn irnder it, a portion o[ thc gooJ thinga
of life such as it is the good fortune of kings to have.
Nores.
(First half ).
supru.
Also +11{l{,4

c ' f . t h e l a t t e r h a l f o f s l o l ; a6 2 i n A < l h 1 ' a y aI l ,

Sg{wae;g ieqd qq-d

qG qasttd: q{qfi aq}qqrfir
qrqFfl]n \q
gqqqqqftP:r:
rqfd qgqqtq:mri*q: gtq, tt
Also toiiitqt

frqrqqftqrmqqqqdt-$q{-

ftqnqEfifrftilqqofirFnqre);qo:
I

398

cntscrftcrt

Adh.vrr.

Grqag*i+ertgRltniuFa:afi
egeaudr
z,i qqqftfiqralFqaqrr

Erffi ErqR g.fi,riirqftgii-(gfr Wrorr

nCtUitriuneitghrtolqr} rrfirfi fkdirr p R\ tl
Sloht 25. When Jupiter in conjunction with
Mars and the Moon occupiesa eritrq IVargottama,aiee
I,34) or a gcai:tr(Pushkaramsa,z,idc Adhyaya1 Sl 38)
the person born is a king. Wtren thc full Moon
aspectedby benefic planetsis in tlie l0th bhava, a ruler
of the e.rrthhashis birch under the yoga.

gfm${q;i vtrr q;(qfr

qit (g'J{qri qi\i irrTfirrrT{|
qqgqffiQ rrrggi il: <IT(
etftrrwogilf {i{qrsq;rrf il lq ll
S l o h o 2 6 . W h e n t h e M o r n i n c o n . ; u n c t i ow
n rth
|upiter and Vcnus occupiesugu (Dhanus.),
Mercury is in
Lagna,
e;;rr
(Kanya)
the
Mars in
and Saturnoccupying
the 4th bhava rs in Tr+{lN4akara),chep.rson born will
b e a m i g h t y k i n g h e l d i n h i g h r e g a r db y a l l o t h c r k i n g s .
ifi;qilTrTFlS{qHqqrfia{:
\

\C

fl rff glTrrrgtflgg(trTro! |

qqtn+t
diqifi q'ftrfi
{or&
'
\"\

n
\
\
;ftql: ll Re ll
|F{ sq {rifgif EIaTT

Slokt 27 Tir,: pcrst-rnat whose birth lr.4ercury,

the Mocn, Mars, jupiterand Saturnoccupywn(Kanya),
fra (Meenr), icEa (Mithuna), ugc (Dhanus) and rr.D'
(Makrra,lrespe:tivelywill bccomeking" Arrotheryoga
leadirr;im kingly iortune is wh:n .the full Moon wirh

sl. 28

e8frsEqrq:

999

abundant strength occupieswir (Meena) identical with

the rising aign and when Mars and Saturn are in qlt
(Makara) and 6q (Kumbha) respectively.
Norrs.
(First half ). In this yoga, the rising sign must be q{(
kara). c/. gqsna-+

(Ma-

t qt o* ntqftgqd-qqqt,
\

{I{Ir$Tq: (atrif: gggEqil: g{orilii: I

Also emildl

qt qt ui gg'.qaqFgar
frflq<qI ffqt

flffir

gqiH;fttFt: $dqq: I

fFqitarqi*'q] qgfr g(F{t il< rtq

f,qrqrd) {q: gufrHr{: ql8rrfRqrll

(Second l*tf ).

c/. tRta.li

3a.qf),fii ilfflfc qi-q: sao+era: firf?1gd

si I
qqqfi{irrl E{l{td(Qf,qeqr} erfqqfi{gi rt

$I'iEqt qGWqri $aftrtq-fift ftftrn r

tt{re{Trrffi;Erqrar
qr{rrErffrwrer
rtttl ll Rdll
Sloha 28. The person at whose birth the rising
sign wct (Makara) is cccupied by Mars and czr (Kataka

crdr|rtlitr

Adh.vrl.

by the Moon becomesa king. Again when Maru, the

$un, and Jupiter occupy iespectively wor (Makara), *l
(Mesha) and iirr (Kumbha),the person born is a krng.
(First hqlf ). c/. qr,r{6.

Oi Ael q q|?itqqrskFWiusqrrf{flfqom,r
ttcr dEIa3flrrytri1 iqrtfabq{rdtgqrt:
tl

onrf{\6qgi qR Krfqd

gs{e{Wffi g nsil|

qritqqirrGilr
Wgnqhr:

qrfl r hrqqqilq.rilTqt{r tt Rq tl

Sloku 29. If the full Moon in conjunction with a

planet other than the lord of the Lagna be aspected by
Venue, Mercury and Jupiter, the person born will be a
king. Again, if Jupiter, Venus and Mars occupy ctrvItn (Vargottamamsa)and malefic planets be
not in
Kendra houses,the personborn uncrerthis yoga becomes
a ruler of men.
c/. racor

flilti fivuf@t{r: };qftqnr a} grlwgarar

freerqirnGq,fitil,${l-d trfl: qs{ straT:tl

frif{is AAogw qt
dFqdqurgirs,'c+qEtq:I

orrftt q{{i ftrqRri Er

urr gqrsrgf gtqfiq6; ar( il Qo11

S/oAa SrJ. When all the planers occupy ftTqo

(Seerehodaya) cigna and when the Moon
o..rrpyirg
eao (Kataka) is aspectedby benefic planets,
th" p"i*on
born is a king. Again when the lori of the risiig
oign

s, 31

s$*$rtrq;

401

occupiesthe 9th or the 10th bhava and when the Moon

is in the Lagna, the person born will be a ruler of the
earth.
c/. qnrs.R

qiifrqqFgq{I; RqRI q'tqfiqq aqf qlTng:t

nl.tftiiis{ir*

Fo} qq1-qql
raqaraxnrh.
n

qrnd rrrEt{ ffiqfrwr*q il{rFtq\

oi rrggisiaqt{qfa(<ili q \f,;r;ffuI
q*eiw{t fkirfMtr {rrwq qr},iqqr{
ilTaqqqF( nq RqEiqlqn q'drm?rrn lt tl

Stoka 37. The Sun has traversedthe first hali of

egt (Dhanus),the Moon is just tirerd; Saturn possesied
of much power is in the Lagnaand Mars is in the exal,
tation sign : If this be the planetary position ar a
person's birth, he will grow into sucha mighty king
that his enemies,overwheimed by his fiery valour will
do homage to him from afar, regarding him rvith awe
and giving up all idea of measuringtheir strengthwith
him in battle.
Nores.
cf.

This as well as the two succeeding slokas are from tn<f+&.

gt-drtrf

of g*s}'dtfidqqqolrq rgfr:
c/. Also rm<{Rr

orFt qlqq:d W-alhlie.it: t

{{{Fq: sq: SqlaqFqfa+rq{
1l

Q{rqlsrrc-q

qgQrqt q{ wd ;TftTI:$n: I

qftitq nqrrasqlvr.ri n* rr
51

4ry1

qrtrt$Rqa

Adh.vn.

in a quadruped sign.

His own as well as his exaltation signs are

'l'he
quadruped
both
ones.
second half of qgi{ (Dhanus) is also a
quadruped sign and the Sun is stronger there than in the first
half.

sqqqw{d q-qq}rrel q;(r(

gqr&iqqiir hqqrilq drqu t
esoiroRgfir t q qrni\rildrr

qrrfgeiq$r il it ll
qEfr;rtrnQrt
Sloku 32. When the lord of the Lagna occupies
an sqszr(Upachaya)placein respectto the Moon, when
the benelic pldnetr occupying Kendra positions are in
beneficNavamsas, and when the malefic planetshave
no strength at all, the person born will be a kirrg equal
in might to Indra (the ruler of the immortals).

sqrfrsdirfrar fi*\ir q{ mftw{fr qq q.frr I

( qtrfrUu{itgaqurlqfiqftru*e*tq{r\ rril rr

SloA,r 3il. If, at the birth of a person, the Sun be

about to go to the exaltationpoint, the Moon be in s&e
(Swakshetra)and Jupiteroccupy oao (Kataka),the person
born will hold sway over a region teeming with many
gemsand precious$tones.

qq frshi rGwq]fi Er
eqt{saTrGgnrtrrqTtr
fr{HftI
Eatqqg|gqrrr
$iF( ftnofqElueiarq n iB fl
Sloka 34. If, at a person'sbirth, the Sun in a Tri,
kona poaition be in the qgH.rur (Moola Trikona) qr
exaltation sign and if the Sun, Venus and N{ercury,
being respectivelyin the 3rd, the 6th and tbe gth bhavas
from the M<.ron,occupy Navamsas belonging to them

El. 86-86

sa*srqrq:

408

severally,they makethe per$on born a king who wilf

guardhia kingdomjust as a cowherdguardshis kine.
Nores.
The following is the yoga given in qltt+ii for the same effe:l

qfiiqeq:eRfrqrtsfiqrwifrrsrqr:ftrfi1q-{r: I
q-dq uif:c qlrrofrqfhdtnt tt
eftqqgrqrrdrq

tffirgqshqTfr fr*i{rs0.* q ftg.rrrfufi,'Trttf

dtir t

q rr{FdTrg{i {qftr qr( {{rt

qqqqqofr*!iiptr te tgr n 1\ tl

SloAa 35. If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury and

Venus be in the 10th bhava occupying friendly Navam,
aasin a sign which is not owned by an enemy and
where they neither becomeinvisible nor depressed,the
persol)born under this yoga develops into a great king
in whose royal progresa,the dust is laiJ by the ruttish
flow exuding from elepharrtscomposinghis train.
Norss.
This as well as the next four slokasare taken from grn4d.
The yoga menbionedin this stoka is applicable only to persons
born in the royal family.

qefi
{qRfdI e1r'qUqrCxir

qfr'gq1qqrfrf\ftftQql
I
{+*-* qR wReteil
wffIrqtqfrtqur{qt I lE tl

Slotrr 36. If, at the birth of a person,Mars occupy

in strength the exaltationsign and be aspectedby the
Sun, the Moon and Jupiter, that personthough low,born
will become an illustrious ruler of men, capable of
protecting the whole earth.

404

fiftnftflt

Adh. VII

gqiqtwqt e{wil qt w-drt

sdiftsqer

fiqrt {rnf*r.qitt q{rrifrg"{hrr* iitrsur nlrgtl

Sloha 37. The person at whose birth
Mercury is
in tht: rising sign, Jupiter in the Tth bhava,
the Moon
with unclouded radia'ce in +'a+(Kataka) represe:nting
the 4th bhavaand che planet Venus occupies
the 10th
bhava,this person is destinedto rule the earth
in health
and without any disturbance.
Norps"
In {{Gwfil*, g{aCtTtqq anri other worl<s, the yoga
is declared
to result from the following combination.
Mercury in Kanya
identical with the Lagna, Jupiter and the
l\{oon in the 7th house
therefrom (d.e.I\[eena),Venus in the lOth (i.e,
Mithuna) and Mars
and Saturn in the 5th (i.e.;n Makara). c/. gasila+.

diqffr'r g) o), q,il lTiurrfhhr

sqtisit fimarq {rql q;qrH}:gt tl

Alsoq6enrqm
gq: mqrqdmTqri ffuqir n} I

q;i nqli ftrt figart r qrJii

rr
qmtqnrifrilqrFqdi:
sfq{iqfAq
r

gqlqeilq *'q gqq.d n1f|ryq

11
+dri gr"{(i{r'iisqiin the text arrpearstherefore
to be an error.

iu""o.

sL 88-42

g8*sscr'{:

408

{qHTo{tgtl srqgtlffirol5stsI
qEirsftgtt qni qnftqqitEqq.ll lc ll
-S/ofa 38. The full lr,{oonpredorninantin strength
is singly capableof making the person born under its
i n f l u e n c ea v i c t o r i o u sk i n g .

t{qr{i Fw{aiiqrdiur(qf}{drI
fiikmrfiq'soq.ll lq tl
sftft EgrrriTrt
Sloha 39. Jupiter occupying the 2nd bhava in
conjunction with Venus at the birth of a person will
of conqueringall
makchim a lord of the earth cap,rble
e n e m ise.

t
olir *;rtrfir0 qth efqqri{rt

rrrrthonr\ il(i{isft{r qf,rqftrtt Bo tl

Slr,ka 40. The personat whose birth the lord of
the lst bhavais in a Kendra, thc lord of thc ttlth in the
4th, the lord of the 9th bhava in the llth, sucha person
will becomea king and be blessedwith long life.

Gggwratq! e& qofr'frq.rrt

u{ftqfUrir ilcTrtaiqi sqiltqq il Bl tl
S/,,4'.r41. lf Mercury with its rays obscuredby
the Sun occupv its ao?adror(Moola Trikona) and be in
the qer (Swastha) $tate ( ritle Adhyaya 2 S/. 16), the
personborn will b,: a king excellingin his knowledge
of every kind of learning. Other planets similarly
placeddo not produccthis effect.

q.tq.qtrqm t
sltfr gwrftrafr

o*rEtq tqrir qR nqTq t{qr u 81 tl

Slok,t 47. If, at a person'sbirth, the Sun and lv{er,
cury occupy the 4th bhava, Saturn and the Moon, the

Adh.vrl

ilruTlTrftqe

10th and Marsthe lst, the personborn will undoubtedly

becomea king

ftt silirrsfrEGtr
RErsirEt

sqrqt gt qrd il*sft sf}rfiqft.u Bl tl

Sloka 43. Even a baseborn man becomes a king
if at his birth the Sun occupy in the rising sign lfr
(Sinha) a Navamsa other tlran what belongsto Venus,
and if Mercury be in *qr tKanya).

qngM

{r qqr{frgdrqft r

dttd ge-dirQqTni(rwrrit'qit u BBtl

Sloha 44. If Saturn and Mars be in the l0th, the
5th or the lst bhava and the full Moon be in a sign
owned by Jupiter, the person born is to becomea kinq.

rd Roaftqfrq ffi qqt"qit Sai rfltrrr{|

tt.qrt qG f,rq{t qrfrsftilsil {rqFqil}{r ft B\ tl
S/oAa 45. The lord of the rising aign occupying a
Kendra in strength securesroyal fortune to the person
bcrn under the yoga. If the lord of the Lagnabe aspect,
ed by a friendly planet, the person concerned even if
low born will either be a king or a higher personage
worshipped and veneratedby kings.
cf ,

Klq-di

hoi liorqpr: gft{\?ifhiii fir}' r

uwfFqtq *+ rlqfifi( qrqhsrq: rl

qatr&qrq'rqqt

ffi qftmu f
TG $Frr.r1{
{flr! il eq tl

SloAa .t6. Ir the lord of the rising sign occupying

the exaltation sign aspectthe Moon, the person-bori

s\.41-4s

sEc}ssrrq:

under the yoga cannot but becomea leadingking in the

world subduing millions of his foes by means of hie
armedforcesconsistingof elephanto,tnfantry and cavalry.
cf . srnoJ

oailtqfi: qJi qrq-gqorcan

14g,r( r
qgrlqo(qqeN:
qQrfi'{q{ll
qrfqafaqqr

or frilq *-qSq'i qolwrfutr

guqrqhdetqrdTflcTrqaEKfll 8e ll
Sloku 47. When the Mobn in full strengthoccu,
pies a Kendra other than the Lagna and is aspectedby
Jupiter and Venus, the personborn will be a king.
Norss.
See notes on sloka I sultro,

otir t;qqnrt fr{qFtti frat t

qr;qftgi (rqrqr{frfr {i"qft ll 8z ll

\loho 48. When the lord of the rising sign occupying a *-qrna (Kendra bhava) is not depressed,nor
obscuredby the Sun, nor in an inimicalhouse, nor in
conjunction with another planet ; the person born will
be an emperor'
cf .

irF{fqFo

qgfQerqdi qE erq) {dgd: fto +.oz*rilsRil t

eTfardqfrilft dqr qq qqqiq q fiqfifrewq. tl

grq;(Rililer!

gf,itfiq{qn

iltr qG {{tqtorgiwqfiffirt ll Bq lt
Sloha 49. If, at the time of a perlon's birth, Jupiter, the Moon and the Sun occupy the 5th, the 3rd and
the fth bhavae,the person born will be a king as rich ac
Kubera"

408

ltiNrfrlte

Adh.vrr.

Nores
Cf , the latter balf of sloka 12,supra.

ilqW {Fdft{qrst
qigi q{qi u{tdfi |

s'{ri{t {r Ugt aqqfut

g\qgd'tqftl

{srqt ll \o ll

S/oAo 5Ll. Whe n the Sun occupiesin strengththc

rising sign Dhanus; when Mars in conjunction with
the Moon is in the l0th bhava and whcn Venus is in
the l lth or the 12th ; a king comparableto the lord of
the immortalscomes into the world.

tiaqsrRqrf flqr wqqsgqEtfkolt

ilsil iriNitfqei sqqqqF(al il \l tl
S/oftrl 51. When malefic planets occupythe ,3rd,
the llth and the 6th bhav.rsand the lord of the Lagnais
aspectedby benefic planets; the person born will be a
strong energeticking extolled by all people.
cf snr4dl

orq qnlqqt qfi qnt q;qsFr U{dEr:I

qqfi nErq{fr{r, flq<ZqqFEd:flrg: il

rt{qt qftrfrqrqrgi
r
ufr eqlqmqisqqr-s.i
Rqrd\wqt q{tnil

qtiqinqe-dqra$r
uiq n \R tl
'When

Sloha t2.
Mars occupies in stregrgththe
rieing sign Makara, Saturn is in the gth or the lith
bhavaand the Sun in conjunction with the Moon is in
tbe 7th bhava,the person born will be a fickle,minded
sovereign.

-""""""--""-S::: """""""-"",,""""--1'"'
li:i3:3"
,./ ff<r{6

qtqt aq(ql) qfFqtt

fmd xftgt gftit nia\
Rqrfttqsqt ulgar (q) qoqril zqfi, qqrqt ll

ur\ gt EIflt (qqq;(qr qif I

qrfr tqgdr rtqt ftqfr qr *ralrriq tt \1 ll
S/oftc 53. If the Moon in conjunction with Saturn
be in the llth, the 4th or the 10th bhava, the person
born, if of a royai family, will becorne a king or a
wealthy man equal in rank to a king.

qrddqqqm cgqfi q;i mrqrat

*-rqr guq{rnqti grrrfiqifrqil qrftr t

olq'
w?iquqrfudt{sgitrm'torRqe}
qiq ll \? ll
qR q-<rqrii'rsqf,rdl
q--'{ftqorqfirit
Sloha 54. If, at a person's birth, the lord of the
Lagna occupy an stTilq(Upachaya) place, the Moon the
9th bhava and the benefic planets occupying benefic
Vargasin Kendra positions have sttength, the person
born will be a king. If Jupiter and the M<;on be in
Vrishabha, and the lord of the rising sign occupying a
dror(Kona) be exempt from the aspect of Saturn and
Mars, the personat whose birth this yoga obtains will
becomea ruler of the earth.
( Lutter half). ct. sl(Fdi

$qftg3'fugSfrs\ sqqfi'qdt

qR qegit olt*t fialqq6 rra:I

itfqrdf
tMisifl mR,igtnfr
h
r*ft g z5' rttfll g$] enrfe$iruefi:
62

410

ffi

crfifcrftrt

Adh.vII.

fiqwffi$ffirrfrrftffirr

qrftfiqflaertguTqlroini a ffi

r
d tt \\ tl

SloAc 55. If, at a person's birth, the Sun be in

Meenaand the Moon in Kataka,the personborn becomes
a king. The planets one and all fail to bestow the royal
fortune when aspectedby inimical or depressedplanete.

EnaqfigHsugwri iiTes

{grrlruiti Mrrrq iirqq t

q-qafr
RuaRg{a"qrfqfr

aug?rau\(f
{txiflqdigtr \Q tr
Sloha 66. A single planet occupying his highert
exaltationpoint and aspectedby friendly planetsprodu,
ces a king (or a leader of men), Such a planet though
single wilI makethe personimmensely wealthy if lre be
also associatedwith another friendly planet. But when
planeteare in inimical or depression signs, the persons
born under the inauspiciousyoga, are (t) without
wealth, (2) without comfort, (3) without intellect, (4)
sickly, (5) a{flicted with captivity, (6) involved in
murdersand 1?) other equally wicked crimes (succes,
sively as the number of the badly placed planets rise
graduallyfrom 1 to 7).
Norts.
This sloha is frorn F3rihatJataka. By the word fdz (Uitra)
in fd+qiqtq (It{itrat,ogat), it is natural friendship iis.iq"T (Nisarga
maitratva) that is meant and not the dt({Ifu{ (tatlatika).
First half . The interpretation given above is what has been
given by Bhattotpala, and in the face of it appearsas most unlikely.
For, from a reference to Ilrihat Jataka XlX.I, it will be seenthat
the Moon in Taurus aspectedby the Sun, Mars and Mercury produces no good eflects ; aide alsa XIII-I of the same work.

s|.67

qEgTSt"TTq:

+rl

The word gq'q: (Uchchagaha) haS been translated in the text

as "occupying his highest exaltalion point." C/. ern-+rrftsnqqrk{ c(dlqisfrgil e} qR qqrqfr: VII-tt Supra.
May not the word iqa (Ivlitra) in fltse: (Mitradrishtaha) mean
the Sun ?
By the word rgq: (Uchchagaha) Varahamihira appears to
imply Jupiter, Mars and Saturn. Mercury and Venus are not
taken into considerationas these can never come in opposition to
be aspectedby the Sun. This yoga is possible in the following
way :(l) Mars in Makara and the Sun in Kataka.
Q) Jupiter in Kataka and the Sun in Makara.
(3) Saturnin Tula and the Sun in Mesha.
The Sun thus in opposition to any one of these three planets
i n e x a l t a t i o n t o g e t h e r w i t h a f r i e n d l y p l a n e t n r a k e st h e n a t i v e
wealthy as well besidesa {r (Nripa a king or leader of men). It
is only such rich people that suffer from very longstandingdiseases
s u c ha s d i a b e t e s p
, l e u r i s y ,e t c . , ( l , l r i h a t . i a t a k a X
, XIII-Z-9)

qs{@qq$*E+ tr* r
qris z{ftii(rq gurqnrqtri\rr\s tl
Sloko 57. When Saturn is in the rising sign iden,
tical with Dhanus, Meena, Thula, Mesha, Makara,or
Kumbha, the person born will bc a lord of men, hand,
some, intelligent and wise, and will lead a town or a
village.
Nortls.
(iarga, as already pointed in ll-67 (p:rgc B2) srq)ra, has stated
that Saturn in Thula, l)hanus or l\lleen:r identir:al rvith the Lagna
'I'he
is capable of producing kingship.
:ruthor says thaI Saturn in
Mesha (though his depressi,rn sign) iclentical u'ith the risrng sign
w i l l b e s t o w k i n g s h i p , ( n r a l e f l c i n d e p r c s s i o ni s n o t b a d ) . A s r e g a r d s
Makara, .{til.tl{{q (.lataliabharana) say's:-

qtqiftqfriqdialafigt qqilftrqtqr: r

\c
er{ltrllgddrnrail
qei: qt+q,tl
(qrflqt)fiqeqrqeqr

4t2

r|dftTlRqt

Adh. VIL

Saturn in Makara is therefore capable of conferring the appearance

of royalty.
As for Kumbha, Satyacharya has declared that sign
Kumbha as ascendant is not auspicious, 'Ihe yavanas did not
agree with the above view, but were of opinion that it is only the
Kurnbha f)wadasarrrsas (in all lagnas) that are bad. This view
has been supported bv
(Srutakirti) but again opposed by
?afiiiil
Vishnugupta iiqSt
"/.
g

tlqr q qiRerGqtGqq
6qq"uifR r
bqfio* qrdtqqftar)g:{r}6sns'
ll
Also rra+lfr
=

HiRfteqi gqBrsiqn] qil qdA I

trrrl q rqr gfba: qffirilfi qkgw: tl

fiuolgs

O,rqrquqrtiloffqd) q qtre* qqt: t

qlq s{qi onqdFurTfissodr
srd ll
qzqlqretrfrqiq qd d.fr{{rreilil0tT{ |
flqF$qfion) q;q;qil,it q aqrq, tt
\r

srtqrqfir
q $r{eff
{t{qR ge} q {FrtqTqqil q-{Fat
. \\

*qiaqq} q dqrsk rtifiqsqfteqfi fisggs:rr

Varaharnihira, cloes not agree with Satyacharya's views. Nor

does he al)pear to agree with Vi ;hnugupta in thinkin,{ that the
above views of Yavana are incorrect and that it is only the Kumbha lagna in a birth that is bad and not the Kumbha dwadasamsa.
For Aquarius as Ascendant
for

Rajayogas and

leaders

is one among the several ascendants

of rnen according to Varahamihira.

The acceptance of Kurnbha

in the present case seerns there-

fore reasonable.

oi v.qtfqrfraEoirErcqffqu{
u \c tl

sl. 68

g8r{rsEqr|t:

413

Sloka 58. The good influenceof planets is at its

r o a x i m u mt,h r e eq u , r r t e r sh, r l f , a g u t r t e r , a t i t s m i n i r n u m
or nil accordingas th- planetsare in th: exaltationsign,
qorQt'rur (Moolatrikona), sta
(Swakshetra), fra&n
:
(Mitrakshetra friendly sign), rafrz (Satrukshetra
=ini,
mical sign), depressionsign or (cJmbustion)conjunction
with the Sun.
NorEs'
I n t h e c a s er . , fb e n e f i c s ,
:= (Ll.h.ha)

Ful l eflect

{zie+irq ( \,Ioo1a.t r i kona)

r.+gt (Swakshetra)

.i!

fqeq{x(ntitrakshetra)

1.
'l

azta (Satrukshetra.)

I' j

rr
tt

aiq (Neecha)
e 1 d {( A r k a g a . C o r r r b ui so tn )
'fhis

1
j

t ,

order should lte reverserl for the nralellcs.

g+ro (Subhaplrala) will inr:rclse if in :,i (li, hcha). -{{qiTl{_

c;4 ( :\subhabhevaphala ) rvill inr.reasc onl5. in qj'{ (Neecha).
B e . e f i c s a r e g o o d i r e x a l t a t i o . , N l a l c f l r : sa r e g o o t l i n d e l r r e s s i o n .
I\falelicsare bad in v*1 (l1c1'.h',1.
'fhe
proportions given above are rvith respcct to benelrcs. In
t h e c a s e o f r n z r l e f i c sw e r l t u s t r e v e r . s e t h c r : f l e r : t s; e . O . a b e n e f i c
in eraltatio'gi'es'ery

g o r r l r . s u 1 t ; ( i . e . f u l l . ) ; i n r l e l ; r e s s i < t .l l l 6
e f l e c t . A r n a l e l l c : i n i ' l - t ( N t , e rh : r ' rr ; r r s t g i v e ' j g o o d e f l e c t a n d i n
ea (Llch,:ha) I /.32good eftect. f'his rvill be founcl to hold sood
for frnance.
jIrJldr:-

qfi' dti q{q(ft( qftr}ur fFqterq*i eS dqgqr{'ft

f{*ir rrg}rq r
eirnqrt ftqft r U'i Aq\ f,tqlsfi
q)ffi n*rrqfA&"dsqlFqlqq fl q II

i \

{tfirFtfttcRt

414

ffi

Adh. vll.

sqilqfr'qat eq:qo gelq Rtqrfi t

alqdftg6e,i|ft'rano'trrftiit gftfq: tl

S e ea l s o V I I I ' l 1 6 i n f r a '

n qsrr{gw*rrr; ll
q6ftqtqttqg$ufrqqrnr
"
Sq{etqimqEgrrEfUgt!|

hrrRqcr qfq qil qurdqqE{i( ll \q ll

qrs6rrqrcmrqiqqn

Sloha 59. Accordiilg ag Mars, Mercutv, .lupiter'

Venus or Saturn possessingthc greateststrength and occupying a Kendra is in the qoB+ior (Moolatrikona),
.t-u (S*^kshetra) or srq (Swochcha),will the result'
rra (Bhadra),i'e
ing Rajayogabe namedta+ (Ruchaka),
(Hansa), croac (Malavya) or r{{t (Sasa)the beautiful'
cf
"r',

tttrl4"i

qi) q qoe+q qfift: elqFqtql qt'

afi'}iid'lrct qq t
{nls IwFaE"ts
qtz"ditqn: {ri'ts'lt,f}ii tq*r qqwqlll

Al so

al4q,l {il t{

,qif66s rr+rt-eqt\ r+itqiqlsa

fa(ogc;l: t
*,qq iitqr eq+r."qqeQqlpqqTa6q{afiiflil:ll

GrK:{iw+ vorFm+gr'{iutftttofiml
qoeeqrrtqngqroi
6gqt I
ilsrrsrFrr
1111

gwrlt ft mftffi
onoqrc.Eird:qtiqoa

wnuladtilgql ffi gtql t{rg{Slfrql ll Ro ll

qgfr5qnr:

81. 61

416

Sloha 60 The person born under the auspicious

yoga will possess physical strengtn,
(Ruchaka)
tao
fotrune, fame and iine qualities. He will have a know'
ledgeof sciences; he will be versedin the sacredhymnc,
the method of praying with themand the art of producing
magicspells, He will becomea king or a king's compeer'
t{e will have a lovely attractive person; he will be
libzral, victorious and wealthy. He will live 70 yearE
in comfort and happiness,commarrdingan army with a
good supply of fleet horses.
Nores.
ln the following 3 slokas from (I(4o1 the eflect of binh in
the ts;h.{'}qis given in more detall :

{tqle' q;omFn{gdino: Fr{Frqrg{riq'efi+wq: t

arrS.dfe*rr{{ot(q(dl
{s{qlftsfi{i

1t

Rgqeqqq:4qino-6:ssFl:

rr<l qwi Gcgtftnir:qrTI{HsrEqE:

tl

rsRq(Ura
{tf,rw*r I
ilsqHrtrT+r$*ae<1qft
q"qrftqngq|Fqoql
HAq'i s dq +tti $d'-{qeqq.tt
fl;uq1qoflaft{t(
unfu qsfAsqlErr{tfl{ r
dreTnoEilffg: qqlft tqRtq Q?fi:11
Also $.s-{iftqr.ch. vI-sl. 2.

qtqort aqi,fi rurriqislinlcgi?rhaqd

I
q
wi oulfrq{ilittqq'qwqr'qqtffiR ll Et ll
Sloha 67. If, out of thc lords of the 9th, the l lth
and the 2nd bhavas,there be but one that occupies a
Kendra position in respectto the Moon and if Jupiter
be the lord of the 1lth bhava, the person born under
will becomethe ruler of a full,blown empire.
the yc-rga

qerqtftile

4t6

Adh.vrl.

Norrs.
I t i s n c t c l e a r w h y t h i s s l o k a i r a s b e e nb r o u g h t i n h e r e . T h e
r e a d i n gi s s l i g h t l y d i f l e r e n t i n n ' . 2 ' r f t d tc l a . .

q'qqE*{qff r
erirqqiwi+ruqitmisfQ
grolqtfqdi{tiit+usqlq;qqfa-cqift
rt
The

following

slokas frcm

qi,lsrTtiTd describing

in

detail

t h e y o g a s c a u s e d b y t h e l o r d s o f t h e s e v e r a l h o u s e se a c h o c c u p y i n g
a Kendra position with respect to the J;qo{

will be found to be

useful in this connectron:

sSaiqqqtq*-qq q;qdfl(
qTdA qg iih: sr{rr}qrfi{qrq:t
.f-A\

qgd(gulf,ullglqqFqlnffiI

qqfi zqfrqqJqrfiqirTqtq: ll
gfhwart ag *;qqft F{ri{aq{dlzq*{gpq: r
qrn] {iqq q\-q1t,it qqrqqTflftrg+rar{tll

Hnrftq:$;qra: +iifi frqcsqlrtqfrdis fit r

Hif;aa: erGqq] fiani g*d*al dqqflrqgr,itl

oetfqq:ft;qrn: +ilfi q.},rrfi{l;I

$o5qqrcq{I
qa{il;qrqftmqmfiqqfiq\if g dr qrd:tl
g?tftt ft;qqt q.*q: qlFqq{ITiI
1lu}rr+iirr
qdlsd .iltsfboqreFdrqtr{igr} zqfiqfhq,rr
guqrfqtgoqfiqraErt
rarwfb,gr?q qq *l' 1
ulfqq.rg* agurrqgnit
a\'qw* qqqrfqgr,tt
{I-qtdit trqt n}*qe}{fi;4: ql.glrf,TqrFtqn:
I
qrdi fiRi *(fiq, ieil,ii ,i\qrRm,qqdrqlqftflq' rr
orqTqlt$-qt +rrtg: Fflr qJ,iiqrqt'd:T;rR: I
tflqr$, tfiir q-qg6)S6ara, nq-Sg|qgu, ll

sI. 62-6ff

{rmqrrq}

Gtsrttssrq:

417

qqqftI qtrlwqlerd

II
urqnlagqRdrggrlomT{qqfiPql

nd rguiqqrd?gorrdlq+rrilfr+r
{

qrs{tfriqilrgifiiigoryrqdiGqqrqlt qRll

Sloha 62. With the faceof thetiger, with the ma'

jestic gait of the elephant, with a broad massivechest,
with lcng brawny rounded arms and of a commanding
stature, the man born under the Bhadra (rrq; yoga will
be a king high'spirited and diligently devoted to the
befriendingof kinsmenand well'wishers. He will reach
the ageof 80 displaying commrnding genius and enjoy'
ing vast fame and extensive wealth.
NorBs.
This slolra is talren 6.o- q1114d' Three nrore slokas from
that work on the sanle yoga are extracted below:

irrarggi g*qqdldqlsoFfi Raq fdl{t(: 1

TSTfRSa
q HrgelaqrTqqqlT
trglti6r15g,qqfrq'F'{dE:gqlill: ||

nrqdfi(qfrgd: flqflHda3lfrwiiqqfi qpt flrgrga: I

tt
.s{hq{fi{(: ga-na{g}qt{, fFqncqlfrnsEnhut{n:
it;QT:r{*r{g qnqftuFlElql I

UFqi Rqqarc fqeiqfla*. ft: tl

fifildTqffiftql grtqot E{|ttc *"qEi'

qkrg: g$IIITfiGar mq{gaq!gdi I

qoiltffi gor!qtdfffri gurt

rrrttqr?qtt
qrfrsalfr*ql*ii qg{ ilgFr'{lr{RERll ql ll
Stoha 63. The personwhose good fortune it is to
be born under the teq?rthas these characteristics: He
has ared mouth and a prominent nose; hi6 legs are
63

418

rrcrc|ft!rt

Adh. vtl.

well,formed; he has the voice and the phlegm of the

Bwan; he is fair,linbed; he is blessed with a beautiful
wife; he is himself lovely like the God of love ; he has
every comfort at his ccmmand; he is intent on acqui.
ring a knowledgeof the sacred scriptures; he is acute;
has great merits ; his life is 82 years; he is beneficient
and devotedto virtue.
Notos.
Tbe following
about this yoga.

slokas from (rtlsd

give more information

ror<ifanqrfrr:gxui)QR:qnaFqq]
ilr, {tqrq}o{sfrrq}
$er' *uqo, I
tqr ;qisaqrw.e grr0fifr nqrorqt.
s

Ia6: qrq{'rlgltrght ilr q m ftrt, tt

ufreralg rut dg i qfr qqlfii{tqri: I
^

\\

,ifearrarfiOk..rlsgerfr
t"dq qootqfi:
tl

qrfR tnrt wg
I
Ttqq rrTFsl{rtqlqgiFi1rlq
qaTaa;t ru\ld ilfr{ u
;iiiaqqi a.{rq{{Tqt

See also q-o(ifcar ch. 6 St. 3.

qiisrofrilrg.sFqaqar
fi;q{uro?guri
iqdi gaqRElfiqatqrrqleifrtqfie{|t
sifl aruqriill{;xq<lftFlrqlq(qt(( I

{Hv6EgqiiqnuiaiiqrdEqqjrirm{r
u qB tl
\a^

Sloka 61. The person born under the wrsaqqtq

has the gestures,the gracefulbodily $tructure and the
eyes o{ a female; he is handsome, meritorious and
powerlul ; he is blcsscd with children, wife, vehicles
and '* ealth ; he knows the meaningof the sacredecrip,
: he rs clever in the applicationof
tureE ; he rs learnecl

sl. 65

ef,dhlqf{:

119

the three regal powers-energy, capacityand counseli

he is liberal ; he is fondly addictedto other women and
he wili attain to the ageof 77.
cf. strtrdl

q FTfrfr q ftqqqgalftntrr$HFqt'i fl1q' flilqftfif6ilq: grr;q: I

w iisrlr: sqfAfiq]qrghrTgqrft
qte",iisqfresfhTq:Hsfii:q{rutT{
tl
q+r 1frqn flnrfi qflrsorfi)."1q mqnatqn ftrdq I
rTra--qflflqga:
n Uqfhiq orZRHrTrilfh;gqqrRqnT1
tl

qfr qr difi irilqoril! tqrqiir s(lft-

qidiqlqr?ak{sTqt
qTilrsttforr r
tqdt iiqqruqfuittnrqlfrsitilsfgrfi
qftrfrTflrtqqit?
mt qni{lruio*rqil E\ tl
Sloha 65. The person born in the nildtrr (Sasayoga)
may be a king, a minister, or a ^,eneral
hauntingwoods
and mountains; he is cruel hearted,and would even de,
ceive in his easerpursrritof metallurgy;he is bountiful;
he hrs wrathful eyes;he is spirited;he is lovingly devo.
ted to his moth:r, he is brave; he hasa dark form; he
lives for 70 years. He is a voluptuary and inclined to
play the paramourwith the objectsof his guilty love.
cf. eRHfi

aEQrrnlqqft, wlsi nfrsfnqlitfrErqqn: I

qrfAegqRe:
aarflgijgqiig wr' qr,i.qql
lr
qqlarjt qafifqrn\a'grarRf*fiqrit.it qqft firnaaa: +He: r

4n

rr"r'rlRqt

Adh. vII.

dsW: ru-dtJnrTero:gfrif
qs} flrq] *gfixrdt r-q1..1q\fl{ rr
q{nrie{wreqglTloT
,ftfrqqrqR +t qdf q \w r

qqtfhseftflnrfi*tfi nsqqmfld+:fHfrqfr:
*8fr q++:tl
C/. no{ifr+r ch. 6 sloka 4.

qq qiqq qt sili qo{r{ ifawgal t

srfuqlrrrffiilgqE{rrd$'urr{rn qq tl

Sloha 66. [n such planetary conjunctions as ql*'i'r.r

(Adhi.yoga, airie slokas 113 115 infra.) the powerful
planetto which the yoga is due and which has the aspect
on itself of lesspowerful planetswill producethe effect
of the yoga in its (nr (dasa)period.
Nores.
This is a quotation from q,irq. The time when a yoga
takes effect is as describedin this sloka in the case of all yogas
except those which are effectiveall through life and the Rajayogas
where the 4{ri (dasa)and q;dt{t (Antardasa)periodsof^thelord or
the occupant of the Lagna or the l0th bhava will bring about
kingship.
cf. {{cskrd
C

mqungdqr.fiE{rHi
il;qof.-q{wr qqq I

n3f,taqe<rilq{nqi
f}qgqq{qlrqfrmcqr
rl

ll rrrfiqTq+rr:ll
qrdhtlqt gt rrftrgdrgrqfbeq.ffir
r
q;(ksTuTrrilt
gFE{lIt'itTrErTKStrI

qt qpfidTrrsrf{uqqr flqr{ftr.qilt
rrr;q{aftf{qqr{Trftilfqdir!fq?iirriq rrQutr
Sloha 67. If Mercury be in the Znd bhavawith
respect to the Sun, if the Moon be in the llth with

sl. 68-69

qafr5tzlrT:

421

respectto Mercury and if Iupiter be in a +fu (Kona)

with referenceto the h.4oon,the yoga is calledBhaskara
(rrrt+t). Thc personborn in the qR.{q'trr(Bhaskarayoga)
is brave,lord like, versed in the interpretation of the
scriptures,handsome,wit[i a rvealth of musical tones,
good at reckoning, resoluteand comperent.

q;(ri}sqrrt $qi qfrgar(a qrfirqq'qr(

'3TR
Esge! i{tf,t;IlE;T.irqiej q{roil;ql I
rFlTr(Rr{ql:g{t$gq{tt $irq qr iii0qi

qriii ilrf?frrqroprrhsqqmqrf.qq:
il qc tt

.S/oio ti8. If Mars be in thc 3rd bhava from the

Moon, Slturn in thc Trh frc:n Mars, Venus in the 7th
from Saturn,and Jupit.-r irr thc ?th from Venus, the
yoga is styled Indr,t. fh: pcrson born in this yoga
wili bc cclcbratcdramiable, r.rorthy of r,lyal rank or in
s o m es i m i l a r p o s i t i o n ,e l o q u e n ta n Cp o s s e s sIeo f w e a l t h ,
liverse ornamelrts,fame,bcaut) and prowess

gsq qlurqfiger g{gii: gi {rfi qriilri:

fi;qqmqqnh&Rqnii 'ipit qrda*r t
qtrTiiE{tgiTfr
ft{roUqqfr{ui(it ilrqia(
wql mqiimqgS{d {FilsrIEIdi{Tqlll qq ll
Slofra 69. If Jupitrr occupy a Kona from Venus,
the Mocn the 5th bhavafrom Jupiter, the Sun a Kendra
from the Moon, the rcsulting yoga is termed cedFr
(Maruthyoga),i e. wind yoga The personwho has his
birth in the arg,i'rn(Vayuyoga) wili be eloquent,broadbr.-asted,big,beliied,conversant with the tcriptures,
thriving, clever in striking bargains,and of royal rank
or in some position approachingthereto.

4m

qril5qffi.rIe

Adh. VII.

qrffdefiTrrr
o*6il W*'rfi GqsT

d'hrnnffi q qrwirrfrqf ir gqrqf,iifmt

n0

ilcil{rgrt{TlrtsTrsgstotrqrfiilarrr
ftg I
ilWF TTTHTruqCil gFrrTqtr-q lt s" 11
,\\\A3\

Sloha 70. When Jupirer is in the Lagna, the

Moon in a Kendrr from Jupiter, Rahu in the gnd bhava
from the Moon, the Sun and Mars in the 3rd bhava from
the same,the resulting yoga is designatedgsirTr (Budha
yoga'). The person born in the gqi^m (Budhayogarhas
the majestvof a king. His strength will be matchless
and his name celebr.rted;he will be conversantwith
the scriptures. He will be skilled in traffic, talented
and without enemies.

rtMq:rt
onrQftRqtt qfq qr r{(er

*qffi) q{fr qt{urfrait r

3rffiqii;gsfim.riatqi.ilr
ffiqqsil Aqor{qt n c( tr
Slohn 71. When the Moon occupying the lst or
the 7th bhava is without the benefic aspe.t cf Jupiter
upon it, the result is *rrqc'rirr (Kemadrumayoga) If the
number of dots in the [h..s occupiedby planets(aide
Adhyaya l0) be very d:ficient, theseaswellas all weak
planetsproduce the effect of hcacqlq (Kemadrumayoga).

fad+arEi'qrtat tqntgt t

irrsqiiiteru sl tl
$ahilr gqwdr{rqa$T

$1.?3-76

8qlss{rq:

423

rinii gtuureq,qtGat q{a rrnir(qI

qodrntrqtilr}6qEqq(i qiq ll \el ll
\9

SloA,rsiz 73. lf the 2nd. the 12th and both the

houses from the Moon be occupicd by planecsother
than the Sun, the yogasare termed g<nr (Sunapha)wtnt
(Anapha) and gtstr (Dhuradhara) rcspectively. In the
absenceof thesethree yogas,the artrologermay declare
the effectof *qqsr{m (Kemadrumayoga).
cl.

.Fo{Tfq-{r

NorBs.
.\

li{'{iFg gqslsnsK{g{ri( :sit{q

g *ngr: tt
ftqtfiifqf,iiRfiarqr
Vide also sloka 83, infro.

wi qqr* qR alqe} qnt{r+qrfi qftaqlrrqI

qii;go{Iih*ri iiqrrqiqmihi qngf (qI <rq ll \eull
5hku 74. When chc Moon in conjunccion with
the Sun occupiesa male{ic Navamsa and is aspectedby
a depressedplauet, the person born experiencesthe
effect of ti.re qftqq'rn(Daridrayoga). The very 6ame
e f f e c tf o l l o w s a l s oi n t h ( ' c n s eo f t h e p e r s o nw h c s e b i r t h
takcsplaceat nighc tim': wlren the 8th bhava from the
waning Moon is eithcr aspcctcdor occupiedby a malefic
planet.

iiWsqri(qt{iGt;*qftiqi qrsqfrrtli t

qfr aaqGell \e\ ll

qqrtfaru+qret
emgtfr-qui

Sloku 75. When the Moon seized by Rahu or

Ketu is aspectedby a malefic planet, the personborn
soon gets into poverty. When the houge representing

424

crf,lFrrrfr.ire

Adh. VII.

,
by a malefic planet, the samee{fec follows. say-the
astrologers

qt qrntqgiTqwitsh
qraftqiftmd'r
C<ftqqq r
qhrr?qtqurrf
figin?qdq* gorr.rufg nqTqqFiT
tl

Slctka'7(t, When the Moon aspectedby a l-.cnefic

p l a n e tw o r s t e di n p l a n e t a r yf i q h t i s s l i z e db y R a h u o r
Ketu in an cclipsc, the person born is indigent. The
sameis the effect when the Moon occtrniesin the aigrr
Thula the qri (Varga) owned by an ininrical sign and is
a s p e c t ebdy a d e p r e s s c od r i n i m i c a lp l l u . . t

;i +tqi?drqirRq+iqiqri'qrifui

q;ilq"qftTr;blTtiqii qfifr uiq r

n

r!1.

qqt{ KgqlTq(iq{UQq( qildlsEqr

!\'

.\

qraiqrr?qiia'rlqqgd'iiaqerqiHi
tr \e\etl
S l o k u 7 7 . W h e n t h e M o o n o c c u p y i n ga K e n d r a
o r a K o n a i s i n t h e e f l V a r g a ) o f i t s d e p r e s s i o no r
i n i m i c a ls i q n a n d w h e n J u p i t e r i s i n t h e 1 2 t h , t h e ( r t h
or the tirh bhava from tlie Moon, the person born will
b e i n d i g e n t . A g a i n , i f t h e M o r ; n o c c u p y i n ga m a l e f i c
* { r ( A m s a )a n d a s p e c t e b
d y a n i n i m i c a l p l a n e tb e i n a
m o v e a b l cs i g n o r i f t h e m ; r l e f i ca m s a o c c u p i e db y t h e
Moon thus aspectedbelongto a moveable sign and if
the Moon h;rvc riot the aspcct of Jupiter u1,.on
it, the
p o v e r t y o f t h e p e r s o nb o r n i n t h i s y o g a w i l l b e u n p a r a l ,
leled

q;'i;qEd qrftqraie* aiqdiqrqqaqfiqrft

t
q*e{{jiErqit rmi,i' qrdrsf'{
*ugnri.rar?tt ue tt
S l o k a 7 8 . I f S a t u r na n d V e n u s o c c u p y i n gt h e V a r ,
gaso[ depressed
or inimical malefic planetsbe aspected

sl. 7g-&

426

sg*sqrq:

eachby the other or occupy one and the same sign, the
personborn under this yoga, though of a princely family
will experiencethe effectsof hcqq+rrt(Kemadrumayoga).

qi qrqgi g qTqqqtqTqiqr+
{r frftr

'frtin ffitiki rr(qa*qafr.t qi( t

rrrqqnqfiibt oS diqh*s.t ileTI

q* ftqgi fttrr $rtfr sililaT*qur ll \eqll
Stoha 79. When the Moon in conjunction with a
malefic planet and occupyingat night a malefichouseor
maleficNavamsa, is aspected by the lord of the 10th
bhava and is void of strength, the result is +ffacch
(Kenadrumayoga). Again *h.n the Moon in' the
depressionNavamsais associatedwith a planet in the
eo (Khala) state (aide Adhyaya 2, slohas16-18) and
aspectedby the lord of the 9th bhava, there is the yoga
*cqc (Kemadruma). Thirdly when the Moon is on
the'waneand occupiesthe depressionsign, the person
born at night has to experiencethe effect of *rTrcfrrr
(Kemadrumayoga).

11ftqffiqffiq:
\3

ll

ft{ndt t-aqt Uqjqrqiifht tq qt'taqi.tt

gqftqi in gqqqir* qtii*i tq qfiaqinrll do ll

Slolc 80. There is no yoga producing poverty

when the Moon or Venus occupyinga Kendra is aspect'
eclby Jupiter. Again when rl," Moon associatedwith
a benefic planet or belwe:entwo benefic planets is
aspectedby Jupiter, the qilari'ru (Daridrayoga) does not
exict.
64

426

Adh. vil.

q{dtqrRulil

qfsftiqriqqgwlai{rqa{
GfiEi{fqR qfteaqriqdiqrt

xd a* g'{gt Gii gqqri

di+ihifiqqt q qiqiin:ri dq tl
S / o l r r r8 1 . I f t h e M o u n o c c u p y i r r gt h c N a v a m s ao f
a s i g n o f a v e r y f r i e n d l y p l a n e t o r o f i t s e x r r l t a t i o nr r r t r
( R a s i )a n d i s a s p e c t c db y J u p i t e r , t h e p e r s o nb o r n w i l l
bc exempt frorn poverty. Again, wiren tha full Moon
occupiesthc Lagrrain conjunction'with a benefic planet,
or when the Moon occupying thc 1r.lth bhavais in its
exaltationand aspectcdby Jupiter,the personborn will
not be poor-

qit hqrt qrt qfkq uikq .qftrhI

{rwir{il iqqr{f}aait eqrqEriaqtfil cR tl
^

o^.

Slohu 82. )f in any iroroscopc*cEn.frrr(Kerna:lrum a y o g ac) o m c si n , t h e R r j a y o g a d

s i s a p p c i rl i k e e l c p h a n t s
o n s e i n ga l i o n .
A

iC-\

Tli[ $Trfits;tr6tgtgfl q1;s1gq-Q{![{i

g qgrtr hqnqitotwfi t
utatrfuqi)1frs-q"w
'
qE'jer,qili iuqi
t'i qtnqise{{I
hfirh'qqqinhsq qqirgffiqf(qr q i tr dRtl
S/o/a,zri-1. When plarrets
otlrerthlrr th': Sunoccupy
the 2nd, thc 12th,or both the 2nd and thc l2th houses
from the N{oorr,thc rcsulting3 yo,1as
arer,:spcctivciy
styl,
ganr
(Sunapha\,
wanr(Anapl-rr)
ed
and gtrrr (I)hurudhar;r).
I r i s d e c l a r c db v t h e m a j o r i t yo f a s t r o l o g c r st b a t i n t h c
abscnceof the 3 yog;rsdcfinedabove, there is the *c4cdrrr (Kemadrumayoga).Rutthereare otherswho wou-ld

sl. g3

qg*sqrq:

427

not allow the *lrecqtrr (Kemadrumayoga)where the *;{

(Kendra) (calculJtedfrom the Lrgna or tira Moon) is
associatedwith a planet. Scme there are who declare
that the 3 yogasganr (Sunapha),uanr (Anapha) and gturrr
(Dhurudhara) are to be reckon:d from the presenceof
planetsother than the Sun in the 4th and the 10rh Ken,
dra from the Moon insteadof f rom rhe 2nd and the l2rh
housesfrom the Moon; and the absenceof any of th:se
3 yogas indicates the presenceof ilcac (Kernadruma).
Another classwould declarethe three |ogm in ref erence
to the.Navamsaoccupiedby the Moon, i.c. f ind the Rrsi
owrring the Navemsa which the lr{oon occupies; if
reckoningfrom this Rasi,thc 2nd or the l2th R;rsi or
both be occupied by planets oth.:r than the Sun, these
three yogasexist. *cec (Kemadrurnr)is the abserrceof
any of these3 yogas. But rhe holdersof theselasr two
viewsn are not recogoised
as authorities in the scicnce
of astrology.
NorBs.
l'his and tlre next trvo slol<as are taken frorn grsll"Td.
Nole.--In, the yogas ytropctttn,lc,l lty lhis sl.oku, tlrc Sun is
rtlutoy:; l;.ept ottt ttf consi,,lerrttiott..
(ltirst

hqlf ). Thi: authoritics rclied on l;y qrt{tqt?r with

regirrd to this half of tlrc slolil a[)peirr to be {ri(i{t,
rll;itr{i{
and {ra!ll{r{
an<l srrch otlrer n'orlrs, rvlrerc. in the absencc of the
8 yogas Qtiz.) ('1.rq, s;f[t and -.o'1rr), 'L-q4{ is rieclarcd as positive.

cf . r,i< e'i<r.

Bi+RdEg
1r qr qr fFqts'qfFqaqqi(
r
3iil ,j}{rRfq'Sfiodr: qFRirqqfiq'}:
tl
qI
gn$TqrqsrqrEqiEgrg{rsfq
eT;q,lrqf,qfift,ilrT:
tqdq: Fd:ll
x But parasara
has recognisedthe last two views.

428

Adh. vII.

lrurrcrftlla

Also qr-qtqq

eriq s qrt{ fiat il gftaf}qq:r

erodqqfrQiqrtel-itqr1
n1*+qTFrtl
faR FqgaurrraiRfrqrqqhfrq r
ca fifk qalqt.qlq Wg\efEtt
{-fraqqa:lF} q}qr*raq, FEa:1
HaEqHaE*Tsa
{flFqf,rdqfall
(Thir:d guarter), En riit< (Varahamihira)relies on trt(Garga),
for the principle laid down in this qra(pa,ia)of the sloka, who says
that, in the absenceof any of the 3 yogasabove stated,theiqqqqlT
( K e m a d r u m a )w i l l b e n r i t i g a t e do r n u l l i f i e d b y t h e p r e s e n c eo f
any of the five planets lMars, I\fercury, Jupiter Venus and Saturn
i n a K e n d r ao r b y t l r e M o o n ' s a s s o c i a t i o nl v i t h a n y o n e o f t h e m .
The words "*i aTn+isqatlQfa" are also capable of being
interpreted "+t qitm+iqtitli tiqet q{gh"
that is, if the Mooo
occupy a Kendra (calculated frorn the Lagna) or be associated
w i t h a p l a n e t ( o n eo f t h e f i v e a b o v e n a n r e d ) . I l u t r h i s h a s t o b e
rejected on the authority of srr0iiir rvho says c&4 {ri{rqrqsiA:
h.hi sfi-dlagtft-(gassrd{ Ch. VL Slolia l) and on the authority
of sloka 77 supra. The above interpretati 'n is also opposed to
tlie principle laid dorvn by Garga who hzrssaid:
t\

oqqlq{;qqaFqTldnr qrg q {dQ: I

+flrsdlar q:i offrit-qqftsqET

tl
qRa:
.ilq' *saq] nTrT
dErndr
t
qqf;dfiflqnrqruqrfiqrqftngdt:tl
That is, if the 2nd or the l2th house counted from the lvloon
or any of the Iiendras-whether reckonedfrom the Moon or thJ
I-agna-be not be occupied by any one of the five planets, Mars,
Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn, the resulting yoga is Kemadruma, &c.

SI. 83

SgrIIStzrq!

429

cl. Also gqr+<

rrqFdgqsnslgtUg qqr;elqi:

*ffirAftn*fiGaq hraq' t

q +,rc+qtqt qrftgt a hegfr

fiu)' ogelrR, nftrqri{+rcq;s\: ll

The correct interpretation of the words therefore are (l) +ti

or
" if one of the Kendras
arq cftad( at eagt Efo - That is,
("nl'
abovr-'
"
the
five
of
planet
one
the Moon be associatecl with a
" If I(endra be devoid of
named) ; ( 2 ) t4;r[io+,rsqat et{'a the l\{oon or be occupied by a planet " (^ny one of the five above
n a m e d ) . T h i s i n t e r p r e t a t i o n w i l l c o r r e s p o n c lw i t h t h e a b o v e q u o t e d
Garga's principle as aiso that of Kalyanavarman who says :

gqsrqsrgtg{I:tf,iq q}'lt qaf}aqfqrRi: t

qqflF\, tfi rqqt--qzrf4$: 11
fr-tr=eft
qt n qil.iiqr: h=aqdqfil:il{i$a I

*rgriisfi+e:{rf{fi q qiqqrr} tt
Iironr the above, it will be seen that, according to Garga
t h o u g h t h e p o s i t i o no f a n y o n e o f t h e f i r ' e p l a n e t s i n a n y o n e o f t h e
l i e n d r a s w i l l a n n u l o r a n n i h i l a t e t h e e f l e c t so f t h e K e r t r a d r u m a yoga, it cloesnot produceany of the 3 yogasSunapha, Anapha and
-'hurudhura.
ll'{ote.-The llfoon in a Kenrlra ossociated rcith one of the
ttf the Kenndrunruyoga].
does not,f estroll the.e.ffect,
ytlanets
fiue
( Ftnrth quarter). flut the Yavanls went further. Sruta'
kirti, one of the Yavanasdeclaredthat the presence of any of the
planets(l) in the 4th house from the Moon is Sunapha (Z) in
t h e l O t h h o u s eA n a p h a a n d ( l ) i n t t r e 4 t h a n d l O t h h o u s e si s D h u rudhura. c/.

q;iqgii: gqsrEnqFt:+lfrorsqqr
ftti: t
s{qFqikgn *qqqflfnils-qqrq}r: ll

{rcwrRsri

d80

Adb. VII.

Devasarman went still further than Srutakirti and declared

theyogas with refereuce to the Nav4msaof the Nfoon. c/.

qqlfhfli riirig,{{t ffqfi ft'lo: I

ganreqqdtffrar
tt
n{aft+fF*.it'r,
t
ft'nr\rqqriiqrfrdarqqrftqt:
tqqq: Fqd:tl
frd gugrriitrts'q,rr
f'lre above tno views, uiz,, Lhoseif Srutakirti and Devasar'
man are not acceptedby Varahamihira or other old astrologers'
B u t K a l y a n n \ / a r m a ns e e m st o a t t a c h s o r n ew e i g h t t o t h e v i e r v so f
Srutakirti' cf , sKt{i

q;qretiiqfidr:
gnsri{a *;qfi,qt'ifiqif}aq asxq'lrlr:I
q(rg qrilr?ittgfrgwgi+rtnt
o+t tt
fia'qrrftq$Ug
But V:trahamihira as also Satyacharya would appear to be
strict followers of Skanda and Prajapathi. c/. eolwm'l

+arei};iiq\:gnst I
ffiqF{ Hrqariiqnt

:rrfi,ft{rgil *rqqW+,i*s;+: tl
And uet

i}tg.ur-4nfFqa:
g{w.qnsr?i1,il
fren t
IiI{ zsil qt-tnqq,fifr5
{ai;&t tt
+qeilsa ,iirits;q,llqlaa nf{n l-r t
P a r l s ; t r : rl r . o r ^ r , t h a t t h e a b s e n c er - ' f p l a n e t si n t h e 2 n < la n d
l 2 t h h o u s c :f,r o r n t l r c X I o , r nc a u s c s K c r r r a d r u r r i a ' c / .

:
gani frriisisr;sft'{-i
cfiairilifaq
fF'iHa
Fir;sF\:cqti\egrguq*rr\trairr
iQaurut a tQhetr: hq4q:skl{I
iriqlitftf{: FflI:,3frf}arfr,ri' nm$}Ril: 11
T h e p r e s e n c eo f t h e p l a n e t s i n i h e K e n d r a s , t h e M o o n ' s a s s o ciation with any of thet.r.r,the aspect of all the planets over the

431

q8fisqrq:

5t 83

ere Iiemadruma does

not c-rperate. For ParasarasaYS:

sitfi I
rrtuig: t{f,nr} qil qr s?' q)'iitqrTlul:
AFahqAi q tt
italg"q rre'il qgsqqcmtt'raq
qHQar:hoqqdgtrui grii .ittrafqhre.,i\seqt
.

.^

-c

,on

!
:--'
gE Fa qe FlqQlq$gr gql Hise q lelq{q ll
\ \ \ . A ^

q5 q;qqlTlg qq qdTEtffdq(

nqqsqeu ug: 11
*wgnfr.+r,ilqr,
See also the follorving sloka frorn {t(I{dl'

suqnQqqe*flqqqrotqqft:
rrqirIQfiqTi{qqH q{: qtd l,
.\
\
\
norgqgu-q qq ifiTTgql?q
qqfi qgqql'I:nli+i\ fqilf{: tt
T h e r e a r e 3 l v a r i e t i e so f S u n a p h a ,3 1 o f A n a p h aa n d 1 8 0 o f
Dhurudhara. c/. gnmr

fi t
gnwqs,itqri+frnaqFa
qRftilnq.tt
olt goi daqqfrsr
'fhe
second hottse from
Tal<e for exanrple the Sunapha yoga.
o
r
a
l
l the fir'e planets
f
o
u
r
t
w
o
,
t
h
r
c
e
,
the l\loon nriry contain one,
l o i e . \ T a r s , M e r c u r y , l u p i t e r , V e n u s a n d - S a t u r r t ) . _T h i s w i l l b e i n

5 , 1 0 ,1 0 , 5 a n d I o r 3 l r v a r s - f C + ' b + b + c + c l . S i m i l a r l y
I

;i

l.

with tlre Anapha yoga

Norv take the case of a Strnapha yoga where the srcond house
from tht: Moon is occupied by only one planet' In order to make
yog;r tlre l2th house from tlre Moon rnay conlhis a Dhurudlttro
tain one, trvo, three or f,.,ur planets. This can be in 4f 6+4+l
1.l.l.t
or 15 ways. So, for one Sunapha yoga where the
[C+C+C*C]
l23t
2nd house is occupied by one planet, there are l5 varieties of

qtwrfrcrt

4gZ

Adh.VII.

Dhurudhura yoga possible. Therefore, for the 5 varieties of

Sunaphayoga with I planet in the 2nd house there are 5 x I 5 or 75
varieties of Dhurudhura yoga.
Next, in the case of a Sunaphayoga with 2 planets in the 2nd
house, to make this a Dhurudltqre yaga, the l2th house may
contain ooe, two or three planets. This can be in 3*3J-l
333

[C+C+C]
t2;]

or 7 ways. Therefore for the l0 such varieties of

Sunaphayoga with 2 planets in the 2nd house, l0 x 7 or 70 varieties

of Dhurudhura yagas are possible. Similarly in the case of a
S u n a p h ay o g a w i t h 3 p l a n e t si n t h e Z n d h o u s ei n o r d e rt o c o n v e r t i t
intoa Dhurudhura yoga, the l2th house may contain one or tvvo
planets. This will be in 2* I or 3 ways. For the l0 such riarieties of Sunaphayoga with 3 planets in the ,nd house,we have
l 0 x 3 o r 3 0 v a r i e t i e so f D h u r u d h u r a .
In the same way, for the 5 varieties of Sunapha yoga wi th 4
planets in the Znd housewe have 5 varieties af Dhururl,huro.
In the case of the Sunaphayoga which has all the 5 planets in
the 2nd house,no Dhurudhuru yoga is possible.
The total number of varieties of Dhurud,hura yoga is thus

7 5 + 7 0 + 3 0 5+: 1 8 0 .

q{qitqilfaq I qfq-{Ri(q} qr

{Efr R gaqrqi qiqaqqdtqiqt

{uuEtrtt s dtoin{ Fqrilstfdfiqqgtlgifr ft{atriurqr{ il dB tl
S/r.rftrr
84. The personwho has had his birth in the
g{qlq'lrl (Sunaphayoga)will be a king or his equrl with
oelf,acquiredproperty, and renowned for his wisdcm
and wealth. The man born under the qrqr (Anapha) will
be etrong, healthy, with amiable manners, known to
fame,blessedwith materialcomforts, well,dressed,con,
tented and happy.

433

eqfrsqrq:

51. 86

NorBs.
The prhciple here is that planets in the Znd (from the Moon)
give rise to accumulation of wealth and planets in the l?th (from
the Moon) give rise to enjoyrnent without c:rring for accumulation'
The position of planets is with respect to Rasi positions instead of
bhavas.
cf . gctld(
d

a.

.\a{

gnEtndflqcfl1ql{rtaqKgtqitlqilfirr{qqgq" gtr ? I
q16lrq. ll
Zqfigqq{'i qlfid qlfngo qqqfA gnstoltqerEq'

t
ftqqnleqgilfigih{r: qf\n+tfHtqqu0i}qq:
fiqoqitega\fiqq<,iTfiqqqi nqiEqqrqq:ll
tRqElrilTtgtnil{ tFftnEila 3

srqli?{fr gtg{r${Ef grIFTlI

*urt ribagsfiq(qiqfttulr
a9

dsqtl q6tq {qilt

qqqnnl ll c\ ll

Sl".fta 85. Taking fteely to the joys of life as they

crop up and blessedwith abundanceof wealth and vehi'
cles. the person born under the gtgtr (Dhurudhura)
yogais bounti{uland waited uponby faithful attendants.
But thoseborn under the *q{c (Kemadruma)yoga,though
they may be of a princ*:ly dce, become obecure,miser'
able,given to baseways, peuurious,drudgingas menials
and wickedly inclined.
Norss
Personsborn under 5+,3tt(Durudhura) yoga earn (becauseof
planets in the 2nd) and at tlte sarnetime enjoy or spend(becauseof
In the case of trrqq (Kemadruma), the
planets in the l2th).
predicted
only rf, as stated above, there are no pla'
yoga should be
nets in any of the Lagna Kendras or with the Moon in any one
Lagna Kendra.
lJotFfi'(:-

gRsRqe,r
qtiqqrogRggtmuagEE+lfr
66

tr,:-._*^-

rrurwf{ile

Adh. VII

fifrv<).rgdi'q: so) dtrBrqgfil' qrfiqag,Fqdgq(r

I
mrclgqe'$fi610'
*qaqq]zqirqlsR rr
Also

utqlq-di

qFgftfqmqgfr'
rftn' gfii;qi
q rnoaq$,.qqqqRa,ilq,it.itr
{il

ggrqqq,itqq<zrqtq'

Fdf,TFgegqtqqitsReq, tt

iil;f,tasT(rJ$qgBRl+

qtftaag:qrrqtoqqt$a,
I
iuq: o, gtooldqta{fi:
*gi qqfi qrftiqrrqlsflrr

|| s.-qrEqagdgrqrirrr:
||
wit{ qwfrao-ei
ffi qr{t gftrqfi:t

wrftnqqr{qilfr ffffffTrrt gt tt uq tl
S/ofra86, The person at whosc lrirth Mars is in
the Znd bhavafr im the Moon rvill become;r king a'd
in that capacity he will trefiercc, crue!, hypocritical,
stroltg minded,wealthy, v;rliantai:d irritable.
N<lt'rrs.
V a r a i r a r n i h i r a t l o t - - s, o t < l i l ] e r e . t i a t c t h c r . 1 1 e r ; t . ft l r e p l a n e t s
b y t h e i r p o s i t i o . s i r r t h e r l r r r lo r i . t l r e I l t r r I r o , . c s o f a r a s t h e
y o g a s n t e n t i t - r n e di u s l o l i l s \ / j . I 0 5 ; r r c c : r - r r r r . e r n e dI. I e a t t r i b u t e s
the efiects to the yrlarrcts clLusi.g the loga
t h e i r L r e i n gi n t h e 2 n d o r t l r c I _ l t h h c . r u s c
cf.
{{GikTd

scfllFqilqq;1q rQHql-qQlq :

nlq' qg' gqq+ f-rgq:morgt

without referenceto

sl. g7-90

qF{frstqrq:

fiilsdvigortrqzqq{qda
aft W.$gq-ifrq,i}q,}$rrr
nfiqrqR.ailqfrurdlaqq)agnr{orilrr:n

tq{nq{-dfrootrr
g{fuEr{|
${dt frcqrqq{f q;nr?rqi St u crgtl

Sl,:.kr 8'1. ('onversantwith vedic orJinances,

fine
arts and rnusic,well.shaped,
highly intelligent,of ,gree.
able speechand pious will the p.rron be at
whos" iirrh
Mercury occupiesthc Znd hous. from the ]r4oon.

t{iiqri\sr rytqr{w.gdits{qf I

ilqgqqrqt q q;qrftvqi gt ff dc tl
S/ofrl 88. The person born in the gml (Sunapha)
with Jupiter in the 2nJ house from the Moon'"*..r,
in
e\rery branch of knowledge, is prospcrous,
has a good
family, gets into the gooCgraces of his
sovereign-and
becomeslordly and famous.

ct-rqqiqrteqdqrqrgRwq I

qgeq-{rdt{rqfil ftfr qo(n$gqi ft aq

11
Slolo 89. In the gaml($unapha) in
which Venue
occupiesthc Znd housefrom the Moon, the person
born
will be valiant, mlrried, wc.rlchy,possessed
of agricul,
tural lands,engagedin worlr, with much propert|,
rich
in cattleand horses (<1u,rdrupedl
and *iit ti,r" in'regal
splendour.

gurqRr{rtt:tfW qr*R gqhI

ftgonu{il{g qFils{i {rfi 1 3o rf

Sloka g-. When Saturn is in ,the

2nd bhava in
respectto the Moon, the personborn
will get the esteem

|Irfcri?{lt0

Adh.vrr.

of all people in towns and villages,and will be wealthy,

talentedand versedin every kind of business.

llfll
qrfr Tuil.gdffirfr gsqirsrqgl I

uttl s6961*1
e{r=r.{K;Fmt
sil il qq tl
Sloka 91. When Mars occupies the 12th house
from the Moon, the personborn will be arrogant,eager
for war, wrathful hold, at the head of a band of
marauders,
rescluteand of an alluring presence.

qr.q{teqqgn{qfr{ur Gaqrqt

q{d {rGTr[Fs
qtiFqralqtr gt il ql tl

Sloka 92. When Mercury occupiestbe 12th bha.

va from the Moon, the person born will be capableof
discoursing cleverly on musicand drawing, learned,
eloquent, handsome, of great renown and held in
venerationby kings

ilqqyfisRlqrqtqrrfr{gpmr*nqt

gftt vrar{Gri arq ffirqilErrt gt n ql tl

Sloka 93. The personat whose birth
Jupiter is in
the 12th bhavain respecrto the Moon will be highly
honoured by kings, very intelligent, endued *itt
earnestneEs
and energy.upright and poasessed
of a great
deal of statusand wealth.

g*frqquq{r qErftqqEqgEif I
$TrrFqrft6qqrq:;sQtlT.ri,:r,fr
lt qB tl
Sloka 94. A charmerof young women, owning
numerous cattleand similar possessions,highly intel,
ligent, rich in money and grain, will the person be at

sI. 96-98
whose nativity,
Moon.

aE*ssqg3

487

Venus is in the l2th bhava from the

f*tr fqetorEr{tm qEnRRd*u

I

Udaqrtfrgrqt{ry;(q;tqrriqrfttt q\ ll

Sloha 95. When Sarurn occupiesthe l2th bhava

from the Moon, the person born is long armed,merito.
rious, possessed
of numerous cattleand similar posse$,
sions : he is a leader and his words carry weight and
are accepted; he is yoked to a bad woman.

ll gautirt: tl
sRRqErEl
g'rrEr{frSE}sftrra1
gorit
wqi gqruntruq;idrrqnq.qtn qE tt

'Ihe
person ar whose birrh the Moon
Bloha 96.
is between Mercury and Mars is untruthful though
possessed
of merits,clever but very dt:praved,censcrious
and avaricious,and addicted to unchastewomen paEt
their prime.

q*fi}lTNr rrdrqlfrg{iiearr
q.Ti gqqt{in n qe tl
lru{ft-Eq;t
Slohu 97. When rhe Moon is betwixt Mars and
Jupiter, the personborn will be a renownedindividual,
owing his fortune to his own mighty exertion,but
harassed
by foes. The moral tone of his house,hold
would wholly be due to his powerful example.

aqrqruft
grtqt nt Esl ffiwqftwR t
rqrfiftol qfiilffi rl$qt $qgnfrl ll qz ll
Sloha 98. If at a person'sbirth, the Moon be
between Mars and Venus, he will be athletic, handsome,

qrilTqrftcre

Adh. VIL

cruel,cheerful,virtuously inclined and wealthy, but

liableto swervefrom morality underthe influenceof
fear.

$Piqffi{il *di qqqq ftgtrsiiqlq t

oTwffi]frqrnrt qtqt sqwfi\r n qq tl

Sloka 99. The individual ar whose birth the

Moon is between Mars and Saturn will be addiccedto
vile women, wrathful, rich, treacherous,contending
with numerousenemiesbut unscathedand uncontrite.

qqhqrqrrqk{rr$ wm,frlqsilrf*{il1t

qqrd q ftwtrt qw{t gqqiqq}tlt {oo fl

Sloka 100. When the Moon is rn the rnidstof the
two planetsMercury and Jupiter at a person'sbirth he
will be pious, conversant with the sacred scriptures,
eloquent, facile in compositicn, associated with good
men and of great fame,

rrrltFrtr!$r;(Ii&qqrqgwr gdt I
il l. t tl
{uuf,ffiq* qrq\ :XrtUT'in
Sloha t01. The person ar whose birth the Moon
is betweenMercury and Venus, will be an amateurin
dancingand music, beloved, of agreeable
speech,handsome,highly intelligent and of a heroic temperament.

tnrrtqtqilsFq] aftRqprmFmrr

Rrtgqnliifr q-i q'ffiqtqt tt t "R tl

Sloho 101. When the Moon isbetweenSaturnand

Mercury, cl'reperson bcrn may have to go from one
country to another ; he will be revered, have moderate
learning and wealth but evince great aversion to his
kith and kin.

sl. 103-106

cFc}surnt:

499

:n$q$(f eturqalfiil fttqf qel t

wrfrsguritr.iq.qt gwni'n tt tol ll

Sloka 103. Acting in a princely fashion,pro$pe'
rous, politic, valiant, celebratedand guilulessin thought
will the person be at whose nativity the Mocn holda a
placebetween Jupiter and Venus.

I
grd iiaqlQuaGqsqgqil:qa:
qil nrFeswA qqir rriieiqql'll loB ll
Stoka lO4. The person at whose birth ttre Moon
has got between Saturn and Jupiter will be comfortable;
of humility, knowledgg learning, beauty and
possessed
worth; owning much wealth and ol a conciliatory
conduct.

ii$rdqaqur I
swqrqgoraq
mt uidqxi ftartii{gitt;(ill t.\ ll
Slohu 105. If at a birth, tlre Moon be between
Venue and Saturn in a gtgrtqin (Dhurudhura yoga), the
pereonborn will be an important pcrsonagein a tribe
weddedto ancient customs and the lord of a band of
worthless females; he will have much wealth and enjoy
royal favour.

dqqfteqqqiqqis q{
iiqii qg-s( I
ns)fr snfirqgqi

eirrs qI iiqgQradgqs
ngnta qqqfh q{Rflan ll loQ ll
Sloha 106. The whole effect of any yoga ouchas
haebeendescribedis invariably realisedby the perEon
planeto
born under the yoga, when the yoga'maLing

440

{nifqrTrt!

Adh. VII.

occupy their exaltation, their own or friendly housee.

The sameis equally true, say Parasaraand other autho,
rities, when the Navamsasoccupiedby the yoga,making
planetsrelateto their own or friendly houses.

trql qflgdft qr t*gaaarcftqiqR Rlqq6r t

fltqrcTiiqrqfaqlqwt qmq ii'{ qoqrswi: I os

Sloka 107. If the Moon be in conjunctioir with
Rahu or Ketu or if Rahu occupy the llth bhava from
the Moon, or if the planetproducingthe yoga be depres,
sed or obscuredby the Sun's rays, the effect of the yoga
will be mixed to the personhorn therein.
NorBs.
\ V i t h r e g a r d t o t h e M o o n ' s c a p a ci l y o f d < r i n g o o do r e v i l
with referenceto these three yogas,Varaharnihirasays.

s{g'lsgg,iisf6zelf.n.ift aagagdTs;<nrs;liqq.
II
That is, for persons born in the day tirne, the Moon in any of
the 6rst 6 housesis auspiciousand in any of tlre other C housesis
inauspicious. The rever:;e eflect is to be understood in the case
o f p e r s o n sb o r n i n t h e n i g h t t i r n e .
Skanda and I'rajapati and others also say so with reference to
'l'hese
therefore deserve consideration.
these yogas.

il eTer
ffiermrr: tl
qEuqrT(ffarig(trcfgtRnI
t

karq;qqa]oqrqirrrqrse{R(stt I oc tl
Slofur108. If Jupiter occupying the 6th or the 8th
bhava from the Moon be else.wherethan in the Kendra
in respect to the Lagna, the resulting yoga is termed
r*z (Sakata).

s(*srqrq:

Sl. 100-110

441

Norrs.
Cl. qid-dfq-dr

" frqnetRsttrrRrfrG{tz: *q+ ilfuerr("

But Parasara says

rt oarcdFt {{,e: flq*:

"

If all the planets be in the lst and the 7th bhavas, the resulting yoga is called {+,a (Sakata). Atso s(lEfrR( (Varahamihira) rn
his EqqqfA*(Brihat Jataka) ch. 12, Sl. 3 gives the following defiinition of -<r+a(Sakata) identical with Parasara's:

'r Fqt5 il'fieq."

The {trnaqiq (Sakata yoga) mentioned in sloka 168 infra is

difterent from this. The yoga referred to in tlris sloka is devoid of
its bad effectsif Jupiter, while being in the 6th or the 8th house
from the Moon, is in a J(endrafronr the Lagna'

srft w$

qrai filel dlsedi{tq:I

bflqtsqiliqei q.a[.itqfi&q, il tol tl

Sloha 109. The person born in the r+zd'm (Sakata
ycga) be he of a royal family, becomes indigent and in
of the trouble and f"rtiguefalling to his lot,
consequence
he is always distressed and becomesan object of
aversionto the king.
cf ,

Fd2iiq{r

aRt afifrrqqR;gd:flt gn: gn:ni$n iilrqq.I

neqqqq:rr*)sfiq:di 11
*h qfkq)qfiQt,iq-m'

qrRqrarie*'fr:
ll
u srQr
qqTRwagfl:gGIIfr;iiirqmgqqEdltc:I

itarqaq,$tf iiqFq llll"ll

wilgrifi.G qlqqrr?
Sloka 110. To the personborn under its influence,
(Parijatamsa),
aplanet Becurescomtorts if in the crRqrdtTr
66

442

rrcTc|ftrif

Adb. vll.

,,
cattle if in the aigria (()opuramsa);and dominion if in
the fttrscir (Simhasanamsa,
uide Adhyaya1, St.45,46).

stti $ilirilrnrrgff] flqrq{r:ffigt Trron{|

G{(il* {gqrTtrrftrmdqR WRq{ n t t t tl

Slokt tt l. A planetthat attainsthe qnrEaart

(Para.
vatha Varga) brings to the men born under its auspicee,
learning and renown accompaniedby gre;rtprosperity.
If the planet reach the higber Qa*+wq (Devalokabhaga),
the lucky person coming into the world under the
hrppy yoga comesto possess
an army containinga large
numberof cars, horsesand elephants. lf the planet in
power at the time of birth be in the highest trrq(kT
(Iravathamsa),it securesa kingship to the personborn.
Norss.
These are the effectsof the yogas mentionedin slokas +5-46*
of Adhyaya I and zrretaken from q<iatFtq.

eftT{nfr+rr:
qqiTfi gr;Tt*n ft dd
sTrr

{ri{fr fiqqfta-il?*tg'rrfrr

sTfrihftrq q"i qrftimin* qr

Sedtaet fiqqrt qr( g(fi q ft t t1 tl
Sloha llZ. According as the Moon occupies
a
Kendra, a Panaparaor an Apoklima in respect
to the
Sun, will the moral training, the wealtlr, theinowledge
and the intellectual precisionof the person born,
be tf,e
lowest, middling or irighest. If th; Moon
be in ite
own Navamsaor in thartof a very friendly
planet and

$1.112

tKdssqr{r:

44.3

if it be aspected by Jupiter, rhe person born will be

wealthy, if it be aspectedby Venus, he will be happyin both casea without regard to when the birth takee
place-which may be by day as well as by night.
NorBs.
This and the next sloka are taken from Rrihat Jataka.
F r o m t h e e f f e c t sm e n t i o n e d i,t w i l l b e s e e nt h a t t h e M o o n i n
a Kendra from the Sun is bad whether in the conjunction (lst), in
a square(+th or l0th) or in opposition(7th). I{ere Varahamihira
differs from Parasara with regard to giftatz;r (Purnima Chandra).
The Moon situated in the 2nd, 5th, 8th and llth frorn the
S u n i s m i d d l i n g ;5 t h i s a n e g a t i v e t r i n e a n d 9 t h i s a p o s i t i v eo n e .
T h e M o o n s i t u a t e di n t h e 3 r d , 6 t h , 9 t h a n d l 2 t h f r o m t h e
Sun is good in result. Here Parasara also agrees. Cf .

HQarftqda-) +oe*rQqf sfi r

Ft{qEqEfigrftqq{t}gurTfiq tl

eiisftsfrqeiitqrfFqi qrF",ag
vrft r
geql flqi dr qdi lqnqerflan:ll
qrfiftei11qa.q}edr qrcEqFqqT
tl
fiarg $td oq'qtill''qqF{q1$alq
I
fiqiqet alaifr qlq;iseqqrl n{I: lt
Also qqt,qr

: qges"iqqsqFq
:I
*qR qftaiaqarflqqilai*t;r
uqlEfrdtqufaairqficr,ilirqrir ranrqqnrqtl
qFlsrI
iqii {Ffr vrfiieenfifi{ft"rirFrfir,{:
dgil]Sfr{,{: n C lat{ e* fiqr iegiTfaiqn
0n.^4.\C

T h c s l c , k a i n t h e t e x t c a r rA l . r , l r e a r t l r r f n l l , , $ i n s t w o i n t e r pretations:(l) If the birth be in tla1, tinre anri thc N{oon be aspected

by Jupiter, the person becornes rvealtbl'.

lf the birth be at night

444

ltrnqtftqrt

Adh.vrr.

time and the Moon be aspected by Venus, the person born becomes
happy. If the Moon be in his own Navarnsa and aspected by
Jupiter, the native will be wealthy. If the Moon should be in the
Navamsa of a very friendly planet and aspectedby Venus, then
the person born wiil be happy.
(2) Wtteth"r the birth be at night or day, if the Moon be
aspectedby Jupiter and Venus together, the native is sure to be
rich and happy. The amount of wealth will be in a less degree
if the Moon at birth be in his own or in a friend's Navamsa and
be aspected by Jupiter. In the same qr'aythe happinesswill be
slightly less if at birth the Moon being in his own or in a friend's
Navamsa be aspectedby Venus.
cf,

wfl{d
C\

(qra.drfqrrdTfq{rfi(; q?qqEqUqgRI
Sql.mlq qq$lgqf+rrqfaqqiq rr

qqf*q,
st tr qrrRitqh{fil,irrrFdr
afurqtrftEltftqruffq I

wqfr{ftrqfrrrEre{{T{q
*qrgqTftqnir{qqrq qtil! n ttl

tl

S/olu 113. With the benefic planets occupying

the 6th, the 7ch and the 8th houses from the Moon
there results what is called the Moon's aTffi{r (Adhi,
yoga) wherein takes place the birth of a commander
(PoliceSuperintendentor head), a minister or a ruler
(of a district or Province). Those rhat are born in the
Moon's w&e'lrr(Adhiyoga) are ar the height of prosperity
and pleasure, overcometheir foesand live a long life,
being exempt from diseasesand dangers.
NorBs.
The yoga,will be lowered a little in effect if he Sun should

sl. 113

a8*silqr{:

446

be in opposition to the Moon. The efiects described in the third

quarter of the sloka will take place if only two benefics instead of
three as above be in the above places from the Moon, and those
mentioned in the last quarter result if only one benefic is present
in one of the above places from the Moon. The benefic planets
referred to are Mercury, Jupiter and Venus.
Bhattotpala saysthat the interpretation put by some that all
the three places,uiz., 6th, 7th and 8th housesfrom the Moon,
should he occupied each by one of the three to constitute an
entrqirr (Rahiyoga) is not correct, and quotes in support thereof
the following from tdEfifr (Srutakeerti) who recognises 7 sorts of
qflcl.r (Adhiyoga).

ffiq Ti qd q;qglqrqEr U\gmq r

erMq: fl litd dqrgsilwqr ff: 11

The seven sorts are causedaccording as the three benefic planets occupy one or more of the three houses, 6th, 7th and 8th
places from the Moon. That is, they might occupy (l) all the 3
h o u s e s , 6 t h ,T t h a n d 8 t h ; ( 2 ) 6 t h a n d 7 t h ; ( 3 ) 6 t h a n d 8 t h ; ( 4 )
7th and 8th; (5) 6th only ; (6) 7th only and (7) 8th only. He
also adds

qqflHrrreflda.n.frd:gqlsRiitTr:
gI( I
qTq:
qft\efilf{q<\d}o, rr
Badarayana (nc(tqq) and Parasara are of opinion that according as all the beneficplanets happento possesssuperior, medium
or ordinary strenglh, a person born under the yoga will becomea
king, a minister or a commander.

{tftq: nl*qr' qtsd qt ftqqn*qdTqTFIJ:I

qm) zqfrilq)q;{t qrt-qqrq* qTsRtl

qrqfE*+qTd:nF.{:s**afrn' r
mqqtf-fr sr{qrr*: bqas*' gr( |
Also q-s<tfrmr

n}+ftQfuF-tlnfr
<rewniffi5ftrilq: I

iar qd WR: enmilqGqK:frqrt {iq*{t qidlt

qtofqrR||t

446

Adh. VII.

But {sqMili{ (Kalyanavarman) classes the q;ilk{rq (Chandradhiyoga)with Raja yoga when the planets Mercury, Jupiter
and Venus are not eclipsed nor aspected by malefics. gf. Rl{dl

qi wwureqfhRrqri|'{fttr: gqsr: g{r:

Twi qR,ii* n qfiar:g3levqn:r

qq qotHonqr-ilq$,
{.qro:qrtAFF

.z*dg,{tqt rr
tarqqrfr-qqTifAi
Mandavya is also of the sameopinion. cf .

s{ftp qrfr* fqqqqqilfircfidi

rlc:RHfr'qrqfle qq+girqfAq
r
gtiqri*r rrcifafiqrqlaqqtr

TflqTfrtqsEofae'"t qg {r{. tt

ll oerfuirrrrtl
oqqR{rtrsqdrg$d qTqqrirr&rt

oqrfffirilT{fr qfuqrnrtrguunRqffieq
n ttB ll
Sloha 114. When beneficplanetsoccupythe 6th,
the 7th and the 8th bhava from the Lagna and are nei.
ther in conjunction with nor aspectedby malefic planets
which are in positions other than the 4th bhava,the
celebratedosrfrrqJil(Lagnadhiyoga)is produced.
Norss.
This and the next six slokas are f rom Parasara. From the
quotation from Phaladeepilia quoted under the previOussloka, it
will be seenthat Mantreswara recognisesChandradhiyogaand
Lagnadhiyogaalike'

of. qn+rirr

enfrqlrrif,(qft:gqqfriit{qft il

st, 116-117

.RFTIISInIFT:

447

qodtrrrl t
o{ri\fTt Tgtrrq{iliRqrftCieq
gaqK frqrqF* qtkrrro'i* qrfriqrguniarrqq tl
Sloha 115. The person born in the qnrRrira(Lag,
nadhiyoga)will producemany scientific works, posses$
philosophical training, hold a chief command in the
army, will be unsophisticatedand generous,cnjoying
the eminent advantages
which f.rme and fortunc give in
the world.
cl.

qaqtitr

Norris'

srtGqlqqrfrq-ft snqrqfAdilerql
r
qgql{qlfiqf,tir.ii'lfgdtiqlr{3rtut:
||
For the o:rrt?.ilq (I-agnaclhiyoga)th: followirrg efiects are
given in et(fqol-

q& dlqr:qddghfhnr:
orTlrqBq{rei
q;{tqusqfd:
f*hrftqfi: dqi {qai rfh: r
qlqlgieqfititqoq,ilerrfBqlitqqo.
fl;dtd rTqnrfstrqfifliiqra' 9{rr. *laq,{e tl

Ir rrq+q{tiiTT:tl
*-nffi i+gtr {rgq *qruqlg{qqqiifrr
et thtd'(gtr qr{rTq
f,rqre{iiriq*qfiaTr(1 ttE tl
S l c h u .1 i 6 . W h e n J u p i r e r o c c u p i e sa k e n d r af r o m
the Moon, the yoga produccd is calledqw.ie(t (()ajake_
sari). Again if the Moon bc aspectedby planets,
Venus, Jupiter and Mercury without being depressed
or obscured by the Sun, thc yoga produced is rrsr+s0
(Gajakesari).

rrffi{'qradqd s;rsFqEr{
|
t*il{t gqffi uqi'{qfit q+{,rr I le tl

-::""""","""""""

Sloka ll7. The person born in ghs Tqffifr{r

(Gajakesariyoga)
ie energetic;has much money and
grain; ie inteiligentandmeritoriousand doeswhat will
pleasehis king.
cJ. urnqdcr

tfln q{qilfte q"q*-qq(nfr: I

qqrffrtr{erfdr
fiee}frsRtsfr tt
hsfidt qdi qqqq$arfril 'rtrqr{:I
rTrrTgGrr{frnl
uaeqrtgfrRf, fiqta tt

il stTt*rTr ll
qq wqaqt uRrosqffiaI qR q s{iir tqr t
eq Eitfi{qotufr lt}qrg,iltilqfttnuqdq(ll I ld ll
Stoka118.If at the birth of any person,a benefic
planetbe in the 10thhousereckonedfrom the Moon or
ih" Lrgn", the fameof that personwill remainunclouded
in theiountry and his prosperity will be unfailingtill
the end of his life.

oflil qqlr.{rerqqft glTdgi t

ffiqqqor ilq {tffu;qerdl ll ttq ll
Sloha lL9. When the 10th bhava from the rising
sign or the Moon is occupied by a benefic planet, the
yoga is styled uror (Amala - spotless) and the fame of
the pereon born in the yoga lasts' as long as the Moon
and stars endure,
tf.

q,-dt-{iq-dt

q;4la,#;qqol6q:
Ut{ifrtilfierrefr tt

ru5"fr qanlt{rtilil $lfqafqlt t

qM

gq{taqorQqdqqlll tl" ll

st. 121-122

44s

qn*sqrq:

Stofu L}O. The person born in the qcqriirl (Ama'

layoga) is highly reveredby his sovereign, has great
enjoyments,is liberal, kind to his rel-tiveu, benevolent
and worthy.
Notns.
The effect of birth in an 3{qoT{iq(Amalayoga) is thus described in q.oth?fir (Phaladeepika).

tta: qTilTilqal gdqfl:F*lga]dtfiqrt r

rr
ut{frfrrnR
arrqqasneffitqrt
Gtilgqqqiisfrqqiqrqrid&3 1
ftq.I6g6gqqn{tq qrar
qgqilggifi't{IcTgaqt
wik

ll tRq ll

Sloha 121. If planetsoccupy the l2th, the Znd or

both the bhavas from the Sun, the resulting yogasarc
respectively named tlt lVesi), A,?r(Vesi) and srrqqrt
(Ubryachari). When the pianets concerned occupy
their own, friendly or exaltationsigns, the personsborn
in the resulting yogaswill be on a par with kings in
regard to the vast wealth and comforts they c.rn
command.

il(s g{atsrgqtftq'ii qpqtqdi {kqfr fuarftrI

qr{{i gsn{Tgttr!qlqFqifiiiweti(*ar

tt llR ll

S t , t k o1 2 2 . T h e p 3 r s o n b o r n i n a n a u e p i c i o u s
iitrdirr (\resiyoea)is amiable,eloquent,wealthy, intrepid
and triumphant over his foes while the one born in a
aRrirrr(Vesiyoga) with atr ittauspiciousplanet is fond
of bad company, evil'rninded and bereft of riches and
comfort.
61

450

Adh. VTI

{fq6crftil}

tfr gqrusiligon{Elil
iiqffiqqriiqorar

qmrFqiqit fiiurrfrtftqdt

urqrgt qwfqfrEdFtlfan( ll 111ll

Stohu 123. The person whose birth takesplacein
a ifu.iirr (Vesiyoga) wich a beneficplanet is intelligent,
liberal,delightingin scientific pursuits, and possessed
of com{ort, wealth, fame and strength ; but the man
born in a iis'irrl (Vesiyoga) with a malefic planet will
be very stupid,afflictedwith lust, delighting in murder,
and ugly,facedand he may haveto go into exile.

drqrF*il{qqfirrqil qiqr
nwl?ergu{ioqtt$ifilt

qrqrtlhrqqqtqit qrquen

rinritwum{rcr
trt

ll tqu ll

Sloha 12.1.Those that have their birth in the

srrqq?qt{r (Ubhayachariyoga)produced by benefic pla,
nets are princely individualspossessed
ol corresponding
for
comforts
and
beloved
their amiability
wealth and
lratrrrc. But those that are born in
and compassiorrate
the slrqqfi lUbliayachari) with malignant planetsare
i n s , : r v i c ef o r
w i c k e d ,a f f i i c t e dw i t h d i s r a s c s ,c n g a g e d
aud irr indirgcntcircumstances,
other pe,:lple
cl.

slnati:l

onaifhfi+na-qqiqaifrr
qui6a
r
qtqil qirtt:ll
eqqRqiiqattqqqit
r=e.'rfifgarariiqrqi ffgr.qi-I Tfiqrt r
qn : errifh'irisfR+t
3{rq;qrjEaq+;il
tt
"Eeiaqaqrf-+r
qrqqfafir..ryrfr.i
qIfr |

sl. 126

161

egdtstqrq:

qft\,i*Q{u&: s{fuqq; 11
gt+t ilfr qqT{qtgqFi} q\=a{Ra,sR t

fislesr{tErrft+t wd: qrifqqqhrqrr

Also {rlit(

|fbar.s'fr
itinq\Aft' nnr*fiat,
,rriir(qrtciqq?ft ,ilq, rfi, qnri, r
f*&aaqigtq fiqq) fiq qrarzdl
eot m:mtiira gqqrifRqJ'ilqq,
tr
fRilafd:qlqgslgur{lqeilsstfri+r'ilsesar
qR o* <lraEI i ftr,itw.qqz,raqJ
EIfi qorsrfq{rdltt
qs qmqq fteilqqqitq]qqtFsqq:
qlss< sqqrqqtqftnErqeil qirgqlr: I
;trF!*r:qqorcotsFqdnqtgs:
fle: REr
ure'l fhrqns: fl{aRn{ g(, Fqfd: tl
Also qo-dik+r

R'qitrqffi -g arlfharrgqqqqhFqrc
rqnti, ufiq: g\: egrgld el{sflr:F4I:I
stqrdq'r#fi'gxat w\equlr6{i
aatknlt, g\oq gq'ii q.i,iiq qrqfhi'tt
gg,t grdq'l ieiii gaqrfiq(t
11
$: n{rine ii{ fAqfiaur6Q,

ll eIEgrrffi

11

girrgqrd qfr q-rot gilgiilFfr qEffi(rft{ t

aurqsilnqtf*onq vnrcrdruq'ftsdtq p11q1 1g
Sloha 115.Accordirrg
a st h e r i s i n g s i g ni d o c c u p i e d
by benefic or maleficplanets, the yogas producedare

llt;tllfrltt

Adh.vrr.

termed gH (Subha) and cglr (Asubha) respectively.

When the 12th and the 2nd bhavaefrom the Lagna are
occupiedby malefic or benefic planete, the yogaEare
(Papakarthari)and *'$t.*d'ft (Soumyakarrhacalled qrqo-dR
ri) respectively.

gq+{rq* ilrqt uqdrugurrF{ilr

I
nqq],ifr{s{rqt qrqsqiqtrtv{ tf tRqtl
Sloka 126. The peroon born in the grrala (Subha
yoga) is eloquent,handsome,amiable and worthy while
the one born in the wgvfrrr (Asubha yoga) is lustful,
wicked and feeding on what is not his own but
another's.

qrqlf\wrqlqibfr r+{ tt tls rr

qrqs{R+
Sloha 127. The person born in a grroifrqlrr (Subha
karthari yoga) will have superior lustre, wealth and
strength while the one born in a src6'*fi (Papakarthari)
will be criminal, eatingbeggedfood and impure.
Norrs.
In the 3 yogasgrT (Subha), ergrr (Asubha) and cidii (Karthari)
mentioned in slokas 125-127 the Sun and ihe Moon are not
reckoned.

cf. qra-+rir

: ggrr( I
sreBdfqert6-gfiriitfiQ
e{gqreq}Eqqg&Fqqat:
+{ft HrTrpqldr
tl
qtdt
qqqR
qfiareiit
ggqtfri
fqqrnito:r
fieitgrar: gqqTqlrnFqa:g(rqn: 1
eruqlq]ilqrdl qrqr{tqlry}ftH;f,r{iI
qrlqrgrcqgRqaqqrq\sfifi+,orq
: 1,

sl. 128-129

+6j

ss*$qrq:

ll
+iifiitt qr\:rGnqil fiqlf}r{rea(:

ll qmq3 11
*sig *-rqfig uqdt*

{ksqqrg{gi qft qier ail( |

on-tryftqR qnqGtnqtft
inifhfr ,rrit q{eqnqiqrn tRd ll
Slolc 128. If benefic planets be in Kendra houses
and if the 6th and the Sth bhavasbe either unoccupied
or occupied by benefic planets, the resulting yoga is
cda (Parvatha). Again, if the lords of the Lagnaahd
the 12th bhav.rsbe in Kendra positions with respectto
eachother and aspectedby friends,there is the c{e*rr
(Parvatha yoga).
cf.

q{4

lt{t<T:qT ef;qr $QiEqtqi:t

art<hgrotrTt:
n qia ftk qorfqtrqiq{tqdtqiqsqtqq}t tr

Also 3rddtail

eqgtofi;nivi gt r
e<wta#fQg*
q: +faarqqa]'ir,ils,iqidi arfi tt

qprrrf:in!q+a,ilTrqrfiiiqrRffttds

r(ttrt I

qrql qwtq.{kfhirfli'q'iqqtd gFIIqsf qr{ ll lR\ rt

Sloka 129. The person who has his birth in the
c,iafrrr (Parvatha yoga) will be prosperous, engagedin
literary pursuits,Iiberal,libidinous and fond of sporting
with women not his own, full of energy, famous and at
the head of a city.

454

{Rrr\IIFile

Adh.vrr.

cf . sril*rtrr
e
\\
q{Grrq
qril\

\
a
^
{qrdl qqql{ rqdhq t
qHg{nq{frf,l?iH adqTagqr;itr1ft:sr( tr

$t-{o{T{:
-qh-(u{n\gtrg arrir
sTofr
oqrft\ {si qii uruorw( |

qfti g ftoifilt Er
mt"rtur

dqq* gt*qfi qR ilr{r {tq tt li"

tl

Sloka 130. If the lords of the 9rh and the 4th bha,
vas be in Kendra positions with respect to eachother
and if the lord of the Lagna have strength, the yoga
produced is 6r0 (Kahala). If the lord of the 4th
bhava occupying its exaltrtion or its own sign be as,
pectedby or in conjunction with the lord of the lOch
bhavr, the yoga will be suchas the foregoing.

*rqqt il{t qrdryc*e$dcr

I
qf,fiiiaffirrrrqlsnrdf
qr( srEe;Rril llt tr
Slota 131. The personborn in the CIrao,irrr
(Kaha,
la yoga) is vigorous, daring, ignorant, possessed
of an
army completein its partsand ruling over a few villages.
cf. iln*.o{r

NorBs'

q;gt(ul)fiT{rfr{iqo.il-q
ft=qd}a} r
offl{t{ii qe.qfi,ilrr' qEonfl{: 11
qqqrqGfitflqq: r
iqqrfaqqnqai
sitf,tqii qarqlTitult er.+rqt qt: tt

qfesirq (Kahalayoga) and its eflect are thus stated in qo(tqfi.

sl. 132-133

trg*scqfrt:

456

qfd*qqqeqFq: I
ognftqruqqftftqailfhqruelaelg
,i)tr' q +,rqoqfi qfia: tr
sfgrotr&,gqfa,qsa, &q.lr,+Eoa}zqrqr I

qrfbqrq]rr,
qR qtta
o{rG{rHUErrI
qrd'rqaiqftrim.rerarjrrss
I
RqGqtfritqrtr iiuqfhgini
*{itrsqgorqR
ilqri{t rt t 11 tr
Sloka 132. If the 7 planetsbe in ? housesfrom the
Lagna,the personborn in the yoga is a king in command
of many elephantsand horses. If the rror (N1ala-the
wrt-athof planecs)be from the 2nd bhava, the person
b o r t t i n t h i s 2 n d y o g aw i l l b e a k i n g o w n i n g h o a r d so f
'q7calth,
dutifully reverenutowards parents, resolute,of
stern aspectand possesscd
of eminent virtues.

qrfr qErlirqqdbuni
qqr uil qiiqq r'irrit

gffirr tegcrrrnw-

q)riiqrrEnqtq{tq:u 111tl

S l o k u 1 3 3 . I f t h e q r f b + t( M a l i k a ) c o m m e n c ef r o m
the 3rd bhava,the personborn in it will be heroic and
wealthy but sickly. If the starting point of the qrfuEr
(Malika) be the 4th L,hava,
the personwho has his birth
therein will be a very liberal sovereign enjoying the
good fortune due to his governing many countries.

qfr qriOqrarqft&Erar{r
gTIEn
{ifitqt{
qrp qErIEq
afiaag<+qm]
E{til {}q. I

Crurtilftqlt

458

Adh. vII.

qnGqqrftqrqR qgdqefr .{qRrrqrr dlhrqaqtsqqll tls ll

{tqtg*q{ffidl
Sloka 134. If the qrfbEr(Malika) begin with the
6th bhrva, the person born in the yoga will be a king
performingsacrificesaccordingto ritual or getting fame
otherwise. If the eret (Mala) be {rom the 6th bhava,
the person taking his birth in the yoga will be needy
but getting wealth and comforts occasionally at some
stages of his life The person born in a wreath of
planetsstartingwith the 7th bhavawill be a king dearly
loved by a large number of wives. If the Sth bhava ba
of a ctis*r (Malika),the personwho
the'commencement
comesinto the world under such a planetary conjunc
tion will be a distinguisheC personage,blessedwith
long life but poor and henpecked.

qdiffisr

gurfriuFfisil
ilqqt ftus

qqfqrqR q{ilifi6: {qiil{: qcq*: I

orurilqqwatqftqftI u*fuqrqq*
qrfr ft'q'&rdgafii61:
{+{ Wq}r}q rrtl\ ll
Sloia 135. If the mfu{rq}rr (Malika yoga) begin
with the 9th bhava, the person born in it will be
endowedwith all good qualities,will devoutly perform
sacrificerand will be rnighty. When the yoga haa its
inception in the lOth bhava,the personagetaking birth
in it will be engagedin good acts and held in high
eEtemby the virtuous. If the yoga should proceed
from the llth bhava the personborn will be the lord of
lovely women, princely in birth and prragonsof their
sex and he will be competent to engage in every kind
of activity. lf the qror (Mala) originate in the llth

Sl. 136-13?

\.
TlS{lSsmlr

457

bhava,tlrc personwill be lavish in his expenditureand

honouredeverywhere.
\

ll
ll
"lrRqTF:
qrnarqqlqs
I
aild s-flfr g?rdit\h

d.ffit usqRuoi aqrcqiqrqq qTruqr( tltlElt

Stoha 136. If the lord of the Lagna occupying the
exaltationsign and aspectedbv Jupiter be in a Kendra,
the resulting yoga is calledrrw (Chamara). If two bene'
fic planetsbe in the Lagna,the 7th, th': 9th or the 10th
bhava,there will be the yoga crlled Erm (Chamara).
Norrs.
qmtq (Chamarayoga)is thus diflerentlv stated in qrtrflt{r.

wq& fEqrffq olt dtq,i {t r

uq*q{t ffi q}trarqrnfl+:ll

lf the planets occupying each of the Lagna and the other

bhavas in order be either in conjunction with or aspectedby bene'
fic planets, or the lortls thereof be in beneficpositions, uneclipsed
b y t h e S u n ' s r a y s o r i n t h e i r o w n h o u s e s ,t h e t r t l t e 1 2 r e s u l t i n g
yogasare respectively terrned -rtq( (Chamara), irg (Dh"tu), cni
(Jataali), it{ (chathra), ue (Asthra), +,tq(Kama),
(saurya),
"roft
qrgr (Aasura), urq (I]hagya), <qrfr (Khvati), crltqtt (Parijata),
and gto (Musala).

ril' *'agirfhiczfq!: grnnirlet:

elqeqirftf+ofiqfildlit: sqt{ilqqr I

Te{TITIg{t
nrarqrtgd{qefqtan

qpqeqlfrgqtfiqmgnor<1idur
+1Rnr,tt

fii qrcqTqiilq(cdl frar{ ilql qibcfi{r qdqst

(fur qrtqrrrwffi ql+d ffitfrtrnun{ll tl\e ll

5B

qffiscrfrrn

468

Adh. VII.

Sloku 137. The person born in the qrrrtqJrr(Cha,

marayoga) wili be either a philosopher,wise, eloquent
and hcld in high esteem by kings, or a king who being
comprtent by birth &c.,to enter on the study of the
sacred scriptures, has urasteredeverything connected
tberewitli. This personagewiiI live a year a{terthe
t a l eo f 7 0 y e a r si s c o m p l e t e ;d i . e . 7 1 y e a r s .
cJ,

.iK+t{{r

qlitsfutqrqt qrfr{taigiaarlgdt r
egtrrrftan:erqfidi qqqKrn
n
\

ll {t$qftq: lt
er;qJ;q*;(rJErfr
ga6rqr?i
A\

a9

il{rrqq i{Ugd rtr( {HiItTTtI

qt&
oeftri q q{t?rrqqfr

wrqrfqt qogt g iTqrqqila n t ld tl

Sioia 138. When the lords of the Eth and the 6th
bhavasare in Kendra positions wirh respect to each
other and rvhen the lord of the Lagnais strong, the yoga
ig calledttg (Sankha). Thc srmc yoga is said to e:<ist
when the lord of the Lagna,as well as the lord of the
10th bhava, occupy a moveablc sign and the lord of
9th bhava is strong.

ut qla\ q'rrrrrloiErTtgt
etgrrtlft**r{ grqqqfI

iltr{t;ttqlrurgthqt{rqqt}e{ aiqrwrrq{'iiril llq tt

Slotc 139. The person born in the Sankhayoga
will havea life of enjoyment,be compassionate,
blessed
with a wife, sons, wealth and lands, engagedin the
p r a c t i c eo f v i r t u e , w i l l p o s s e s sa k n o w l e d g c o f t h e
oacredscriptures, will be well,conducted,beneficent,

qs*sqrq:

Sl. 140-141

459

end may live 8l years(one year after the tale of eighty

ia completed).
cf. smfli{r

t-.qftfrqqr:sH,figfldqR Gq{: t
q: dlrdq{lflreit ,i}q' qt-aE iRa, tt
ttgq},ilq+ qeJ {rdr {r diflq}sRqI I

t+arqilqgo]sfi zqffd\{ln tt
aq{rr (Sankhayoga)and its efiect are thus stated in qodft+t'

*-q*iqqgfi,iRqIS' tt
{Iqr qFr,i}} egarafiilqiqsrqfif,d:l!

n+mq:ll
qr;drqqrar{lg frq{tg

sqrGft{dgdqfr tRrirqrt
\.\\A\

fi,T trdr gtgill RT(IolTilt|lr

lTIr}Eiqsgt g afu {r={q.ll t8" ll

S / . 4 r 1 . 1 0 .W h e n t h e r ea r c p l a n e t si n t h e Z n d , t h e
l 2 t h , t i r e l s c a n J t h e ? t h b h a v . r sa n d w h e n t h e l c r d o f
tlre lCtir bhava is strong, the ycga is lffr (Bheri)'
\X/her-rVenr:s and the lord of the lst bhava occupy
K e n d r a p o s i t i o n s i n r e s p t c tt o J r r p i t e ra n d w h e n t h e
lord of the t)th bhava is strong, the eameyoga shouldbe
s a i dt o e x i s t .

dqtgfrfiqairqqqrfr;il

qariqfigrcRgdlr{itrfl! |
rqr
3rrqRqiigedi{ qrgq
\itqilnqgsil iigoTltgdtfll ll tgt ll

Sloku t4l, Those that are born iu the lft (Bheri

460

qrilFqft{re

Adh.vn.

yoga)are lordly men, of gord birth, long-lived,exempt

from diseasesand danger, poss:ssed of much wealth,
lands,sonsand wives, of greatrenown, enjoying much
happinesson accountof their virtuous lives, eminently
heroic and of grcat experiencein the affrirs of the world.

TtaGFTrrts
qRqffii
sqqftrrdrft
{6rd t
Csfqfrqrrqaiq.ri
o{riqt qogfe ffifrqr

qrq, ll tBl ll
$e,qrq6qzTgarr{T{r{il

S / . f r a 1 4 2 . l f t h e l o r d o f t h c N a v a m s aw h i c h a
planecin its exaltationoccupiesbc in a Kona or Kendra
position; if the occupant of the Kona or Kendraposi,
tion in qucstionbe in its exaltation or own houseaod
have abundrnceof strengrh and if the lord of the Lagna
be powerful at the sametime; the yoga producedis Ts
(Mrudanga)and confers on the personborn nobility of
mien and fame suchas it is the good fortune of sove,
r e i g n st o l r a v e .
n\

|fpffitffig

ilt,rt st.rt qG sqftti {Fqqdgtq I

*qrqfrq: Uqqgffii qtr];R! {rfitrir Tqrosutultl

S/oArr143. When thc lord of the Tth bhava is in

the ltlth bhavaand when the lord of the 10rh is in rhe
exaltationsi n and also in conjunctionwith the lord of
the 9th, the auspiciousy,ogacalled "frqrq(Srinatha lord
'fhe
of Fcrrtur.e)is produced.
personborn therein will
be like Indra, the king of the celestials.

sl. 144-146

sglrsqtq:

461

But seeq-dfr{t

e,firfi ,{fiqlFsttlfitl: trrqRdq rfatnr,

ff5o-5frtt q}a t
elqqaigee{rgqq11;
aaqrfiq{rqaslfldatralqtq,ittl<'{Ill

:
gTf$n
tfr qrt gtfrft qrgftgoi\qruqqr
g*'lf,qarrsia:I
nmqrf*.ilqqqqfr{r
dqsffi+ qgai(n: Hcgr(Rlfiqd:

frrrqfrtill<q'il
dei qqafqfrsfrgxtr:
\

{TlTfl{Istr
.irqrrnqtetr gil{i {qlft\ ff[t

*F(e frFnrqhftq.rutsftritqilhi t
q;ffi*rurqtgr'flgfr fr.qffiil o*

ort qrqfr i{qfurq gqFr;dnild{$rll tue ll

Sloha 144. When the lord of the 10th hhava is in

tlre 5th, when Mercury is in a Kendra ; when the Sun
is in its own sign and exceedinglypowerful ; when
Jupiter is in a Kona in respect to the Mocn and when
Mars occupiesa Trikona position with regardto Mer'
cury; the resultingyoga is callednrrqr(Sarada).When
Iupiter is in the t lth bhrva from Mercury and other
conditions metttiottedbefore obtain, the sameyoga is
saidto exist.

digru;ggt*sqgq$il
qti?rr Wq*$fE{fr'r I

ftqTffiflfutoe trqorar
crrili eqliftrdruft urrqrrettt t8\ ll
Sloka 143. Those that are born in the mrqrfrrt
(Saradayoga) take particular care of their wi'ree, their

462

ctf,iqtR'rfld

Adh. vII.

!ons, their relatives,their personalappearanceand their

virtues; they are in favor with their sovereignsi they
IJrahmans
an I Gods ;
show revereilceto their preceptors,
they take delight in literary pursuics and have a good
dealof amiability, religious meric and strengthi they
are attentiveto their duties in this world.

ureq+q:
ardrrmqri qet qEgiI
qgqd,rrt qrt frqlst IR<I{f,6fll qBEll
S l o k a 1 4 6 .W h e n a m a l e f i cp l a o e t i s i n t h e 9 t h
bhava from the Lagna,when the 5th bhava is occupred
by beneficas welt as malefic planets, and when the
egce (Chathurasra)i.c, the 4th, or the 8th bhava from
the Lagnahasa malefic planet, the yoqa is termed rtiel
(Mathsya).

i6'ro{s Wunft;gdor*IlEo$q{R
I
qrfti{qraqqiq qiqqirr{T!ffi3ll lue ll
Sloha 147. The personborn in the qit'{ (Mathsya)
yoga will be an astrologer: he will be very compas'
s i o n a t e; h e w i l l h a v e v i r t u e , i n t e l l i g e n c e ,s t r e n g t h ,
b e a u t y ,f a m e ,l e a r n i n ga n d r e l i g i o u sm c r i r ,
c\

ETTqtq,
sarr$Titgigfrrqr:essfizt{rsdtqril |
qffwrrricwrrt"qfrrqr
itr'rq{qr qft t&frrrrllqBcll
S l - t a 1 a S . I f t l : e b e n eifc a m o n g t h e p l a n e t sb e i n
t h e ? t h , t h e : t h a n d t h e 6 t h b h a v a s a n d t h e m a l e l i ci r r
t h e 3 r d ,t h e 1 l t h a n d t h e l s t b h a v a s ; a n d i f t h e A m s a s
or Rasisoccupiedby the planetsbe invariably those oi

sl. 149-l5r

Eqrss{rr{t:

46tf

their own, exaltationor their friends,the yoga produced

is termed qi lKurma).

qqtf{ur rTFrIIqqqFrs
fi<"qnffi$fi rmq'rnrt
I
qhr grqtErllq$rrfirftqigfr qninrqftl {r tt lBq ll
Sloha 149. The person boru in the qific (Kurma
yoga)will have wide fame, royal luxuries, and will be
eminently virtuous, the quality of goodnessgiit (Satva)
predominatingin his nature ; he will be staid,comfort,
able,and disposed to befriend other people by putting
in a kind word on their behalf with the sovereignor
he may even be that oovereign.

qqlr*rr'
qp+t qqqrr& q*t ilq{ffirt I

olt *-.n**

"f,irn

RtReru l\" tl

Sloha 150. When the lords ol the 9th and the Znd
bhavasare respectively in the 2nd and the 9th bhavac
and when the lord of the lst bhava is in a Kendra or a
Kona, the yoga called wg (Khadga.)is produced.

iqrtt{ rqfi ft*orrqatqgfr glilnrqqu{i{gtqr$ilr t

frftutrq ft-dqidqilgwqts
Gr l qEFqSeqtgrrorrE(ilr l q\q tl
S l o k u l 5 l . M e n b o r n i n t h e t q s { l K h a d g a )y o g a
devotethemselvesto the study of the Vedas,the Science
o f p o l i t y a n d a l l t r a d i t i o n s ,t o t h e a s c e r t a i n m e ror fr t h e
to
t r u t h s c o n t a i n e dt h c r e i na s w e l l a s t h e i r a p p l i c . r t i o n
practice, and to the maintenance
of their ratrk,power,
dignity and happinees. They are free from envy or

1A

Adh. vil.

ctf,tqrnqte

tht" too'"*"

"'J
prowess; they are cleverand gratefully rememberthe
kindnessee
doneto them.
Notes.
F-flt!fl:is another reading in the fourth quarter of the sloka;
wbich means their orders are readily obeyed.

ll alqfi+qr ll
t-Kqaftfiurt qpi't qdrqt t
q.rdq oqqtfrq{dRerll t\Rll
onTfEt
Stoka 152. When the lord of the 9th bhava is in a
Kendra identical with the planec'sMoolatrikona and
when the lord of the Lagna occupieothe exaltation sign
and is poeseseedof abundant strength, the resulting
yoga is declaredto be oqCl'ih (Lakshmi yoga).

gqrffi qgiqqrfrflqntffifttatwf I
n t\l tl
wdffi qgqngrs
mltr,etqrur*
Sloka 153. The pcrson born in the qqc?sirl(Laksh'
mi yoga will be a king of kings amiable for his many
virtueE,ruling over many lands,widely krtown for his
learning, lovely as cupid, bowed to by kings from the
farthest regions of the earth and having numerous wives
and sons.
Notgs.
This yoga and its effect is thus described in qiriifQ-{I'

q+i qG arq+oafigiiqrrqtgtgtil w'qrrq: I

frei qqq{ifdqTqftdqlffi'ft'Efr
tqd F{i;ft( g{,flfr qilffiqmErsrr: I

Aerrifr*qTqqrfrtrwr<irrrarF,ral

elqrq-q{i} q0qfr{i} qKTq atdtrn: P

sl. 154-166

cS*sglc:

{05

cf. qrrarttr

qrqJq{t};} rrruartgtftt r

CInfrtqordq eqfifr{ $Ra: rr

q.iinqntgli ,rrrt afut Uqqtr
sqqt qdlwt er{iq}qqfrfic:tt

It SgqQPr 11
ftrcdilu,fr*t ii*aFd sffi r

qFTqHrri
irt Afts{ sg{ruiq rrt\B tl

Sloka 154. When Venus occupiesa Kendra rcpte.

eentedby an immoveable sign, and the Moon in a
Trikona position is other than beneficand when Saturn
holds a place in the 10th bhava, the resulting yoga io
g,gu (Kusuma).

I
ERr qdqucfifftrqfiEririiqt qU.incqNn{f'{n

o'i* qarutftfs<t!
mrqlarri ruqt ugqigqrafq t\\

Sloha 155. The person born in tbe gge*rr (Kusu,

ma yoga)will be a powerful sovereignof wide celebrity
in the world, foremost 3mong kingc who trace their
deecent from illustrious royal houses,of great enjoyments, bowed to by rulers of the earth and bourtifully
bertowing gifts.

qffiqr
RoqarEiUilufrratqqrtr{iilft ilfirtTEr t

qRan(qgs{ir{r qq qrRqtilrt\t
il=qfrs]uftqqfr
Sloha 156. Find first tLe zodiacalsignoccupiedby
the lord of the Lagna; ascerrainnext in what Rasi the
lord of the zodiacal sign firot found is. If the iord of
69

rtcrt5qrft.|e

Adh.vlr.

the 2nd Rasi thus ascertainedor the lord of the Navarn,

sa occupiedby the lord. of the secondly found Rasi be
in a Kendra or Trikona or in its exaltation, the yoga
produced is crftqra (Parijatha).

qqr.atfrqr fl{ftqroqd gqfr* Er{0r{rtigifi!

|
qilrf,qqifirnir
qqrgfr.ililr qrqiA qrRq|nru q\s ll
Sloha 757. ilhe personwhose birth is in thecdiqra
du (Parijatha yoga) will be a sovereign destinedto be
hrppy in the middle and latter portion of hie life, res.
pected and obeyed by other kings, fond of war,
posoeesing
elephantsand horees, attentive to his duty
and engagements
and of a compassionate
disposition.

tgtftMq,
iadq qeqfi gqgrstiq( |

\ \
\ c
qrqlE
q* qdqi
frqr w( ( sorfdfn ll t\c tl

\\

Sloka l5li. When Jupiter occupying the 2nd or

the 5th bhava is aspcctedby or in conjunction with
Mercury andVcnus or is in a house owned by (either
of) them,the yoga is calledqrsrfrFr(Kalanidihi).

un'i qorftiqqql ggurT{\ffiI

frqqqtqqrstarqrcuc-tlt
\

nn

{FII$ HqEi{l{uldl
Hrl{F

qrgrrf:qdr
il l\q tl
ii.iqrjqrtqrRqFt

Slohu 169. The perscn born in the aorfriq<ia (Ka,

l a n i d h i y c g a ) w i l l b e g a l l a n t .a m i a b l e{ o r h i s m a n y
virturs, waited upcn and loyally greetedby many great
k i n g s . H i s r e t i r , u c r v i l l c o n s i s t o f a n a r m y ,h o r s e s ,
s t I O n gc l c p h a n t sc,c , n c hd, r u m a n d o t h e r i n s t r u m e n t so f

(cfrsqrq:

st. 160-162

467

martialmusic: he will be exemptfrom diseaaes,

dangere
and foesof everykind.

+-ilft fkniiaftdri tnqil'*i t

qtoi sil wq qlftsqqrilRsnr

n tQo ll
S/ofro 160. If Venus and Jupiter be in Kendras
and if Saturn in exaltrtion occupies also a Kendra and
if the rising sign at the time of birth be a moveableone,
(Avatharaja).
the resulting yoga is called "rKilGn

goqrslsmitiqrii$uHr i[tIIRTi['t6rord itarcm t

til;ct\ iq{rrqritsniqrditrqatrqts{nEilllt tqt'll

Stoka 16l. The person born in the 3fu1q61qqtr
(Amsavatharayoga) will have the majesty of a king;
he will be of good reputation; he will go to holy
shrines; he will be conversantwith fine arts; he will
be devotedto gallantry; he will shapethe characterof
the agein which he lives; he will be void of passion.
He will be acquaintedwith the Vedanta Philosophy
and qualifiedby birth to study and interpret the eacred
scriptures.
n\

{t{Q$tflpffi:
iiitrqqft i$Fqqinnm{ flrqqalI
qftqrrgt+qrrrR;trqpql qf ql6qq;fl-(rlstls I

r whsfrsrtqr
itqrrqRi{;g{rrrirErrl
fiwnr gileifiaw{raqqirn
{h n tqR tl
Sloka 162. The following are the three yogascalled
altarqa (Harihar,rbrahma) by the ancients. The first

408

.IiT|tft|tt

Adb. VII.

ftTreu ( Hariharabrahma ) yoga is produced wheh

the benefic planetsare in the 2nd, the lZth and the gth
bhavas in respect to the lord of the 2nd bhava. The
2nd yoga exists when Jupiter, the Moon and Mercury
are in the 4th, the 9th and the 8th bhavas with reference
to the lord of the ?th blrava; the 3rd yoga is present
when the Sun, Venus and Mars occupy the 4th, the
10th aod the llth from the l,rrd of the Lagna.

frfroft rrqfrqrqnq
s{rf,T{rfr
wsolfFidqrcqr{rq{rto
II

teRgsoqs:q+**q{Ri

{rs{irUoqmql
aftatPqiq*rr
n tql tl
Sloha 163. The person who has his birth in the
(Hariharabrahma) yoga will be thoroughly
rttrru
conversantwith the entire body of sacredlore, truthful
in his speech, possessed
of every comfort, of pleasing
addresa,gallant,victorious over his foes, beneficentto
every living creature and virtuous.

ll ;ilrffitffipr: tl

Tgr*il{ frfrqraitf{ufutgr il tQsrr

Sloka 164. There are 20 yogas named after the
different figures they represent and coming under the
generaldesignationof qrAf*qtu (Akriti yoga). They are
(1) qF (Yupa), a sacrificial posr; (2) qg (Ishu), ao arrow ;
(3) nft (Sakti), ia spear; (a) qc (Yava), a barleycrrn
;

qgdtsqrq:

sL 165

$e

(5) qss (Danda),a stick ; (6) rE (Gada),a mece; (?) egt

(Samudra),the sea; (8) oz (Chathrat, an umbrella; (9)
q*=ir (Ardhachandra),a half Moon ; ( t0) te (Sakata),
a waggon: (11)wgr (Ambuia),a lotus; (12) cftt (Pak,
shin),a bird; (13)ii lNau),a bcri; (t4) ar Chakra,a
wheel; (15) +s (Vajra), Indra's weapon, thunderbolt
shapedlike the letter X ; ( t6) as (Hala),a plough; ( t7)
+r$o (Karmuka),a bow ; (18) q: (Kuta), a trap (for
catching deer); (19) arfi (Vapee), a well ; and (20)
ruFtu:F
(Sringataka),a placewhere4 roadsmeet.
Norns.
The Nabhasa(heavenly)y )gas are said to consist of 4 divisions,ardz.(i) g{r$fi,ir.il:(.qtriti yoga) which has 20 sub-divisions;
(ii) eeqrfirn:(Sankhyayoga)which has 7 sub-divisions;(ili) ertarqq}rt:
(Asrayayoga) having 3 sub-divisions and {lv)to,iii (Data yoga)
having only 2 sub-divisions-Total 32 in a71.
Yavanacharya is said to recognise 1800 varieties of these
Nabhasayogas,which, when properly analysed,will be found to
have been included in the above 32.
ln this sloka mere namesof the 20 qrz;fi (elriti) yogas have
been mentioned, while the yogas themselveshave been described
in detail in slokas 168-172.
c

rcgqoqUsslqilqrrlqtIrTs

HI{iFrSra qo'nrr{qiq+dr{|
qturrflq mf\mE(qrr{rTrdr+Erl1og.r.rrouq6*q{m
fl lE\ ll
S/ofra 165. tsg (Rajju, a ropel, ro (Nala, a reed),
and geo (Musala, a pestle)are the names of the three
wtxl (Asraya) yogas (named from the general charac,
teristic of the signs which the 7 planets occupy): eo
(Srak a wreath), lftfir{ (Bhogin, a snake)are the two {q

170

|lUr\|ftil*

Adb"vlr.

@ala) yogaE(q-Dala meansone of the two halves into

which a bamboo or a like substanceis split): *qr (Vee,
na, a harp), E{qtq (Varadama,a good string), vnr (Pasa
a noose), *m (Kedara a field), qo (Sula, a pike), g.r
(Yuga, a yoke) and riio (Gola, a globe) are declrred to
be the seven tcqr (Sankhya) yogas so nrm:d from the
number of housesin which the ? plaoetsare group:d.
NorBs.
The names of the 7 Sankhya yogas, the 3 Asraya yogas and
the 2 DaIa yogas have been mentionedin this sloka.

qiqq t
Eug*{daoqril {rcTtt{r{q.nrsrrK

**t qE(fr4*eflq{{fi ni\fi qrrrrtqn tqq tl

Sloka 166 rq (R.ajju), IIa' (Musala) and i-o,(Nah)

are the three wx+ (Asraya) yogas declared to arise by
Satyacharyawhen the planets are exclusively in the
moveable,the immoveable and tlie dual signs respec,
tively. eq (Srak,t and qt (Sarpa) are the two Ts (Dala)
yogasmentioned by wrnt (Parasara) due to the Kendras
being exclusively occupied by benefic and malefic
planetsrespectively (the Moon being left out o[ account.
benefic and malefic planets are three each).
NorBs.
This and the next eleven slokas have been taken from gqsqrtrd
sTt{cfrfi: (Asraya yogas) 3.
(l)

All planets should be in qr (Chara_

sg(Rajiu).
m.veable) signs. Planets posited in cardinal signs will make the
native ambitious by prcceeding to foreign places in search of
Dame, fame, wealth, etc.
(2) geo (Musala). All planets should be in fb< (Stthira_
immoveable) signs. The native will be of fixed determination,
good status, etc.

gsfrsqrq:

sl. 166

4ll

i3) rc (Nata). Al1 planets should be in slrq (Ubhayadual) signs. The native will be dejected, depressedand disappointed.
{oftfr

(Dala yogas) 2.

(l)

tt{ (Srak). Al1 beneficsshould be in Kendras.

Q) sd (Sarpa). A1l malefics should be in Kendras.
Satyacharya has described the three qrr{q (Asraya) and the
two ei-o(nata) yogas thus :

,ilrrrrq a rEq r
sd q\g ilfitg qil fFcrdr
e{qqfqqq RnnfiauqrflT?igssll

d frrtg ffirg qErfuil U{rorqa frq{ r

Ao.C

wqFf fiqft{IqT giilnrrTqrflilrqT{

ll

finfts qoqfr*.il ahrfifitntoar{rr

frgqrqi geqrqiqqnqqq)fiqiqqfr tl
Also

qrufiftit't iE, frqwfiri<{ s.'uq,I

aenfigfifqtfqe:rr
Gn{k{tqJ'ir

From the words gfrlufqe: (Munibhiruddishtaha)in the above

quotation, it will be seen that Satyacharya was not the original
discovererof the yoga, but the earlier sages.
Some commentators are of opinion that the 3 et{q (Asraya)
yogas{Fg (najju), gso (Musala) and qo (Nala) are causedwhen
the planets occupy all the four of the moveable, immoveable or
dual signs respectively. But this view is gpposed by Garga who
says ;

qd e} qrxq:ni utior qil Q: r

qr+rrcqrrgi:frwwr{1qi( tt
fiqrrA.gniarqqrfrai{'rTg?qr{|
(flfict

6-+d"nt is another reading,)

Beqr* qort'rFgqfr{i qft+tRa:tt

filrqrn:|d

172

Adh.vu.
#

Regarding the two 4o (oala) yogas w{ (Srak) and q{ (Sar'

pa), the commentator adds that srak yoga is caused if tbe benefic
planets occupy three of the four Kendras while there are no
malefic planets in any of the Kendra places; and that when
malefic planets occupy three of the Kendras while there are no
benefic planets in any of the Kendra houses, the yoga is known as
s,t (Sarpa), and that the Nloon should be left out of consideration
and not classed as benefic or malefic. He also quotes in support
tbereof the following two quotations: viz',
(l) Garsa

1
R*-dr,iqrrrt:s,ii:fhaffqE:(g:rftagq<:)
,itfqq--qqSr
fiI ad;fiqfrfragi:ll
"(2) Badarayana

k"i"qqr\ ffioffi$, t-qHflr\' {qqf:ir {rerq.I

* sfq* qsret}tl
s{trq}ftar<rrrqtrilrnrfA*
The a-o Dala yogas are thus described in A-Erqf<HKr.

{tl I
t-qat fr'qeifd ITioIqqR"qivnqrqq:
qqg qhGnri qqre{ gdt+ftqqfAqrfiiifR u
The commentator adds that these two yogashave been mentioned not only by Parasara but also by others and quotes the
following fronr qiQrq (Manittha).

*-qaq.tt'w\: ffi1 qenfiil r

rt
* fi,tl s{qrcK.qlqfitiesoq+
qFu qwi4r{q-913wrr
\\
qEFstqqoswilosrqr
I

hriqtr frffid Eor(""il-

fiergr'tr sq{sdfr rrtE'stl

Sloha Io7. According to some astrologers, the

Asraya yogasare the same as the qq (Yava , *ro (Ka'
mala), es (Varja), nfr{ (Pakshin), ri}c+ (Golaka), and

'il. 167

gtlqrs4rq:

473

otbers* of the srrafr( Akriti ) and cear ( Sankhya)

yogasI and the two go iDala) yogas are only similar to
the yogascaused by the plancts restricting themselves
to Kendrasand consequentlyhave the same effects as
have already been described for these. Tbat is why
theseyogasand thcir effects have not been separately
described.
Norrs
Varahamihira has explained in this slolia the reason why some
of the astrologers (meaning thereby the Yavanas) have omitted to
treat in their works separately of the 3 qtqq (Asraya) and the 2
es (Dala) yosas.
It will be seen that the three eTtrfq (Asra1,a)and the two 40
(Oata) yogas some times (but not always) happen to be identical
with some of the 3{EiA (Akriti) and the q<qr (Sankhya) yogas.
The cardinal signs where planets are posited need not necessarily
v<i angular at the same time in any horoscope.
For instance, suppose all the plarets in a certain horoscoDe
happen to be in \q (Mesha) and {z{ (Kataka}.
As these two signs
are moveable ones, the yoga caused is fs{ {Itajju) and will be
indentical llith rr{t (Gada) if the I-agna happens to be either\q
(Mesha) or
l]ut if any other rtrii (Rasi] (other
"riZ;[ (Kataka).
than {q-Mesha or Eaq-Kataka) be the l-agna, and all the planets
are as described in the above, there is no {{t (Gada) yoga tbough
it may still be called 1;g (Rajju).
Again, if :r1l the planets be in tc (Mesha) and got (Tula)
and if oue of these llasis be the Lagna, then too the yoga is (;g
(lt.jju) since botlr the sigrr:; arc rrro'eable ones. As
tq f I\Iesha)
and d-ot (Tula) happen to be the lst and 7th houses and all the
planets are said to be in these 2 houses, the yoga is
{ISz Sakata..
Suppose all the planets to occupy +t{t- (Kanya)
(Meena), two of the dual signs; the yoga is ;ro (Nala).

and qriq
If one of

* r;a1(Gada),
{r+z (sakata) among the qlafr (Akriti) yogas
(Yuga),
and gn
1Xo (Sula) and httt (Kedara) arnong the R(.{t
(Sankhya) yogas.

6C

qRnSqn'iqri?

474

Adh. VII.

these two Rasis be also the Lagna, the yoga is known

{uithuna)
ar+a (Sakata) and ao (Nala). Rut if iiga
(Dhanus) be the Lagna, it will be both qiqq (Pakshin)
(Nala).
If any other Rasi be the l.agna, it will only be
(Nala yoga).

both as
or {3q
and c-ct
a a-oa-4'm

Examples iike these can be nrultiplied'

The question now arises as to why then Varahamihira makes

(Asraya) and 4o lDala) yogas in
special mention of these 3{It{-q
his work. The ar,swer is, al I the possible irrstances of these
(Akfllthr) ar,d (-rcqt Sanl<hya)
yogas are not included in the 3{t5f}
yogas may be these and
lAsraya) and {o.Dala)
yogas. The qlfi
deemed it
may not be these. It is therefore that the author has
fit to treat them seParatelY'
Again, it is said of the two 4a (Daia) yogas that other authors
planets occupying
have described the eflects of benefic and nralefic
(Dala)
t h e K e n d r a s a n < la s t h e s e a r e a l s o t h e e f l e c t s o f t h e t w o { o
yogas, they have omrtted to treat of them separately' Varahami'
the
hira treats of these separately in order to make it known that
f
elt
a
r
e
e
f
l
e
c
t
s
y
o
g
a
s
t
h
e
i
r
(
N
a
b
h
a
s
r
t
)
s
u
c
h
a
n
c
l
a
s
two are nli{q
y
o
g
a
s
a
re
w
h
o
s
e
e
f
l
e
c
t
s
t
h
c
o
t
h
e
r
throughout life, and not like
felt only during therr Dasa or ,\ntardasa l'eriod and not afterwards.

cf ,

q{i fqqRnt,i}m:nrii q.tfiq alqgl

ll
afr Rc<qillfE
firnqoa^tfa;el

Also sttEdl

flr,olqe gtfa-sr: 11
s{qnrefi$?.qT:

eil{qfto.qaeqtriilFqR-qRig nqd fius iFEftt I

Tffle* qqqqeilqstswtl
o{Fqfi{uft{i ffi$( il'{tt ll qqd ll
S/ofra 168. Astrologers say that the yoga rrqr
(Gada)is prcduced when tire plarretsoccupytwo suc'
cessive Kendras; a.r.z(Sakata) when all the Eeven
planetsare in the 1ct and the 7th houses; cfhd (Pakshin)

476

qf,frss{rq:

sl. 169

when they are in the 4th and the 10th houseE; crrrei
(Srungataka)when the sevenplaneta are in the Lagna,
tlte Sth and the 9th houses; and eo (Dala) when they
are confined to a group of triangular houseeother than
the one containing the Lagna.
Norps.
In this stanza Varahamihira
(Alriri) yogas.
l.
dras.
(l) lst

describes 5 out of ttre Z0 eTr5fr

A1l the planets should occupy adjacent Keu'

There are thus { varieties, triz,, all the planets may occupy
and 4th houses; (Z) +ttt ancl 7th houses (3) 7th and l0th
{r1r (Gada).

houses and (4) l0th and I s: hou-'es. The Yavanas recognise

these as 4 distinct yogas and cAll thenr respectively as ffit
The
(Vit)huka) and u{q (Dhvaja '
(Gacla), ir6 (sankha), isg*
in
be
will
They
good
bad.
and
sortrewhrrt
effect is somewhat
squares.
ntt planets shoultl be rn the lst and the
7th houses. The effect must be bad as planets are in opposition.
3. fts.r (Vihagat. Al1 planets should be in the 4th and tne
'lhe
p l a n e t s l > e i n gi n o p p o s i t i o n , t h e e f f e c t r n u s t b e
lOth houses.
2.

(Sakata).

t+a

bad.
(Sringataka). All plarrets should be in
"gq1zl,
(
l
t
h
houses, Effect good.
5th and
All planetsshould bc In'-.'
5. aa (llala).
4.

the l:t,

(u) 2ttd,5th and l0th houses:

(b) 3rd,7th and'l lth houses;
( c ) 4 t b , 8 t h a n d I l l t h h o u s e s;
that is, rn trines begirtning with arrl' hciuse other thirn the Lagna.

cf.

fll.lg+,t4ol
\n\C-\o].

: I
oTlI;rrl{FJ{qtF,ldql FHtEqT(+q{afrqf,q
,

"

"^\

qq qcql filttdl rlirFq: gql{t{:

\
\
t
r{q{{,Fq t11: ll

r
urr<iro nni fiqq:Us'n&t:
ofiqerrq<&:e\: rysu-i rgilq rt

n;glraRmrtfbqrE

Adh.vII.

srdfcrRflri

418

,*t-t

"-t{q,.4-{etfqr

qmi g frft{r{fucqiqtaqiqq-(qrq(: ll tEqll

Stoka 169. qs (Vajra) is produced when all the

beneficand all the malefic planets are ranged as in the
tro'a (Sakata)and c&q (Pakshin),i.e. when all the bene'
fic planetsoccupy the lst and the ?th housesexclusively
and all the malefic planets are in the 4th and the 10th
houses exclusively. This order when reversedgives
the qqdtrr (Yava yoga), i.c. when the malefic planetsare
as in {rd'd (Sakata)and beneficones as in crQ{ (Pakshin)'
The yoga becomes+no (Kamala)when the good and evil
planeteare ranged promiscuouslyin the 4 housesindi'
cated (tet, 4th, ?th and lCth)' erfrdq (Vapee yoga)
would result when the 7 planets occupy the 4 tTurrt
(Panapara)or the 4 qrfrbq (Apoklima)houses.
Notrs.
Four more arrafr (ALriti) yogas are described in this sloka.
6. sq (Vajra). All benefics should be in the lst and the
7 t h h o u s e s ,a n d a l l m a l e f i c s i n t h e ' l t h a n d t t r e l 0 t h . T h e s p i r i t
is good; trecause bad planets are in opposition to bad ones and
air:e aersq.
7.

qq (Yava).

611 62,1;:fics should be in the

houses aud benelics in the 4th and l0th.

lst

and 7t11

rrgrftsqr{tr

sl. 169

8. {{o (Kamala).-All
4 Kendras PromiscuouslY.

4n

the planets should be posited in tho

Saturn
The ellect wilt be that the perscn rises with the maxittturtr
labour and lrardship.' For example, Sri Rama's hcroscope'
9. qrrii (Vapee)-All the planets shouldoccupy
(a) the 2nd, 5th, 8tlr and llth houses'
or b) the 3rd, 6th, gthand l2th houses.
In the iq (Vajra) yoga, the man enjoyswell in early and
latter life, because,benefics in the lst and the 7th must mean
(7th house)'
good in the beginning (,st house)and good in the end
planets
in
the
mid'heaven.
are
and bad in.he middle, because,bad
Sirnilarly for 4a (Yava\'
In the:h{,{ (Kamala) yoga, it should be noted that woalth is
not indicated.
In the al{i (Vapee)yoga, wealth is indicatedwithout charlcter
or nlrn--e-a mere money' makiug ma:bine'
gsll{(:-

. g,reidrrcri|:rcqfr:
+i{eqsat: q6gtilt: qqFr;f:g}: | er*trrg qqrflq:gtfflndq ftqtr{*
qr{tqrnqi+: qsl$t6qlitR}g
ftfr' tt

Also sKl{di

oar<fi, ftA' qii: gentirlefdqqqI

Rqttffit ft*r qsiqQ:ft{tqift tt

478

mruffilre

,re---v----

---,-J-

--_,_

Adh" VII.
--__

-__-_____vvv_-_v_

Also vl-qlrs'rridi

fiogrri gqT:HA$q} qlqQq(: I

qd qrq fiqrf,tqrqq*dqffi, tt

frry: qmr:UqT:d eff: *i5q qrrfi. I

t\ilitfbqFtql sqftsfrq qTftnT

tl
Also {q{qa for 4q

fifidl$rfrq ffi; qrtiq:deqrftad, r

qqtpqfrrfrs{qq-q3nq}
qfrqfr: qrTSqFf,fiTfi
tl
For the +{o

(Kamala) and ct{i (\/apeet yogas herein nrention_

ed, four malefics are required. Rahu is to make up the 4th

malefic planet. c./. *iirr*eirr

6sssq\:n1'irtt{-gq,}qt;t

qd ilq qi+'il fqnild'ir qa: tl

e*srt Q qg{ q gq sn: qi}sg{: I

qt *nqd fiqrarfrfuq6ftpqnqu

qtg qh s qFqi n qrhr*;aqgrrq,I

ngtt: ;[aqsd:flitgruq]qdq.tt

varahamihira has another verse after this sroka in which he

states that he has simply described the Eer (vajra) and other yogas
(that is qE Yava and the yoga mentioned
in Brihat Jataka,
ch. xI-20) adopting the 'iew of the former writers, such as rrzt
(Maya), q+q (Yavana) and others, meaning thereby
that he personally does not recognise them; for, he asks " FIow can Mercury
and Venus occupy the 4th house from the Sun ?" This sloka
which has been left out by Vaidyanatha for reasons best known to
himself is reproduced below :

TqflTqTgflllqqqr {erqq' Fdr: 1

rgtrrai (qf"{fri} {qd: ir.q{ 1

The same doubt is expressedby g'rn-+<(Gunakara), a later
writer, for he says :

sl, 170

qg*ssqFi:

4t(,

sfiq"ifdrRftgPsqrelq,ifG*{q4+ ft ifr r
qalag{rei f}ra$*'i qinfifi Uqfkdqrr
But readerswho are familiar with the working of the Bhava"
spbuta process (qn$z) des-^ribed in detail in zicrtc.eia (Sripati
Paddhati , Adhyaya I and in the notes tbereto will easily see that
it is not impossible as we go to higher latitudes to have some of
the bhavas uncommonly short and others extraordinarily long, so
that Mercury and Venus may happen to be in the 4th bhava with
respect to tbe Sun, though not in the 4th afu (Rasi) as interpreted
by Varahamihira.
It will therefore be seen that rI{ (Maya), e;frt (Yavana), .Ff
(Garga) and others have not erred in treating of these yogas
as
possible ones, if the yogas in question are meant to refer to tho
positions of the planets in the nrs5osdl (Bhavakundali) aud not
to the (Rr=rfi (Rasi chakral.

sqfirRru+{ qg.lqrftl* r
Sgililqqsrql ffir

uoeh Tqr( n leo tl

Sloha IT0. If rhe sevenplanetsexclusivelyoccupy

four contiguous bhavas reckonedfrom the Lagna and
the other Kendrasin order, the four resultingyogasare
Xv (Yupa),1g (Ishu) or lr( lSara),riu lSakti) and qq
(Darrda)reapectively.
NorBs.
Four more 3{rdit (Aknti) yogas are described in this verse :
10. {rT (Yupal.-Al1 the planets should occupy the lst, 2nd,
3rd and 4th houses. The planets are rising or are about to rise.
I l. tg (Ishu) or {( (S:rra).-All tlre planets shoulclbe posited
in the 4th, 5th, 6th and 7th houses. The planets are culminatiug
or are about to culminate.
12. qritF (Sakti).-:-A11 the planets should be in the Zr.h, 8th,
9th and l0th houses. The planets are setting or about.to set.
13. <u-e(Danda).-All the planets are in the l0th, llth,
l2th and lst houses. The planets are elevating or ascending
mid-heaven,

11?
""""""-"---,",-"-TITI:*""* """"",i*: "Yl'
(Yuna) must be good, because planets are rising' Th"
Xl
or
next best is (o-g (Danfla), lecause the planets are elevating
(Sakti)
bad'
are
(Ishu)
and
{tfm
ascending. The other tu'o, ttiz,, <5
are
The eftects of these yogas are described in sloka l5 infra and
consisteut with the above principles.
gull6(:-r

\.

ft;aq{-iireaqr5tt'ief"dWTgqllfsqoet:ll

Also vrtgarqsti

qdafiqq&d,q{S-FdW{'q I

gqfRssqmrttq qrq, qqiqf, ll

e}: {tfuRfrFd:I
HETsnFE{firt:
flTRefiqiQ: Si.uerflqn{: lt
Also Rr.rd

t
eEnfitoz*uqaO{Erefrtritfr{r'
tq{rftrftquqr:flslqlE&qr fqsq tt

t
f,KrexqntficaruR{rifutr

q{Tqtc qrqdr iffi.T-qddikil tt tsl tt

Sloku 171. lf the seven planets be in the seven

contiguoushouses reckcned from the Lagnaand other
Kendiaein order, the fcur ,ogas producedaraf,t.(Nau),
qz (Kuta), oa (Chattra) and au (Chapa)' If the severr
eucceEsivehouses occupied by planetsdo not begin
with a Kendra as in the lour yogasir lNau), etc', but
qr{rlbc (Apoklima)
begin with a nornr (Panapara)or
bhiva, the yt'ga prcduced is declared to be artlq-{ (Arddha Chandra).
Norrs
Five more qA,t (Akriti) yogas are describedin this Slcka'
(14) f,I (Nau).-All
the planets should be in the seven
housesfrom the Lagna (i.e,, in the invisible half) in any order,
culminatiog and rising.

(dstlr

sl. 17t

48t

to be in the T houses
(i,e.,
side, setting and
occidental
on
the
in
order
4th
any
from the
culminating).
(16) ffi (Chhathra).-ett the planets are placed in the 7
housesfrbm the 7th bhava d'e., elevating and setting-al1 in the
visible half).
(f Z) qrq (Chapa).-All the planets are to be in the 7 houses
from the lOth (a'.e.,on the oriental side,rising and elevating)'
(18) .r{qq (Ardtta Chandra).-All the planets are in the 7
housesbeginning fronr the 4 qgl6{ (Panaphara) or the 4 3Tfq}lBq
(Apoklima) houses.
Consistently, Varahamihira gives the several effects for +
(Nau) and other tbree yogas-gcod effects for Fa (Chattra) and
q-lc (Chapa) because in the one case' planets are in the visible
half and in the other, they are rising and elevating-in both the
cases, they must be good. Vide sloka from Brihat Jataka quoted
under notes to sloka 178 infra,
-- ,
cf

q{rtrr

(\\.,

r{rEoql( el{fl: F{cEqI( q8srHi{q {urfl: t

sa qgat-qTqftii1+qh {trtq-{, tt
sqm(:
raq r
*,-nfqrrnfut:iT,tq#teaarpqqtfE
qqnlsit+ 5fpq: lf
qrqrcr*{;rrT(qdfr,il
Also ttt;t5sFrdt

({l&Fgltt'nrt: s{Sztuq'tfinr

gqlfrq{qrdrt:6a{sfifrqt u
saq+*: 1
ssqrRfqof;t*raa:
qqq{nRgqhtarq{eWqt3t: ll
q(FqGqlqdqitlmerrFf,mq,
I
qdttqt: qsl( alq{rFqsI{T
udt ti
Also qrwo'l

Tiut dm' rg' t

saqlrR:
lrtR+ue+uq:
6t

182

.'l|trTft{T

Adh. VII.

qfufi.}; 11
iaa6aor{+Ffrnr:
ssqriqt'a:*=flq'qa+t6ilsiirrdtr

qsFilwrt{qtwgfrqsg{rnqtrt
froufifutqrfqiqrufdwqrcrl teRtf
Slaha l7?. If the planetsbe rangedin the 6 houses
beginning with the 2nd houseand separatedfrom one
another by an intervening (planetleas)house,the result,
ing yoga is called <gq lSamudra) and if the planeta
occupy the 6 odd bbav,rsreckoned from the Lagna, the.
yoga prcducedie er (Chakra). Thus an epitome of the
,ilUli (Akriti:figure) yogashas been
given.
Norrs.
The remaining two uttz;ft (Ak.i,i) yogas are described here.
(le) vgq (Samudra).-Att the planets should be
in the 6
even bhavas,r'.e., the 2nd,4th,6th, gth, lOth and l2th.
(ZO1 qm (Chakra).-Att the planels should be posited
in the
6 odd bhavas,i.e., the lst, 3rd, 5th, 7th, 9th and I lth houses.
The western principles of sextilesand trines impried in
the
above two yogas may be profitably compared in this conneetion.
goffi(:

q+r.a\s"qtwcHgqqe.gEqr;Et-g{tFa
F a: ll
Also ilagrrq-d

rrrfxqangqhqt+K+
frfi, r
qh: sgffi: lr
stai*;Gdtqrcri,i

Also gnrSrfl

qq{qqqt{lqrq.r
rrlq;afifr<isr(
e{qldqqrt.amrmit
qieeR: tl
Also qilfrtrT(ot

ni)frq&ffJl;alqFg: Fqtqqz.*'
mhba:
qslfi{qlna Hgqilrn ll

g[ 1?8

ctgfr${r|t:

{88

{<eqrrirrns
Wqqi{dI
hrqrqr{gfttErr1Tpns

tqnrcqr qeftft $te

qromqr-tEbmi{arq
tr tsl tl
(Vallaki) s1 ftIt (Veena), qrlT
Slol,r 173. w*
(Dama), cnr (Pasa),*qrr (Kedara), qo (Sula), gl (Yuga)
and fro (Clola) are the seven *eer (Sankhya- numerical)
yogasrespectivelyproduced by the seven planeto occu,
pying aBmany Rasis as are denotedby the seven figurec
commencing from 7 and diminishing successivelyby
o n e , i . r . , b y t h e n u m b e r s7 , 6 , 5 , 4 , 3 , 2 a n d l . T h e a e
<ar (Sankhya) yogas are to be reckoned when those
mentioned previously are absent.
Nores'
c/. r<rtrt

t qltrr,+ftm: gfi {gf,{rRrilrwi q}q

,fre&+,.ftiq
G-Id'qgfblqlq\'r
*qna ag:6qs{qq}:qarfiIqeFqt:

w5\<lrftr,rq qntfi{fQn nc.qr

{i rt
fraqrdiTr: (Sankhya Yogaha) 7.
(l) q-g.t'l(Vallaki) or {iun (Veena).-Al1 the seven planets
should be in 7 Rasis or signs (in contradistinction to bhavas or
houses).
(d zrfrf,r (Damini).-All the seven planets should be in any
6 Rasis.
(:) cRr (Pasa).-All the seven planets should occupy any 5
signs.
(+) hrrt (Kedara).-All the seven planets are in 4 signs,
(5) {fd (Sulat.-All
tbe seven planets are in three signs.
(0; g.r (Yuga).-All the seven planets are situated iu 2 sijae.
(7) nfd (Gola) or {'lorq (Golaka).-All
tbe sevcn plenets
in
one
sinrle
be
should
sign,

r|fiq|ftd

#1

Adb.vII.

This is a proof that all conjunctions are bad. That is why

s1tfr1(Vallaki) yoga is the best. For eflects, see sloka 179 infra.
Yogasother than {t;( (Chandra) yogas are TtiTq(Nabhasa)
yogasand they take efiect at all times and periods irrespectiveof
a n y d a s ao r b h u k t i r u l i n g a t t h e t i r r r e . 1 ' h e s ey o g a sa r e o f p e r m a nent effect on the life, character and fcrtune of the person
concernod. q,qE{1qr: (Karaka yoga) and other yogas also come
under ;IIrT( (Nabhasa) yogas.
yogasmay sorJ-retimes
coincide(or become
The <qt (Sanl<hya)
(Akriti)
yogas.
B{rT,fr
with
the
identical)
For instance,rKI (Gada), cien (Pakshin) and {da (Sakata)
yoge$are particular casesof gtdrr (Yu.ra yoga) mentionedin this
sloka. rrfl-aq (Sringataka) and qo ( Hala) yogas are only varieties
of qfrdlq (Sula yoga). The yogas qit (Vajra), ++ (Yaya), +ro
(Kamala), qr{i (Vapee), 1u (Yupa), q (ltitu), i,iq (Sakti), and
<',-s (Danda) are only special instances of the <w (Sankhya)
yoga *<r< (Kedara). The yoga.scJ (N.u), 5z (Kuta), se (Chattra),
qq (Chapa) and s+'iq;( (Arana Chandra) are particular examples
of slqt (Veena) yoga. The ggtr (Samudra) and qfr (Chakra) vogas
are special cases of (l{{Ff (Dama yoga). ln thes: cases it must
be understood they ceaseto be trqt (Sart trva) yogas,i,.e., the ncqt
(sankhya) yogas are not then to be taken into account.
cf.

gqld(

gorftarnsg flflqgqaflnitnqtlq {'lrn: t

tarqfi q gflqrrr+ ll
{fqpqqlq;qqqT{nlqt

i"tftitrtffisqeRq tecqi

qrit qrt q gue qguer{tilsI

aqsfrtaftWri qoq!qstii
*qrF'qfrifq{rfi {g(rrrr{qr( ll t\eulf
Stoha 174. The personborn in the rsg lRajju) yoga
witl be envious, delighting in visrts to foreign lands and
fond of travel ; the man whose birth is in the gero
(Munla) yoga will be proud, wealthy and engagedin

qg&stctc:

ll. 1?6

1p6

-end
yoga will be defective in $ome limb, reEolute
rltt (Mala)
ehrewd ; the man born in the eq (Srak) or
in
yoga will have many enjoymants; h: whose birth is
the et (Sarpa)yoga witl euffer many miseries'
er(I{dl

rgar' t
eqzqfiqt:
gg{t: rr}frrqd}Trfdfr
qqa'*tl{l: $gsqil: fl{ mfirat:ll
{{r:
rTl4g;rfltqgar:{{lgffiI U{f}ql: ifktt: I
fF,rqRnrgqdcqt q{f:d {tt: R{l geqt: ll

sqifnftmtil q{iqqqrfirilsftfigqtalt
q;gQmagaqt dqlt wrgu-i tt
I
fH gexent qEq{et'}q}qstqat:
zfiFf,I:gEgdfir qlotqt flce{4t: Fg: ll

ftqqt, qtr fi:et fie g:t+rfidt:gfrila I

q(gsT: qFI{clT:qT qrilr l{Ef}a 4{t: ll
Also goraq:

I
qil fttnfanfts"q{d<h:erqgi g{loi} r;r{rT(i![fr:
qrlr@:lt
&,0' fir,irGfngai<grxueil{tqrftttqfigoilqe*
,it,ftgdt qqr(fq ,1Ru-ii\g,rdtg'r* iqqfi5ft{fa:I

q-'Ertqruueaq'hfi lErqtq.
d(EfrtI{ {rifieqftttilr Sil{! I

{Rsf
(frruqts-dEnaat
,rwe+fqrgdtui\aqorqitt ttg\ ll
Slokal?5.Thepersonbornintherlqr(Gada)yoga
of
will be a performerof srcrifices, have accession
man
The
wealth and be ever hankering after the raoe'

498

rrdnut

Adh. vII.

livelihoodby driving a cart, will be aickly and cursed

with a badwife; in the cfr (Pakshi)yoga, the person
born will be a mesaage
bearer,of vagrant habits and
quarrelsoma The man that heethe rrErr (Sringataka)
yogawill be happy in his latrerdays; and the perEon
whosebirtb is in the to (Hala)yogawill be engagedin
agriculture.
NotBs.
From the eflectsgiven above, the principle to be deducedrs
tbat planets in square or in opposition to one another give bad
results, while planets in trine to one another producegood results
and the same is brought out beautifully. And this is our old
tbeory and not the theory of others. Varahamihira does not agree
rpith Parasara aud others who think that some Kendras do good.
E g., *tft (Kesari yosa). Varahamihira is consistent throughout
as regards the eflect of squares,oppositions and trines.
The word fucS<fi (Chira sukhee) has been interpreted as
FS\qCqfr (Chirena Sukhee), i,e., " h"ppy in the latter days,"
according to the commentator Bhattotpala. The interpretation
" h"ppy for a long time " given by some is not accepted by the
commeutator as it is opposed to the following quotation from
Garga: tiz,,--

df,qeqqht,ih, rySrer)qa, r

q+i glaqt ffq ilx stFNrgqTftqr{

tl

For the effects described in this sloka, c/.

tK[{dr.

gaii qrqriq(Tq;qn: {teq}r${rilar I

g?fi;fT{crflrq(sgrr sTiqr,qqqi q ll

tlqml:gi+n1
nql vazrgfiRi|fi:q: I

eaift*fqr: qrt qtdr{qFd qil: tl

H{qeq{}fqAsr{<rT:g{dl{frni} !Er: 1

+a(&qrafiei fid frt wr qrdr:u

sl. 1?6

smtsqrrt

8l

fuwesqwrqtgffi ?qt' fqqr gqrrfi;ift: I

sTlat gqftanqr:ryflefitqrtl{gir1:ll
*6rRr.iiqfiqr:gfrqerB:fbaran)ilql' r
iFggrfl-ernr'i'qr EenfirtgttTr:il

ffieqfgfi{ilr grrfisft{{i

dtqtFrfrsvqq
+ giir qir.e,I

Rtqrffitdtqrdwgow q+

{rcqtcgfurg}filquq ilrr u tsQ rt

Sloha 1?6. The personborn in the eq (Vajra) yoga
will be hrppy in the early and concludingportion, lt
hig life. He will be lovely and vzry biave. In the
ltl(Yava) yo3a,the man born will be valiant and happy
in hig middle life. In the owo (Kamala)yoga, the person
will be of wide fame, his enjoyment will be immenre
and his virtueg numerous. The man born in the rrt
(Vapee)yogawillenjoy somesmallthoughlong.enduring
comforts,he will hoard his money underground and
will not give.
Also Frcttldr

aflq:flqqft g&m: {ffl: gwT fiffi6rq

qrrqfi.FTT
q* qrar:e*fitara tt

edfrqqrrsaqilqqff}q"+ g({tthgrtr: I
Eriu(:Fqqfiqrqqdlqmr:wit gtfl: ll

rqlaqrfrlprer: frqrrgfrfiwffdq: fl;irT:I

{Irn{Tff:E&{tilr' flroqqt qpqr Rp{q ll

fiftt,,{t frgqftq: ft,lrdgqqrgiil:gg{1q 1

ilng(qtrq@r Erftq]ilqil qrin: ll

qRltcrfrqfi

188

Adb.vII.

Rnrrrqfl{a'gqt{qtt qn

ftdtq gwitue' urweurett

a'lq\sou,ggqilHg(q{*i
qG fiiitqlk' gt'iis;egiir 11luu ll
'the person
.born in the qrim lYupa)
Siofra 1??.
and will per{orm
yoga wiil be liberaland self pcssessed
(sara)
.orin.nt sacri{ices. He who is born in the mfit
yoga will be of a cruel disposition and in chargeof a
prison. He will be the artificer of arrows. The man
who hashis nativity in the {ik'iirr (Sakti yoga) will be
base,slothful and bereft of easeand we;lth' while the
pefEonborn in the qocirq (Danda yoqa) will lead a life
(wife
of ,..rritude without those that he could hold dear
and children).
c/. sKtqol

eTT.qfi(flIfi{f,FelTrga} fiq*qflsqa: I

aafiqqsefqriiXt qldl Rftea ll

?q{qntu16{i;q6r:I
{g{lqqFgq;s;
Rer: sfieqfirct:{l{q}ilflEqKT:F3: ll
qq(Rdfa{.eg:
ftadttenQoegv:gtrTl:t
{lsli qm: Rqwrgq{T:ll
sgrqgefrgofl:
g{q};dtsnr: Fln{qlqt: I
QdsqQrrfi:qr:
g:ftadtat: iqt qssqqilq{t: mtdqll

e* qrcrefieqrgpq:IqoEmlqqnfrqqiqt
q* ilil qq<fl qsi\r1i{it{nhilt, fRiln' t

er{-fl qhqral ititr?ltaqq:irq$qiq Kt

qrQqm qif{n qR qaerqilqtle$frugl' ll t\16ll

sl. 1?8

eedtsrqtl:

c80

Sloha 178. The p?rson born in the sqi'm (Chhattra

yoga) will be happy in the beginning and the end of his
life with matchless riches and strength. The man at
whose birth the ,i\irn (Nau yoga) occurs will live on
the surfaceof water and get his living there, In the
c**q (Chakra yoga), the pereon born will be a famous
king. The man who has had his birth in the qg4qlrr
(Samudrayoga' will find his living in wrter and will
be a ruler of the earth. Hc who is born in the ert=iaqrq
(Ardha Chandra yoga) will lead a life oi pleasure. The
personwho has had the qzfrn (Kuta yoga) in his nati,
vity will frequent mountainsand forestsand be addicted
to cruel deeds, If men be bcrn in tlie uEtTa (Dhanur
yoga)they will adoptthe professionof thieveshaunting
placesand bc despis,'doutcasts.
inaccessible
NorBs.
The effects of these yogas are thus described in EEFiTilS'.

+tet ga*rog: ziqut4tela, frslagi;tit;T{sq qkt: I

a-itqq:qrq+pqdFs,iiraq:qi4r firt1q{:s,rsl;sfuq' tt
qfr;gnr g{rt{FcEg:q{tn<illra} qtqftqfiqcg.ilft I
q*i 11oqggag{irkrrfs:
tt
Also t{li{(i.

qilar+ qrlqrililz{{gq: qs?rf[d:r

q'la;e* sqfh r{: grailt'*tqtgilnq} r1qll
nfte,'iqqlfifirrre6lr: Fqro*1fii|(Er: 1
qflql Q;fl *riqrnrt oT:g6fl: ll
SquTI
quralffiTirfqqfl*ftzra
:I
cqTFbfidqrq

qqftabi rTsq*rtq) qrqt q'tilrr

qg(cnqnH$
rl)rignrqqqnfiqr: HgitT;I
62

ln

Adb.vu.

r.TTTftr't

eSftFg.qr'geqr:ftGrffi: wgqfuraf,It
qfu{: I
*qqaq' qH+,FattftilzqfsrqT
rFrfiqs{qqgmrnfiir fr}sq'n(A rt
a{dd*eliqe$tqtqtfrfdtqil:

{E:t: T(t: I

ffi t{qFaftfig,iarfhil q${r: tl

Uz-flqrqr

+rai ftrm: r
ft-qEr*r
+rtw)il qril qrrqlil qqfHwwi gqrx, 11

ffi'(wi*qru

ftgq:WteEer|xm

4tfu{rgrsn6irrsqft: qrqrilffqrrffitI
fli do'qq6frsf{qgiriilinog: Sf,{r{

qeq,tt tsq tl
ffi Uiqiqqi{Frrrdi*;qlur{

Slohu 179. The personborn in shs *qre}n (Veena

yoga)will be skilled in every kind of work and fond of
musi'eand dancing; the man born in the qrcah (Dama
yoga) will be obliging, with a clear intellect and famed
Ior his learoingand wealth. The person whose birth
takes place in the crtrfirl (Pasayoga) will be very clever
rn the acquisitionof virtue and wealth, will be talkative
(Kedara
and have sons. The man who has ihs @q
yoga)in his nativity will pursu? agriculture, acquire
wealth, be slow of comprehension.andkind to his
relatives.
c/. qo<itt+r

qft erfi qrftdwr{t t

frqrfrt Zeqrftr&qpif
qft frft Hrqg=dfq-g:
tqrrrcilalafr*qgo' rt
c/. g{sqrfrd.

{tqJqq{ftgq: fiq'ftn1s,tt
qKFqfi$+fi(d:qgqalEffl qri wrffinwEeiFg:

gl. lgl

(tldtsqrr:

f91

*qro: iDRa:gaqqfrsq:gg
Also wtr+efl.

frTrF{dT:gqrTgrfla$I{Tilqqrqfrfilq t
geft+ rgeTl{t'trrqidftm qgiTT:ll
qrfi-qrgq+rfiqgqurgdviuil qr: 1

qq tl
{g${cdH**it fraraF'Trq:
\.0

flIl

iranqlq;

e[pl-Ir6t: strl*lilTlaT I

{gqrR"}f*rftor{g[er: TTreqrt:
FU:tt
U+{ruqd"ql:Fftqot:$salQq:gfrm' t
hqft fl,Inqoqnrqldt.r: rt

qArM;Efr mtii, qtrt,nfr ii'idl

ftqr{t Sqfririirsiiqqo' flqos* qqq: t

qq(!r{H{t:
fio lh{ft*sod'rszaqr:

qfitliufircr qafiRuqr{q drnnqt il tdo tl

Sloka 180. The person born in the qo.iin (Sula

yoga) is full of rage, fond of money, brave, with the
marks of wounds received in f ight, and without wealth,
The marr whose birth is in th: gn'irrr (Yuga yoga) eata
beggedfood and is exceedingly fickle, hereticrl and addicted to the drinking of soirituous liquors. He who
is born in the {r'rirrr (Gola yoga) is without wealth,
indolent,of vagrant habits,shoit'livad and ignorant.
These 32 yogas havc been rnentioned by srrafuQrt
(Varahamihira).
:f. m-d'.lftrr

grTrc+|
qU Ga, *iqdtd qftq:wnudtqrE"-q{t?-l
8e: qdt't"ogr' gfflE{t,il} qld{rodtseqrgtq
r

492
ct

ltdrcrftilt

Adh.vn

T6nRFf.

{fr: qri\ qqdifAqaqq} rr

qqfirRa: qrcofr qr grTeqq'ia{

r
Rqqq|oitnritn: sfl{e"qefrsziri
Also ertt{dT.

rTil{Lfl:t
fiwttesqqftarRet: SqfR"sar
trglrearqnqT:
TIAitil, q-drq-tll
qrqueqffi qr qaQil il .Go6m e)* f
Q

\\

gdrT[n{qildrg{qFr rTl4itrqlili: ll

erRqretrgilfiqtflntq{fi,lr qfu;rr:I

.rlU*il qqf:an{r: tl
fte g:flatlqr
The following additional information regarding the <Irrqf
(Nabhasa) yogas will be found useful :(Asraya) yogas produce the eflec,s describedfor
The 3 3ilar{T
them only when they do not partake at the same tirne of the nature
of other yogas. Otherwise, the other yogas become eflectrveand
bear fruits. t'f . g(snkTd.

ertarfislFgfiqor qqos*ftfif{ar: I
frar trt so qqfqs{r:qsaffi' n
Also tttredl.

alrarqqltErilTefqfhh frenor.rgn5fl: I
er*il-qfqfhrAfdqaqon
FgRtT,it'n,11
Also gu6qq'.

ftzn q qg: sqrqqliqr\fiaarct sd{Tq{T:Fg: tl

The two Dala yogas will coinci,le neither with the srtrT{
(Asraya) yogasnor with the gTrdfr(ekriti) yogas.
They might
coincide with ireqt (Sankhya) yogas**on (Veena), <rffil (Darrini)
qpr (pasa) or *<( (Kedara)-in which case the yogas
are to be
treated as only <o (Oata) yogas anJ not as FCf (Sankhya) yogas
(Vide Sloka l?3 and tho notes tbereto
cupra),

gl. tgo

sttfrsqnrc

493

Again, it has already been stated [%da slokas from lFcftr{

(Brihatjataka), uttrldl (Srravali) and grrr-a{ (Gunakara) quoted
above] that where the eTr2{4(Asraya) yogas coincide with other
yogas, they cease to be 3{trtiT (Asraya) yogas. So that the RrTI
(Sankhya) and snrT{ (Asraya) yogasbecome null and void (eclipsed
or inoperative) when they coincide with any of the qt5fi (A.t<riti)
yogas. But supposethe g{rlr{ (Asraya) and gFtr (Srnkhya) yogas
to coincide with each other. How are tlrey to be then treated ?
According to the commentator, if the coincidence relates to the
d<R (Kedara), lld (Sula) and g,r (yuga) yogas, the yogas are to be
treated as srirlq (Asraya) yogas only, but if it refers to the rita
(Gola) yoga, it is to be treated as such and nct as elffi (Asraya)
one-otherwise there will be no scop6 for the q'Io (Gola) yoga
at all.
According to Yavanacharya,there are 1,800 sub.divisions.of
afrre (Nabhasa) yogas: qf. EAsilar.

qqifugqr fe qe{tfrHI fifill f}<tfisr diFl{r:FII: U

\n

Also urcrq-ei.

q-q-{rilfrKm:
6&dI u}rrrcg{Hff ;tTHrI

eTerE{r{dg0rrrrtqi
erfinGtqr} rr
It will now be explained how the Yavanas recognise 1,g00
sub-divisions. Takingrlny one of the l2 Rasis as the Lagna,
there are 150 yogasof which 23 are s{r5fi (ntriti) and 127 Vtr
(SanLhya) yogas. The oi'rr{{ (Asraya) and
{o (Dala) yog.as are
not taken by thern into account. (T;ae sloka 167).
As already explained in the notes to Sloka l6g, the.rrn (Caaa)
yoga has been treated of by the Yavanas as 4 distinct yogas.
Adding these to the remaining l9 srmfr (Akriti) yogas, we get 23
Again the 7 $Cr (Sankhya) yogas are split into
(Sankhya) yogas for each Lagna by the yavanas thus:-

127 qr

The yoga {rqt which is caused by the 7 planets occupying any

seven signs has 7 sub.divisions, as each of the 7 planets may
occupy the Lagna. The 2nd n-<tr (Sankbya) yoga is qg (Drmc)
rccordlng to which a1l planets should be in any 6 housGq Tlc

.rirmfurl

Adb. vn.

Yavanas rccognise 2l varieties of this yoga (number of yogas

caused by 5 out of the 7 planets being in 5 housesand the remain'
The next yoga is ntr (Pasa). This
ing 2 occupying the Lagna).
hl,s 35 varieties (+ of ttre 7 planets occupying 4 houses and the
remdining 3 being in the Lagna). The next yoga urla.ht< (Xeda'
ra) has also got 35
(Sula) has got 2l
Lastly ri'ro (Gola)
planets are placed

varieties for the same reason. Similarly tfo

sub-divisions and grr (Yuga) 7 sub-divisions.
has only one, vil. the case in which all the
in the Lagna.

So that the seven tc4t (Sankhya) yogas are sub-dividedinto

o r 1 2 7 d i v i s i o n s . T h e s e a d d e dt o t h e
7+21+-"5+35+21+7+l
23 err6ii (Akriti) yogas mentioned aboie give us 150 yogas for
each lagna or 1,800 yogas for the 12 lagnas.

tt (ct tt
wtRt{6q{rqftstftt(nil
qfrdtrEqtuqqr
tqnqmi qwsqrfrqrt
11qif{Tlq1rT;
WIf: ll
Sloka 181. Raja yogas(t'57), the 5 yogasRuchaka
and others (59,65),q66q (Bhaskara)and othera (67'70),
*qrc (Kemadruma)(7i-?9), the yogasww (Adhama)ee
(Safra) (1i2) and tt{ctiodr (Grahamalika)(132-136),
o6flrfr{r (Lakshmi yogi) (tSZ-:11,eitflq-sfm flarihara'
bramhayoga (16)-3), oroirn ' Kahalayoga (130),ilR
(Nabhasa)and other yogas ( 161-180)have beentreated
of by the favor of the Sun and other deities.
Thus ends the ?th Adhyaye &c.
-*--

0ofi;itr'++

ffisu*sunq:
ll
ll qET2ilqT5aFrilq:
AdhYaYa

VIII.

oF Two ori MoREPrrANETs.

ON Con.ruNcrroNs

il eTqr
Erq+qr rr
Combination of 2 olanets in one bhava. There are 2l such
combinations.

cnRsdT{Trrlfrqrg ftgurq-'ilF* TRsq

M irfiTqnilffit{.qrqt qqii tft t

MA
R?rrqqolFEd]'futqiir
WFr
rqrs{qiTwftqst rrfr q-dliqd ll I tl
Sloha l. If, at the birth of any person,the Sun be
in conjunction with the Moon, he willbe submissiveto
hie wife and clever in every work he undertakes; ii
the Sun be in conjunction with Mars, the person born
will be illustrious, posseasedof strength and energy but
untruthful and wicked; If the Sun be associatedwith
Mercury at any person's birth he wili have learning,
beautyand Btrength,but will be fickle'minded; if the
Sun be in conjunction with Jupiter the person born in
the yoga will be full of faith, active, pleating the King
with hie works and wealthy.
496

cf.

Adh VIII.

rldrYrftilf

496
Tff{Rfr

gqftri qlFI: qrqFdta:6ft-egefin' t

enuqftsq$td pggqd: ffigq:
tt

t
+qd nr(Rfr qil oom<ng{}s6aaq
qrqqfi{'+h6 1@:

qlrFqqo-sa
tl

erq t
tqraqftqwirfin*, firqeqrqd\t:
e{r{,ffiqftqfta' satq {gcqRrfurqrq.
tl
+gqfrilH{iq: reftwl ftasqqrsnl:t
q.{ q<rqfrgt,rignuarqwatt

*Wtfteq-gwatkas{t{r qgfutet

qqrqqft! $ftrE{q} qta g+ tqi t

qrs{rrrowfiRWrffi wrqrFEt

qff fleqt ftfqgorer1q+ qilRKt ll I ll

Sloka2. A pereonvrill be intelligent and atten,

tively honor the relationsacquiredthroughhir wife if
at his birth the Sun be in conjrlnggisnwith Venus; if
with Saturn,tbe oersonborn will
the Sunbe associated
be somewbat dull,witted and in the power of his
enemies. If the Moon be in conjunction with l"{aru,
the personborn will be brave,of high birth, virtuour,
rich aod worthy ; if the Moon be agsociatedwith
Mercury, the man boro in the yoga will be pious
and will havediversemerits.
devotedto Eciences
af, st<rs-d

rlqr(u|fiil {ftg,if iagieao r

tgfr Gfrnfr: dsqreqq'gqq:11
qrEfrqtqq:e'dft{q:megflEn:
I
ffi{rgil: g-q:{rfrGdneq{itaq
tr

qudsqrq:

sl. 3

Asl

qt rq*tff rfrw+fi196q',
e"qqrEft-c{t
wry*l-qsq*} tt
+raqrqreftfqgq'g'fi: rftgqa' ggqa I

fueqqq:qrRrgqit,id\'qrflfirg{lgt:lt

cnrilqrgwnafriffiqnr{vr gh ti*
'nqrnrffit*g $'ttusg* ffiftilgfr |
EqtsrnctqufrqffiqrilqqtwSi
ErCtdrqqittqilqstruffr.qrFqiqgt tt l tt
Slut.r 3. When the Moon is in conjunction with
Jupiter, the person born will be very intelligent and
protect good people. When Venut is associatedwith
the Moon, the effect of the yoga on tbe person born
will be that he will be evil'minded and clever in
making bargains. If the Moon be in conjunction with
Saturn. the pereon born will have a bad wife, abuse hie
parents and will be without wealth. If Mars and
Mercury be together, the person born in the yoga will
be eloquentand clever in mediciue and fine arts.
cf. Kr"R{

Ec*A frfia' tfiFgqqlaatila t

gfm: grrto: g{fa+s,ifrif qqegq:

tl
gof*fr:ero{:t
flmqrftf\tr'
a.fi61oEqgm:
mrR*tg gtro:{tfiqrfnfr' HqId\} ll
alfialaarrd {qr'{sqrqfrfirnqto: t

qr.ilRfi' gq:qilFd sFt{lT$.{fr.i1} *r

gadrduil{t: FqqR:I
dg&,ifs"=nRe:
gedfiwrat gog*dilsqf*qrFsq: ll
6tl

498

A\

ElRti6lTtr{qlt

Adh. VIII.

.rfrRf*(xit ffii
urqtWqgqrFqfr
qnilqi(rer
qqsqfrsi{dr ufi} ,r,ftt
Erfrrrrdfr*qii'qqqfr:diur gt tt

qrnqtsqgq1ffisftq*Tqiqrqwfr kgi n B tl

Slt,ka 4. Loving, revered,worthl', and acquainted

with the scienceof computatiouwill the personbe that
is born when Mars is in conjtrnction with Jupiter.
The effectof Venus and Mars being togetherat a birth
wiil be that the personborn will be fond of metallurgy,
delight in tricks and be cunning. If Mars be in con,
iunction with Saturnat the birth of a person,he will
be Sisputatious, indulging in the pursuit of music and
dull-witted.
When Mercury and Jupiter are in
conjunction,the personborn will be eloquent,handsome,
amiableand exceedinglywealthy.
cf, eruqoi

qftqr{ r
firerSfiniefriqrfr qrfiq{rnq}
gqr{ilfr:tl
erafiqqqr{:g{ge$qri}:
d {o' ,
Fft rrqqqd)qfhafl:q{gqfAfi
{irZd{laral fqzafrid\rsq}t rt

gdiq;qir?,${o:qqerFkqr.frgilea
t
gqgt{q}fiq$'aqfiqa: mftdi: t( tt
zaiqtfilrnr qrilsfqtqnafA-qgq'r
gugnrlt qfiq'i{ Srqg'ir qiqisr{q{ tl

rrrqiqrailaiqarr{rftilg} {Tff(Rrr+
kqrin-{fiftuuCgoi+Hd,qiir;griI
+qqtzqfrii*sfaqinqrq
urr ugi6gt

ikqt qFrii'rn*i qgqfr{srfrt qrftrin \ tl

rL6

srgqlscrll4:

499

unction with Mer'

cury, the persrn born will be versed in the sacredbooks'
and fond of music, play and mirth. If Saturn be
associatedwith Mercury, the person born will be
learned,wealthy and distinguishedfor his moral worth'
The man at whose birth Jupiter and Venus occupy one
sign will be enerqetic,in favor with the king and
exceedingly intelligent' If Jupiter ba in conittnction
with S.rturn.the effect of the yoga will be that the
person born in it will be an artist. If Venus and
Saturnbe togethcrat a bitth the personaffectdby the
vgga will own largeherdsof cattle and be an athlete'
NorBs.
cf .

qtrtqdt

eifd{qqi}qqil qgfte'iiiafi.galrq:il1 |
-qqrcqtfq
: !|
'ftaf,talq(fA{'Efga'iifi
t
nq?I: nctfifrqq{ftor
TqqI{ sEqslq:
g'{ilfiii+ gql( qlfA ll
figq' ritqaqt+q]
qJafifiqrqDfinredit'rir:sqplgd:I
alifFra,irirs*fifireilit ql;qftqt( tt
qr
q{ failzr,} q'lnftqfndsJdt
ll
nfi'ftq,il:qflq' lfqfi{TqrTfl'{tlm.
qrrhe.T{ulqfl
: {qaturfq+tf{taclq r
qs),aq:egfi: n{iftaq}t gqll {qfi ll
The eflei:ts above described are only very general being appli'
cable to tbe several combinations forrned in any of the l2 bhavas'
The effects irr each of the l2 bhavas haVe been described in detail
by qqatsri (\'avanacharya) aud quotecl in ?{itr.o (Horaratna)'
The author of Saravali adds

500

qnwrftqR

Adh. vlil.

g+ qd Trr;FIr:
qq.frrqrrqftqm,t
srqnft fr*eiq g{Fa frufi aqTil

tt frqafrq:tr
Combinations of 3 planets in one bhava. There may be 35
such combinations.

qWffitRsosisl

trfi frftqrr

qq{r(rqtFg+iqnqi
fqurq{etrr+q,l
_
mqrstmqFxnrdqfr
iirfiart ?qnrf
iq r

grfrFgitcr(rtfimrrtsR{rft rratrrErr

Sloka 6. If the Aqd{'rrr (Thrigraha yoga) or the

combinationof 3 planetsin one bhava'consist of the
sun, the Moon and Mars, the personborn wilr extiroate
the whole brood of his enemies,and be wealthy and
politic. If the combination contain the Moo., the Sun
and Mercury, the person that has his birth in the
BcEfrq (Thrigraha yoga)will be a king's compeerfamed
for his learning. If the Sun, the Moon and
Jupiter be
the trio planets influencinga birrh, the effecl of the
yoga on the person born will be to makehim a mine
of
virtuea, learned and much liked by tris sovereign. If
the Sun, the Moon and Venue be together in one bhava
the pe*on born will be addictedto other people'swives,
cruel, in dread of enemiesand rich.
cf. TttTd

fqdq, qptit rr;ilfl: {rgrKfrqr: 1

ertcft,qEUro:qfuft, Rirftrqli, rr

tql frgqqfr, ilre{sr{)frqTqkT:

I

{qastt frt GnRrqfti:st*r\: rr

qudtse{q:

sl. 7

saqrqrfigut:t{r5{d

601

Gt{qFqG:t

iqrfi ?{{fr:rcRqt*rrffit, tt
q{T{ilQ ftgqt q{{T(ir*I {rmfig'rlE I

.nq-qtst$\*dqlqt rIsE:tl

q;d{nqt

oqftqt{tRirrftfr

lllssgilfrrtrteg({| grrdqRrihart

d"*rqf,qfrftfrffi *q1 q{ftsr{r

ll e ll
*qluigt{Fqtdqftt ,r}.fiodr+rttEr{,

Sloka 7. If Satum,the Moon and the Sun combine

in one bhava, the personborn will be wickedly ioclined,
deceitful and fond of foreign countries. If the Sun,
Mars and Mercury be together, the person whose birth
is influencedby them will be bereft of comforts though
posseesedof sons, riches, and wives. If Jupiter, the
Sun and Mars be in conjunction, the person born in the
yoga will be a patriotic premier or commander,in,chief.
If Mars, the Sun and Venus be together in a itca*tf
(Trigraha yoga), the p:rson born will suffer from dis,
eaeesof the eye, will be a voluptuary, of gentle birth
and of great wealth.
cf. srtr+dt

+rt fiqrqsrfr gi: q{ir$il sRqqt

qqfiar+tfrih.&qfqt qsq: tt

qqftqrfrqs: HTdRd
frEt frqnw: t
tf{gdwerRd:
rr
ftqt{+,sqilA,
qqfRfis'il rtr{' frfArfiq-d qqqfrqfsR
t
sq{rs:edFut{iqd, rt
TtFtitrtr:
nqqTq{:g;dq, gt{fi qrflieqtiga} ITAq:I

z$*qRffiqrt'n-Enft:qrlerEgt:tt

502

Gilirif,'rlrtsTril

Adh. VIII.

T<rsfqfrilergtffi {rd T{t forxrq

trrrvrfuirg$rrgrfrr?krqqiiiffiqt

qrg{r${Rt{gtgiilqrq{dt gt

ifi gtrwrtll d lf
frrrttr'sgti{q'gufr
S/oftc 8. If Saturn, the Sun and Mars form the
hcafrq (Trigraha yog") the person affected by it will
be bereft oI kindred, ignorant, weaithy but suffering
from diseases. If Jupiter, the Strn and Mercury be in
be sharpwitted,
conjunction, the person born
"vill
famedfor his learningand wcalthy. If the Sun,Mercury
and Venus be togetherin onc bhav.r, the person whose
birth takes place in tire yoga will be soft'skinned,
renowned for his learning and hlppy. If Saturn,the
Sun and Mercury be associ:ltedtogether, the effect of
the planetary combinrtion on the personborn will be
to makehim friendless,poor, mrli:1nancand wicked'
cl.

qi(sdi

qn{ft+riqs iiqrf}qitrga' 1
G+,ers\
sRi' tt
eqq{Ad}sfind:ftrfiar&q'{rgfil,
I
iargitsfiqaarlari, TllerfEfiq;nl'-q{il:

gtq: ll
ErqFqfagEfittftfafin,
qqqtfq:qlfqil gtf\: t
srftafrqrqr2)
<ilRit'fl;its:nftgorfiwfit,qftt, tt
fiqrqriltuq' sifril Fgfit: qfieo: r
uttt: 11
fr{rF.e}'gg11+&qfqR

dnftFitfu qqrlil{'{sn{isiheF{-{{r1
q-t;arR(qrgiq.k{* ttqiiqs IftirsrI

si.I

slgqlsc-qFl:

603

snfrlngikdritf, ouiiiil qdi,rnatFqaJ

qrqrt-ggtrrEruaqtg.*{owrs tt q ll
Sloka9. If Jupiter,the Sun a;rdVcnus be togetherin
on.: bhava, the personwill have wife and children, will
be intelligent, su{feringfrom ophthalmia,but wealthy.
If Saturn,Jupiter and the -surl combine and form the
iaqa{rrr(Trigraha ycga), the personwho has his birth
in the yoga will be fearless,a r,oyal favorite and very
pure minded. lf the Sun, Venus and Saturn produce
the f*qafrrr (Trigraha yoga), the person born under
tbcir influenceehouldbe wicked,proudand self,opinion,
forrning tl'rei'ogabe the Moon.
ated, If the trio pla,',ets
person
h4arsand Mercur;', tlre
born will be addicted to
g l r r t t o n y ,w i c k e d a n d o f f e n d i n g .
cf .

;tti t{idt

gioag:q(: qr*]fi'sa Wa:sflql 1

qr+rdritfiei .ir,iagtqrcm\:
sfqi: ll
e1fie{Tfrl{:L;q' qrqi6q: LJlr{gdfra: 1

qqfteifiqn.r.irdtqrftqQq+i:
nfqt: tr
qn*eta6qqfiilI{gE:I
{-Sqqrcfraril
infqngt,iifo
rr
sfisnqfin:udl fRnrf
qlqd(rqTq;ilqlqrqg, U.F{nrc1rr:
.t
eilfiftqa gFqI:dtnT$gu{i}: qfi'i: tt

qt|;gihfr*l ufrqEqi!$rqK{iGxli{r{
qff{{ftoi qiq t
q;gqqrqiq'titrrlotaqf
mirrr*uqgiqoqfi isFqifi\tr il{t

qi|;gwtiqh {g$trcqm^tsqfrti}qlll t " ll

S/clrr 10. lf Jupiter, tire Moon and Mars be in

qn+qRqri

604

Adh. VIII.

conjunction at a birth, the person born will betray

impatiencein his speech,be love'sick and handsome.
If the Moon, Mars and Venus be together and form the
tsqeiln Trigraha yoga), the person affectedby it will
have ill'manneredsonsand be of wandering habits. If
the Mocn, Saturn and Mare combine and produce th:
]oga, the person born in it will be fickle minded and
so wicked as to perpetratethe unnatural crime cf
matricide. If there be a conjuncrion of Jupiter, the
Moon and Mercury, the person who has his birth in
the yoga will be very rich and renowned and will
becomea king's favorite,
cf, fl<r{d

Rqatg: ddie*itr, flFflaIRwa,p4"tu ,

drr,nrgg\Q\+rtaoeiqatI
g:fiorqr:gr: qfAadsl: fltq fifie' t
rta,ftnq tt
$qqg{ftfit: qQH'Sqqft:
{e} nqqal+,ga} Gqqaei+fi&e, r
qrla aii q]il ,fgd{ftqrFfi{gdril"q
ll
qnqtt*eq] {rrdt iqd qrfrqf}sgo+1ft:
t

ergs'rutqgd\
glqgrfit$*'

tr

diqq{ftw kqr ffigfur

Rqrqrnft
srrt qrftq?qe{gqffi;ggfuuigil t
qr{r wggilsiroRl ftguil ghgtqrfttr

{nd zqqqrfrilrfr q1qffi.ffit ll qt ll

Sloha ll. I{ Venus,Mercury and the Moon com'

bine and form a r?qaqirr(Trigraha yoga), the person
born in it will be learned but dev.rted to mean acts
and yct honorable. If the combination be of the Moon,

i 1"1
""""*"- ","",-"y::T',-"*""",""-"--"--,i::
Mercury and Saturn,as a result of it, the person born
will be liberal, honored by the sovereignand worthy.
If the three plaoets producing the yoga be Venus, the
Moon and Jupiter,the personwho has his birth in the
yogawill be wise, have virtuous sons,and be proficient
in the arts. lf Jupiter' the Monn and Saturn be in
combination, the influence of ths yoga on the person
born under it is that he will be versedin the sacred
sciences,addicted to women past their prime, and
kingly in his life.
cf.

qKgdl

ftelnF6dqfdrfidtqrqT(:gqr{ q};an: I

nloii vary'* gqqriq*q{i+t ll

sTspiffi+,<ars:
nn] arft g\iid: fsfiq' t
qqfrqr: q*t *\-g1lrsgnlqrq tl
qrE{tf,qq:
srfl: +Qlqf,rf,tqgSd:fllg: I
.Tlfugt{f{.itil qro: g+il rri*w: tt
nrertarqgks:qqlqqi|firnil'! : t
qrfir{qrqftdl\*t\elq-qqR : ll

*dt nqgiritdsftgwtrghgq'stg*r
sfiqqga;qtl I
Tn;qd{ftdraqqrd-sqt
{targl eri*{qqofnr gatqoqrq}r

iuql qtqr&qitseawnrnqfiqriif ll lR ll

Stohu 12. If Venus, the Moorl and Saturn be

together in a bhava,the person bortr in the voga will
becomea learned Brahmana teacher, a king's chaplain
and will be much hked. If the yoga be due to the
combinationof Jupiter, Mercury and Mars in one bhava

b+

qrceqrftwrl

Adh. VIII.

the personwhose birth is in it will be devotedto music,

poetry and the dramas, If Venus, Mars and Mercury be
in conjunction, the eifect of the ffcaqi{ (Irigraha yoga)
is that the person affectedby it will be defective in
some limb, base.bornand fickle,minded. If the three
planetscornbiningto producea iaq{qirr (Trigraha yoga)
be Mercury, Mars and Saturn, the person born will be
a menialservant,with diseased
eyes and vrgrant habits.
cf , st(qdi

rrqfrq;q Uata r
fdfi+,qgw+,ilqmgiiqfli
afirqrfiqflYisqlt
rt
?qGqtsQqrqi
qrd
qitoftarq'
grfi:
Hgrfdnfi: *rr: r
qFqiaqsflo:
argqtlgg|:rftt: tl
eTSdti)Q*,orq.aqe)
gs*r qtqt Qct: I

geiTfiil)egl{tgngqsg6fr:sRi: tt
inq: qqrqoh: qqrfldtAqkqilil{t r

rqir qwq{iiAiiqrftnf*,R+$' tt

ggrsg(fi
g$rt.'qgtRfdrqtfter
qtqrn*gtr btilsg(ddgri{igflqnn{ |
qtrrqrgqiqis$iltd'rtiei rflsrF{dr
gaanrqfilti*aRgr qititrnqrpqilrll ll ll
.Sl,.,Arr
13. ll Venus,M,rrs and Jupiter be together
in one bhava,tlre personborn in the yogawill be liked
by his sovereign, will have good sonsand be happy.
If Jupiter, Mars and Saturnjointly producethe ffrtfrrr
(Trigraha yoga),the pcrson affectedby it will be lean,
sufferingphysical pain, full of self'conceitand ill'man'
nered. If Saturn,Mars and Venus be in conjunction,
the effect of the yoga on the person born is that he

st. 14

qeitsqn:

607

t. *tiged ,o live abroad' .If

t"a -t**
-ttt -Venus, Mercury and Jupiter be associatedin one bhava,
the person born will be triumphant over his enenier
and attain to fame and Power.
cf, u<t+dt

sqrRqg*Fq:I
{qfttr: ttrginrf}qsttRf,tsq:
Hreenrmqaftqri{gt{fqi: mRt: tt

;z'tdTrd:
Hilq\ fiqrqrfrfaqffrft), I

qqfrrt ftnagn:g\'qgilftqlt rr
qrfidfl{t{rql g* rralrriegefrsq:t

ng*' frftoqg*' rt
fqeiqqrs{ite'
Sa{: nfimflqoilZqfi: grfrt<{Tsgdltr: r
gegqft: sfRi.iqftat: Hsqq{{ ll

ffi'Tewgftfrgftr q*irfr

q<SrgrEFdr{qqrqfrs;wtwd
||

qrd] qi{ffitrqor{iiit

qnfrqqrf}re-

qrfr ftgtilet( rt tB fl
ry* qrrs {rffiqgtrqT{
Stoka 14. The person that is born when Jupiter,
Mercury and Saturn are in conjunction will enjoy
exceedingcomfort and prosperity and will ba attachecl
to his wife. When Saturn, Mercury and Venus are
together and produce a flcaoi'rrr(Trigraha yoga), the
personborn in it wrll be untruthful, vicious and acidict'
ed to other people's wives. lf Jupiter, Venus and
Saturn be together in a bhava, the person whose birth
is in this yoga will possessa clear intellect and be
famousaud happy. When the Moon is in conjunction
with malignant planete,the person concerned alwaye
has his comfort and happinest diminished. When the

qrf,scrrtqre

Adh. VIII.

Sun is associatedwith evil planets, the astrologer may

divine that the father of the person concernedwill be
sinilarly affected.
r.f. sr(r4d

Norrs

raravtu{gaqrflqgq}firGNqr{{il{
|
gfrnleawgrrriwanflagqr&fiErqr:
tt
q{gqfrrfr
q}Gqqate'
5it qdfsTffir1
t
qttm: rr
gvgtqdnat:malfirfl:
;Xi sUsfiqrdiqqfiat ryfHf{so+tffi:
r
rfietqa'tl
UarrrfiaQq.rrlt+st,
qftSftq;i q6utq' q+lftnq*:I
gf fQqwqr*,g,i qtf:qP,fiffr,iq,
tl
The author of gtc+di adds

qrqrql{r: u}nrlarlfrqnlFqf,
rr
Zqfr?eq
g.qqqfld qgq Tl{osoqosq*gq tl

qrqrcq)sfr
fiflar, U{,f}oat gg,ine}h r
(lftqg:qruqftroi fiaqQlqq.
tt
For the eflects of the above combinations of thre" planets in
oach of the l2 bhavas, see Horaratna-

ll qg*airtr, n
Combinations of 4 pianets in one bbava,
such combinations.

Tirere may be 35

qtqtqqqs{oiftfttq tqt r

9;ilr{lgg5ft*imr{ q{dt

{qr{ffirrffirrn

t\ti

Sl. ro

sTggtsqrq:

6C/9

Sloka 15. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars and Mer.

cury be all in one bh,rvathe p3rson born will be a
, scribe
c o n j u r e rs k i l l e di n t h e p r o d u c t i o no f i l l u s i o a s a
aud sickly. If the Sun,the Mocn, Mars and Jupiter be
by the yoga
togecherin one bhava,the person affecced
rvill be rich, famous,talented,loyal to his sovereignand
free from sorrow an<lsickness.
cf. qr{r{di

ftRttnerygil ilrrl qrquqe$iloaI

gtrftrrlmnr-+il#rrr:gql{ q4fall
aqJ'il{iqrf}qqaril'r'
sn{Fqfidrfi;qri
1
qfti,
+dqq'ilfigq, nfhqqftqrpd:
rr
c\

3TRrififf(Ugqt gGt({Trqq.

iiatq iqnrffigt figun FqrgfI

rggtgrtgatm;aa,{-'g,r
Ursaqq$seniir?id]qr
rr (Q rr
S l o A a 1 t l . l f t h e S u n ,t h e M o o n , M a r s a n d V e n u s
b e i n c o n j u n c t i o n ,t h e p e r s o nb o r n i n t h e y o g a w i l l b e
b l e s s e dr - ; i t ha w i f e a n d s o n s ,i e a r n e d ,t e m p e r a t e ,c o m ,
fortabia, shrewd and tender-hearted, If thc Sun, the
Moon, Mars arrdSaturnb: ,rssocirtei.l
in one bhavr, the
personaffectedby the voga will have wild (restleus)
eyes,and be a wander?r,a cuckold and a pauper.
cf. smqdl

s{dlfqdqlr{fd:grtre;fiwiis,iegQq$o: t
fiqq.r{rrga:ufisqqgqrcd: nfii: tl

fiqqarlfrRe]qqrRilqrfrrnrrilar{: I

qrq: fli<l dqr{i{rf;il$qftRflq}rtu

610

qtaSrtTRilTT

Adh. VIII.

I
qnrtqr{ gurqdqo{tgEns
g*qwgrrfufti{ffiq qpql
qQ;5RBa*tt'{ql6ltfl! 11lu ll
Sloka t|. If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury and
producea qgiaftr
Jupiter combine in one bhava, and
therein will b
iOirrurgr.ha yoga), the person born
fond of his wife and children, w:althy, virtuous'
famous,strong and generous. If the Sun, the Moon'
Mercury and Venus be together in a bhava,the person
but
affectedby the yoga.will be defectivein somelimb
Saturn
eloquent. If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury and
on the
be associatedin one bhava,the effect of the yoga
personborn will be that he will be destituteof wealth
and ungrateful.
ci.
- qtrtsdi

firaq'ai}Erqilqi} {tr' t
Rlqffi*:sf,IQ{:
qrd:qrdtndg:ilfif,UtqrF*: qQt: tl
qg] uqnqniqgq:I
fi+o: g,r,iiqtrq"t
qlil: qltr,F;)tfinfngu'rlfii,tftt' tt
qlqftqfiqgd{qq+qfrafiiirucq{fto:t
nits"qz{1lt 6pgn}'urftfifiqaq.tt
firqir

diqrefiiqitq risqii qto{.d'I

$rrftiituoRagitotEg*!|
qrdifiiloaq* ngiiqr\
lt {c ll
Enlgalqitiii.gdtsqqdr
Sl.An 18. If the Sun, the Moon, Jupiter and
qqigim (Chaturgraha
Venus ccmbine to produce a

s. 19

dll

ulglttstrlTltl

yoga),the person born will be moving about in water

or in some forest region, be held in great esteemby his
sovereign and have many enjoyments. If the planeto
forming the yoga be the Sun, the Moon, Jupiter and
Saturn,the person whose birth is influenced by the
yoga will be broad,eyed, with much wealth and many
sons and will have for his wife a courtezan'
cl.

snF{dl

Hltsqnoqtqiqrqt stFfrFqqT{qqfi Fq: I

gmrdge{nri\*qilt'
tl
sqrfasq:
drqflifldtqrif qggdRe]qqlwlgqrT:I

q{=uaoan}l\+rtqlqt
sw: ll

ufugrrgugit{*ilsfrSrr
i[-dqrsFll }lqgl{fll.t(I

rq ( q

smrcqilNf\r q{A iiqdt

qKrtERaqqt{rgfrsant
a{q ll ?q ll
Sloha 19. If the Sun, the Moon, Venus and Saturn
be associatedin one bhava, the person born in the yoga
will be weak, exceedingly cowardly, with his wealth
dependingon his unmarried daughters and given to
gluttonouEhabits. If the quatlruple planetary yoga be
producedby the Sun, Mars, Mercury and Jupiter, the
person whose birth is affecced by the yoga in quertion
will be etrong but afflicted with misfortuseo, pcuoelred
of wives and riches, suffering from ophthalmia and of
vagrant habits.
cf. eras-dt

qfqn1geillr{:gr: qilss-ag{nft{:t

sffi: tt
{r: q& niefr;gfRarltr:

Adh.vln.

srrdscrRqrt

6t8
\\

qdsq R{dTtlttrqit qr fiqa{Kqq: t

g'crfi*seaw,
guqi*ritqgq,rD'tt
rftgqgqq*cqEREG6]

frqqarihqJqEt{leqr
t
fqrw$qarnqgq;iq{qi
a1qfti$ Er.ftq6ffiol

il Ro tl

!,loha 20. I[ the Sun, Mars, Mercury and Venus

combinein one bhava, the person that hashis birth in
the qgra'ila (Chaturgrahayoga) will be addictedto other
men'Ewives, of odd looksand dress,thievishly inclined
and devoid of all goodness, If the Sun, Mars, Mercury
and Saturn be in conjunction, the personborn will be
a commanderof an army or a king's minister, stooping
to baseacts and inclined to pleasure"
cf . sra+dl

qurffiali| ftqqrstgfit fiqascq:

r
{qfaqni grfr Gfra.}i1-gi:sfit, p
,iiqr qrndltoii f,tqrqr(:+faqqTq*r
I

r{t Eryfialgrli6a*neir+rr

wffifrif{rqft sq: wnisltneqiqql

qtnffiiiqrstridqfr Hr<rigud;gqEI
ifr r qfiqqqrui
ifdqi{uiir
{Sdr*fuilr

ffikgqqfi{*hnilrgqqrrqrqi q.iEn lt tl

Sloha 2L If the Sun,Mars, Jupiter and Venus be

togetherin a bhava,the person born will havea status
equal to that of a sovereign, be renowned, h ighly
ecteemed
and wealtby. If tbe Sun, Mars, Jupiter and
Saturn combine to produce a egia,im (Chaturgraha

qq*5qlq:

SI. 98

618

yoga), the person whose birth is affected by it will be

poor, wandering, with good friends and relativec. lf
the Sun, Marg, Venus and Saturn be associated in a
bha,va,the effect of the yoga on the petson born will be
that he will be in disgrrce and becometht foremostof
miodemeanants.If the Sun, Mercury, Jupiter and Venur
be in one bhava,the person born under their influence
will carechiefly for wealth and fame,and will becone
an important personagein the community to which he
may belong.
cf,

qTilq-d

girq: gFfr dh qqqrtzqeqi| gR cqrc, r

rfi,*qqte$rt+F\dfRm1g6v:
u
ft-qr* rq{ra{: fHqrifrygft*Rr+:I
{rgUq{q*t,

sg*ql ZqIfitITd:ll

qogfrfde,
ft*ril f,tqrqdtGqqrer)
r
qduqgmilt:qilqqn*fr qrft tt
qqqFgqqfl?, fHqrql q'gn;I. qFga

qqg{fteg*,isfrgqri+tfhrri:tt

mqffi qntr s'cFqnt$rqrcfl-{

qai{Fur{Tr\t! gE(ar tttqqilqrr{ |

qufrtftfufuuorgftgoirqtqqurw{fr
*t-geg*tqfrqsftu.fl uRrfirqftr tt RRtl
Slohu 22. If the Sun, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn
form the yoga, the personborn in it will be qu,rrrelsone,
self,conceited and ill-mannered. If the Sun, Mt",rcury,
Venus and Saturn be together in a bhava, the peroon
affectedby the yoga will be beauti{ul, wedded to truth,
and virtuous. If the four planets combining to form a
65

qriwrQqre

614

Adb. VIII.

Cbaturgrahayoga be the .Sun, Jupiter, Venue and

$aturn,the person born in it will be proficientin the
artr, in commandof the vulgar people and daring, If
the Moon,Mars,MercuryandJupiterbe in conjunction,
the personwho has his birth in the yogr will be devo,
becomea wise minister
ted to the goodof his sovereign,
and findly a ruler of the earth,
cf, srmafr

fqrqri| wit ndafq:flqqr{ iitrw6: I

snq'rr
"+tffigEg;q\5ptqht
gtK: gqrl: qril eg'ieq:qeq{}qdq-dr
I
u
*t ftaeqrq)tRgqfrdYRn+Tt
;iiqnr{ I
gv: +R: eHI;t:ftredirq-lsfEq2q

urGsrttRor{wi qrd}qlP.e:rr

trregnA q\;q: grflqr*sqfl rqrgfr: I

qrftoqfrqqqlehfr{l
gqrwm:
ll

qqn{frts (Krtltnrrfid Ruqrgl

q<rt-g*Bqr{fuffi {t qg$$il t
ffiln ifufuq,iwGirfrngrqnir
qffiFrqffit

futqftr {Kr gttt qFqilrnRQtt

Sloha 23. If the Moon, Mars, Mercury and

Venus be together, the person born in the yoga will
havegoodwives and sons, will be wise, deformedand
h.ppy. If the Mpon, Mars,Mercury and Saturnbe the
iour planeta forming the sgmm (Chaturgrahayoga)
the person affected by it will have two motherc and
hthero, will be brave, with manywiver and sonr. If
tbc Moon, Mars, Jupiterand Veouscombineto produce
tbe yoga,the perEon whose birth ia influeoced by it

Sl. ge

6r5

ctfrscqtq:

will be clever in iniquity, tleepy and itching for wealtfi.

The person who has his birth in the yoga formedby
the combinationof the Moon, Mars, Jupiterand $aturn
will be firm,minded,brave,comfortableand learned.
Norrs.
cl,

eru{tt

+o$Rf{qrgffq: qu{dtqfi: grtq:I

qQi: tl
q-glsrq gqfi{Rruqgqw$ff;

qg+o*fragn:
I
{il Anuftqfrgu5.+

qqRgmqlFnn,
nftsqgq*Rnqlt ll
flqtTgs:I
frtors: Ufioa:u+-erqlsiitq
Hfiil: ll
lrS qfiegq: flRlssrUtqrtt;
qftil qqEraqt'dl-rri qmrg:frnq5ftt t

rfttrsqntu+*}tflaw\'\: tl
The combination of the Moon, Mars, Venus and Saturn has
been left out in the text. Its effect is thus described in et(I{dl
(Seravali).

$6clqR: qq?q:flqhil mq

q}}q' t

qn:grofrsqlq
g+Eqqqrfi+lqfitt
Algo cT{r{rMil:

ff-qKg;hFqrqiqfua:$?+tqfr:I
n]iq' e{geqlfl:Inei} qlf,d qid. tt

g{tTgtrfttt F{ftt ft{r{ q{qt qat

ffiq;gmqrfrwt
ffirtdqfr-

tri-srdq{rrHrfilgrqqrfirqRils ll 18 ll

Stoka 21. The pereon born in a yoga formed by

the combinationin one bhava, of the Moon, Mercury,
Jupiter and Venus will be deaf,but learned,famousand

616

qrarcrRqre

Adh. vIH.

wcalthy. If the Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and Eaturn be

together and produce a agiqflu (Chrturgraha yoga), the
person influencedby it will be exceedingly wealthy,
kind to his relativeeand charitable. The person whoee
birth is in the yoga formed by the conjunction of the
Moon, Mercury, Venus and Saturn, will becomehostile
to a large number of personsand have. intrigues with
the wives of other people. If the Moon, Jupiter, Venus
and Saturn combine in a bhava,the person who hag his
nativity in the yoga will be devoid of ease, Eceprical
and unfeeling.
cf. ras-d

ftaF<rrqfQqfi:
qq) vagnlsfrgqqq
I

rrqR{fr fq'rmftiqgFrrfirqrfit,
sRt: rr
sdq&frlfi(tqttqdt q.gqsif qfrqq r

?qgfrq:s{fifi' qrftrgq-frqlfrF{:
sRt: rr
qrqTrrrq{rfrd
fifio,{r,il ftna+ga t
qra)dfiGe; erf*ggtfrituggi,rr

{TrI{Qa:gqftrqrdfr g'fbdt qqEdto:I

{gqffi ffsw: qrf}rgnuU*Rf}:
sQfi, 11

Sqgq$gffiqrfrFEil: qq
gtlgt{fir}tr wrrri fMar I

trfrd{fr*drtEtdqqltftnqr{"frqr{ffift {qrr! n R\ tl
Sloka 25. The personborn when Mars,Mercury,
Jupiterand Venus arein conjunctionwill be rich and
reviled. If Mars, Mercury,Jupiter and Saturnbe the
planeteformingthe yoga,rhe personwhosebirth is in
it will be sickly and destituteof wealth. If Mercury,

u, 96

STEITTSqr|I:

5t?

Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be together in one bhava,

the person born in the yoga will have exceedingwealth,
learningand amiability.
cf, sr{lild

Norss'

dmttfnQqwFfr d* q qftdflqa,
r

qqfAgqrfrFdns{vngtwfit'
sRt' tt
rd(Ra:ssftqnqa:t
Ufr An-qrrq1

m4le.asR"gfrfiqrtwftifwrgrilt,
rr
ffii

qrmra)ilqrFTfrtfttqusa r

gqfrqgmftt\{ddtenq}}
lr
The following two combinations do not find a piace in tbe
Text: Yiz,, (l) itlars, Mercury, venus and Saturn and (2) Mars,
Jupiter, Venus and Saturn. I,'or their effects,aide the following
slokas from I(4di.

erFqg: Kge: fiftar* gqgdq:Qqmr:I

Trrtq flrfi+iqriqqqri'i:sRi: rr
aqdt Ragn:ddq' sqs&qarqe:
r
qlqgtgmglll+,t\qtqiftnq: rl
Also qrdqFrtqqft:

fleiq gEdqr q gqqqq{rffi:t

qnite)* rarqaHT(i+ofifrtqrr
*trqnfiufiT,Tiqli rfrrsfe{;I
qrqr(tfrqrdit+a* qTqtTt: u
For the effects of the above combinations in each of the lz
bhavas, vide Horaratna.

il {Qr{qQql 11
Combinations of 5 planets in one bhava; thereare 2l such
combinations.

618

qrdrcrRsrrt

Adh.vrn.

qsdtftqertuffii+qiwg tffi$rot ftgar rq{r t

grn{rggqqfn*tf{qrfr-

rrdrg('Tq{6r{qtirqr ll tq ll
Sloka 26. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury
and Jupiter be in one bhava,the person born in the
yoga will be a good combatant and a clever informer.
If the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury and Venus corn,
bine and produce a ,iec(*rl (Panclragrahayoga) the
person whose birth is affectedby it may be faithful to
his various f unctions, attentive to other people's
concerneand friendless.
cf. qrrq-d

g,tff egrd qlqrRsqar&anfl:t:

I
qq6gqrlrd r{:gwfiaq'qgt: tt

qttq{d'tfrFi q'ggR: Fa} Rrnsrq: I

dtqtfr q flei r{hgsqu*,*Qarr

t
urrgMMirqar
q-fi{rgtfrrqgRir{rgicqr$ffi frqoegerlr Rell
Sloka 27, If the Sun,the Moon, Mars, Jupiter and
Saturn form the {sqrqtq (lanchagraha yoga), the person
born will be hopeful and have to suffer separationfrom
the woman he loves. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars,
Mercury and Saturn be the five planetsin conjunction,
the person whose birth is affected by their influence
will be short,lived, bent on earning money, but without
wife and sons.

$L 2S-2e

llElftrtr|rq!

6t9

cf. srtr+d

qqdt
srcqrg+sq'rrfrfr
sigQia:
r
eTfi+Isgafis,
frrRqr+rgt'ggi,g1
gq6qte: sq&: qtf+fl6q:vilvndt t t

frgaaeagrq:qlft{IRgqfrqFtt: rt

Frffsqtrrqftqq;gqfr{t*t
{iqq{rq${dr qliq\s;TEl{t ll Rc ll
Sloka 28. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Jupiter
and Venue be together in one bhava, the effect of the
yoga on the person born is that he will be an aesassin,
cast out by his father, mother and other relations and
will becomesightlesa, If the Sun, the Moon, Marc,
Venue and Saturn form a tqcaim (Panchagraba
yoga),
the person, who has his birth therein will cleverly turn
to accountthe humility, the wealth and power at his
commandand will be depravedand have intrigueswith
other people's wives.
cf . *lRrsdl

qftq;{Iqgg,dt{eftquqi stq s;so; r

qeft qit iqdi: gi'ggtrrriEr+ar
tl
qrardGqqflit
qfhanr(:q{r$arfrK:I

qsfiRaS:
erQ{rrrftru*{fi.*t:rr
{di Tfi fiqq{frqoEqilqr r
I IRTEI.

ffu gffnfiqwrtrrsPdr
n Rqtl

qrdTqrRsnt

Adh. VIII.

and Venuscombineand producea ,iacr*{ (Pauchagraha

yoga),the personwhosebirth is influencedtherebywill
be a wealthyminister,with a fame,powerandauthority
to punish offenders,quite his own. If the five planets
jointly formingtheyogabetheSun,the Moon,Mercury,
Jupiterand Saturn,the personborn in the yogawill be
indebtedto anotherfor his food, very cowardly, very
wickedly inclinedand practisingcruelty.
cf.

qt<r+d

u;eil qgfaqq]
zqfi+ qug{rqn\qr er( I

(arir:WqitffgfrghGdiqul*ur
rr

,frt: &qqreo: fr;q1ilaaa"rg

fqgqat

sq:vua*fr ghggqdrfig*:
rr

dqtuittaw qgir.r.rnr
r

((Tt
efrt;ggrtFqrnegtr

qrn*Tqrcqgfrfr,Tqlwl:n il lo fl
S/rrAc 30. If the Sun,the Moon, i,{.r.urr, Venus
and Saturnbe togetherin a bhava, the personborn will
be without wealth, tall in stature, bercft of .children
and his body will be afflicted with many diseasee"If
the Sun,the Moon, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be the 5
planetsjointly producing a {qqa+rr (Panchagraha
yoga),
the person who has his birth therein will have a
wedded wife, be eloquent, clever in juggling, fearless,
but haveenemiesto contend with.
cf . rnrq-di

{i'il irqnqrq}qruii.srt'igqr{gil{tq:r
relrcrffiqF\Gq-qgqrf+,ugg+,
rt

sl. 8l-92

s{gqtsEqr{t

tr}1

ilnfl;q-{roftraqofin:69 qsfr qfrqrdr

lgqHla,r* rflqEg*rrggi' 11
gilRninreEqdffidffir

S/oAn 3I. If the Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and

Venus be in conjunction, the prsonwho has hia birth
in the yoga will be free from every care or sorrow, will
commandan army and horses,and be restlesslymoving
aboutafter women not his own. If tlrc planetsassocia,
ted in the ,iqcfqlrr (Panch.rgraha
yoga)be the Sun, Mars,
Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn, the effect of the yoga on
the personborn ie that he will have.to eat beggedfood
and wear dirty and tattered clothes.
cf . qnrs'd

+tft <-gErmr:
dlOnfrarqfiHqnqilr:
r
qr(
genr&frqU*, lt
il.rfq*fdgrrrir
ftdfi'ii ir,'friq6i gk ,I(rfi6 rcr r
*uhitqsqrgr tfqgEge{sdig'} : tr

qw! isilg iig'fr il{q;t1-fl:a\

trft frnrfraUr,Tqruqrir
r

iu)tiegru ireimga: ugrdr

FqrcirqaiiqdqErqhtr
rriq rr
Sloha 3L" The person wlrosebirth is in thc yoga
formedby Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Satuin
b e i n g i n o n e b h a v aw i l l b c h o n o r , r b l ep, r o f i c i e n t r n t h e
arts, have to do greatly wirh the infliction or purrish,
66

qrasrmtdre

ffiz

Adh. VIII.

ment in the form of deathand captivity and will be

sickly. If the Sun, Mars, Mercury, Venuaand Saturn
in a ,iqc*{r (Panchagraha
yoga), the effect
be associated
upon the personborn is that he will be of the highest
rank, but have much misery, danger and disease to
endureand be famished.
cf .

stttsol

Esffqqil{rfrfiar-e}*gffi r{qfhI
ft,ri| Q*enift:gwgvUr{I*rt:<rr( tl
aqrfrfirrRfiri<'
rqnufrsfr{'eg.ag:t
uefi gfirarg6t:Sqif{ffigmrrfrrmi:
ll

h'i1s*IfrqftaiqSiltfr{g-

*nr s*gwv*ftfrv$rr

w{ihqrgwqrgq-fltqq-

qql gwqfq{rilEsrnrtrtt 11 tr

Slofra 3..t. If the five planets, the Moon, Marc,

Jupiter, Venus and Saturn combineand producea yoga,
the perron born in it will be a menial servant, without
wealttr" shabbily dressed,very ignorant and thievirh.
The person at whose birth, the $un, Mara, Mercury,
Jupiter and Saturn are in conjunction, will be famed for
hie featsof physical energyin the enjoyment of plearure
in toyings in the form of a lock q;z (Yanthra).
cf.

vRli{ot

hfr nt{'*it qftqrqR}sfrdfr

firru:;

qqftat qqrRfi:nft6q6gr,rfrnd: tl
q?.qqqqql(flHrqi6qftqg:ggrE.qqfr |

qFr:rfrwql lhfrgarfiftfrnftt:
u

sl" 34-36

eu*sccrq;

528

In the latter half of this s1oka,the planets forming the com.

bination should be the Sun, Illars, lupiter, Venus and Saturn
insteadof the Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn which has
a l r e a d yb e e n d e a l t w i t h i n s i o k a 3 l s u p r a , F u r t h e r , t h e e f t e c t
g i v e n f o r t h i s c o m t r i n a t i o nm o r e o r l e s s t a l l i e s w i t h t h a t g i v e n i n
the 2nd of the two slokas from qrtqdi (Saravali)quoted above.
A\Cn

{ffi (Tqqge{rIq{gq{Irf,'3

utu1frlugogxtf,r;ggtr
t
srgi gtrr Egq;Tlqquq Hff{,

q;g-{e{gailqqi}iltf ll lts tl
5 / o { , r l l . i . T i r c i ) e r s o n w h o h a sh i s b i r t l i i n t h e
'i-ry
yoga i':rmc,i
the five planet3 ti)j Sun, Vlttfcutf,
arnd Saturn, will h: rr,'i5e,v.,rs,":"1
in
.lurrtlei-,nu'enrrs
sacred b';oks ,ind of a virtuous characler end c<-rnduct
suclras e.odsand reverend seniors always fpprtrve o[.
If the Moon, Mars, ln4ercury.Junitt'r and Venus be
tog3ther in a bhava, the pctsr;ri born under such
influence will be virtuous. h rirpy, vel y rxrealthy,
p o w c r f u la n d t . a r n e d .
cf.

l{ril.{'7.1

qgflIflInqqftaft,r'ccir rlaqi q t
qdqr:{rcfurT;:
giifqary{{+-{r"s
: ll
qlg: {qnrlit flaiqqqrqtiirgqqqa:. I
r\\.r.'

E;.It(flTEgtqtI ErI;gi,nnT-.{[-ga;
ii

qsilil*galqqiiqttr{ f,rqrgrq;qq;fI I

<Tr(ll 1\ ll
w&*qs{rf}qbqqqn$vgolrqiq+rs'rqr
Slofru i't5. lf the five planets,the Moon, Mercury,
Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be together in one bhava,
the person born under their iniluence will be hcnoured
He will have defective vieion and have
every wkre.

clatilnftcrl

Adh" VIIL

a Etatus equal to that of a sovereign or he may be a

kinq's minister.
cf'

fltrcd

qqlT'fr?qftHfrwilct: ntoltqqq I

qm T{fr q1q-};gafrq1rftg}:
rr

The underrnentionedtwo combinations appear to have been

left out, uiz., (l) The Moon, Mars, I\.fercury, Venus and Saturn
and (Z) the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn. Their
eflects are thus described in fffn*dr.

ftfrnr4 qftq: qilaqfqqrqtHil {ta: r

qftdqfrffgtTrsqrf+gqfrqRqftft:rr
qg{qfiilq{: q{rEQd5fi{qfro:I

q*&rfAqr'itghggqgilfsgi: rr

qEgEfrTT:
II gTgT
II
Combinations of 6 planets in one bhava; there are 7 such
combinations.

q.ioRrgqrqtcrlGlqdtwtrfuq
qrilquqfufiriffioqrqig{tttfiqilr r
Uirreusqr*'qflEasg*: Rr{rfirwr{
s;qq{u'lilq fidqqnErfiCftd rrdsn RQtr
S/'rfra 36. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury,
Jupiter and Venus be all in one bhava, the person born
under the yoga will be a holy man calledaHg( (Tir,
thankara)dwelling in forestsand hills and having wife,
children and wealth. If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury,
Jupiter, Venus lnd Saturn combine and produce a
wlnazlq (Shadgrahayoga) the effect thereof upon the
personborn is that he will suffer from headache,
have a

sr. 37-38

626

stgrftsqrq!

constitutionrl disposition to madness,

dwell in solitudes
and that in a foreign country.
cf .

qtcqr.riliqqia

fiqrqt*do) <gir''r1q {TrqqrdI

qlfa qs3Ji1
qnti: {*rrh}: r."qrd}

qt.Tqrcq
{iqqrrtai{t r qerr{rts! grft|
fg{Rfh{rr$qqWfudrqieqr
<rleair

qtiirc
wiafr"$qkgqrcurgtdrtr
5$ ffqq(ffi rldgfi qgt frid Trir u qetl

S / o l ' , r3 7 . I f t h e S u n , M a r s , M e r c u r y ,
JLrpiter,
V e n u s a n d S a t u r nb e i n c o n j u n : t i o n ,t h e p e r s o nb o r n i n
the yoga will be of wandering habirs and very wise.
lf the Moon, Mars, Mercurv, jupiter, Venus and Saturn
bc togetherin a bhava,thc personwhosebirch is influ,
enced by the conjunction of tl-rescplanets will be a
pilgrim to holy shrines and an asceric. If the six
planets combining and producingthe yoga be the Sun,
the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Iupiter and Saturn,th: effect
on the personborn is thrt he will be a robber,addicced
to women not his own, leprous, reviled by relatives,
bereft of children, ignoranLand in exile.
Nores.
tf "qrC.ir " be the reading., the translation ir
great wealtlr."

"shall

own

#rs;q*dfiwr qqqiTsrdf
fi-etrq{rgntfi;gitarrQnqr
r
q;fqorqqa;qqqi(dia:

{T;rr frariqeuqrwr,ilt{ffitil lc tl
B/oArz 38. The person brrn in a wgealrr (Shad,
graha yoga) formed of the Sun, the Moon, Mara,

626

wreocrRad

Adh. VIII.

be insignificant,
""t.engagedin works not his own, afflicted with consump'
tion and drynessof the nose and despicable. If the
$un, the Moon, Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be the
six planetsjointiy producing the yoga, the personwhose
birth is influencedby it will be a king's councillor,
bereftof the joys whi:h rvife, childrcn rnd wealth gir':,
but calmand contented.

utq{titftrRr*ruqroqtt
qtr; Q?rT{aKrll;rdh'r'ifiqrqq$qdi: q{isonq{q${i itoqm,{I6t{i I
{r{sqi gqiurt fh'rrg $dtofgrtRutrwgtl

,dtqrq
d'rquitilqGi.{ftitqriqrftibt lr li ll

Sloka 39. Whe u the Sun is in the several signs

beginningwith Mesira,the effect on the personborn is
i n o r d e r( l ) t h a t h e w i l l h a v es m a l l w e a l t h ; ( 2 ) h e w i l l
d e l i g h ti n m u s i c; 1 3 ) h i s m i n d w i l l b e f u l l o f c a r e
,.g"i,iing thc acquisitionoi learningand wcalth ; (1) he
will be ignoraur: (rr) he will be versedirr the several
the acquiarts and be clever; (fl) he will be devotedto
(
8
)
h
e will be
s i t i o n o i m o n e y, ( ? ) h e w i l i b e d a r i n g ;
(
be
; (t)) he will be a petty trader; t0) he will
esteemed
lacking
c l e v e ri n e v e r y k i n d o f e x e r c i s e ;( 1 1 ) h e w i l l b e
give;
i n s u c hj o y s a s c h i l d r e n a n d c h i l d r e n ' s c h i l d r e n
agricul'
a n d ( l z i h e w i l l p r o s p : r b y s u c h i n d t t s t r i e sa s
tural operationscarriedon by irrigation'
NorBs.
l-4.

c/. ga;nna XVIIl-slokas

gtqft ifiIqqtr
q{ .{quiEimqreqqar
qi.qd qfiEiffirqsest {rqiqqi ftqqr{ t

40-41

qgfrs.qrq:

627

ft qfqsi s frfqq* fii i"-air gtft

grrt gdatfrfr qrr.rtqrisunilftrqrll Boll

Sloko 4Q. If Mars occupy hrs own sign at a

persons birth, the latter will get wealth from a king,
from agriculture and from his wandering about in
pursuit of other such occupation. If Mrrs be in a Rasi
owned by Venus, the persotrborn will set his mind on
sensualenjoyment; the effect of Mars' presencein a
sign belonging to Mercury is that the person under
such i'nfluence will speak in a dejected tone ; if the
planetbe in Kataka, the person born will becomea
king's favourite and havc much wealth. If Marg'
position be in Simha,at a person'sbirth, the latter.will
be in posscssionof securewealth. In a Rasi belonging
to Jupiter, Mars makes the person born triumphant
over his foes and possessedof comfort and happinese.
In Kumbha, the pre$enceof Mars l:as the effect of
making the person concerned served by bad people.
And lastly when Mars is in lr{rkara,the personborn is
e i t h e ra k i n g o r h i s e q u a l .
Norps.

cf. gsiTfffi XVII l-slokas 5-7,

q;EgtsqafftilIi
iS,TET

fter'qgrt gi

sffiA frqiqqqrar?qa-rri +giaRnrt

ffiqTA{gqffi'ft qilrqqft Uqrofrq)

qia& iq(*qil {iiG tteqt qduqsrn ut tl

Sloku 41. A person will be poor if at hrs birth

Mercury be in a houseof Mars; learned if in a house
of Venus; happyif Mercury be in Mithuna; will dissi,
pate w his ealth if the planet be in Kataka ; wrll be

Adh. VIII.

oreoqrfffi

lr28

henpecked if Mercury be in Simha; will have virtueg

in abundance and be exempt from dangers if Mercury
occupy Kanya; a king's favourite if in Dhanus; a
suMued Eervantif in Meena; an artisan and a menia!
ter\nnt of another if in a houseof Saturn.
NorBs.
If g:q{fl be the reading insteadof [it{t,
be "will get rid of all his troubles."
c/. {(swcq XVIII-slokas

8-l

the translatiorr will

l.

tnfrwariqsr gtlq41qqrdr$q{ Uft

qt I
ffi1 ftilt qRrcsfitqtnrceq
rr{f gffid{ sfrfr qt ffi qret tn
{rq| {|q(rfrsl{r furii fiiszqr b'qrq}n BRtl
Sloha 42. If Jupiter h'e in a aign of Mars at the
birth of a pereon, the latter will be superior to others
in his army, wealth and ooru, highly virtuous and
bountiful ; if in a rign of Venua, the person concerned
will be energetic; if in a oign of Mercury, be will have
a large following of friendc ; if Jupiter be in Kataka,
the pereonborn will be wise and rich in sons; if in
Kumbha,the person concernedwill enjoy pleasures; if
the planet be in Simha,the peroonaffectedwill bccome
famous; if Jupiter occupy a qe" (Swakshetra),the
personborn will be a king or on a par with a king. If
in the depression sign Makara the person concerned
will be a wanderer and bave a careworn mind,
Nores.
c/. gwn:q

XVIIT-slokas

qnr aitritffgR{*

l2-13.

itqrrwaqr{

,iid.qwiftaffiRilrqn]:flrdfiq: I

st. 43-44

gffiAni

q?istqrc:

629

qnqRqlrfrgnther

lfritqefurrftoqr{
uggt tqrffifr{t

n Bt tl

S/oAn 43, According to rhe posiciouof Venus in

the several cigns from Mesha onwards, the per;on born
will be respectively (') a gallant ; (, ) wielding large
influence due to the poeaessionof fortune, geniue,
friendsand kindred; (') learned, wealthy and wise;
( t ) c o w a r d l v ; ( u ) w i l l h a v e d u l l $ o n s ;( 6 ) w i l l f o l l o w
courEesof conduct preecribed for people lowest in the
socialscale; (') will be a king,s favourite; (s) will be
served by a set of bad women; (') will becomea lord
o f m e n ; ( * ) w i l l h a v e e n j o y m e n t s ;( t ' ) w i l l b e c o m e
addictedto unmarried girls; ('1) will be posseosed.
of
fortune, learning, worth and amiable manners.
NorBs.
c/. 1qs*n+ XVIII-slokas

14-16.

{lrr?ilrtrqilqg(dc{Tgrfl "Sd}
mt: qtqqnrq* rMgr{rfllrur?eqqtl
t
cudsgru'olRrR{qi ilq&q} ftv+rt
ilq'inqg'nfrqil{iEgi tqrqilftrfui , BB tl
Sloka 44. If Saturn occupy Mesha or any of the
other aigns taken in order, the personborn will reEpec,
tively be (') stupid (!) will not have much -".lrh
( t ) w i l l b e b e r e f to f m o n e y , s o n sa n d i n t e l l i g e n c e( o )
will be banishedfrom the joys derivable irom the kind
careof a mother (' ) will be disreputable( n wilt havc
)
very little wcalth and very few children (') will be
the leaderof a community, town or village ( s will
)
have a cruel heart (', ) will enjoy the dignity aftaching
to the poosessionof children, wife and riches (
" ) will
67

ililsfiR-sfi

Adh, VIII.
%

be liked by his sovereign( 11)will have wealth ( u ) will

Burpao$in energyand other kingly virtues.
Noras.
c/. grsara+ XVIII-slokas

l7-19.

llgifiUgilqq sri tqrftRrfirgt

aqar'fi,o{HqRii"s +iaqr il B\ tl
Sloh,t,43. An intelligent astrologer shculd weigh
well in his mind the effect of the lr4oon's presencein
the severalzodiacalsignsbeginningwith Meshras well
as in the Amsas (drr) belongingtirereto and then declare
the result of his deliberations.

qftibi rmaqd\ii gxirtt

GrKs
qdgqMitdiar r
qmrilqig qGqEqfdror
qpefif{ sqegk{d'i:{rss
qrE il 8E tl
Slokr 46. When a planetis aspectedby a malign
one, the persor)born under its influence ruffers from
bad ailments and is without the virtues, worth, wealth
and famewhich a personof his birth and socialEtatus
ought to bave. If a pl.rnet be associatedwith a malign
one, the effeccis that thc personborn under such in{lu,
ence has a hankerirrgafterother pcople'swe,ritl.rand
women, is i-rarshof speech,fraudulently mindedand
slothful.
.\\\c

rnE grti5(sg ({q( silKlrt'r{r:

gilqdilili'Iqi g;qfr {FtWrT! |
A

\\

ril{{ i{trEdf qr( gtrrl(reFTrnil

fhaRgftaqqiqrrqrfrFatru Bs tl

sl. 4?-{g

cllgrscqr|I:

681

tr-"t-t.r**planet aspectedby a propitious one will have children,

richec and enjoyments, will be handsome,honored by
his sovereign and exempt from humiliation or disgrace"
If the planet influencing a birth be associatedwith a
benignantone, the person born will be triumphant over
his foeein this world, conform to the dutiee and practi,
ceoappertainingto his birth and sccial position, and be
ahrewd enoughto understand(ascertain)the unexpreesed
wishes of others by their outwartl indications.

q;i tqrri $qrR*dtisil {qfrr

qqmgEil{*t di(i (t) q}q r

frerq{rsnTqr
ft e&qtqr;T{qqii*uqi gvt aqr
grq&inddrTq!gqftqq *rr A ii+{i Bd
S/oA,r 48. When the Moon occupying Megha is
aopectedby the several planets beginning with Marr
and ending wrth the Sun, the perron born under such
influencewill respectively be a king, a man of learning,
a personequalin Etatusto a king, one endowed with
every amiable quality, a thief, and a beggar. If the
Moon be in Vrishabha,and Mars aEpectit, the person
I orn will be one bereft of propercy; it \{ercury be the
aspecting planec, the perscn born will be a judge; if
Jupiter, an honorable person; if Venus, a king; if
Saturn,a monied person; if the Sun, one of a servant,
class. If the Moon be in Mithuna and the several
aspectingplanets be taken in the slme order as before,
the persor born in theieveral ceseswill rcspeccivelybe,
one defective in som: limb, a king an intelligent and
aagaciouoperson, a brave person, a villainous wretch
and a poor man.

632

qnactRwril

Adh. VIII.

Norrs.
[]:g: fr41q1;z[ seems to be the correct reading in the 3rd pada
of the sloka. c/. Brihatjataka XIX-1.
The translation will then
be " If the Moon be in Vrishabha, and ilIercury be the aspecting
planet, the person born will be a thief &c. ,'

cf . rrrsot

sTFgq{ilZqft' qqcrit qT{qqqft qrr: r

fr1:ffirrTr{tGqr e} altrft t\ u

Frorn this, it would seernthat ,,.daq " in place of ,,{R(,,

was the original reading.

qedrfirfrrrdg:
frRqTdrfqqlcqftr:
r
{pefb+: sFiq $qe! {rf{ft llilrd: lt

anrfiqmrt:flerqq:qFqiidte: r

gue}ivrt frrrr+tne+ffigo+tft:
rl

{grzsqn{rqt
zqt,nfilanvfratfQ
r

tqG Rqeql Ei utqr gqrcrrd:

tl
wfrmqfirflil WrqRuqtra.d)
rTilfiqq:I
rqf,tfisqnrtglq ftitfflfr {qfh tl
oU6qgFq)
nr{: wra.iir'ftRqnafqnar
tqpt Rqrtfi nfiqret qEwm,tl
+{mqfidr,t f}qqqgnqt:
fld q I
qr+fq+;$Sd Wir rfi{tfhna;q:tr
qfrtrq $d?81gqfrut qsqilfrlqqq1
qqd qritqi rrqi grr rrrftt\ Srt rr
qrflqr+qfaftlqgfqnftrisq<{mar{r
qrqfr gla ae:arit Z\sgqqufid.nq
r
fr rueqrwE(ndrfrryfi6q;dqfifi
gotq.
I
'{ffinqfdfiFqnqfi
UGE:ilqftsd rr

lllll

gr. 4e

qgdfscqrrr

633

lf,qqqnrlrqi $q qTnqrt;${ailil?qnrq. t

qRqrrftgrt rr
{rfiqgq+tr'rtfHiteTa}
qq(tqsiied gqt i"q sqr q gqrfrqqr
grRe+glfta Ggnee, {nl grt u
qflrqnqmnifrg{ oqrfqdgqfieq r

n 1 ll

,uftg:ftaeeqrt
*frfr {Iftaao4:11

wfiggfrxrii garqilfqqqoqF{rqrq
I
soh figq ffil qlq fiftffisqqqq rr
urqlnrqasqro
gtt aqrrfiaq frt q r
qftqqeos{riftgq g{{tRna;q; 11
Rqrilerqr+ftpqriiqsqrqqfRoq{
r
qrF{slfiqafiq: s.iffr gaitffi figt rr
qrgqfaqrcqqdinrfiqrq.lqftiFrft
' r

frut sut gtfrqggunftrfiftgaetrr

qrflqI
greim-varftagefigeRrfdafia
urqi o)*d*i figt rfi-ifhaa=q:rl

il1tl

qit qrRrl?
qqrgruAnoffittrt{qq
3Trdiusfiddqftrffiqtsinqqr r

qrr nlkan{ qfr initr qT{ifr$ frair

u;qrd qfH Ru: quffdrftarf-ffior get Bq

Sloha 49. If the Moon in Kataka be aspected

severallyby the six planets from Mars taken in order,
the persons born in the six caseswill respectivelybe
valiant, honorable,endowed with the highest poetical
talent, of royal rank, working in iron, and suffering
from ophthalmia. If the Moon be in Simhaunder the
rame aEpects, the person born will respectively be a

634

waEc]Qsril

Adh. VIII.

king, one speakinglearnedly, a wealthy man, a king, a

wicked personand one that is mighty. If rhe Moon be
in Kanya and be aspectedby the severaiplanets taken
in the sameorder, the person born in the several.cages
will be respectively wealthy, mighry, lordly, learned,
badly behavedand in easycomfortablecircumstances.
cf " mrrqdt

qufrgoi'rq qqrRiiilqqumqfi |
Ott erJt q--* rfqe* gi{rrear tr
qt fi+en{ttqrctqqlatfi{,i (Erqr
+ii at ezt rr
frftaqqfrfrnngsiaqft
eTfa{ilqftq+t qqqftgq{tfha:qrqiterlt r

qafig1q-i Zqfllit fteqqtd q rr

Zsffi Zqgqg* aa+fr q-q: g};q$s: I
qrlt glqagrrrdadiaqqilisrTlmr;f,{tl

q?firfi1r+Rqcqrqi
qTqiilfi grt r
+iah flFedieqrqqqrq,fr
{F.rq tl
s{anrTgri
qRqqrgrfiefqqrf}Edqrq{ I
nfqil es: rJt +q]ft q;q] qt dtq{ n
ZqfiqgeWfr q].AeuqiqtrFql {ttq t
{iqt Ee:1frfvrnn flzld q-q: tt
tqrqfr qquq(g{figartireiltnq r
;rqlcgwqg{OifhnaGnr:fftf 1s

{rqrfl+ ftd <{in.igafiila:rftt r

e-d: tt
sd gtq ed vagt+ulrrrflqa
qftqrd goga qggit gqn?q q I

gnfoa\-qqEa{
geea:qqr'
fii rt

lt 8 ll

5r. 60

qErll5qlrtl

636

qqilfaqtdtri{irqqiqgqfntqqi
9,ft r
g{nfi{Eflqln dt{itEt gxn.ee,tt
E{+qqiottszaqrig,ino,i;fnt r
q nrit tt ll q ll
Gta n,r Edtgefrgt{fqqaq'fr
zq+)aatrrqraq$ailfl liftretqfqqr
wqrqiqfiafrqrqt8qndt gtt tt
pqmsaq"dftfha gult a t
frreqrqr{
aqiigtt tt
*-qrqigae* qrqrfari
'qlfiq*pqfifh$ {iqrqrc{g Gaf+i gflilq. I

srfn{,i m-qrqiqqqfrfqgutgtfhdsFq:ll

q;gaira g{ta yaa*t gfraaw{q t

*oqtqi gteril qqqla fiqqdiqf, q;q: ll

t
*'qqi ngot ftfqqriiar.iifrrqqqr@{
gnt uUw ftiifhaa;(: ll
nnaft*fiagP.d
qegfiqfiqgqrfaawrg+i
gaftauqt
r,-qiqi wE: e'tqirqqi {fi ge'dll

ll q ll

dits itq.itgeriisutrrdfttw{qq

qtl uoi*ti qitqgq{Acsrqrstl qoqgfI

ule {rirrft fiqra$sri rrqfrq'ialqgq

irql fh'ift+.itnoqitq\ st gqftqtr tt \o tl
S/oAa 50. When the Moon in Thula is aspected
severallyby the benefic planets, N,Iercury, Jupiter and
Veoue, the persons born in the several cases will be
respectively a king, a mint-master and a merchant. If
the Moon in Thula be aspectedseverally by Mara, the
Sun and Saturn, the person born in each case witl be
impotent. If the Moon occupy the rign Scorpio and be

636

ila{qrftEre

Adh. Vm.

reverally aspected by the planetstaken in order from

Mercury, the person born in the severalcaseswill be
(t) a man with two fathers and two mothers(n) a
favorite o{ the king, (3) a mean-wretch,(o) a sickly
p e t E o n ,( u ) a p o o r m a n ,( u ) a n d a m i n i s t e ro f a k i n g .
Nores.
4qq: (Vanchakaha) is another reading for
in the 2nd pada of the sloka.

cf.

qoe+: (pandakaha)

{Tr<t{dr

s{qqaqr&nraalftqi *rrfiry.n a t
sTgiTqiltgo* walfarfiffi11a;q: 11
.

dTqqqR gq T{qllqFqqr.Tflgs'{ |
^-:

\.

\A

q*frf,a;q: u
rftraaaqrr smqfA
r* gta q;q: ,5s1ffi sr{d${qrq{|
gqqw{fiein trcqrd gorq\Wt rr
frtfharOosiqaqfiflqx{fti f6rg, r
aafr*?g gad rarRgqTqn$et rr
afi-{qiii grrrigeafidlflrq{rfrf,
qrilq,I
fifiqlqrqfifEfl
seuUfilhn:{{t go;*rr

ott qt{itwr6i f}qqmi qqi$ii d* |

Bqq{fi gGii qr*rfte* fRong' u
5th e)*ic,i gqqzi\q fi-{q.d q r
gqfid ueq(tt
Ga+qeriisfUq.ra-q:
e{sqqq{Stil yfinq Tft+ Erlftgeq r
qFq+q sq\ qqq1q
tfriq fl?E: 11
eTqg{rTe4r+q
qqoFil ? gfur;fr q 1

qqqfr gta ee: {'-qt dh* q ftilfl{ ll

ll rgll

qc*sqrq:

$r. 6t

68?

{qksatffidqfttqFiiqr
ftflfirt {ilqd q n
$ff edsftTrdt
qqq|dqff}E
e{FtqqrfrEgr.rri
+Tar
gqfilffirnsni wqqft{g{tfrel;E: 6
frqn-s Fqqaqiltcraqq Rs{i q t
qqqra-ffiEs)qtqqi q;4sr: #

rr

ll ( ll

q;i qgQg{dtg+ Rrqnwnqdqora:t

qt sqrffihrg*r twuur qqttwt erq tt\t ll
Sloftc 51. When the Moon occupieeDhanus and
has the aspect of benefic planets upon it, the person
born will have plenty of learning,wealth,wiedom, fane
and strength. When the Moon in Dhanur ia aspected
by Mars, the Sua or Srturn, the peroonborn under guch
influence witl be an arbitrator in a court and addicted
to courtezan$.
cf. nrc-d

yfrrara $th qI fieqraqtt'iqrt r

qgqqgwrrtfrtaqtt
qrFsrsaiqFf
tqrqffrFq g'ii tleqra+atgaq{|
sFqFlgqqT.s
nrit qgfr tt
ftfnga-eu,
qgr:eiqrqili ;q]frqftFqftqrfifigq q t

gEd fRqrRriwrqr{
d,sft rt
o{gqqt(gd :"ftss

qFaq qrt t

qq: tt
eq{r{rcsqfe*{qtgsrFqc
s I
gMr
fe qf,i'iigwr sxr"ittqson
qrtEfqrqrdqrir*ee,
dftq, tt
68

arnwfiwe

638

Adh.vlu.

frffi{R,i gqrr,i qg3Tf,

asqtQqd.qq r

arftqrf,yUei qqqftfr\frn, {rfl qgli u uq tl

qdtfi{tH frur I
trw qttq?ofrqq

gqft*awqt qfit fttrmt u \i tl

Sloha 52. When the Moon in Makara ir severally

aapectedby the planete taken in order from Mercury,
the personsborn in the severalcaseswill be respectively
( 1 ) a k i n g ( o ) a r u l e r o f t h e e a r t h ( t ) a l e a r n e dm a n
(') a rich person(') a beggarand (6) a lord.
cf.

fl-ff{dl

ewi g:fraqe'iqffifr{ilqdtqd gd r
qft\ S{qqlrr:ft1qo*6{tfhiii rgqr tt
erfrfiqqqfAg({t gqi qaHgdet g{qq.r
aeagqq-qo+iift q*,fhaa;q:n

a wrefiA et nTItdlq,qrfti e r
qmfhqin Ee'grR,ifid.i geqqrr
rlqfrqgqftizqftgil,sgawt qrdqI
qgqngqfr{qrqft gnflfhaa;4:rt
qrgsftqqfi{qqqrq?qrorfhiiqt {ft1 t

frqqlaqgr qlqft qg{ffhaa.q:ll

ewdqfti <ra frgevi qrtqrfr{qgqq.

I
q-fr
qfrt
+illi
at
RqFr+,{g{ds:
il
lt I " tl

srrffi frtrqrt lfqEtqfrqq:I

wrrilwq*or qrrfffttft?3 il \1 ti
Sloka 53. The effect on the person born of tlrc
Moon in Kumbhabeing acpectedby benelic planetoio
that he will be rich in fame. The Moon in Kumbha,

sl. &r

qlrTtss{rrt:

680

aEpectedby maleficplanets makes the peroon that har

his birth under the influencea libertine.
cf. vrn+d

qftqfrq{R q qt 1r6'i qTft*aftrt q r

o qffi*

ttztrffir'f: Q{$HI{:tl

I
SlsRfldnnrimqgfrfuerosq.
ftqi qtortsimilftSffiqa;q: tl
lftdFftf, &q q g{fi-{r{ 1
wrnqqrT${rA
dsffqqgtq
tr$ gt rr
$q tfrft gq{tf+ra:
qrqfr*aeqiT{nq-q{T{Etq t
gtt iFraqlai sr\i gffiftn: ffift $t n
qrq{r
4qqg*tfti *Krqrqr&frflqa
rr
sat urit sgqtfrfRaftil qcq\seqgsq
qqtqqt qfAi KErRnni fiqqlqt r
wnrrnftqqrainrit qt frwee,lt
n I t tl

ftrU sr{ttki ffi

ardi* qqfrr

Rflt qrqftftftt qq-fl{qrqtrs} qrqt I

i
flqit tq6*fki {aqftqffr $q;il-{nftr

fuir gr{tiht Rq*tqrdrq{rdtrr+(n\B tl

Sloka 54. When the Moon in Meena is aspected

by beneficplanets, the person born wili be a learned
king, fond of mirth. If the Moon in the sameRasi be
aspected by malefic planets, the effect of this on the
peroonborn is that he will be foui-mouthed and evilminded. When the Moon occupyinga malefic Amsa is
arpected by malefic planets, the person born will be
wicked and licentious. If the Amsa occupied by the

qTnsrRcre

640

Adh.vln

Moon be bendic and the aspectingplanetsbe alsobeoe'

fanous.
fic, the peruonborn becomes
NorBs'
cf. sRts-odi

fti qqrtdnhglta tiTqfi qqnaq.

t
qflft RffiGE' sgfraqrrqvqftfri rt
qfr{d gqQf, s@rgaq qrlfrK q I

qqqft aq{erqft:
Rrftgnee}
a\ qtq, rr
q?qfr g}t afr ftrrqa-qqT: gFtI{|
qqfrqilq Sfui {twfrsqrqd fiqII ll

UmfiiFil ofui qFisqruqfu+tr

"reql{

g$qt +gft: df}id qn}q tl

sd {Fftgrfterfuai aerra}wrqt
g*ffi flqFil qqqd nftfrqi q rt
mqrfrg{Ertqfr{fd{ |
ff+aqRdEFFrrr:

gd lftcafr *qfrcqrsnrrffrlu

u tltf

What has been said in slokas 48-54 above may be rearrangetl

and sumrnarisedthus:
(l) Mars aspecting the Moon in
Aries will make the person born a King
one bereft of proporty
Taurus
in some limb
defective
Gemini
valiant
Cancer
a king
I-eo
wealthy
Virgo
Libra
minister of a king
Scorpio
arbitrator in a court and onc
Segitterius
addicted to courtezans
lord
a
Capricorn
a libertine
Aquerius
foul'mouthed and evil'minded
Pirccg

641

qg5ifss4s:

sr.51

Thus, Moon square or opposition Mars is bad except when the

Three of these
Moon is i' .\ries, Leo, Scorpio a'd Capricorn'
g_qba
(Uchchakshetra)
q&-e
(Swakshetra)
and
lrappen to be the
of Mars, and f 'r the Moon in Leo, Mars happens to be the ruler
of the 9th from it. That is wl.ry Mars is gooti in these four signs' '
(2) Mercury aspecting the l\tloon in
n.ral<ethe person born

Aries will

a man of learning

Taurus

a thief

Gemini

a king

Cancer

honoriable

Leo

one speaking learnedlY

Virgo

mightY

Libra

a liing

Scorpio

father of twins

Sagittarius

learned, wealthy and wise

Capricorn

a king

Aquarius

rich and famous

Pisces

a learned king, fond of mirth

The

Moon

in opposition to Mercury

except Vrishabha.

It is however not

opposition to Jupiter for finance.

in any place

so good as the

The intellectual

is good

Moon

in

side is good.

(3) Jupiter aspecting the Moon in

equal in status to a king
Aries will make the person born
honorable person
Taurus
Genrini

intelligent and sagacious

Cancer

endowedwith the highest

poetical talent

Leo

wealthy

Virgo

lordlY

Libra

a mrnt master

Scorpio

favourite of a king

Sagittarius

wealthy, famous and learned

Capricorn

a king

Aquarius
Pisces

rich and famous

The

a king
Moou

can be aspected

by Jupiter ouly when she is in

u.l.*""".,----"","1*", ""-".
"-""113:5
trine or in opposition to Jupiter and not when
with Jupiter.

in conjunction

Politicians or statesmenare born if the Moon trine Jupiter or

Moon opposition Jupiter takes place when the Moon is in Taurus,
Virgo or Capricorn.
It therefore follows that all leaders in any walk of life must
have Moon-trine Jupiter or Moon.opposition -Jupiter.
(4) Venus aspecting the Moon in
Aries will make one
endowedwith every amiable quality
Taurus
a l(ing
Gemini
a fearlessperson
Cancer
a person of royal rarrk
Leo
a King
Virgo
learned
Libra
a merchant
Scorpio
one engagedin a base occupation
Sagitt'arius
wealthy and fanrous
Capricorn
a learned man
Aquarius
farlous
Pisces
a learned man
Venus opposition Moon is thus not generally bad.
(5) Saturn aspectingthe Moon in
Aries will make the person born
Taurus
Gemini
Cancer
I-eo
Virgo
Libra
Scorpio
Sagittarius
Capricorn
Aqrrarius
Pisces

a thief
wealthy
a villain
a person working in iron
a wicked person
badly behaved
impotent
a sickly person
addicted to courrezans
a rich person
a libertine
foul-mouthel and evil-minded

All aspects(whether 3rd, lOth or 7th) of Saturn to the Moon

are bad except when the Moon is in Taurus aod Capricorn. We

Sl. 66

qgdscqrq:

643

have already stated in sloka 3 supra that I\{oon-conjunction-Saturn

is bad.
(6)

The Sun aspecting the Moon in

A r i e s w i l l m a k e t h e p e r s o nborn a beggar
Taurus
one of a servaut class
Gernini
a poor Inan
Cancer
sufiering from ophthalmia
Leo
mighty
Virgo
one in corn forlable circums t a u ce s

Libra
Scorpio
Sagittarius
Capricorn
Aquarius
Pisces

rmpotent
a poor n)an
an arbitrator in court and
addicted to courtezans
a beggar
a libertine
f o u l - m o u t h e d r ,n d e v i l . m i n d e d .

A1l oppositionof the Sun to the Nloon is bad e\cepr when

the Moon is in Leo. The Suu will then be in Aquarius and
aspectinghis own house.
What is true of the l\Ioon is also true of the Lagna.
V a r a h a m i h i r ai n h i s B r i h a t j a t a k a( X V l l l - 2 0 ) .

So says

A11 squaresor oppositionsbetweel the Moon anrl any malefic

bad.
is
Similarly, all squaresand oppositions betrveenthe Lagna
and any ma1efic is bad. So also conjunctionsof malellcs with the
Moon or the Lagna is bad except Sun-conjunction.l\{oon.
A l l c o n j u n c t i o n sb e t w e e nr n : r l e f i c sa r e b a d ( c / . s l o l i a s 1 , 2 , 4 ,
8 e u p r a a s a l s o W e s t e r na s t r o l o g e r s ) .

q=rttr+sq ffi(
{ftterQsei

qEft gqElt t{ g{erq}q*gar n \\ ff

SiorAa55 The effect of an aspect upon a Raei

must be held tc apply likewige to its Amsa. The Rasis
as well as their Amsas when aspectedby or associated
with benefic planetsbecomebenefic or auspicious.

Adh. VIII'

sriila;cfiErrfi

644
-##

cf.

rrfirqd\qg+ .rn] q qerflqt dql q"a I

ilfiqo qTFftifioql*qfqfqar q nfq-s{ lt

||
Il oerfqqrqftTer5-dq
qr{'d qR omlseqffiq\ qrd; gtqi f inrr

qeqnriiiuiqutr qqilsntd gqffi;rer I

il;ilqn{in gdmat{lqffi.qsttr{t
qii dwakii ^ ERrriwq;rrtt tii{qrq ll \q ll

S/o&a 56. If the Sun be in the Lagnabhava,the

personborn will have few sons, lead a iife of ease,be
.ruel, eat sparingly, with defectivevision, be given to
bo".iing in the battte-field, well-bred and acquainted
with the histrionic art. But if the sun be in the exal
tation sign also, tbe effect of it on the person born is
that he *itt a.tigrrt in the acquisition of knowledge and
of good vision, f ame and indepenvirtue, be possessed
dence. lf the Sun occupyingthe Lagna be in Meena
the perron born wilt be waited upon and served by
f"miler; but if thc Lagna in which the Sun is be
identicalwith simha, thc effectof it on the personbort)
i s t h a t h e w i l l b c n i g l r t r r l i n d b u t p o s s e s s i n gg o o d
strength'
cf.

6nFI{'

Norrs
\

df:qr;ti

_.

^c

\i

fqtqrqqt tqqulls{ laFq

'[qljt-q: I
iq qefioft{i{{r fhtqet
qaq tt
dlts-*sq' {fttt-(qh ge,.IE{:

Also 'nottitq;t

elsfrseq+q'f*,qtosaq,*){t qqr*ait

qg*serrq:

5t. 57-58

616

qrRq-ilqo)fiaelq,it qnFilrqiqia tt
The Sun in Leo causes blindness at night. In Cancer, the
Sun causescataract in the eyes. The Sun in Libra causesblindness. The Sun in the Lagna causessome defect in eyes.

qfttrrfu.gq.riqfttrydirl

hqq qrq{iei g rrilgt{ I

drqq+i q{qdi{gsqilot

Kililfi qii i\rrgFtfriinq tt \e ll

S l o h a 3 7 . W h : n t h e w . r n i n g M o o n o c c u p i e st h e
Lagnathe p:rsrn born will be deaf, defective,in some
limb and a menial servanL. lf the Moon in the above
position be also in conjunction with a malefic planet,
there will be no vitality in the person born and he will
soon be dead If the Moon in the Lagna be in its exaltation or own house,the effecc of it rs that the person
born will have abundrnce of wealth, f,rrne and much
beauty. If the Mcon in the L-rsnabe full, the person
born will attain long life and becomelearned.
c/. gaslnq

{mi;qililst;'t{trqf\(: inq, nru*a}

erliq,ri qf,tll

Also na{itt.nr

fht q-i h art(,iqig{q+

qftb erqtn{.qiR fiqiin qrqqtu

fis
- {ilEit*saftsfrqqdt'ri gi swt
frmfttreqrqqdfrdi oefet q'rqtt
qli o{rrt frrguotrdt qdi 6q.{r{
6

qrqtw;mgrqErrci{rf}erihotUrfrrr\c tl
69

646

crfitcrftqrfr

Adh. VIII

'The
Sloka 58.
personborn with Mars in the first
bhava will be cruel, daring, given to wandering, very
fickle and sickly ; if the planet in the first bhrva be
Mercury, the effecton the pcrson born will be that he
will be devoted to the acquisition of learning, wealch,
virtue and religion ; if Jupiter occupy the Lagnathe
person bcrn will be long-lived, and have knowledge
untainted, wealth and beauty: if Venus should be in
the first bhava, the influence on the person born will
be that he will b: libidinous, lovely in mien, blessed'
with a wife and children, and learned.
c/. gqsqrcr

e* gi R{dilg:
rt gt {?aqu riti fqar{tt
tr(fisq: gfrna fi-h Wgt lt
Also..qo{nq+t

qqwq{tsi rr
Hildg{ftr{i}seqrgR+
tt
frqlg.ioqfi$ rgtegttrTfl{qnw{qJq'
aitwaqSs-,itfingfifr ort g* ffeqo,tt
n* gagEtfq{gfqqiqqtqlgn+tfr +fl: tt

galfrqftsqfrffirffi qt fiofrqIftssdart

q*qgaqrggonitrrrqiq6s qtsfrqrri fEWs ll \q ll

Sloha 59. The effect of Saturnoccupyingthe first
bhava at a person'sbirth is that he will have stinking
nostrils, sufferfrom fistula of an advanced type and
have a defectivc limb ; but if the f irst bhava occupied
by $aturn be the planet's exaltation sign, the person
born will be a king's peer, amiable for his special
virtues, and endowed with long life.
cf.

g-{iT{

siErili)fr qqmrritssoacfu{:

sl. 60-61

glg{}ss{r{:

il1

Rtgd fter*' sfrCgn-ortssHqtt

I

gteqltqrtzqftseir]
il{sre: gFreiar{w:
rt
Also q.o{ir?ar

elb efiqqqi frfAqretfr

arisf;i qqfrt{gilftqrq: I

qqqre}
fr\g g,rarR{tfBa
qdieai:errr,it
qfriisogatl

il* i}u{iqqt g tnfi t

1t rrruriinat{{rliir
+1*Aot wqi{igEqrftrifht wfiqnfr.ft rrQotl
Sloha 60, When Rahu occupiesthe Lagna,,the
personbcrn wili be cruel, without compassionor moral
virtue in his natureand sufferingfrom ailments; when
Ketu occupiesthe Lrgna, the personborn will be sickly
and very avaricious, but if the R rlru or Ketu in the
Lagna be aspected by a benefic planet, the person
concernedwill hrve princely enjoymencs.
c/. mo{i{t-rr

oriseqf+n$qqoqrq"qtqiltniiqn'
tt

ori aasqgrifiui fiqot

Hrn;gii findtqmgqpr{ I qyq:gret il

1i}ffi

11E
flsrrilrnqqr{it t

turdgilq $et q'Etriqi itrGfinEt tl

S/oAc 61. Rahu occupying the Lagnain the sign

owned by the Sun, promotesprincely enioyment in the
midst of affluence; Ketu produces longstandingwealth
and offspring when occupying the Lagna in a house
belongingto Saturn.

il8

crd6crftqra

Adh. VIII.

il &frqtl
sFft qrcl"qErfisqtrqrtqt
Rdqrit Rrqrfr t

urqturaqr{rfirR&i
AmrfrafrT{rqffit

Qq

Sloha 62, When the Sun is in the Znd bhava,

person
the
born will be liberal, possessedof property
in minerals, cherish even ill-wishers and will be
eloquent. Il the Moon be in the Znd bhava,the effect
is that the person born will b: fond of women, beloved,
of agreeablespgech, shrewd at guessing the covert
purposerof others, fond of study and possessed
of richee.

,ilrfrEiffiitqreqqtt t]fl gi fffi

rrqr ge* st t
eqdtqrifuiqqfloWrqq
qFfr*cnMqfigowrd
-rtQgft

filqrqrq$urfianwnqffiqdktqFl} ll El ll

S/otc 63. tf Mars b: in the Znd bhava,the person

born will engagein much wandering in the pureuit of
metallurgy and agticulture, and will be hot-tempered;
if Mercury be in that bhava, the person bbrn will be
virtuous and have much wealth and moral worth discerningly acquired; if the planet in the 2nd bhavabe
Jupiter, the person born under euch influencewill be
eloquent,command comfortablemeals,have vast wealth
and bestow liberal gifts. If Venue occupy the same
bhava, the person born will have learning, gallantry,
personalgracesand much weaith.

sru(q{rElqrsisfi}sq.Tf{* ggrfiqqt g Err{s I

fi$qt cn?rqtrd
tiftdt iaaiqtuqBtl
ftfrq{rFqdqt
Sloha 61, But i[ Saturnbe in the Znd bhava,the

srEt{fsrqlrt:

El. 65

htless,vagrant, in'
*t - tt--""tat
-t.
t"*
digent and deceitful ; if Rahu be in that bhava, the
peroonborn will be quarrelsorne; if the occupant of the
Znd bhava be Ketu, the person born wrll be a public
enem''
Nores
According to Varalrarrrihira, the Sun or Saturn in tbe 2nd
housewill make the person immensely rich, but will cause some
defect or other in the face or teeth, while the Moon in the same
p o s i t i o nw i l l g i v e h i m a l a r g e f a m i l y . M a r s i n t h a t b h a v a w i l l
rneke him eat bad foori, I,iercu'y in the Znd bhava will rnake the
n a t i v e r i c h w h i l e V e n u s o r J u p i t e r w i l l m a k e h i m e l o q u e n to r
sweet-tongued.
roiiiQ6r

fiqnGqrfaaqfin
KqfArqtiqqrra:((d') tt
qil6ils;nqlftrffurgciT;qrfq
(q;e)fiffa: tl
qqfRfaeq){qfiqrq,$i gqqtP,{a:
tt
+frrqoaqrqrR tf,) fqeraqiil lt
qrit lirqqgr({tagtq} tiir tgi}) qrt frfiq: u

tt
milfr+firtrl: r,faqA{Gnrf:qr{
ftgrqqqqqE(a*) s;qrqffi q qar&aqqqqqt4qn*{T'igs{ tl

;iitfmtetr;:ft zq'{dtfii tqt}l rriit: gt4ttt

fiqrfi{tqqqirfbgn$efFqm:q(rafnrn
$tt q{Fq:ll

ilu@rr
qt gdatf+aisftqaqiftnrlt
Edntfi

q;i frqrili{frstquitr'tq-gfrqrqtft:tins
I

qqrfrsqnqilTq'TEr6rit{f\
*lqri si
qrqrddqtsa{isitqqd
qtqisgq0St ll E\ ll

5sc

qrd{crRsrh

Adh. VIII.

S/c,ftrl65. When the Sun is in the 3rd bhava. the

personborn will be brave, served by bad men, vqry
wealthy and liberal; when tire Moon occupies the
bhavarepresentingyoungerbrothers, the person born
w i l l h a v ei n s i g n i f i c , r n tw e a l t h ,b e k i n d t o r e l a t i v e sa n d
virtuous. With Mrrs in tire ilrd bhrva, the person
born beccmesfamous,ol immense prowess,and of upright (uncrooked)view:; but when M:rclrry occupies
the Jrd bhava, the personborn is bent on the practice
of deception, of vagrant h.rbirs, exccssivelyvacillating
and misereble.

HI[a6q] gfr rroqqrqiiiRtt rTltt6(

g* dtEtt qtq{qqrqrqiq{fritar t

qffito{rrgqil{ qrilRTiurgi
sTeqr{rt

trd iiiltsftqtd'{ft{r *di gurtiirnr{ n qq tl

Slokt 66. The person born wirh Jupiter in the
3rd bhavabecomesindigent,henpeckedand addicted to
evil ; if Venus bc in tlre 3rd blrav,r the person born
speaksfretfully, is vicior:s and controlled by his wife.
The person taking birth when Satrrrn occ\rpies the
crqrtrE (Bhratrubtrava) eats sparingly and possesses
wealth, moral worth and excellentfamily traits; when
Rahu is in the placcof v;rlour(3rd bhava), the person
b o r n b e c o m c sv e r y v ; r l i a n t a n d r i c h ; a n d i f K e t u b e i n
that position,thc pcrson concerned becorn:s virtuous
and wealthv.

g{r diqirq{qx(! |
drqnrrltutf
tiq gqqrit erq g(drqft lTnisrqn qe tl
Slcku 67. Ve nus in the 3rd and rhe i th bhavas
'fhe
cau6essorrow, diseases
and danger.
same lrlanrt

ergifsurrrq:

SI. 68

551

in the same position mly become benefic when in

arjvanco
e f t h e S u n( w h e n a p p e a r i na
e sa n E v e n i n gS t a r ) .
Norss.
T h e e f f e c t s s t a t e d i l I l r i h a t . | a t a l < af o r t b e S u n , M a r s a n d
S a , t u r n i n t h e 3 r c l b h a v a a r e g o o d a s t h e y m a l < et h e n a t i v e i n t e l l i gent and strong. Tlre lVloonin the 3rd housewill make one cruel
,
' r v h i l e 1 \ l l e r c u r yi n t l r a t p o s i t i o n w i l l t u r n
hinr a consurnmate rogue.
J u p i t e r u r n dV e n u s w h e n i n t h a t b l r a v a r n a l r e i r i n r s t i n g l ' .

soiiT?{r

Hqdil&fiqgErt
eaqdrl flnil: (qq:) ll
nE].ii flqroqqqq*,iisfiaqq:(q;e) tl
ggqqqqrttilslcq: gdt ;qgqlsg+(gi) tt

qzrqJsi;qgm:
fii ql: H{I{; gq({HfQa:
(gt) ll
(gil) t,
ill(fl: 5qq: qdliflq:fiUsqT,:.ufi'
fiqTrgesq{
Fq,'lqf}{f}+t (gx) rr
q t*4 qi'tfi iflgqapn fiei q tl
figeqfagq(a-,qftrea
zacfi, riit fergra't(el*i g1
wrdtur.2firlq+"i
airgio qqqir:qq{rqn}q
*n} q{iqqqtsQqqqraqtt
\v

\-

c
ll qqerq ll

mr gtq&qir
afrritq?rqr;qgr?diar
fiqrtftogffiFqtr
fi-i r
wr'1dro+At
*i *'g.ti g +grkar diiiiHnrqil{qrt
qqlqiigaru qd tl
ff90 {ih} frq;grrotrFfi
5/oArr(r8. Whcn the Srrn is iu th.: g< (Sukha
4tlr) blr.rva,
the personborn rvill sLrf
fcr f ron lieart disease,
w i l l l a c k m o n e y , c o r n a n d c , l r n m q ns . ' i r s ei r n d w i l l b e
Jrard,hlarted. If the Moon be iir tlrrt blrava,thc effect
thereof is that the p,rrsol)b,rrn 'will posscsslearning,

552

A\

sttiTfirrtqrit

Adh. VIII.

good nature and prosperity, but will hanker after other

paople'swives. The personborn with Mare in the
a;g (Bandhu4th) bhava will be bereft of relations, and
though valiant. If Mercury be in that bhahen-pecked,
va, the persrn born will be a fcrlorn crealure without
friends or relatives, while growing up to be a pandit
distinguishedfor sterlinqkrowleJge and a{fluence,

Errlrtqdt gq*qosqtrrd

qr(f {Tqalqiirngft
ga I
tfrirffiaI gr+qqirqas&ffqt

inqrsfi'rUggi qia E;gqrttt qq tt

Sloftc 69. When Jupiter occupiesthe 4th bhava,

the personborn will be eloquent,wealthy and possessed
of comfort, fame,strengthand personalbeauty,but of a
crafty dispc,sicion. When Venus is irr that bhava the
personborn will be over ruled by his wife though
makingmuch (boasting) of bis comforts, fame,wealth,
intelligenceand lcarning.

qrqrcdqlsqdtq qlil {tiiEfr rrrggt g& |

u* q-ozrRqirqriqi*ii\ ge& q q{FTfldllrro 11
Slofta i 0. When Saturn is in the 'lth bhava,the
personborn will b'e lacking in the observancls pre'
scribedfor his caste,will be crafty and causingtrouble
to his mother. Wlren Rahu is in that position the
personborn will keep in the seclusionof a seragliohis
wives and such othersas stand in a similar relation to
him; and when Kcttr is in the gra (Sukha4th) bhava,
the personborn will be a reviler of ottrerpeople(scandal'
monger).

sI. ?1

qgilstrrfqr
NorBs'

Brihat Jataka.
If the Sun, Mars or Saturn occupy the 4th house,the person
born will have no happinessand will be troubled in mind. If the
Moon, Jupiter or Venus should be positedin that house, the person
will be happy. Mercury in that position will make the native
learned.
q-o.4lffdr

qqqflqgfaqqTfigorgftfig6q
qqqgs zqfttqr qlrflqiiqq{(q. tt

g1,it,fi sr.ft gA 1=d) FgQfrr('H{rr:

tl
geQ (gi) fig6-rrqn)oitgroqqrfl!
u
: gER(gt) glqg(fr{qFqtE{}ftil
Rreql{l{qTgqFrq
q'* (gil; qlqgeFqR;aagnal$raqr;rTrFqd:
ll
gqrqqgqflq{Hwrqqq=t
g& (+i}) rr
g:dtq(rt-(qTiqrqBgil
+re}qtrlogt (ni}) rr

6qftFgdttl
aeTiufi (q+) g:6rgg1e{rg:

,irfr*qrqaqa'tgr+r'rgjharq
gQthnl;nuefkfriqqt rr

ll qQlqq.tt
qm&qqeugftfmr
*nqutofgri iitil t
qqd a'rt qdid u uq 1i
q;eftqttrmqqrErTgdafi
Sloka 7l. A personborn with the Sun in the 5th
bhavawill be a courtier with an unsteady mind and
will sojourrr abroad. When the Moon occupiesthe
g"rttir (Puthra bhava, 5th|, the peroon born will be
high,minded,rich, ccmpassionatc
and diligently bent on
doing what has been determined upon after deep
deliberation.
70

\
qriFsqfi(crtir

664

Adh. VIII,

\A\AC

ims?nqgc{{tEl{ti6l I;TIITII

$rdt q;ii q qR qenqiqili I

ffTfqqn${ol gilEtditiiqrqrirEognrgai q{t i lt sq ll
Sloka 72. If at a pcrson'sl-rirtli, M.rrgoccupy the
the person b:,rrnrvill be cruel,of wandering
bhava,
5th
h a b i t s , r e s t l e s s ,d a r i n g u n r i g h t e o u s ,v o l u p t u c u s a n d
wealthy; if Mcrcury bc iir tlre ga (lutra, 5th) bhava,
the personborn will b: prolicicrrt in sacredtexte and
in the art of ovcrccning focs by magicspellsand will
be blessedwith a family cf wife and children, wealth,
learning, fam,:and st.rengtir,

qd guirit{qKsqf}mrvq
qiq16ffii g(gt gmriiqri t

qqriirqqErarfoq{tot
tqr$wqitttqqt q g* u u1 11
Sloku 73. Clever in counsel, virtuous, possessed
of choice riches br:t with a paucity of sons, will the
person be at wh,rs: birth Jupiter occupies the sth
if Venus be in that bbava, the personborn will
h<-ruse;
have good sons, friends, wealth, much beautyand (be
the masterof) commandan arrny and horses.

qdifirg{gr*t qqoq q{t

qriiriieriifiqqr gilrsigr r
{idqrgtqqs g(t fiofit'

*d narqrtofiutd{ ilrfr tt sB tl

s[|;kui 4 . The personborn with Sacurnin the 5th

b h a v aw i l l be iusane, Iong,lived, unhappy and f ickle,

sl, ?5

elgqlsEqIzT:

665

but virtuous and victorious over his enemies; when

Rahu is in the 5th house, the person born will be
cowardly, compassionateartd poor ; when Ketu is in
that bhava,tl'rceffecton thc personbrrn is thrt he will
b: cra{ty,dreadinqwatcr and ailing very much.
Norps'
Itrihat Tatlriia.
( . u i z " L l t eS u r l , I \ [ ' r r s o r S a t u r n )
"t'113iir:s,
s l r o u l r lo c c u l ) \ . t l r . t . 5 l l rh c u s c . t l t r : l ) r t r s L r nc o r r c c r r t c dw i l l b e c h i l d , e rvi1l
less antl without rvceltlr. li' tl r, lloorr lre in the 5tlr lrou-ceh
h a v e c h i l < l r e n . ] V [ e r t u r " r ' i rt ti r : l t l r c l s i t i o lut ' i l i t r r . r l i cl r i r l ra t l r i n i s t e r .
If any orle of- the

J u p i t c r a n d V e n u s i n t l t r : - i t l r i l l r t r s t '$ ' i i 1 i n r i l i e t l r e n : r t i r . e i n t e l l i g e t t t a t t I l t ; r 1 ' 1 I' re' s l ' , ' c t I i \ '

"
nofiiqqr

(ri}1 ll
gqqqlg<{lAiaguflriirq;{lzfiqq.
ggii qqr{i zgrfiiam g'iriir (e-4) 11

ll
ga ('ri; fEqiTsal{t:
frgen+ilsatxm,
tr;J(i{agit.i;{'an'qar{F;{
(i) tt
fiarfilpqqatg:
ga: bagir r{a,ri'rir !fi.Tra.
it-itqgii rr
efqfoeAqq{'r gi{idtfi.q..i ;;1;i1j tUX) ft

Hr;iI flqg{i,!q";'fsi1
*";l l.rii nir i'ifi: tt
qtniq4qii{l: r,"zlai.riigl :gfirrriil
q qiq, ll
g-rflq qetilltfi{rrdtgi Sii:i,rl,'q,;T(+;il) ra"'-r;n[.t

nqgqu
flqt E[ir{rqqsqi;iEqT*a'Trirffrqiq.{Hqrt Rih t
qr( qiryrq*rti{T*qd u'frsn?qiir"ft iqqTgltt
3T"rrrgt
.Sir;Air75. i f ;rt th : lrir tir c'f a nersLin the Sun
b: ltrstful,
o c c u F ) /t h . : C t b b h l v a , t h e p t r s o n h o r , i
"rzill
b r a v e , h o n o r i r J b y k i ; - i - s .f u l i c f s c i f . c s t c . m ,r e n o w n e d

668

crfrscrFdre

Adh. VII I.

" , personborn will ba short lived if it be full Moon,

;
the
and long'lived.
voluptuous
be
very
the personborn will

mdt ftgqffit: qq-dilllr

ftgOt
{iqr.q{rt{osilsEfti
ffqrsmfr(: tri{rtsftqtttt tsEtt
Sloka Ttj. When Mars is in the 6th bhava, the
personborn will own prop:rty, exterminatefoes, have
a powerful appetite, b: opulent and enjoy fame and
strength; when lr4ercury occupies that bhava, the
personborn will b: instructive, amusing, quarrelsome,
but friendly, void o[ morality and abstainingtrom all
beneficenceto his relatives.

ilqi fffiolsft{rtsqtct
fimqilffilidi ugh ftgQ I

qarrrrtRqftrioqqadtar
{rqt mr dtst tft {eqft ll \esll
Stoht 77. Th: person bor,r *]th Iupiter in the
6 t h b h a v aw i l l b e l u s t f u l ,v i c t o r i r u so v e r f o e sb u r w ; e k ;
w h e n V e n u s i s i n t h a t b h a v a , t h e p e r s o nb c r n w i l l
s u ff e r f r o m s o r r o w a n d c a l u m n y ; w h e n S a t u r no c c u p i e s
t h e ( t h b h a v r , t h e p e r s o nb c r n w i l l b : g l u t t o n o r r s ,
afraid of troublesomeopponents,lecherousand we,ilthy.

n* figerqG fHmftr?trW,q;(gt
$drart
q;gfffiqnlfur{rtqr?qq{qi
ftg} v tfr rr\edll
Slrrftzr78. If Rahu be in the 6th Lhava,the person
born will b: of good birth, subdue his foes,enjoy long

qcfrsqrc:

sl" 79

567

life, and be very hrppy; If Ketu occupythat bhava, the

personborn will be kind to his relativesand renowned
for his generousvirtues and illustriouserudition.
Norns'
llrihat Jataka.
If the Sun, Mars or Saturn occupy the 6th bhava, the person
c o n c e r n e d w i l l b e p o w e r f u l , b u t w i l l b e o v e r p o w e r e db y h i s
enemies. If the Moon be in that house, he rvill have many
e n e r n i e sw
, i l l b e o f a d e l i c a t ec o n s t i t u t i o r a
r nd w;ll have a dyspept i c a p p e t i t e . H i s s e x u a l p a s s i o nw i l l b e w e a k; a n d h e w i l l b e
h a r s l r i n t e r n [ ) e r a l n e nat n d i n d o l e n t i n h i s w o r k . l f M e r c u r y ,
J u p i t e ro r V e n u s b e i n t h e 6 t h b h a v a t h e n a t i v e w i l l b e w i t h o u t
enetnies.
saeift.nl

qf'lag{fqfaqReq
: (qri:) ng{rqfiqqrT{ll

rt
ntserga;isqftrit'frqRq{t
$mrT(n:
a1rr1qrir
fiil iuil fiqqlZq:tl
qrdr.)irfiqiififq1gt,fturocdruFlfigilft,
s1
.\

qft{'iiFnfqqit ,rU:u
(gr);wDerqe,isfier
fia3wa flil ({ml gafhqfrrfierq rr
qr{iiqfiqrFqi}fiw.} qra qrdtR* 1'6tr1',
f}'5lredifBd;
Fgqi,{*qifilg: alh1r$1 ,'
o}tr&qnqgoi
eaniqfhfet*iill qbcg.aqftqdqfiefRfiq
rr

ll {THTTt{Teru
ll
dafl qEifut Rqqttatqqs'r,fieor
fffr slqqf ({ngErfdtqrqqj ,irnrqr{t

ulqorftundrsrdir fiHiqi r1iqi'

6qssitrrqqoriidiqqgrerWixiqfn uq pl
Sloka 19. When the Sun occupiesthe 7ch bhava

658

cm*critsri

Adh. VIII.

at a person's birth, he will hate womankind and be

exceedinglywr athful and wicked ; whcn the Moon is
in that bhava, the effect otl th: person born is that l're
of wanderinghabits, yielding to
will be compassiotrate,
women and voluptuous; the person ac wilose birth
Mars occupies the 7th bhava will b: querulous
a b o u tw o m e na n d f o n Co f w a r ; i I t h c p l : n ' . t o c c u p y i n g
t h i s b h a v ab : M e r c u r y ,t h e p . r s o n b l r n r v i l l b e m a i m e d
b u t c a p a b l eo f a m u s i n gr v r t h i r i ss k i l i i : r t h c ; r r t s '

{ttqrcnorEl{Rawt{i qd uti

trqrdiq-qqgw g{ril EqHri{t Tnqt I

rlt(Et{Inntiirqiqqir qi( qryflqri
ilrfi qnf{qqiirl qiqqfi qlqiui irml lldoll

S / o f t , 28 0 . I f J u p i t e r o c c u p y t h : 7 t l - rb h a v ' r . t h e
p e r s o nb o r n w i l l b e r e s o l u t ea t l dh a v e a l o v e I y w i f c b u t
w i l l v i e w w i t h a r r t i p a r h yh i s p i i ' en t s a n d s p i r i t u a lp r e '
ceptors; if Vcnus b: in that bhav,t, thc c[fc,L on the
p e r s o nb o r n i s t h a t h e w i l l b e a f a ' r o ' r r i t e w i c b t n e
c l a s s ,c h a r m i n l l y l o v c l ' , ' b r t t l a m c ; i f S a t r r r n
courtezan
'at
o c c u p yt h r ? t h b h : r v a r t p c r s ' J r i ' sb i r t h , l : e w i l l b a
i n d i g e n ta n d d i s t r es s c di n t n i n d f r ' ; r n t h : t o i l i r c h a st o
u n d e r g ob e a r i r r ga h : l v y b r l r t l e n( ) V c r.rl i o n i l d i s t a n c e;
t h e p e r s o n b o r n r v i t l t l { l h t l i n t h c 7 t h b i r a v , rw i l l b e
p r o u d , f o r e m o s t a i n o r l g g a i i a n t sa n J s : r f er i n g f l o m
disease.

g hiii gqrqdr"{tfiffiaq\qr I
sr;THrrrdtqqt

(Eleaiqdwarm'qi4l
frnt firriol qtiqiqql{{Tr
. S i o A r8r 1 . W h c n K e t u i s i n t h e T t i r b l r a v a , t h e
p e r s o nb o r r r w i i l ei t h e r h a v ea b a d w i f e o r d e r i v e n o
from a wif:, will be sleepy, indecorous,dejectpleasure
constantlyroving and a vet rt.rbleblockhead.
ed in speech,

sl. s2-8s

srECIScqr{t:

669

Norrs'
Brihat Jataka.
T h e S u n , M a r s o r S a t u r n o c c u 1 . ' y i ntgh e 7 t h h o u s e ,w i l l m a k e
t h e p e r s o ns u f f e r h u n r i l i i i t i o na t t h e h a u d : o f l ' e l r e n . T h e I \ t o o n i n
t h a t p o s i t i o n w i l l n r a l t e l r i r n e r r v i o u si l n d e - . i c e e d i n g loyv e r h e a d
a n d e a r s i n 1 o v e . l f N l e r c u r l , b e i n t i r c 7 t | h o u : . . et ,h e p e r s o nc o n cerned rvill possessa knowledge c,f the lir.ws and rules of the
c o u n t r y . J u p i t e r i n t h e 7 t I b h a v a r v i l l u r a l i et h e n a t i v e e x c e l h i s
f a t h e r i n h i s q u a l i t i e s . I f V e n u s b e p o s i t c d i n t h e 7 t h h o u s e ,t h e
person born will plomoie quarrels and rvill be forrci of sexual
union.
s'oitk{r

zqfaeqsf,tqFh(r<i) s"z'rrqrtqqqd{ tl
et (a-11eu:qirdiq{gqfadl;iisfiqqrr:
ll
e+sfiadt irlrilsrt 1si) sa,il diltd tl
qrslsrfr(n) qrtqq,flF{nqfRqrqrfi
qrqffanr{tl
fi.q.f,tgi{I;qE(Uii sf?rgqq6ldlg{Itsf}t:
l,
!

\r

frrllqqfril{d zd+.4qqt61qq(gfi) ll

.nIrTFt
dqt g{Trfrdlfi:dls':qiifi6e: rt
qn;alseq{t:
elnsnqq]qq irril) sqfigits?'ii:
ll
qt (h.itt slqrlqqdl{fiqr-aii.rqH:q{Kfagfrtqqqrgilfi{l
\

z \ {

il srgT{qtl
q*i{{rql $ou{iutr q{qqe{ q {fi q Eflr I
1 A

wir.g*srqtiaiqiiqnrlor
{r{rk ult raqft ttdRtl
Sloka B!. Thc person born with the Sunin the
8 t h b h a v aw i l l b e h e a r ! ' w i n n i n g s, k i l l e di n d i s p u t e sa n d
discontented; if th: Moon be in the sreqrrra(Ashtama
bhava),the in{luenceon the person born is that he will
be eagerfor war, liberal,fond of amusement
and learning.

ffiaq,ii q;rqq qq{r'rqflgil GtTrK(! srrttsI

Rfrfrnwqw{R* qalgqnftqgissq0
n cl tt

560

qrdscdtqrt

Adh. VIII.

Slyfa 83. The pereon at whose birth Mars occupies the 8th bhava will be plain in attire, rich and
possessedof authcrity over a multitude ; if the planet
in the stsqlrrEf(Ashtama bhava) at a person'$ birch be
Mercury, the person born will be renowned for his
many good gualities, the most notableof them being
good breedingand will have much wealth.

t*lrqtatqrqi qR Rr?qgfrFrrqftirugr

qiqfgrq{fie{rgoquqfrqft
|
rrrtt qrEq{&

qft ft.qrnrofrRrnquwirrtrg} t;qqft

qftT{lrtt qi,iffiq frnfttr dB ll
{d b-{nqqqi
Sloka 84. If Jupiter occupy the 8rh bhava at a
person's birth, he wiil be long-livedand sagacious
but
of ignoble deeds; if Venus be in that bhava the person
born will be blessedwith long life, have every comfort,
be endowedwith matchlessstrengthanJ prssessgreat
(Ashtamr bhava),
wealth; if Saturn be in the ets{IrTrcr
the peraon born will be a hero, the foremost oi fiery
men but will becomebereft both of strength and riches ;
if Rahu occupy the 8th bhava,the person born will have
to enduretrouble and public censure, be dilatory in
action and will sufferfrom many ailments.

*fr qqrrtq.r*wR qrdrqrffqrilfugt I

frAfuts-dt{qqtfq6grc\
ftrrigflqrrfrsRgper
S/ofra85. When Ketu occupies the 8th bhava,
the person born will deeire to possess the wealth of
others and to enjoy their women; he will sufferfrom
dieeaees,being given up to profligacy; he will be
exceedingly avaticious. When Ketu in the 8th bhava
ic aspectedby a benefic planet, the influenceof this on
the personborn is that he will become very wealthy
and long,lived,

sl. g6

661

cgclsqrq.

Nores.
Brihat Jataka.
If the Sun, Mars or Saturn should occupy the 8th house,the
person will have a limited number of issues and will have a
defective eyesrght. If the Moon be in that position, the nativc
will have a fickle mind and will sufier from diseases. Mercury in
the Sth housewill causethe native to be widely known for his
good qualities. Jupiter or Venus in the 8th bhava will make him
base.
r6-6?.1fr{r

{dtlntg:gqqq+}fiqnEEfiqqrr: ll
\

\\

at (q-4) {Fqefig: ll

gmnnfrFqa:rr
Sds{q;rseqEfr'rq
fipflilrcqf)rug: gierF&qftilsetqueiartt

ll
frit qlqiitew +gx.rr{tqlgfi+set
fragqfqorfEiqfinqet nfrqr:(+fi:) ll
:
Hetr;ilqqrfrfl
trtq\ zftftqi qfrqrits$rfl}st:
m,,qrqligftc'
(tr*)
rlwrglgflaq
ffi ErilTq+seqrqq:
sqrgftEfiG{,sEq r;}r (til) trq{ii6aq61{f{6q}q11

il lrt{Ts-qll
A\A\A.l-rrn--Ca

smERI ;HqRQIIITq{geffiT F{tIITtT?til!

H{6{ftrdqspft

gep}iIEII

";t qtt ftxfts(ftqr<<raf

g{amt
Wfr

dr+} qffi g qfiqiiqs ildt gflrrrtrrr dq

Sloku 86. When the Sun is in the 9th bhava, the

perEonborn betraysantipathy to his parente and cpiri,
trnl preceptorsand betakeshimself to a religion differe.nt
from theirs; when the Moon occupierthat bhava, tk
person born will be devoted to his duties towards the
7l

qfdTcrQqre

Adh.vI[.

Manesand the Godsand bestowliberalgifts ; the pereon

at whose birth Mars is in the gth bhava, will be
associated
with somethingwrongand untowardtowards
parents
hie
while enjoying renown in otherrespects
;
whenMercury occupiesthe lrfrsra (Dharmastthana,the
fth bhava), the personborn will be in possession
of
wealth righteously acquiredand will be learnedand
virtuous.

{Trtqfrt {no(ffi *? eqrtqn}

ffimorgeftqqr gh grtt qfr t

qt nnq'JaltdwrdCIFqrd
ffi qd
rrrq* Uqi g uffi6q1 qdfiwt ilcatt
Sloha 87. If Jupiter be in the 9th bhava, the
penon born will be wise, devoted to his duties and
will eerveao a king's minister ; if Venus be in that bhava, the person born will be conspicuouE a! a posEeolor
of learning, wealth and a family of wife and children ;
if Saturn be in the Bhagya (9th), the pereon born will
becomecelebrated in the battle.field and will he rich
but without a helpmatein life; if Rahu occupy the 9th
bhava,the person born will hate his lawful father while
pocsesoingfameand wealth.

qq I
tfi gwumqtg *{i qrrfi Rqqiqqftfti-sr
Wt ft{aqqtsiiqrqtqrt frcr{rd}stM n cc tl
Sloho88. When Ketu occupiesthe Guru (9th) bha,
va, the perEonborn will be short tempered,eloquent,
void of virtue and reviling others; he will be brave,
hortile to his parents,ostentatiousin his behaviour,
delighting in the society of the indolentand full of
arrogaoce.

sI.89

qgfr5tq7q:

608

NotBs
Brihat Jataka.
Varahamihira unlike some Astrologers gives good efiects for
the Sun being posited in the 9th house. The person will be
endowed with children, werlth and happiness. The effect of
Mercrlry in that bhava is similar to that of the Sun. The Moon
is very good in the 9th as the native will possesssons, friends,
relations and wealth. Mars in the 9th housewill causethe persn
to commit sinful actions. Jupiter or Venus in that position will
make him devout aud philosophical.
q'cdft-dr

Rqqds} flHflfig{ilqfgtqGqqat: tt

qfr fHqrt'{:tt
nrfir(rrfirft)g,{qqleqgrEq
ZqgEf\Fqlsild:gt ffrqTf,fi:(gi; rr

fiqrqtqrtfi: R-6d{ft{gt vr.n{toiisfiqpCt

tt
gt (g(})siearqeru{afrqr: 11
Fqrd:fl?Hfiq:
flqRgTr.qi
fhftqoqqrrqgt (g*) ll
{Fqrqliqqilrdq&dRil
rQ gt Bt.' t
qfirt (trdl qnX{trrlotg1qtflf
ilsg,rq{Ru

qlqdiqg,rfrqrrnuetr
qrfiqqqrdqn{qErTr(
vT thilt rr

ll EdFTqrl
qmRqtffi fffiddo!|
ftqrqqiFugeisEftqroaeq
qi co firqt qElffiqEq-

qvnqeaftumwrffi'osll cq ll
Slola 89. When the Sun is in the l0th bhava,
the person born will have hereditary wealtb, vittrre,
learning,fame and strength and will be a king's peer;
when the Moon is in that bhava, the person born will

qrdlFtrRil*

684

Adh.vrn.

eageilyseekand obtain wealth, corn, apprrel, ornaments,

dalliancewith women and skiil in the arts.

\tutts*frt

g silil! roqRiltoqftqn t

-qrTrdq;tgt wwi{qrq{fritr{ii{iErftglu 1o ll
Sloka 90. Those at whose birth Mars occupies
the 10th bhava, will be predominant in valour and
wealth and will become famous; when Mercury is in
that bhava, the person born will engagein pursuits
promoting the advancementof all kinds of knowledge,
fame and wealth.

ftrqra{r mg'Fnq"rft iiana} qmi qrqki t

g* ufirqrit s{srautqowCIcqit{iftgr qr( 3t

Sloka 91. When Jupiteroccupiesthe 10rh bhava

at a person'sbirth, he will succeedin his undertakings,
be of virtuous conduct and steadfastly adhering to his
of wisdom and wealth ;
own religion and also possessed
bhava,
he will get wealth
that
in
is
when Venus
through a tenant of his land, or through some women
and will be powerful.

rQ u.o'qdr{tqREssd

qrfr qfl frq'$orr{q {RrsI

ffiqrfrgqg{qtir it{ftd
qt siffi g wrksurqq ll 11 ll
qr=t
Sloka 97, The personrt whose birth Saturnoccupies the l0th bhava will chastise offenders in the
capacity of a magistrate, will be proud, wealthy,
promineot in his own frmily and of a heroic temperament. When Rahu is in tha Dasama(lOth) bhava, the
person born will have a genius for thefc and will
accordingly be void of virtue and eagerfor combat.

st. 93-94

BTgfrss{r{t:

665

gdtful tircqtiqrrqit{tffie(rfl q fttqEf{r t

ir$Kqifii{RrsT;Trqrl'qr
r(r"F[r m{qt q *dr lt qQ tl

S/oArr93. When Kctu is in the 10th bhava, the

personborn will be wise, strong, skilled irr the arto,
self-knowing,loving the peoplebut acting in a contrary
wise, phlegmatic, foremost among brave men and
continually wandering.
NorBs.
Rrihat latalia.
If the Sun occupies the lOth house,

the

person

born

will be happy and powertul. if Nlars, Mercury or Saturn be in

the same position, the effect is simil,Lr. The Sun in the lOth
I r o u s cg i v e s r n r . x i r n u r nl a b o r a n d m i n i r n u r n i u c o m e . I t i s b a d f o r
If the
financc, lrccause the Sun there is s,luare to the Lagna,
hcuse, the person concerned will

X'Ioon should occupy the l0th

r : o n r p l c : t et o p e r f e c t i o n a n - v t h i n g h e u n d e r t a k e s a n d w i l l b e e n d o w '
ed n'ith virtue, wealth, intellect and valour.

Jupiter or Venus in

the l0th house makes the man wealthy.

,norrftarflgdqrqFcfiqfi,.ftqoql,Q
1r*; fl{ftqfR: il

n{fR(q;e)gqansfrqq+r:tt
q,rfH(Fi) q,ifi: *,il qrdrqsr{nqFgd:
ll
Q ti) rr
ffiqqrq:gfiatearfagq=rqqqrflla:
TqI(:gqilTqqsfn{a"tfi1 qQlni}q:tt
n{qf|r1{f:U'gfbaZfrgtrqg{ tl
qdi {r zqfilq;ftsfiqr: ry: dhdtso+\1wa};rr
Frrrfl:e tnti) seqgdls;qflifira:
nc+i{lilsqq:tt
tqfH ilfH (*n]) rriiqfiqfRqq rt
ne*fifiawgfq.qqqqus

il or}tuilETq
tl
{rii or{qa g rEdgotiigrqrtd}rar

ffgsq fiqq{itsqitdr olqft?rtdtuir t

wrq|ftqrl

Adh. VIII.

qfq* qwlffi q$Ernrdlqtl frtqr{

qfr n qBtl
dA orqqt.rt ftgrrqli{qrq{rt
Sloka 94. The personat whose birth the Sun is
in the llth bhava, will hrve exrensive weaitb, wife,
children and slavesand will be hrppy ; when the Moon
ic in that bhava,th: p:rson born will be of a pensive
disposition and waalthy; when Mars occupieethe qrq
(Aya, llth) bhava ar a person'$birrb, he will be clever
in speech,lustful, wealthy and valiant; when the occu,
pant of ttre llth bhava is Mercury, thc perron born
will poesessan acute intellecr,be famed for his learning
and in posseasionof wealth.

qrqeisqrqftfr mo{iHaqnnrrilqil
6mat Ugi AStr{{qdroisdrilr
ftqn{ t

*.n Wno-qftqit$of{rft rrt }Trgi

qr* *rRrnrdi {ofiroFrt

qfr qfker n q\ tf

Sloha 95. The person ar whose binh Jupirer

occupiesthe llth bhavawili hrve a srrong intellect;
his name will be celebraredand he will be wealthy
When Venus is in the labha(llth) bhava, the person
born will liva in comfort, longing for women other
tharrhis own, with wanderingpropensitiesand p.ssess.
ed of wealth. When Saturn occupies that bhava, the
perscn born will be voluptuous with large wealth got
in a king'c service. With Rrhu in the llth bhava,the
prrn born will loee his senseof hearing, win fame in
the battle-fieldand become wealthy and distinguished
for learning.

sqr;elqttfrrR{l?rdr{t qfrqqr;smilf\Fqr I

tqnsftqr{u(arq\qtgftq-{rm: {ilqr I qq tl

sl. 96-9?

qu*strnq:

Sloha 96. When Ketu is in the penultimatebhava

the personborn will be valiant, [,ind to other people
and honored b)' them, he will be of a contentedframe
of mind, possessed
of power, with lirnited enjoymente,
delighting in works of beneficenceand the practiceof
virtue.
Brihat Jataka.

Norrs'

The Sun, Mars, Mercury or Saturn in the I lth house will

make the person born wealthy. If the Moon be in the llth, the
personwill become famous and will acquire wealth and the like.
Jupiter or Venus in the I lth will make him prosperous.
qa{flc-dr

qqqtsfrqgqqgffqdaifrr
qrqfA:rr
qnql {6rg{n?rnq{*:
sq {t (rrfirfi) n
qqgqgfrsfit:qii irr g{d: gfr 11
q6E: HilFn+Rsouagrfi
orq+(i) ilSr: rl
eTT'{Ft
(fri) qfr*sqdtseqnqri}
rTT;r{:
}qrq.r,}
1g
rnrffi6nsqr{dqi{H}u.ri ugirqfr tl
q6rg:ftqrsqqrqsQn;
(afr:){i} fihr} qfl tl
aftrrarftgofhrrgrg\
ofi snqlqq:rr
rq (hfi) sEdqqqingq
gqlriqqtqfrqrqHnrQfr&q
tl

I e{eT6rr{FT
U
Eqqfrqi{yfr S{ildi q5r g{tq:qlt*sqs trr{ |
qrtsvni GRiqEr{t qh Rt{ tnffi{rrr n qe fl
Sloha 97. When the Sun ie in the tZth bhava.
person
born will possesssons, will be maimed,but
the
very energetic, and will blecomean apostateand a
vagrant. When the Moon occupies the last bhava, the

568

qrfiqrRwt

Adh.vln.

personborn will live in a foreign country. When

Mars is in that bhava, the effect on the person born ie
that he will be:ome odious and be without wealth and
without a wife

q-'gAqstsmi
Rqwtwrflgi Rrqt
qrEtsiqqoiszqltq(rqfrSltqqr;Biqi t

g* u;gRir{ru\s;s{dqrfrqqrft
sqil
q't itlqUt rri ftqq{tdtott

it{$r ll qd ll

Sloha 98. The person at whose birth Mercury

occupies the tZth bhava will be odious to reiatives,
poor and senseless
; if Jupiter be in the last bhava, the
personborn will be scepticalin regard to religioo, irre,
solute,of wandering habitg and evil-minded. When
Venus occupiesthe last bhava, the effect on the perEon
born is that he will losehis relations,becomea professed
rake and grow penurious; if the planet occupying the
.rs (Vyaya, llth) bhava be $aturn, the person born
will be deficient in intellect and turn out a dolt, a
pauperand a cheat.

ftSst iirqnriftrier wqfu{neft

l?qoqngf I
gilqitr{Rqiinr*r qq qA Rdor iifrr? aqqrt tr
Sloka 99. When Rahu is in the 12th bhava, rhe
personborn will be immoral,but prosperous,defective
in iimb and dispssed to help orl.lers. The peruon at
w h o s eb i r t h K e t u i s i n t h e a a f V y a y a , 1 2 t h )b h a v a w i l l
be fickle and immoraland will lose what ancientwearth
and statushe may be possessed
of.
NorEs'
Brihat Jataka.
The eliectof any oneof the planets, the Sun, Mars,Mercury
o r S a t u r n ,b e i n g p o s i t e di n t h e l Z t h h o u s ei s t h a t t h e p e r s o nb o r n

$. rm

{tTlstqr{tt

669

will suffer degradation. The l{oon iu the l2th is also bad. The
native will be wickedly disposed and defective in some limb.
Jupiter in the l2th makes the person a villain while Venus iu that
position urakes him rich.
q-dElftdr

fr'dt|qrifi{,o}a} fiqqgi 6qqqt(s}) rr

aqt iluri|g:dt{ftrfr rRndiwe-ar,

tt
gi auafiAf,:Ehifsqli) ftgalsqrr:11
"et

tgU ztfrwga tl
{ti} frqrfiqla:rfiuenRils<}
licaq:mfrsog:tat, 11
ttq] fr+uasrr6q+
qgqrqfa6q+flrfiMngrfrt rr

fr.iwrtgfr"q+({+) sqfr*e}
rr
Kil fixqrft'n'
qsarEndf
qE6qq+ii
ft:hsgt+frRa:u (rr$)

q;dasrqqqq-"qqqE{Tqi
fi'h Gtq{frqfqftq q qtd:tl

wd Rqarq*q1Quatrnqiil dt(ft
frsqrrEt{qE!sffidTq3rEttilrd+rrt

gqt
f i {rrfrqtia}wqfr'ff'qrlwerfu

qti iitr{q! glrro'qgtfter{ {qnlfrql tl to" ll

Sloht 100 When the Sun is in exaltation, tbe
perEonborn will possesswealth and commandan army;
if the Moon be in the position of exaltation,the perEon
born will have rich food, clcthing and ornamentB in
abundancebut will be cursed with bad sons. When
Mars occupies the exaltation sign at the birth of a
per6on,the latter will be valiant. lf Mercury occupy
the position of exalration,the personborn will raise the
Etatusof (advance)hisfamily, will rule over men, willbe
talented,victorious over hi*foes and live in happinecc.
7L

6?o

ilrrTdtq

Adh"v[t.

If the planetin exaltation be Jupiter, titrepersonborn

will be the founderof a long enduring family, will
pooEeEs
moral worth, will be clever, learnedand in
royallfavor.

gh ffi
furq{frilrqf,{ilUsffq}
qti mq$ndqtRfrqftqfin:
Uqrftrillt

qrtl qhqiilqqs Sffin! qKs$6ff q*

*ft qlmq atqlrrqffiq] qrqt n lot tl

Sloka 101. If the planet in exaltation be Venut,

the perron born will be fond of the compaoy of gay
women, mugic and dancing; if Saturn, the personborn
will have jurisdiction over a village, town or Eome
forest region and will be addicted to unmarried girls ;
if Rahu, the person born will be a robber chief, the
chosenman of his tribe, heroic, addicted to evil deedr
and possessed.of
wealth; if Ketu, the pereonborn will
associatewith thieves and enjoy the lavor of Eorne
petty king.
cf. *rorr+tr?r+t

qo<hQ*r

U{ dqrrt qra: frrn-ssqtlqq I

Rt dq.rt qrdl qqq;qr&q\qiq rr
qli dq,Th qril qi ilqT rrficqfAI
n]* drqqirqrii {i;qf}rqqqlnqr(
rr
gil ellqnt qril qfi il;qrGilqi( r
gh e'lqlt qrii rrqfhqqqrnqr(
tl
n* elqqt ildl wqftqed qqs rr

qt sft ftq'lail qqftraqqlfqfr

'
qRhftsnraftqRnnq-qrqr{r
:I

sl. 102

qtdfsrnrrq:

671

sqKgulegilqqf1fimqrfrqqr
q+ qilfRff** fiorq gnl*trt rr
Also qf;rsfrrdmr?:

{f1:qqusg;{d,ilr, {F: motf}fE4rq{:

I
grt rt
soscftqTgc,
sqFq)rrrFi[.(:
froqqqgifr qrqrf+iq *rfqfiRt r
q$ffdr sm+gq
sqF,ilRqrrr uti rr
sqearqrt$ ae nawgfrElqr
ZrSoa-ergieqrq)qga,greirr
frq] gRqfrd qaRq{:
fr,qro*R}.,r
eTftqfrfrt{i*^;i qlrfagoartsrr:flftq: tt
Ftl{I{: U,r3tn:W{{q{{a qo-sdgRa: t
.q-d 11g{taia gu{t sq,il qq tt
hilri srd q{t ffi q rrrq;n:+fin: r
qqilfr-orrrflfrfugFqrr:
{i tl
gsrtfigRf{pqnsmar$ {f, r
lfr urq*d qrqrqlvari: fifi 11
1ir gwfru: uqwfiiarqqfhqiUr; r
wq+orqfllqfreaeqfgq:
gpi 11
wf+r: F,{ffi atqrilit fq"qrqiqqwi} a: 1
qmqftarqo]'qrmgqn{:
f}fra. 11

qs: RrgS{'tei ftrrtr?ttiq(,r

t rFd{d gETdq
ff to? ff

SloAa l0Z. Even one planetoccupyingits exaitation

aod aspectedby friendly planets can makethc
*rr*,
born uader its influence a lord of the carth, eaioent
and honorable,and secureto hirn alliee.

Adh. vlil.

qffifiilrt

672

Norrs'
qrF.vII-56

1upra.

qugt srlil:qqr;ft udt

qrt<il rn(ai ftS qqrqrfrs-rfidlqtq t

sq{tg rsftg qoqr{Hg qlrdrrt

waqiqqig gfrrnflrtg dhryt, tt 1"1 ll

Sloha f03. When a single planet occupiesits etaltation in strength, the person born wiil possessplenty
of conr and wealth. When two planets are in their
exaltationand possessstrength,the person born will be
a feudatoryor tributary princc, When there are three
suchplanets,the pelsonborn will be a king; whert four
such planetsoccupy Kendra positions, the personborn
will become a pou'erful king of kings. When five
planetsoccupy their exaltation signs in power, the
person born will becomethe lord of the whole world.
cf. floc-df{r*r

q{qdi iln<r flqlfrdfiqrqfr t

Ad+ q fltq"dfqrri! rq'iqft:tl
\\

c \\
qdqilq
flqrz^gI( qelq e,Ifiqlq;fi: ll

ll {uffiqq6so{

11

ilte qfr Wsiqrtt qr,iitrfr qflrqr

q* iq-dgr{rFqeq
eR fr{i flI{tidf I

ilrrri qffi q{i g{gt rir.ii ilrcftqr

gh rrqgfli\qurftt q[t{gufr qal ll I "8 ll
SloAc 104. lf the planet in the qsB*lo (Moola
Trikona) be the Sun, tha personborn will be wealtby
andreveredby the people; if it be the Moon, the perton

qfr3qs:

sl. r05

673

born will be rich and happy; if Mars, wrathful and

ruthless; if Mercury, rich and devoted to religious
prayers;if Jupiter,voluptuous
and liked by kings; if
Venus,ruling villagesand towns ; if Saturn,brave; if
Rahu,the personborn will ba poss:ssed
of wealth.
cf. qr(sh

qtgft frqgF.il qq+qir6qf}figorq t

q'rfr'riqnq;dfiqqrfi {rdt Rdurrr:grq( ll
Er,)sRdFnqfHq( t+gfr{q qrRr

qH frnq{iFwRrggfi+,}qq'
od rr
ffq' gqo*tq<ntqqfaigqltaq.r

qTil{g{ftqqaq qrsg{}Tu{rqqfigqqq1
gTr.qRfrq enffi: '{q{FdSgd q{q ll
Also flasr.riiqaitr

vfr gc1firiffislqret fqqr+tr

qd qii q *il q ,ili qtqq, eo: 1;

gt frdqt ftil ft+{t flqfr qr:r

Ur] qrqg{r{tqtqasfqqfl: g{t: ll

g* B+iqi gn, gwgritqttqfi: r

q-t qii *: aif qil{F: geier:rl
\
qffiE${
11

tl

{ qTqf{qrrqtkqu-qrMt frqt
ffisqq-riioi uf\qoqd st qiisnrr
qlt il.qssiTrqsrftqti gh qqqi $ft

u-i qosrtsfrqrctir nir qqlRr{rqn ( o\ tl

Sl.ka 1t15.If the Sun be in sRs (Swakshetra),

thc person born will own a fine mansion, leada de-

qrir|rti?Et

674

Adh, vI[.

it**
qte
person
the
born
(Swakshetra),
Moon that is in
will have power, beauty and wealth; if Mars, he will
be famed lor his agricultural strength; if Mercury, he
will be learned; if Jupiter be the planet occupying
eba (Swakshetra),the person born wili be devoted to
poetry, the arts, traditional doctrines and the sacred
Ecriptures
l if Venus,he wilt b: intellectu'rland wealthy;
if Saturn,the person born rvill b: distinguished by
fierce prowessbut bereft of happine. ; if Rahu be the
planet in q*a (Swakshetra), the person born will
possessfame and wealth.
c/.

'flaqTq{qqit:

qrIE5\ {q} c}h qtlqq sqlqfi t

ll
ff| sqrn:rrg&qtGqEInfr

q{qrfi |
ewrt g+........qqd
gt an*urfi1' frfeil qaanft11
qfi 61;tr:grffia.qu' qTt gil r
eq,td;afi{, g* nfl fi-q: gAqa: tt

qqrRqraflftrqtsqffi qrrfuqirtrlrqftger{qt I

qqGfh q&drtrAqkffiltfuutuguurll l"Q ll

Sloko 106. It is exactlyas a net grows with the
growth of iis meshesthat a man attains a position of
equality with his tribesmen,a position of superiority,
an honoredplaceon account of comparatively higher
wealth, pre-eminencefor vast riches, e status equalto a
king s or a kiogship itself according as the number of
planeu occupying eha (Swakshetra),at his birth happeneto be one, two, three, four, five or eix rc*pt:ctiu+fry*

sL l0T
cf,

rrl$slap;

n6

NorBs,

g{sckT6

SoHITgogFqqogKqT
{igthrr)fiZq: d{tqar

l_l_r_l
planets **"
,Seven
|
|
, their own l-l
I occupylng

rt.

I
|

i-':"::_!'""I

I'.,,l":,.i-",|

u piter

u fhetrqoqrr
ffiTqn r* esggrilr
wqt q+{
mtt rgqrnftreqqiHcrfr mr<+ |

qrfirgiqrgfurerwnRrr{rng{ftrqr
ffi frETds
ftfr gtgtqtqt Ttrdrsrrtrr I oefl
Sloku 107. When the Sun' is in the house of a
friendly planet, the peraon born wiil have firm. friends
and will be liberal and famous; when the Moon is in
such a porition, the peraon born wiil be esteemed,live
in comfort and have wealth ; when Mars is in a friendly
houce the person born wifl enjoy the favor of
ricb
friends; when Mercury is in that position, the person
born will be most witty ard jovial; when jupiter
occupiestbe house of a fricndly planet,the person borc
will delight in the society of the learned aad the virtu.
ouo ; when Venus occupiessuch a position the erfect
ir
that tbe perron will be h"ppv in the society
of hra

ql-drqrRqrt

r?6

Adh.vln.

birth, the latter will be fed by another as he will have

no wealth.
cf. rntsrrffi

tlruf,: qFqfrq:I
df fnflt r"{TId:
q;A qft qrqgtragii qtqrqfr tt
q}} mdq{{t a gt 6eq{Tfh6:1

ll
gFfr{qtF: HiTt
s6a;frfign:
g* fta'lt dh qfr sgarfxn:I
trq}tqrs(ittt s6qfi(frqi( tt
Also tms-dl

fleqtst: eqmftqdez.q{qril(qI

ll
frafrtr,rrufr q((d\ e.'{H}qqgqnq
I
effirqfrsfqg{ gEqqr{q{ullflftq
{ftrq: gq({a: +iffn qrgdQlsqrfif,{ u
qqerqftq:kq s,rt e gfifte+nlut r

u
fqxqt Ucqq:geFx,icftnl?nqfAq{q.
rrrtis{gg:
gretwra,i\f}aqqd6fi16q
11

q{mt gd gE-tfi(!qrg+gurflqgqtsI
ffi qilq*sr q furrftrwi ffir( 11{od ll
Sloka 108. A personis famous,h"ppy, pleasedwith
by
hir lriend, witty and jovial, wise, voluptuous or fed
the bounty ol another accordingas the planet in a friend
ly house at his birth is the Sun, the Moon, Mars,
Mercury, Jupiter, Venus or Saturn respectively'

qtr*qlilfrr qTafrfud.fr lrsI

* gdAqxttt<{qfl3 eTffiffiqu{,ll t"q ll

sl.109-110

qg*sgtlr{r:

dI7

. v w v v v v y v - - . - - -

gqgst qfiil tMql qs Aq(rt I

qqF! qq.mti qtHT{ls<t|qwrkfrtll llo ll
Slokas109and 110.If at a person'Ebirth, the
numberof planetsoccupying lcetr (Mitraksheua) be
one,the personborn will live on another'saubetance;
if two, he will be enjoying the wealth of friends; if
property; if four,
three,he will live upon self-acquired
he will bestowliberalgifts; if f ive, he will rule over
a communityor tribe ; if the numberof planetsoccupy'
ing friendlyhousesbe six, the person born will be in
commandof an army; when suchplanetsnumberseven,
the personborn is a king.
Norrs'
cf, z.s{rilfi

q{fiqEgcqog,i}nu
qqqqe{zqra{tatg tt

If seven planets are in friendly houses [or+ri]+ (Tatt atika)

and rtq,i (Nisarga) combined], the native will becornea King.
The following chart seemsto be the only possibility.

c/, nrcre-di

flarq.igtn il fh*'I$qr&il Ow,rr

qrqqgiqml Efirfifrrdt,li6o),FztTit:I

qrqoftErwiq{agfrfit-q1,
fr16,11
73

678

qrilfqrRtf|i

Adh. vIIl.

\\

wilqf,q+:sriqefrnd fr'rry'fidl r
qefti\oqgq:<rR ll
R<fiuiqiqqrEqqgqR

sHfr*i'ft{gqrqTs
srqi}TrqrI

wrftrtrt
Trt$qrti ltt tl
Sloha | 11. If there be three planetsin their exal,
tation eignsat a birch, the person born will be a king.
If three planets occupy eha (Swakshetra), it is "a
minister that is born then. If three be eclipsedat a
lrrson's birth, he will be a glave. If three be in depres,
uion eigns,the person born is an idior.
c/. srwd

aEqil qiqiii qfi,i +lslFqdHEr$q( I

ilrawTrTldiqwft q trq: qfril{ ll
a} *TQro}$edrgp,66 q;gxfid q-qq I
q{r6{TEeRo
rqrqqil}Fre*fiqrn: rr

fffu1p
{rmr.itftdi{rrftq\qTKr
\9

{tdtd rt mEgrr*ftqfr
rr\ ' I
tM
qt + gr*l qrqdr
{qfr R*oisUeq,qftqr

qti ql-qr(sldt g Ud* q;tssE:frsr$CIt

f t1

Sloha 112. When the Sun is in an inimical

houee,
the pereon born will sacrifice the convenience
of his
father and engage in the serviceof others
when
the
;
Moon is in eucha position, the person born will
studi,
ously causeaffliction ro his mother and will suffer from
heart dieease; if Maro be in a houseowned by an eoemy,

sl. 113

qgltsrqrq:

679

the person born will be defective in somelimb, ungrate,

ful and unclean; if it be Mercury that occupiesa hostile
house,the person born will be mrserableand inclined
to evil; if it be Jupiter, the person born will be speculating about the future; if Venur, he will be a hired
laborer; if Saturn be in a house owned by an enemy at
a person's birth, the latter will have to b: way-faring
and suffer sorrows therein.
d. qrail.Rtc-qk

q{ ftu dt* f?q\,ftGdirt, r

q* eqqii.ftq +h iar qe] Hn:11

gt fisG gtil ar<srit{:qftGa:

t
frl q qrqtFJ+?Rrdtdufr1:
n
qs:
qt'
gh {3G
sgf}t,fqdi r
n* "qruqirirtq
fldfrqfAiiqlq rr

.A,lsosr(rqdl

5tt agqtrsdft:i fiqqq'itRdqffEI

gftarqi+:gft eirfiqqfi'It qt ffird{tl
qFqlfiqs{Tn
fri fi*b q g,i,i,iiq: r
sTanqfrfrala
g*sfit i'rg,cnfd{taqrr
fri unffiqilrq{ti qqfrSnq r
gslsR$ {d{ sff1qfrg:fhnqah tl
qrptrgdisR
gd qfri ;qiEqffedlrff.rTa{
I
tT{
trs.qil
ftq-qr ftgtttl
alqfTqErlt

e4grwnfH{dr 5-$ftqtrr{{n t?1 rr

Sloka LL3 If there be five planetsoccupyinghostile

houses,they will be productivc of mixed effects(good
and evil). If there be six such, comforr will diminish
and misery will preponderate. If there be eeven of

580

qrilTqfiilt

Adh. VIII.

them in inimicrl houses their effect will be misery and

that wholly. If the planets in these positions be
eclipoedalso,they work evil.
c/. VII-56 (latterh^rfl:;?.
Also srcr+dr

arqftqq{fl}*}aEolfisfiq$qhr{ r
wffuft.pnnfi gfi qFqq+*ftal lr
it: afrcqaqefanFTr{
|
fiRquqqg'qgai
qFEr{{eq}fr.grrEfaqmqrfqdgrqr{
ll

qeffiqtfiernqe-waf{rnnanqI
n$qrQaagqig:crai \q qoqflt, n

flElftt qkqr {tqrsgt qKliqr{ I

rfcsFaEq*qqq{aoflai qrfoc RErll

u ftRrftso{ rl
g qftirwgt {ilt tes
flTA ffi
rftdfi wfrftqguqqrEr{Si 5dH}q* t

gfr e;gi*tqaEsRrgf
fr*sqqrqt
eur

U* grcrer{ft lril{qdts}frqqrqor llttsll

Sloha IL4. If the depressedplanet be the Sun at a

person'sbirth, che latrer will be an abandonedperson
without friends or relations and bent on going into
exile; if it be the Moon, the personborn will be ailing,
with little religious merit or wealth to help hin; if
Mars, the person born will be ungrateful and indigent;
if Mercury be the depressedplanet, the person boro
will be base and hostile to his relatives; if Jupiter, he
will be under censureand disgraceand turn out to be
wicked; if Venus, the person born will be intent on

sl. 115-116

qg*sqrlr

frl

what leads him to sorrow; if Saturnbe the depresred

planet,the personborn underits influencewill b: wichand mischievous.
out wealth,without wife, unfortunate
qr<r+Sr
cf.
-

frq qfralgaf hq qt-srqnn{dq tl

ilfiqqfQg'rit olh r
RrrRrreqgoq
dtqrq:fl{fraq]sat-qrilqdgqfrdtqq
ll
get Rq*tge:g4 qtrfrq'St q t

,iti go: rysrhqfAi qrsrqr{rq'Tfd{taq,

tt

qqeErtfiqqrfto{t
ergr<ftilsen=e
+)q] fiqadte fi{farqT(qq{f*iq ll

dfqqT+gqo wi frfrq*qris6{{r*g I

qtrfuget$eqGgdt+Rta.rftuftrgEq{
n t t\ ll
Sloka 115. Full effectis producedby planetswhen
in their exaltation states; their effecr in their own
Navamsas(<ait) is the s rme as when they are in their
Moolatrikonas (qoH*or). Their cffects in friendly Navamsas(Sfir-S"tridamsa) is the same as when they
are in e&z lSwakshecra),thcir effccts in depressedor
eclipaedstatesis the sameas when they are in inimical
houges.
Norns.
This sloka appears in qlil4ctl with a slightly different reading,

utz..

drgqrtg sd ffrq e&eqeqqqni{+g I

'itaft,rrtg qEr:qtqqEds fleqqtn*g tt

U{ qr{M{Eatqrff{frs5oqll ttE ll
oCaS

S'oha 116. The good influenccof planetsis at its

maximum, three quarterc,half , a quarter,at its minimum

qTdTctRilre

Adh. VIII.

or nil accordingas the planetsare in the exaltationsign,

Moolatrikona (toh+br), Swakshetra (e&a), Mitrak,
shetra(fuTte = friendly sign), Satrukshetra(aa*l :
inimicalsign), depression
sign, or (combustiooi
"oo,
junction with the Sun.
NorE,s.
This sloka is the same as VII-58

sunra.

tqfr*urm; Tgrfl qfutrgrnrI

qffi qit fi,rqn tt t tn tt
llqqrqrrilrrTr{Tr
Sloka 117. Bene{icplanetsyield good resuitswhen
they occupyin strengththc Kendra or Trikona bhavas.
Malefic planetsproduce good results when they are in
Btrengthin the 3rd, the 6th. or in the llth bhava.

T{qsufrqgdhfiq*;nwq*qqqr{r{ wrft qrft r

ti
UfGsrtsorft q *'tftarii qfril{qgr*a'6q{al{nff(

'Ihe
Sluku 118.
severaleffects due to the coming
togetherof six, five, four, three or two planets and to
their being in their exaltation, qoilolor (Moolatrikona),
<&e (Swakshetra),i*e*a (Mithrakshetra), ng'fia (Satruksheira) or fts (Neecha) have been treated of in this
chapter, under the benign influence of the blessings
obtained from the Sun and other deities presiding over
the nine planets.

s,frufrrqqe*qqr
tqnrE&dlt qril{qrfiilt qil{qsqrr;qrqissqlll
Thus ends the eighth chaprerbearing on the effects
due to planets occupyirrg various positions under
various formations in the work JatakaParijata compiled
by VaidyanathaDikshita under the auspicesof the nine
planets.

ffiqrqtsqrq:
uqffirr
Adhyaya

IX.

T l t r - u r r p c r o F GU L IK TY\,e e n ,E rc.

qr;qaEGsorfiqitq Ufu* uqitaftF(dtr

trft qTqgtg i{gililK!ri* grrrruq r

f+{Rifrq.ngilsarr{:
aiutgtrorr*q

qrrrilqqdlqt nnqirftqrftd*srrEru I tl

Sloka l. I am ro cJescribe
the infiuencesof the
time of gfuo (Gulika), of the yerr, the month, the day,
the hour of birth, upon the person born. If gfuo (Gu,
lika), be in the lst bhlva, the person born will be dull
and sickly; if gib* (Oulika) in the Lagnabe associated
with malefic planets,thc persori born will be deceitful,
lustful and depraved; ii .gi}-({Julika) be in the Znd
bhava,the person born will have a craving for sensual
enjoyment,be o[ wanderinghabits and indulge in scurrilous language; if gfuo (Gulika) be aseociatedwith
maleficplanets in the 2nd bhava, the effect on the
person born is that he will have no wealth and at all
eventswiil be destituteof knowledge.
Nores.
The merhod for finding the position of iJb{ (Gulika) and
other Upagrahashas already been describedin detail (rzde notes
to II-6 and V-57 supra).

583

ffi4

fftrTttlfrqrf

Adh.rx.

In this and in the next five slokas, the author gives briefly the
effectsof Gulika occupying any one of the l2 housesin a nativity.
As these are given in greater detail in r-o41i*t (Phaladeepikar,
relevant passagesfrom that work have been extracted in their
appropriate places for the information of the reader. Ilesides a
full aspectcast on the seventh houselike other ordinary planets,
Gulika has a futl glance over the 2nd and the l2th houses
reckonedfrom it.

*r' $i fiqqifRiiqqflrerqHtai
arfrr,1oiqqifaaiTqrfAqlqlfAga:
r
ireqlilil gt+f+tfia)esq|1crft+.{t
1n) aer<fQqeqfi: f,rqqiqrf'-qd*tt
q farqlai qrtnqrfi t
n qrgqrrqftd(rqrTrn}
n qEi(fqTd&qrflr+q]Ranqii 'qn{rffl{iFttl

fuaq{qEGfiar qgrd}qqmr*qs.Hqr
t

ftqefiuqqq Rrirfir fftqqrqft q=rci qil n i tl

Sloha 2. When gfu+ (Gulika) is in the Brd

bhava,the personborn will be distinguished
by aloof,
nesr,pride,drunkennesp
andsuchqualities,
will dieplay
of ill te mper and burtling activity in
an abundance
regardto the acquisitionof wealth,will be exemptfrom
distreusand danger and will be without brothersor
sigters'
NorES.
q6<tq+r.
This sloka appearsin

fuur*-*td q-d {tilftqr

q.rrlagqq;gQfqrfrsaar
aTqI

inqrfiqrt rdffifi futol

qsqRrqffifcr-<g{iftrqt{ft
uI u

sl. 3'6

qqfrssqrqr

Sloka 3. When Gulika is in the 4th bhava' the

person born will be devoid of learning,wealth' houses,
happiness, lands and vehicles and will become a
When Gulika is in the 5th bhava, the
*rrrd.t.t.
personborn will be immoral, irreeolute, evil-minded,
have few sons and will be short-lived'
nodfr+r

q s+ rr
gufenftgi q6;g{rqliflaaoqfai+gfealeq;itft

qgiorft
ga;nr5ia wiiai<t
qft ftg'&qti ffEgi g wr I
usauRqfiifiIq{i irqrtl
{soqaiaftdiq;qgRt6ff{f ll I ll
SloA,r 4. Wh:n Gulika is in the 6th bhava, the
personborn will destroy hosts of foes, will dabble in
i"monology and will be brave; when Gulika <-rccupies
be
the ?th bhrrrr, the personborn will be quarrelsome,
and
enemy,
public
a
cursedwith a bad wife, will prove
will be scupidand ungrateful'
q-o{fc+r

egfiurrnq;ar
laGarfiai{t figqagfU*s"i^Bge:Hfl(: ll
6-{.aFFtgfth *odt qgqTq{:I
e.]mifiEnqarefl:eeqdtql:ll

fusrqr*q{f qeqtilss{O
gtwattffi<I qW WO t
slgrl{-ffi\af q,dt qq*ft

nq$offifrfrqrqr

ll \ ll

S/ofra 5. Wfien Clulika is in the 8th bhava,the

personborn will be deformedin his face with weak
74

iltnfifiqe

Adh.rx.

impairedeyee and will have a slight body. When

Gulika is in the 9th bhava,the person born will engage
in vile deedsto such an extent as ultimately to become
the murdercr of his parents and preceptors. When
Gulika is in the l0th bhava,the person born will abandon all reiigiousduties and observancesprescribedfor
his caeteand beingassociated
with hundredsof shameful
deeds,will become deadto all senseof honor or selfreEpect.
,re-alfta1

pqlalser$
fr+.erqqq+q)
0
o.
T{,iqrE+qi
+tnrt fqilq, tt

wftgqqii.risrqrt (rnqfr
ftq*tg.dg*qrqciaFoqmr I

frqqGq+it qtq.{rqqq{'tsr}

ftrtqqqru{:q1;q;qfrRrqqrt il q il
Sloka 6. When Gulika is in the l tth bhava,the
personborn will have much happiness,wealtb, power
and beauty, but will occasion the demiee of an elder
born person. When Gulika is in the ltth bhava,the
peraon will have the appearance<_rf
an as:etic and by
cleverly employing the languageof the distressadwill
get money from every quarter.
ro<ttqr

Uqgilqftfq: ryFaqi SrrrflFilll

fiqqfirRit ,iiit rg.uu:qrEq+gfbr,@ lt

qri)ffiufrr{rd{+ofq(eq{tt qfqfi r*iir r

qr;qiiqeiqft(gr{arEs{il Ersiis$ilrri{Fittpt!
SJofta 7. 'Fhe Lagna occupying a Trikona poei-

sL g,-g

qr*sqs:

tion in respectto Gulika, and aleo in the sameNavamga

or Dwadasamsaas that cccupied by Mandi, and the
planetassociatedwith Gulika anC the lord of the sign
occupiedby Gulika,all tend to b:cone always malefic,
q,qtftor

ql tl
gfa+&{,}'{\ qi q=qnqTa{ir.t
.

{gil rTRrltTfi{q grsifi qK: Heaqsl

\

A\

qr{bumagfrau?rr iii{q {iargwrt

\nA\\.

(q{ r
ff;rtKf {n{il;T ({gtott gFtros$r
ghtr {qErfilrqqadidtqrw'{t.IgiTi
ll c ll
\

A\

Sloku 8. lf Gulikr be associateCwirir" ti:i: Sun,

the personborn will hate his father; if witir tlre i'.{oo.t,
the perscn born will cariscdistress to l-ir,;rnothcr, if
w i t h M a r s , h e w i l l h a v en o y o u n g . r b r o t h e r ; i f w i t h
Mercury, he will ba insane: if with Ji:piter, he will be
heretic; if with \/enus, the personborn
a blasphemous
will be afflicted witir vert.:r.:rldisi:rsrs :rntl '.vill b,: the
f a v o u r i t eo f b r s e w ( ) m en .
q-oaii+r

qfigdi ftT{-otcq}iii finirug.ni

ur{fidfr: qbE Tqgrf,q;fi q dpqr* 1
ggfoqnuel {*gd qlqfliqdTqq'rt
\\\\

STKTI{T"TGTKJqF(ililI

I{;(q gfi ITil

qrrt r
utfu ilqr{Uiuiimr qi}aqE}
itgr urftirrGgil'&i qqru-*fi yi
qrddrqqrrrFqm
qrT;rrrr:
$fi,sfrf Eo{ il q ll
S l o k u I . W h e n G u l i k r i s a s s o c i r t e dw i r h S a t u r n ,
the person born wi.ll be devoted to pleaaureand enjor,"

588

srdr$Rqre

Adh. Ix.

Rahu, the person

-*
tr"t *r-"
"tt**ttoc*,
a poisoner; when Gulika is associated
born will become
with Ketu, the person born will bacone an incendiary.
When Gulika is in a houseaffected by Vishanadi, the
person born, even if he be a ruler of the earth will
undoubtedly become a beggar. In fact, the major pla'
nets united with minor ones (Upagr,rhas)proCuce a
maleficeffect.
NorBs.
q-t-{itw

qrfigh {rftg} Ug'qruqEaa

frwrg: tt

fisil'fr ugt frrfrgh qFdtRn]qroeit

gfo+cfqr;qgaiqfusril
zilsGfirqndtil

gF.c,qE nii irqRs{x fifft-q t

qrwu-er*isi* *qlqq tt
q'lqqqrigfr+ qdtqq g{qqfi wer,u&fi:
Fll( |

u{+ q sTaqnaq-qrt
nge{HhhorFrat:Fg:ll
For fisqrf} (Vishanadi) see Adhyava 5, Sloka ll2 supra.

n eTqqffiq ll
The narnesof the 60 yearscan easily be retnemberedby com'
mittiog to memory the following slokas'

q{AI ftq1: gg: qq}'}s'l qqlqfi: I

eiftn: 'itgqi rrril gri qIdTdt1 q tt

$+rt ag*"qa qfl"ft f]+q] w, t
ilqnr qrfti arq: ll
fraur1:H,iISat

Hifr( qiqrfrq fail{tfiafr: GR:I

a-qi ftqq& q+ q-cqgielrr
tqaft Rtql q Rtrft {rdfrsq: t

st. 10-11

qqqlstrrFr!

689

gqa( alqaa +,)'frfiqrqgrn,r* tt

grs' fior' q}'q, grfltnrfitq-5( t
qftqrfrqqdtq qq=q]ntdtsro' tl
fiso: ifiIdgsa fkqpff rlqg,iiit r

g:gfrtftilerfr rcrqfr*l{q' qrq:tl

{T{T{R silKriltfr tti{ilqt

rsuyritr wrufrq$rn*t
fim{rft qrqtfi{d frsgsr

q{oqqst* q;gRumrditt I o u

Sloha 10. The person bcrn in the year Prabhava

will be daring, truthful, pcssessedof every virtue,
proficient in astrology and pious. The person born in
the year Vibhava will be lustful, pure, constartly cheerful and will have prodigiouewealth, relatives,learning
and fame.
cf,

ffiqqrtrfi

ryfr: siqq4 grthf*r q t

qqt qni at: tl
frqtgqJtrflq-d:
siqagsfi.it erq Enqarctr&qn,
I

qfieil {r-qgSqafiqqrQqfr r{i( rr

qqd rr+(
gsr6t qtqrwiiraqu'qerrfi
qdt qr{qirsfrqrqqqgqkr
nirErhr

q{t ilrqtFmf g$FT!il;il! rffi

*fr{i ftgor,Eqrgrfr{iqrfrrurEqff rt t t tl

Sloha Il. The personbcrn in the year:Suklawill

be an adulterer,effere,but liberal and intelligent; the
perron boro in the year Pramodutawill be clever in

ilrd.qrPqre

590

Adh" IX.

a
whose birth is in the year Prajotp;r"tti will be virtuous,
bounteous,rich in sons and of a tranquil rJisposition;
the perscnwhose yearof birth is Angirasawrll be rich,
and ever compassionate.
experietrced
sagacious,
cf .

{{ditd+

g{rT: lilf:f,qr{ }r\ft gaelrnrTf}q.t:I

fiarq.niguitva,Usqqtniqqq.tt

t qf*l'i'tqq' t
r{qlf;lliil Rfqqldi
tqoirrfln:gr{t ndt qiiE qrqd fu{, ,l
qcrqiqtzit qrif aqnernqilqri:t

tqqlqqq.fial mtlfarlg'qq: ll

+,rr1gc{ts qt;itI riinrra.ii'{ee?q:t

qqatt
',llqlgiqgeacaflsilarq?
qRI! qlurqq.qt qqqqdrolgiqi{iqtq
q\ql nsmfi qil'Iqqoq"{tr qqlt qE: I
Sdqqg.dqi!E{tqqilg: drui gqlaef}qq
qrdi qrgiTqls;qqnfirf,:
{I'{riqKt {61 ll tR ll
S / o A r rl l . T i r e p , : r s o nb o r n i n c h c y e a rS r e e m u k h a
l o n g sf o r w o m . - nr r o t l r i s o w n . i s h o n e s t a n d w e a i t h y ;
the personwhosc birth is in the vear Bhavawill be an
a s c c t i ca, k i n g ' m a k e r ,a n d r e n o w n e df o r h i s v a s t w e a l t h
and strength; the personborn in thc year Yuva will b:
, o s s e s s i nagc o n '
c o v e t o u sf,i c k l e ' m i n d c d ,i l l ' t e m p e r e d p
d it[ tire
s t i t u t i o n ,l i t t l e l i a b l et o i l l n c s sa n d a c q u a i n t e w
healing art ; the personwhose year of birth is Dhatru
will be addicted to other people'owives and a crafty
lawyer.

sl. 13
cf"

|ltFfrsqFT!

691

{fiflird

*qra. ggrft: m<: g:lqtl: g,tiit: t

dieQs4qlar: u
"lqtgqggaa
qrniqir .u6 slqqqrTt
qrqqqFgi
qrcit qnfin: nfroernugn,
tt
*tffimig'iltiirflqlg.iqd?s(:
I
g{eft: qilc}ger"tgr,q}qiq rr
111;tr:
nf\\-

e.Iqlg: flr{nT qQlI qalEqqndFT{:I

q&rr
ss,itqrqfwit xrqdanrt
dtqrff,fl qrttsqoqtS
utfr gourarr
ffisff ifgqr-qqiqrq* lilqt {Frq Ri,4q 1
T{t rTpTrdf
{rldtfifi dqi ir*-gl gr*t
c'\A

w(i Rirr{EiqtqR qatkdTrfrrffi1q u ll tl

Sloha 13, The person born in the year Easwan

will be prosperous, steady.mindedand a good judge of
merit; the person whose year of birth is Bahudhanya
will be a rich merchant,beneficentand voluptuous; the
person born in the year Pramadhi will be cruel, addicted
to evil, hot tempered,friendless but living in comfort;
the person whose birth is in the year Vikrama will tte
wealthy and valiant and commandan army.
cf ,

qEilcr-qi

fl{flr sinTt gerdsfrg<r:r

f& qrqt qei:HflsM qit u
{r{lqqdsTrtrfQ
mgqdsqfbe.i
a.rdrrtrflw lgvpQ q-{rqhtt
t{rdteq{i* q q{@{fi{r.{e* r

ErrcTcdtEre

6VL

Adh.rx.

{rertr: flq{t +q qqritqffft q*q. tt

qttrsqfiq{*'t
gqqnrq{itaa
qrq+rlqa'
qi\ fi*nr.t qlar: tl

r?s{qRErt* qtao*Rqqi
fiamsqidiqqn{ iieql* t
qR itqsoitflqnq{r gvr*

rgqato{rotqtwrt R+stll tB ll

Sloha I'1. The person born in the year Vishu

will be a paupcr,lost to all senseof shame and engaged
in doing what is wrong. The person whose birth is in
the year Chittrabhanu will have the energy and the
beauty of the lord of day. The person whose year of
birth is Subhanuwill have the learning, conduct, and
virtue characteristic of his tribe or race. The person
born in the year Tharanawill possessexceedingwealth
and etrength and will be a philosopher.
cf. qqirqrtr{

q-{lsed'iqflnJ ,ine61q *re,{ t

qr+r{t,i aTil Egt;l qredtqio. tt

r
di fiqrnfEfiio.
Ra.nrngqd\
.rlfiqrt gfrril attf|q]fiqo: fitinq:11

fir' unliagft' 1
fim+1fi.rtaa
Hqlgqi\qiei +tFaqraftg.it.tt

qnlvnrn'd ..nr)frS' qu' t

q5aqal qEKr{qraqn{Tqq( ll
1 \ q q

En(:qnqi{q<qi
arqrRfeftila$qt gdt

nql {ie'(droiimqqq qrql6q{q qR I

s. 16-16

ts

iadtsil|r'

{rr{t t{fltqqtsRrwr{ dr$ gdtiF{tr(

{rrqi qR u{qrRqfocr
freqt{qrcrftqlll t\ ll
Sloha L5. The person boro in the ycar Parthirn
will be a king unequalledfor his prosperityand happi.
ners; the personwhosebirth is in the yar Yyaye will
be lurtful, cowardly, immoral, staking his property in
gambling, and addicted to wickedoesE; the perron
whose year of birth is Sarvajit will be eloquent,
posseased
of great physicalstrength, versed io cacred
ecriptures,virtuous,and conversantwith tbe real oature
of all things. The person born in the year Sarvadhari
will be well,todo, versedin the artsandliked by kings.
cf .

tF{{-IliF[

TEqrfi{qqr.fr {rqfl:g{oHul:I
figiauzea qrfti qFritq(: u
qTqq(fl: dqf "qni tnqffrd: t

arrqflqrrtilaa\qrqrftlh rr
q+ffita: {RqrqftrrFqq{ut:
I
FFf; FTdif{: T{Irl: g{fq:g{il

q{: lt

qgiJs]q{t +rrr1q}rit iqHag+ eg: I

siqiRft il qR: sqlqrqitqi( tr

u:r+tggdT:frqnfrrer
nt frt"q-q+

qmfi qEirsrifilditqi q;aftqrd;{qtrI

qrfrwr-t wr
iidkt RgoilsitdmffIs

qEii'qqir ?qiMr q;{dfuffEt u tq n

Slokn 16. The person born in the year Virodhi

will be afflicted, delighting in the company of the
wicked and addicted to sinful deedsand cruel. The

7s

ltcrrrRtlrt

604

Adh. Ix.

perEonwhose year of birth is Vikriti wiil be full of

guile, love,eick,and devotinghis mind to magicformu'
laries and their practical application in ceremonies.
The personborn in the yearKharawill be unattractive,
sinful and mischievour.
worthlecs,depressed
in speech,
The personwhoseyear of birth is Nandanawill delight
every body, enjoy the favor of kings and wilt be
with the meaningof the sacredhymns in
converEant
ocripture.
d.

qqiTsTRrd

[rqrI
Fgqso+afq(qrnn:
q
ll
H{anRil{t ftitsq&fiqq:
gso1qd6g.
tqTq: {oT#dFEft{q: 1

qil frtfia'ir, 11
fqaeqqkq{a{
qfr.fqrudtil {tqtg' qTflsft I
oriatar ftdqr t+{flqR ;R: tl
Hqrqti nEe:wt6rilsrqE( |
ordqtdtgrite*r qi} fiqnq'{q:t

ffiqffrsdqffi

qR qq{G qrflqwfr Zfr Ert

rc+tftffiilq;qnqffidupf{deilvrqt16tfifior il ts tt
Sloka 17. If a person have his birth in the year
Vijaya, he will be virtuous, and will aboundin real
excellences. If the year of birth of a personbe Jaya,he
will be either a king or like a king. When a peroon
has his birth in the year Manmatha, he will have a
craving for seneual enjoyment and will be victorious
over his foes. The perEon who ie born in the year

gl. 18

mqlsrqrq:

696

Durmukhi witl be void of virtue and wealtl and will

be immoral.
cf,

rFriq|ilfi

t
q(: Hrrrgqq:
qlirfrffiq'ri\F+c:
sr*qmi+t*'ft fi'rqpt qt qiq tt
ftmn*t d+qrfrrr{rnafrnrq:I
qsrqrfrfflsir qqqtsqrqt tt
gcrdil$il:fl q firfi q mq:
t
qt(
ll
gurwrrh,rrct:rTaTtqi\
fi6d qqdqh:t
na:aqqft&)
1

4rdrqqqqrq)gWr.t qiar: tt

qG tqufrqfftr ScqrRsrcf
gsrclfi
*qrFilwqrf*t: qiuqftsrrftfror-qtq* t

ir{frrffidqrt qoqft-ff* furftE*

flffqft{t{q}Wrrrt

(sirflilrcrr{ ll qd li

Sloha 18. If a person havehis birth in the year

Hemalambi,he will be ill'natured and will ardently
pursueagricultural and other operations. The perEoo
Lorn in the year Vilambi will be prosperouE,recorted
to by the Brahmanacommunity and diainterestedly
benevolent. The personwho hashis birth in the year
Vikari will be sickly, cowardly, indigent, irresolute
and of an ignoblenature; if a personhavehis birtb in
the year Sarvari, he will have exceedingwealth and
enjoymentand will be cbeerful,honestandwell'behrved'
cf.

q"Frflff

t
grdxavrarRrgeaetRrR
effilnilg({r@a tqvqggEq: tt

qr6{rRca

696

Adh. I)L

rr.i lp*safr g:tft*"q4n i{efi:I

ewqfftro'n{t M +.g\fug, rr
qRtfr qFr{Frfte:!s{ro:$o. I
q-4:noltq{R qem:r
fimrREitit

<Fqq1:ge*fr frfr,avascqrr
fiqrEffinarri&qsgaq:rr

u=+qnuqffi(tsqw trr qeqhTfr

qrdrmel
$ruft llls grrtl g{ll t

{rd *{aft ffitqgq*rt RqrRirqi{t

g,ikft'TrErr{rTsqltr*"q.cqr iliqT{ n lq tl

Sloka L9. The person who is born in the ye r

Plavawill be tranquil, generous,compassionate,brave
and devotedto his own duties, The person who has
his birth in the year Subhakrit will be the dupe of
women, but learned, handsome and intelligent i the
perEotrwhosebirrh is in the yrrrrrSobhakrit will be
vrise, pouessed of royal virtues and fo4d of learned
purruits. The perron born in the yrar Krodhi will be
an adulterer, addicted to evil ways, crafty and of an
angry temperament.
cf. qrrmkrn,

qaoqqQf:
6rfr Tft{Rd:w I
wxrdr qeilgqtfrqqgqTq+
rt
gry1:gqffi q ftqrqicilqq: r
flqtghg{T,ifUqua'$riqq'
rr
qh fiqfi *t qIfrgwFqa:r
Z'lrrg:n]t{SAqqrfr T{ft q'q: ll

qa!6r{Ftr

11.20

8l

v t r r Y v

fr-srq+
nq*rrq q-Errftdtg:
natft-m

q *,fiflkfl\ itr tt

qrd ErqtFJFfr,
llsrrd"$rdlq ftqtEd
ggFIRtRsqttqqficsrlr

$ot{llfit I

urft q;grdrg{rilft,il\drfrfrq;Edr
sto* ll Roll
trqnqm.rtttfig{-udqtt}Eer
Slaha 70. The percon who ic born in the year
Viswavasu will have a high senseof honor, wilt be
fond of the comic and will evlnce admiracion for those
who are rich in mcral worth. The peiscn whose binh
is in the year Parabhtva, will be engagedin wickednesr
and will prove the ruiner of his family. The person
who has his birth in the year Plavangawill be lustful,
fond of relatives, evincing a partiality fur children and
rlow witted. The person whose yea.r of birth is
Keelaka,will devotehimself to divine worship and will
be exceedingly fortunate end valiant.
cf.

?FFrqRTfi

rgnia grfrqta.t
fturEgegqa:
{rFd:fl+goitti}EIdrfisraS{ gft: 11
\
KERKAq

{lB: Qtffipq-q;

q{rqqFgqd:qqqFqftqFn, tt

sqfqift qrfr rt qqftfrfrffi 1

tto: 'ilKfr gu:q5ryq6\sgft: 11

qErGqrR:
fidt gftqTflffn] qr, t

ffi

qfr(+d rKoqEs'qq,tt

{tnr:ffisffiq+{rt

il{nnq6{rdsft{ofr3 qrqqonqTo I

5e8

srdrqrRqri

Adh. Ix.

srrurg{
ftft.rugEmr
*fr qRE}setr

grrfiol qRqrR{tr(qifl rnt6{T{rF{T{r{ll Rl ll

Sloha 21. The person whose year of birth io

Soumyawill be tranquil,universallypopular,exceedingly wealthyand firm,minded. The person born in the
yearSadharana
will b: versedin the variousbranchesof
a soundunderstanding.The
learningrnd will possess
rse
personli
birth is in the year Virodhikrit will be
^ll,tempered,
indigentandgivento wandering.
credulous,
The manwhosebirth is in the year Paridhavi will be
harshin speech,
and possessed
of wealth.
ill,behaved,
cf ,

?FFTGnirn

qFsil '{q'frqlq {qflftfif,nfi: I

ilrqH:6{Fed il' n}'} qqrqt tt
flqgR, {fr: {,Ir{{Ra:qttntr: t
tqre*fit' *,)fr ntqrtorggql:ll

fat{t qffiarqificqfoR*fia:t
^
fdrlftawrn qrfifrrdi lrln rr
grit:r
faarl.6rcrfH a{HRgrr;
{Tq{r.itqrufto: qftffiegqq: 11

qrfi l;gfrrrrrf( qr{qdorq{rffqtr

*Eriut ftft.t toltftnqnFqerilft( t

qrfi wmtft qfr Eiodtqsdt qilt

qErqrrrr{llRRll
(|-il qFgETFrfr|IoqqsE[I<rs

Sloka 22. Th: personborn in the year Pramadee';'..ives,

and will long for women
cba will eEtrangehis year of birth ic
person
The
whose
own.
his
not
Ananda will be of a joyous temperament,
will be devo,

gt, 2f)

arr*sqrql

699

ted to the study of traditional dirctrines and gacred

scriptures and will be acquainted with the real nature
of all things' The qan whose birth is in the year Rak'
shaea will be sinful, indulge in vain talk, and will
injure the virtuous. Ihe person born in the year Nala
will be a donor endowed with many liberal virtues,
tranquil and well.behaved.
cf,

ffidqrtr{

qqrRqd qrfr qil q'gGilqaqr

$grq{iit g.''lq fl{tdm: g{t: ll
'frCn

EfErTlqlstdqg{:
frqlneqfr{:qlql 1

qla: gafteflr{frd: tl
sTln;aq.fl\

F+qqitEidsaqqlqdfiqfrd:r
RRs)ngnnr{iileifl}st qiar: tt

\rlzfr{q1 ie 5g'ngo: {lfi: I

qe.g?q(I) {1I qrdl ne,flqcfl(n{: ll
i\\\

rriq
ftaq;rrEtRRqet
frd fqf,oq?qi

t
6rcfr qGqrog{htqlteisqr.mdqrq

ftarrii gtiqqfrftwr ftqritilar gqt!

qft tRquf,qr gQoqiqfat
g(lqni{l{ll 11 ll
Sloka 73. The person born in the year Pingala
will be a raint with his mind under controi and will
enqagein the practice of penances. The man whose
year of birth is Kalayukti will become an astrologer
and will have fortune, enjoymentand works of benefi'
cence. Tbe peraonwhose birth is in the year Siddharti
will be succeas{ulin his undertakings,will be reverent
tcwardc epiritual preceptorsand Goda and will be intel-

6m

q|lffiAca

Adh.rx"

Iigent. The p:rson who has his birth in the year

Roudri will be a rake,prverse,proud and wicked.
cf . ?FrTnffrm

Fe: +,+flilqiq]qq)qqtii{+( :
qlat: tt
so{rcqRilrftfQqo;).
olmtq+nt:aril qtqrqqqa nsi( t

negsFg{il qi} ,r+ftr}tpn rr

ERfd&gil fid q].ftfinFnnq:t
q'* fr1ffi qrdrfrqreifqqdrrq:
n
r,iraq w{i fQga:qnaq}( |
ilqqr.rt qrfr rq: eqrgfrt{+( lt

wmg{iffiqsqfr: ffiwrqsr

qdsffieqo-(Is qrqFgfrtrrr*rqt
g(dlq efttdffi furq
rr6su'r(ils
il<i r;gw{&*ftgwlr rinTltqsdufl{ ltlull
Sloka 24. The person born in the yearDuro.rti
will be lustful,dull-witted,distreesed
by afflictioneand
base-minded.The person whose birth is in the year
Dundubhiwill havea bodily frame distinguified by
big thigho,belly, arm!, and head, and will be h"ppy.
The personwhoseyear of birth is Rudhirodgariwill be
wise,truthful, happyand rich; the pereonwho ic born
in Raktakshiwill be of a tranquil mind, fond of rclafortunateand amiable.
tives, exceedingly
cf ,

?FTiTstkTfi

qd' *qn, +,rfiqdqqqqfrq:I

rqrdrqaqiAqg&il aee}qq: rl

fieilcnnlfrfrqfndqraqtfta:
r

sI. 76-|26

6r

rdlsrrr
,,

tnd.ft rcr*q: trqmtRn: t

gqiqlsqdtqrfr Rtilftmrt rr
irilfi

HErq=ei'rtifi,(: flErI

gfia'mrr+g*rtl$+ifr ?R:Il

qrfr qnr fmqt;t ${Fff FgAfi *qfrgrtil <n( |

gruqr{td qrfrffitnrqqFt
fUsrqru

ll 1\ ll

Sloka 26. The person whose birth is in the year

way6' a hater
$rodhanawill be a rake addictetlto evil
of lir relatives and devotedto brigandage. The perron
born in tbe year Akrhaya will be vittuouo, cheerful,
handsome,endowed with a high seose of honor and
o(emptfrom foes and ailments.
ct.

*FTqfirr

qt+t: t
ilrqfr fidq' At qrCqrE]
ll
+fir4 {t qr* qa{: qngfrirTR
w I
36tr[6qq v1tqrfiT:
arqfrqdtqril qt qfRqftt: rt

n sFFt$gII U
sq{rqqug${sgqr{{T{trrforilq+ftGst
qftonfiws {qtrtqF*RdtqFlffitt(s ll tE ll
Sloha 26, The personborn in the Uttarayanawill
be devotedto knowledge and contemplationand u/ill
leada chastelife. The personborn in the Dakotrinayana
wilt be confident in hic speech mainaininga distinction between rpirit and matter and will be full of
eelf,conceit.
78

WA
cf,

fitcwrftnri

Adb. IlL

qfirqkFh

&wgn: Sr"qgqrftaa d.irfwql(qfi: qfiq: I

tqfarrrqr{qeE(tn:
fr'qtqi qrdiit q{Gfi tl

qrqrrqtuil{K:
qt: r& r'lngaalq,
6q* '
daeruqtrft: f|1ga{erqRulreaqqqaft;q:
ll

il Tgs-dq tl
qlqfg{fud}wailTrrt qrdr grt;qfr{il

ffimffiqqgtffiu'{n*rgrffr

qndffieirqt gEqfr qrdqr etorrtr

gu{TRrtr
gqgl gt qR qrcwutggtsrgfis Rrr
S|oho 77. If a person be born in spring, he will
be long-lived,wealthy and fond of fine scenls: if in
Eummer,he will seek reliei in the use of ice, will be
clever, voluptuous, lean,bodiedand inteiligent; if in
the rainy seaoon,he will b: fond of milk, salt aud
pungentflavours, cloquent in speechand possersedof a
clear intellect; if in autumn, he will be pure-minded,
bandsome,faced,
hrppy and lustful.

*rfi UmW:UfrEqffi t*.*t*rTEs {rdr I

riihqrflilil sqfr nd q{t fritniqr qrq
Sloha 28. The personborn in the winter season,
will be a contemplativesaint, of a opareform, following
tbe buainess of agriculture, possecsingthe means ot
enjoyme't and capable, The person whose birth ig in
the cool dewy season,will be devoted to ablutions and
gifte, of great capabality, with a high rcnae of honor
and of great frime.

gr 29-30

rqcl$crcr

ffi

lr qRTsoqrl
** duurqqqi?qtffiqqr ffi

qrRrt
t{re qR;ftrrq$ilurqTq'fudt

att qrfutttr$tdrfr u;rilnqr$rfrcr

qrvd.ftq* uqtgft{i q}.ft(taqsstt Rqtl

Sloko 29. The perEon born in the month of

Chaitra will devote himself to tl1e study of every art,
science and the scriptrrres and will be perpetually
engagedin merry.makingand delightingin the company
of women; if in the month of Vaisaka,he will be con'
versantwith every science,independentand hold eway
over Eomeregion; if in Jyeshta,he will be blessedwith
long enduring wealth and sons and versedin magicfor'
mulariesand their practical applicuion to ceremonies;
if in Aehada,he will be very wealthy, compassionate,
perpetually h"ppy but betraying an aversion to other
people.
NorBs.
(Chaitra),
(vaisakha),
tcrrt{
etc., are the names of lunar
fu
mouths (qrqqtn-Chaandra masa), and are sotnamedafter the star
occupiedby the Moon at FullrMoon (qjoidl-pou.tami), d.e., the
end of the bright balf. Each lunar month consistsof thirty tithis
(ffi) commencing from S5c$trqq-r (Suklapaksha pratbarna the
first day after the New Moon) and ending rvith the following
qqr4rgr (An.ravasya'New Moon).

stt(l silEUFmQ
i+nqftiqdi ilirfr

qKq{qRd n*mcu-qq
arErtqneq
1
qrt qwgfr qstqwiitqt ERfrrrqor
gsrsr5R* |MI
ffirtr {Tft*ll lo ll
Sloka 3A. lf a pereonbe born in the montbof

qrilsil$ilu

Adh"rx.

Sravanahe will devote himrelf to the worship of Gods

he will take delight
and Brahmins; if in Bhadrapada,
in visiting several countries,be full of tbeorier and
inaginative;if in Aswija, he will be hostile to his
own people,indigentand base-minded
; if in Karthika,
devotedto agriculture
h,ewill be f rt.limb:d, broad,eyed,
in wealth.
and surgaesing

gTgefrdmirqr{Hldq q{i
figqqotrrd ggarmus\ |
enPinP{qqlqnfl{qrrqlit

qRfr{gqriliq,regi{mo}o:ll lt ll

S/o/r4 31. If a person b: born in the month of

Margaseeruhahe will show reverence'to Gods, hi!
elders and his parents and will be virtuous ; if in
Puohya,he will be possessedof wealth, virtue and
strength and will havea prominentnose; if in the
month of Magha, he will be mischievoualy inclined,
though very attentive to his duties and well'behaved;
if in Phalguna,he will practisedaily beneficenceand be
fond of music.

il qqrssTltl

Eiltilqtqfi geft*qilftfr q{wr EqrgfI

s{ri{rfi ftqqr{qrs{;gtfi qft worqtttlq u

Slol;a 3?., If a personbe born in the bright half

hc will b: distinguished above others by
a
month,
of
the fact of his being blessed with sons, grandsone and
richesand will be virtuous and compassionate
; if a
dark
half
month,
of
a
be
born
in
the
he will be
person
urging his own interest8, reverent towarde his mother
but inimical to his relatives.

sL &3-84

q-Rsqtc!

606

il $Toqeq tl
crftrs
{i$tft cq{ftq(r qisfrfifl g(ft
qrdiTG qff t
qtqrt qR uwgFquonr1
ct{qrow*rgnamiiarcJu:
tlorqrs?fr

rr* arqsiqdwrgor qmd qrqtn li tl

Sloka 33. Tbe person born in the early morning

ic attentive to his duties, leadsa life of benelicenceand
is happy; the personborn at mid d"y will have princely
virtues ; the person born in the after-noon will be
wealthy ; the personbcrn in the evening will be fond
of fine scents and lovely women, base,mindedand of
wandering habitg; the person born at rright will have
the samecharacteristic as tir. on" bcrn in the evening.
The. person born at sunrisc will enjoy abundant
comtorts.

n ftftrq,q tl
qAtdrftwdr{itqR ft'fi i'qqftot
ffiqrqi tqrqgqoqatftrqorI

Aelqrqtgoqxq6qqrior{qg{r{
qguqiql{E1iqeTqgriq;er?goTf
il iB tl
Sloka 34. If a personbe born in lfrrq (Pratipada)
or tbe first d"y of rhe Moon, he will be very industrious and lead a virruous life; if in frf,rqr (Dwitiya) or
in the 2nd day of the Moon, he will have abundanceof
splendour, cattle, strength, fame and wealth: if in
qaier (T'riteeya), he will be virtuous and very timid
and will have a sharp clear voice; if in aguT(Chaturthi),
he will be credulous, accustomed to wandering and
conversant with sacredtexts.

606

qrffiqrRid

Adh. Ix.

qsrqrqR{orrrqxftft
I qn{l arnFercl

qwrqeqqot
ittoiooq,qr{itmflf}mr t

qwqi qftqiils qaqfdrtuqqqraiqdi

qwqrqRsRls!gaqtror ifiq'Rrrr
rr\ lr
Slofto i5. If a person b: born in cqq.t(Pan:hami)
or the Sth day of the Moon, he will devote himself to
the study of all sciencesand the sacred scriptures,will
be lustful, lean and restless; if in vfr (shashti) or the
6th day of the Moon, he will have smallotrength,will
be equal in status to a sovereign, wise and of a very
angry temperament; if in qsit (Saptami),he will have
a stiff extendedvoice, lording over people, phlegmatic
and powerful; if in eredt(Ashtami),he will be exceed,
ingly lecherous,fond of his wife and children, and
phlegmaticin temperament.

cqdr fti"qaglg(t{il;trtfilfr q{sqi tteft

qlqq firrqi qdt t
rrr{RrrrqgflqsoT<FTql

aftAfi nurFqilifuEr{
t+*ruorqy{si

qdi qfteerll 1E ll
er{tqrqftgoT{ffr16rsrrfi

Siofra 36 If a personbe born in qEn?(Navami) or

the 9th day of the Moon, he will b: known ro fame,
have a charming person,but a bad wife and bad sons
and will b: iustful; if born in gttdt (Dasami),he will
be virtuous, with a clear,voicedwife and sons, prosperous and wealthy; if born in {rrfift (Ekadasi), he
will revere Gods and Brahminsand will have many
servitors and wealth; if brrn in Er{rit (i)wadasi), he
will be engaged in very beneficent works, will be
liberal, wealthy and leprned.

TmqrqtgFqquffifr{rqtq rfl{rt

sl.3i-39

qc*sqrq:

qdtlt *fr qq*rffigduwatt

srrTrqrlrl{ng
I ft il$qqI{FFItTt\

q (I{aI, 11{s ll
qdt rurq;i qG goqurefi

Stoka 37. If a personbe born in afrqdl (frayodasi)

of
he will be covetous, very libidinous and possessed
much wealth ; if in sgt{ir (Chaturdasi), he will be of a
fiery temperand he will b: ever wishing in his heart
of other people'swealth and women;
to becomepossessed
sTffarqr
(Amavasya),
he will be credulous
if born in
and devoted to the worship of the Manes and the Gods ;
if in g$er (Poornima), h" rvill sustain the reputation
of his family and will b: weahhy and cheerful.

II
II EITTfi'OTT
qnt ft gafu{roi{qilgqlReqrt
frur

mrdtqrnqgfugrtfii diqigqrtqqrt

iF't3qE(qrEsrdfi(fi qqgqrt qET

iqqrsurqFsr(f,{qarfr.qe ErirEttt ld tl
S/oAa 38. If a person be born on the day of the
week sacred to the Sun, he will have a lofty senseof
honor, with brown hair, eyes and figure and will be
lordly; if on thc day of the lr4oon,he will bc a gallant,
with a lovely form and will cver be tender-hearted;if
on the day of Mars, hc will be cruel and concerned
with daring words and deeds; if on the day of Mercury,
he will honor Gods and Brahmins and will speak
politely.

r"ETqlft+errqWrqr{aqrfi lftdfr
qqt{qiriryc frft+ riiiqr irTqdsI
qqqrqqfu {trqrlqg{ltr('|qEilF{ril'

qrdrwRqrt

608

Adh.rx.

tfr wgwr*tq${rd q;qarqrtrgqlu iq tl

Sloka 39. If a personbe born on the week day

dedicated to Jupirer, he will perform sacrifices, be
popular with kings, have noble qualities and become
celebrated; if on the day sacredto Venus, he will have
corn, lands and wealth and be universally popular and
devoted to gallantry; if on the day of Saturn, he will
be for the most part dull-witted, living on food and
money supplied by others, indulging in inconsiderate
utterances,assumingan attitude of hostility and cleverly
boycotting the whole body of his relatives.

$s(qr'{gqfefirTl qql 6ill;qi qprt q rTF{TtttI

q aiqmfrftft|i:er{rd'dq ftiM rr
gcwfrsfr{gor
ft rqqr-nqrq'$gqqqftraorcqrtr.qrd

qTPfifdign*ikfr grqqdl itrqgsqritqn r

qrM$Wr itEqqin'qErrf
qgdiqrnq,ieF
efr-wqlqtre"iT{rfriil fiffti Wqerrurmtl tt

$ q frn$Erd*t g untrmarnrrrtrurrtrqrf
I
rilgf{qks qrd'riqqrrrqrftt*rnrtt+*{urRn BRlt
r
qqtHr \qT
FTet$rodRrRrudqt{s

g{qriqst$qug{{or6ggq | |

qtgt
w; q+ivarniboqsa'r'+rfi

ililqrn fi''f qtqfirercffrt1urptt Bi tl

qiurrf
Augq
frrii rq urqFrngI qii gr{gqrEarlrriril{ifirEeuriiqr*rqKjsq{r( |
\o

tiqisqqd,fiqtqitt.-'iiil rlrsn(
W iqftfi.onile Uftrtr q*lffiilft ilq BB

Sloias 't0-44.

+
o
rTwrq

-tz nrlrnir.

\r

^ 4U1

Presiding
lJefty

l qiH
As w i n i

qllFiT

2 wo?r
Bharani

qq3 Yama

3 aR+r
Krittika
4 ftAoft
Rohini

q?nq{Ir{T:

Synonyms
${F: Turanga. {n!

The 2 Aswins Dasra,urga fr.*ayuk,

6rr Haya
(God o{ death)
erlii: Agni
(God of fire)
rqrcft:
Prajapati
(The creator)

zr{r:!46x. ZttilrR:
Kritanta, qrlrrq
Yamyabham
ERrfli Hutasana, wFr:
Agni, cgor Bahula

ft&: Vidhi, AftE

Virincha,trda Sakata

qITiT

Caste
Vaisya

Specialmarks The name

of identifi- in English
cation
Astronomy
3 Spots in
Horse's face

F Arietis

Lowest
3 Stars in a
caEte triansle east of

35 Arietis
& Musce

Brahmin 6 Spots Kshura-

'r Tauri
Pleiades

ariH (Aswini)

like. General of
the celestial
armies

Sudra

Five stars like

a car

o Tauri,
Aldebaian
o)

o:

d{Tq

^t';'.11f*
ry

z N"tli"'r'"
qq{tt{
Mrigasirsha
-Tr4t
Ardra

s{+g

q{rqaaqr:
Synonyraa

Specialmarka The name

qrft
identifi- in Englioh
Caste of cation
Aetronomy

*la 5ou.ya, qFqChandra &rving

dq:
(The Moon) enltrroft Agrahayani E:gc caEte
Udupa, q{n?r{qMrigasiras
QAI

(Rudra)

Gfr'

Punarvaru(The mother
of the
Adityas)

sc

Pushya

iftTrft:
(The tutor of
the Devac)

cnBc
Aslesha

sct:
(Serpents
)

Butcher
caste

Coral'like red

o Orionis

snRq Aditya,
gcdqdt Surajananee

Vaicya

Five stars like

a house

B Gemi,
norum

Kehatriya

ThreeStars
like au arrow

wft: Ahi, gw: Bhujanga Lowest

CaEte

tr Orionic

arrq Taraka, *{q,

Roudram

Riq Tishya,
qcfrr Amaredya

Six Starslike
a serpeDt

d Cancri

, Hydrae

Cl.
V

?4

l0 cs
Magha

ftm:
(The Pitria)

ftq Pitru, qqr Janaka

Sudra

Five Stars. Rod

of the Patki

tr{wr: Aryamna, {r{rirq

ft qdsqdt
Brahmin
"i*
Pu.rv.a (Aryaman)
Bhagyabham
phalguni
rrrT
12 a<r,qii
(Bhag")
Uttara
sii Uttaram, rrrrq Bhagam Kshatriya
phaiguni

Two in each
joined form
a square

o Leonir,
Regulur
d Leonig

eft"r^
The Sun

rrg Bhanu,srwt Aruna,

rr*' Arka

Vaieya

fa !-er
Chitra

3E
Tiashta, (the
architect)

qer Thwaohta, gnrift:

Suravardliak-i

Serving
caEre

A pearl-liLe
Star

c Virginis,
$pica

16 fr_ar<sr
Visakha

?
$
A

F Leonig

13 !F
Haeta

15 qnir
Swati

CA
D

d Corvi

{
e
gt
6

1
Vayu, the
wind

qcq Marut, ?riT:\,/313,

sqtwt:Samlerana.
s,g,'
Vayu, n*t, Sameeri

Butcher
casre

Red like a coral

" Boctia;
Arcturuo

q-q & oriir

Indra and

fr?qa Dwidaivata
brrft+ Aindraenika.
urpab"ba

Lowest

Five Stars like

a potter's wbeel

o Librae

caSte

. ESTT

Aqr:FI

Presiding

N.irlir"

lJefty

fr"
17 wdrrsr
Anuradha (One of the
Adityas)

qqfcq6qr:

Synonyms
iaq, Maitram

sft
i;;;.
Sudra

SpecialmTkE Tbe name

of identifi
in English
catlon
Three Stars resembling a lotus

d Scorpio,
ntE

EE
Indra

gft*anr Kulisatara,fimq:
Serving
grffi Suraswa, caste
Satamakha,
mee

Three red Stars

resemblingan
umbrella

1 9 qnsf

ft*ft

ugr Asura, Brlggq Akratu, Butcher

bhuj caste

Six Stars like an

elephant'sgoad

tr $corpio,

Two Stars like

a danda

( Sagittari

Bed red

3 $agitari

z0 qltqrcr
Purvasha,
dha

zl

Nirrity
qir

'Water

irnRmitT
R*irr:
UttaraVigvedevae
sh adha

v<: Payal, eftaq Salilam, Brahmin

woq Jalam,diqr(Thoyam
Rrq Vls\r.t

Krhatriya

F)

AEtronomy

18 eisr
Jyeshta

Mula

Scorpionis
" Antares.
ol,

nlE

't',

qftk{
Abhijit

ilTr
Brahma

Vaiaya

Rog
Sravana Visbnu

*un Srona,Rog,Vishnu
6ft: Hari, xlt Sruti
?rqorqq,Siavinabham

qfr age;
siigr Dhanishta, ag Vasu
Sravishta The 8 Vaaue

z4 xiqw

Lowest
caSte

Serving White
caste

q+*qrE: Ajaikapada,irTsrqr(Brahmin
7 6 q*urgrqr rqqsqrE
Purvabha, Aja,Eka,pat Ajapat, gFi'idcErPurva,
drapada
proshtapada

z7 snRrlrr{Tqtci}d."q:
Uttarabha Ahirbudbnya
drapada
Revati

qq
Rrshan

33 Stars like
a,n ear

cr+di: Prachctas, {lainFFq Butcher Red.

atorrq Varu,
Satatarakam,
caEte
nabham

Taf*q.
33tr
SataVaruna
bhighak

z8isar

cl2

r5
0

z3 rTEror

t<

a Lyne

drum.like

A hundred
Stars

o Aquilae

F Delphini
\ Aquarii

4
{

7,
a^
{

3
Two Stars like
a sword

o Pegaai

s1trciCCEr
Uttaraproshta- Kshatriya . Of the4 Stars y Pegasi
rD a square two
pada, uft{u;<:
in tbe east
Ahiibudhnya

qlr Pushan,ft.orrq paushna- Sudra

bham

Likeafish

(Pisciun

o!
cp

614

Adh. Ix.

ilrtf,qrRqre

{oHrfi{+dfluqrrqirfr*nEq}rf.qt
qoqr<i{flTmqqffi
qrfu{r{ t
ctgqmqilRsflqqftur
vuudar uiq
aqrctqqqrwrgffiglwngo,;rsiilsll B\ ll
Sloka 45. rtr-sr;rr(Gandanta), which consisrs of a
period oI Tl$ ghatis at the junction of eachof the three
pairs of stars qgt (Moola) 3nd slur (Jyeshta),ner (Magha)
and wtret(Aslesha),andiqat (Revati) and qfb* (Aswini),
is productive of much evil to living beings. The qftar
(Ghatika) at the junction of s?gr(Jyeshta)and qor (Moola) is termed ugm (Abhukta). A.y girl, boy, beasror
slave born in the ghatikr in question causethe ruin of
the family owning them.
af. afrqfr:

Notrs.

q}'qr&=+,srQfQqqi+a
qa *er(o'i(Fd{ra{ |
ilfr rroseragalfiii R qnrq-rildr{mraEqfis{
ll
The term srgsrfd (Abhuktamoola)is thus defined:

qfim inr qgTq]qEnaq{ r

M
s{gs(sfqsEs{ ilii e}Fagq rt
A child born in Brgs{s (Abhuktamoola) should be abandoned.
If this be n.;t possible, the father should not see the child for 8
years; after performing some religiousJapasand Shantis, he may
see the child in the 9th year. c/. rfi=<t

s{gs{qTaniqfterq}fitqt r
s{qd} arfQfQg:s C frksqre{{ ll
qqt qFfl\ mfin q;q$ fie flrlq

st. 46-48

q'+qlstqrq:

616

gd r$Fqalgas ftaqr( lt ar+sft

a#a qnrqr
e{gsxrq ga g*qfq qRsiq r
qqil='qie* f,rdR-g{{q faor+iq tt

{twn Eqrf\frgr:rq*rffiwl

sTrArir
widtflil kdtt qqiifrfl il Bq tl
cntt qi*qril qR qffi qgrib t
q{t qrd(qqfqUrriRraruutn Bs ll
qflt {tTq$o-tqsi .innuqq I

ffii qgt EF({' aFaqrri{h rt uc tt

The verses are elliptical ; we have to piece together the

various portions as we best can to get at the sense they are
intended to convey.

Slokas 46-48. Make ten equal divisions of the

ghatiLas which the Moon takes to pass through the
asterism slur (Jyeshta). If there be a child,birth in the
lgt tenth of the star, it will cause the death of tbe
mother'smother; if in the Znd tenth, of the mother'e
father ; if in the 3rd tenth, of the mother's brother ; if
in the 4th tenth, of the mother herself; if in the 5th
tentb, of the child born; if in the 6th tenth, of cattle
and wealth ; if in the 7th tenth, of both the families;
if in the 8th tenth, of the whole race; if in the 9th
tenth, of the father,in,law (in prospect); if in the lftb
tenth, of every tbing.
cf . T((r{d

+sr* qrilqqit qIdFrEfiftqh r

qfit qrgeqFaqg{ qqdtdqrlt

ailFrfldqqt {Ff, qtsfieqr,itqt( r

616

Adh Ix.

||'F TTRilfr

wi gil{rfl: srqet sffiqt{ 11

rai algt Efu s,i<ignt nqrr
Qgi RqFqqoqrq,*ifiR.ch rr

sT{Rr(iriTdewsi8*atqr
ilg{r(Rfrta qgwrEsr ET(il 8q tl
Sloka 49. A girl born in eisr(Jyeshta)coupled
with a Tuesday will causethe removal of her eldest
brother from the world, while the girl geln irr lf,r
(Moola)happeningon a Sundaywill cauteher father,in,
law to depart.

qrQeffiiig{ |
*$qqR"{q{e q;qrqftetqqTa
n \o tl
Eftqni fH litfk qt qgt ft\it silRrf
Sloha 50. The personborn in the first quarterof
tbe star Jyeshtawill soon causethe death of hie eldest
brother; if a personbe born in the Znd quarterof the
star,he will occasionthe death of the youngestamong
hrs elder brothers; if in the 3rd quarter, he will
lausethe deathol his father; if in the 4th quarter,the
perEonborn may himselfdie.
Norrs.
The following ve{ses contain similar and some more details
about the bad effects of being born with the Moon in Aslesha,
Visakha, Jyeshta and Moola.

rortt

qgftqmrEK,{Uta-cqFfr
frqFanqrqisTA&ffgqqrGq qHelqr

dumqr

{-flfrqwr frilEsqt qa&qw tqt

fi"it"gqtg qrngfr
ffffi h.fiwg,11
xrqr qgt qFnwow q dEsqrqI

gl. 5l-66

qq*$qt{It

+snr qt${)

#
da

";"

6r{

tt
** hi ERtqar

qnnfitrqrg flt-t *qq, gqq I

q *quBqrt e fa<Atgqffiarrr
EsrghfHtqHqlilr atft r *qqr{ t
dffgh GiqF qrnr(Fa ntqq u
sfucsrd*

&tilKrqrfr qqtqi'fldiqmrrqil.ii
E i{q. r

t*sfrnngd: gdriT nErqqtagt ftEfh rr

effisq1|qfiar a qFa aetmlqrRqqTfi(?q tl

Wqrfr ftet ftttqK i?itt,r+qnrailgaFr t

Edqtrffirnruf a{qqgtqfiwtfr frc"qtf\ltl

SIofta 51. If a person be born iir the lst quarter
of the atrr Moola, he will occasion the death of the
father; if in the 2nd quarter, the death of the mother
very soon ; if in the 3rd quarter, he will occasion the
loss of wealth ; if in the 4th quarter, he will be happy.

utfuatrt
Wdftftrdr ;ilEn itiqqs:Sqtfr
qr} fril f\U'{rdrqatt qititqftr ll \R lf
ftarqaqg{g qnr qrqlt qat t
qBg qriltTirrat
unt uqoRaIIll \1 ll

qsqiirireqqt fttt{aig qEi{+|

q{i qg{hrt'l Uer(+isrfitt{+ll \8 ll

erqt g ,i Grrit!ircctgrge?iiEtt
qgtt ilst\{

ffiA IililrIEKqTlt \\ ll

Slotas 5l-55. Make 15 equal divisions of the

?8

618

arf,{cTftqre

Adh. Ix.

ghatikas which the Moon takes to paasthrough the

aeterism Moola. If a person be born in the lst l5th
portion of the star, he will causethe death of his father;
if in the 2nd t5th, of the father'sbrother; if in the 3rd
1Sth,cf the sister'shusband; if in the 4th l5th, of the
paternalgrand-father;if in the 5th 1sth,of the morher;
if in the {rth 15th,of the mother's Bi$ter; if in the 7th
l5th, of the mother's brother; if io the 8th 15th,of a
paternaluncle'swife; if in the gth l5th, of everything;
if in the 10th 15th, of all the catrle in the house; if in
the 11th 15th, of the servants; if in the l2th 15th,the
person born will die; if in the l3th 15th, his eldest
bpother will die; if in the l4th l5rh, his sister will
die; if in the last 15th,his morher'sfather will die.

sTpdqriT rroail( $Frus&ffi |

fittt qrqrloqiJ iiEqoqW* ll \E ll
S/oftc 56. If a personbe born in the lirst quarter
ol the star Aslesha,there is no drnger to any perEon;
if in the 2nd quarter,there is the risk of losing money ;
if in thc 3rd quarter, his mother runs the risk of losiog
her life; if in the 4th quarrer the father runs a similar
risk.
A'\

qflIEq{07 nTrt
qorqEnrEq1oT
ryi Tqgq
ftSq

,irqror:irqsfluraKqCfrqrir

qKt irgr qqgqjfi qttR qrt

qril qErfqiir iqts.rTqwt.rfr{ n \e tt

Slotrr 57. The person born in the first quarter of

Moola, Magha or Aswini will lose his father, but if the
birth be in the last quarter of Revati, Jyeohta or
Asleoha,there will be loss of the mother,the father and

sl. 6&60

lqqlssryq;

619

the child, it being immaterial when the birth happens,

whether during the day, in the nighr or at the two
junctions of day and night.
This slokai,.;alsoquoted
*"51i,"*.

i'fir orfig fqatui*silrqr# ilcil |

srrfl;t ffisqfrfi)( qrfr qosf{q$qltt \d tl
S/ois Sil. The person born in a Ganda losegthe
father if the time be day, and the motherif the time of
birth be night; and if rhe time of birth be in the junctiorrs betwecn.da1'
nighc, the personborn wilt
"n6
himselfdie, so that Ganda
fails not of effect.

qR tz.kfffi |
{'qqr* rr+ilrrr*rd
.\\

{T;rngEStrtFrttG il{ilRocaiqrrTq
ll \q El

Slofra 59. There is G;rnda at the conclusionof a

Gandatarasuch as Revati, Asleshr or Jyeshtaat night
and at the commencement
of a Gandatar.r
such as Aswi,
Magha
ni,
or Moola during the day ancl,at the junctron
of a pair of (landararas in tfre junctions betrveen d.y
a n d n i g h t . T h i s i s t h e d i s t i n g r r i s h i nm
g a r ko f a G a n d a
period.

qrfiwiqg$i qrilrftuf*n{r$rI
g6tsffi oil ftuqrgsrr
rrtqtrQ"tl

S/oAc60 The person born in the Dhanur Lagna

when the Mccn is in the asterism Poorvashadawill
lose his father ; again the person born in the Karkata
Lagnaand when the Moon is in the star pushya will
likewise cccasionhis father'sdemise.

q{m s gq q ftdi {rsi gq I

qtf{ tWqtq ryqt{rsilrrqr{ n iq lr

Adh.rx.

qrQtrRctt

Sloha 61. The child born when the Moon ia in

the star Poorvashadaor Pushya as describ?d in the
preceding sloka will cause the loss of the father, the
Loth"r, the of fspring generatedtill then or the mother's
brother, accordingas the Moon rt tbe birth in que$tion,
occupiesthe first, se:ond, third or fourth quarterof the
lateful star referred to.

dRIqertEwi qit t
rfisrqll
ftEqrffiq'qsqlEirelrqiffall hRll
qlt ildit ftrrqtr Ktd qq,Tqq t
ilffiirs*ilRlql{gqi}1rewr

q ll El ll

qrdql ffi aila snKI+Iflai aw I

through
Slolas 62-63*. If when theMoon passes
the 1et quarter of the star Uttaraphrlguni or the two
middle quarters of the star Pushya, or through the 3rd
quarter of the star Chittra or through the first half of
Bharani or through the 3rd quarter of Hasta or through
the fourth quarter of Revati, therc is a birth, the father
or the motherof the child born will die accordingas it
is or the male or female sex.

ll rIUgifiTO:ll
qqril qTgitruttlI
frsqrr.qrcg{sr}
affi8

rilrfaRHt n(q l(t(qlg,taq l. h Q B l l

qfr q{r'i iq iqsriinEi{rrI

* ,nfi qlmrirqrw{ g i{qr{s{ ll q\ ll
tq t
rqt qlft ttat qqtqrimq}
ll qE ll
6d qii qrdqlftqt arq{r-6E*

sl. 6,+-69

qirqtsErrTs

62l

sruirqosnf
g{sftnt aFein{on(|
sruifiqsqfid qA df*|il qni{sI

tl Qutt
itq,t{rw dtqr{qgtqrfudtsq{r
Slokas 64-67. The Ganda period (r.e. period of
risk) is 16 years when the birth is in the lst quarter of
Aswini ; it is 8 years in regard to the lst quarter of
Magha ; one year with referenceto Jyeshta; 4 years in
the caseof Chittra and Moola I l years in the case of
Aslesha; one year in regard to Revati; 2 months is
the limit of the risky period in connection with lJttaraphalguni; 3 months with respectto the star Pushya;
the child born in Poorvashadawill bring about the
removal of the father from this world in the 9th month.
If a per son be born in Hasta he will cause his father's
death within 12 years, The personborn in Abhukta,
moola (see sloka 45, latter half) will causethe death of
the father at the very moment of his birth. If the
person born in Abhuktamoola should live, he will be
the cause of his family's pre,eminence,raiseits statug
and will be prosperous; he may perhapscommand an
arm''
n n \

ll TFiletqtq'll

u6qqt qg{rqi rei, qq} g{q. I

fldtn fiet afla iliitt qldr dailll qc ll

qgt qrgd tFt qst Hr{:TIIFI{|

qbqfr ftrgaiic.rosE\q
qdftarll Eqll
S io A a s6 8 - 5 9 . l f t h e r eb e a b i r t h o n t h e l 4 t h
day o{ the Moon in the dark half of a lunar month and
that in the first sixth portion thereof,it will prove aus

822

aril{qrrfqra

Adh.rx.

piciouo; if it be in the 2nd 6th, there will be loss oJ

the father; if in the 3rd 6th, there will be loss of the
morher; if in the 4th 6th, it will causethe deathof the
mother'sbrother; if in the 5th 6th, it will remove the
brothers from the world; if in the last sixth, it will
causethe death of the child born. Tl'rus the :vil of
Gandahagbeen mentioned
af, +ilox-+t|n{t.

asqqfl qqi{qi qqo} rdg;qt t

qci{qtq q$frqqt i g {fw':rqtl

Adi+'fintdla qfit rrqaruiqI

+gi wrEedln qet qgqpl{q.ll

qbq aqqtFc qEtrqinii fig: 1
3r{r'{r;g {E[IiIr;TtqsrTntiliitt ilil |

qd q qiaqlEt{iqrqprt fqirqill ll reoll

ftdtqreiiqqnritFrtqq{ it q{qr r

qr(h gqlflfiqrr{:t
frtqrq $Rtqrat
qrii itamtqrqiqRsrftfiqtqhil et ll
'the

young of
SltrAas1O-7I. The abandonmen[of
elephants,horses,cows, buffaloes and more especially
oi the human kind, if brought forch on the day of the
new,moonwhen a <iigit thereofis faintly visible in the
morning-the abandonmentof the young of theseani'
mals is laid down as a rule. lf they be brouglrt forth
on the neq' moon day when no vestige of the Moon
becomesvisible, expiatory rites should b: gonethrough
in accordlnce with the prescrib:d rules to avert the
evil of such births ; the rule of abandonmentis absolute
except when the creature born is a specimen of
womankind.

gl. 72-73

qtclsqtcr

6n9

Norr,s.
ffiqr;ii " The real meaning may be, the day on which the
Moon rises with a thin crescent of light scarcely visible."
The term appears to apply to the first 6th
Monier Williams.
portion of the New Moon, while the period covered between the
second tth to the sixth Attr is designated .rd (Darsa). The
seventh and eighth $th portions are termed 5R (Kuhu). According to qrocflF<rfl (Kalaprakasika), $R (Xutru) occurs when the
Janmanakshatra or either of its l'rikona ones synchronises with
'fhyajthe New Moon, the ending moments of which coincide rvith
yam. Kuhu signifiesan evil yoga. Various expiatory rites are
ordained to ward off the evil arising from births during these
periods.
\\

ll qtqilt1! ll
fltcE.qdm&rtwilr
fteRnqrsrt

q;qqidmdg{silitfr* qftr<f lt el tl
Sl,tka 7?.. The child born under the samestar a$
the father or under the 10th star from the father'a (oee
sloka 78 for the meaningof Janmarkeha
and Karmarkehai
will occasion the loss of the father; the child born in
the sameJanmala;naand the sameNakslratraNavamsa
aEthe father will causethe father's death on the very
day of its birth.
cf , <fts

fiit*r ffr{;rrr+qtitFgfQgrrqqrt
ffqqlTt q ds* qTd:fl+ ftrq: 11

g{t URfit qnr *wtnrrq t

fterqiEfirqqntgit*swR*anqn'sa tl

Sloka 73. 'I'hechild born under the M"rsalaor

will bring about the lossof what is good
Mudgarayoga
or auspicious. Birth under the Vishtikaranabetokenc

irr(tsqrRqTt

Adh. IX.

a
day, the personborn will have a defective limb.

Rurqf qositiqrft qsl ttreruqrg+1

qnt tq=nfimrn \eBtl

raqtGaaqi
Sloha 14, The personborn in a Riktha thithi be_
comes barren; he who is born in the yamakantaka
period of the day will be a cripple; he who is born
under a srar assailedby a bad planer wilr be afflicted
with ailments.
Nores.
iirr r?rt(nitttr. thithi):q-g{f (Chaturthi),a+{ (Navami)or
v-g*a'i (Chaturda.i).

ftgfo qifhedqdg+rutq gcrr

aqilqrtsg.dar
urqqRttgqyqrqn e\ tl
Sloho 75. When the Lagnais free from any planet
but about to be occupied by one, the son born will be
given for adoption to anotherperson. when a birth
takes place in a Vyatipatayoga,the person born will
have a defective limb. The child born ina parighayoga
will die.
\\

tsdt Rd aflefr"*rt qrtarftmr

\\
{o q {fsrmt qq qot qosqflrril( il uQ g1

Sloku 76. If a personbe born in a Vaidhruriyoga,

he will causethe loss of the father; if in Vishkambf,a
he will cauoethe loss of wealth ; if in the Sulayoga,
hJ
will suffer from colic ; if in Gandahe will get a goitre.

{rqrrcrrirf
su{rtllfRifl*ftqqrsriiqgsqr-tr
q.dsql i gr.(fRgrerqqUR,dliiqlitfgri erq tt

31. 77-81

eqrtlsrqrq:

Stoka '17. The child born with teeth will caute

damageto the family from the commencementof the
secondto the conclusion of its fourth month ; the rie ing
of teeth at the time of birch may cause tbe death of the
father in the 6th month of tire child. When thir
critical period is over, all may go well.

rl vf*ldlt|{{l

fl

ffq{{rd ffi{ g q{ tqrfr't i'tgtri lffi

qg|(draniwErqtiEi
srrqnt*rit(fitrfr! (rq ll

erfrfiqfuar*tilfitsftfr traq.I

wRttiltqrqrTts qefi{tR mrun ll eq ll

cr;{ril{r(mqq ftarl qHftq*t I
gil grrqr6{il1ll co ll
Uril'q:.TSilwV
S/oAas78-80, Thc star in whiclt the Moon is at
the time of birth of a person is to be reckoned as the
firet and is calledwwd (Janmarksha); the tenth therefrom is calledor*ai(Karmarksha); the 16th, they say, is
styled ffit-{ (Sanghathika); the t8th is named gErq
(Samudaya);the 19th is called umr (Adhana); the 23rd
is known as tqrfuo (Vainasika); the 25th, the 26th and
the 27th stars are called rerpectively wrft (Jati), tqr
(Desa)and qf.r\+ (Abhisheka). If the ffcfl (Janmarksha)
and other stars aboveenumeratedbe occultedby malefic
planetsat the birth of any person,they will causedeath
on the very day of birth ; if occulted by benefic pla,
nets, they will produce benefic effects.

lt 51oqgpffif{r tl

tnn* lTrqtqR spg1qi'"irm{wq t

ermagrqdrfuAt qrfhq flilqq.ll dt ll

Adh.rx.

wisqrRqft

qqgq,**urfrrqrfrsfu"rrEqr

qr{ q-.g.io-crdrql
qrflb ilk

g.* 1 dR tl

,Slokas81-82. The Ganda in the months of Vai,

sakha,Sravanaand Phalgunais such as relatesto the sky;
in the months of Ashadha, Pushya, Margasirahaand
Jyeshgha,the Gandais suchas affectsmen; in Aswija,
Kartika, Chaitra anclBhadrapada,the Ganda is such as
relates to the P.rthaia or the nether world ; in the
month of Magha,thc Gandaor risk to b: run is death"
The evil of G'andawhich relategto pathalaand the sky
Pusbkaradoesnot conccrnthis world and so does not
reallv exist for us.

Enrffiri$qrcargqT#dhfrm r
E*q { frg+il grq gr*E{f{qu eQrr
Slofa 83. Thc father should behold the fase of a
Eon as soon as born ; by seeing the son'g face, the
father is releasedfrom his debt to the Manes.

il qq TqIT60TI tl
qtq;qmitgtqiiffi mq{rq1rds({t
qrqfr Rrdrs;qEnfnar
fil uarirqdl I
+qdtagdreqlqurfrs{d{ hqrfii
frfioqiqrcHlqiladirgfi{t qrdwr l dB tl
Slcla 84. The person born under the star qfffi
(Arwini) wrll have a greardeal of intelligence, wealth,
mcdesty, saeae
rt! and fameand will be h"ppy ; if at a
perscn'$birth, the Moon be in thc star rtqit (Bharani),
he will hiivc a clefectivelimb, be addicted to another's
wife, cruel, ungrate{uland will posseEswealth; if in g6s

st, 85-86

qrriisqrqr

Etar $Rsr (Krittika), he will be energetic, lord-like in

statuE,not dull but with some valuablelearning; if in
iiltqft (Rohini), he will know the weak points of others,
be lean, enlightened but addicted to women not his
own'
NorBs.
Compare the etlects given here in slokas 84-90 with those
given in Brihatjataka ch. XVI.

qr;i firqrr;inn: Srrdsqin,rqEntnr*rq

sTKtqrqqaryo\siqmo
I Ud)6qrqfto{r{r
Wrflr q gdfr qqqssr6{tt(:*Rl mgml

ft.\ Rrgfrqr {q{dt flqfm $gqr{ n c\ tl

Sloha 8l't. If a person be born in q.r{ir,i (Mriga,

siraha),he will be soft-hearted,wandering, squint,eyed,
lovrsick aud ailing ; if in ar4i (Ardra), he will be des,
titute of wealth, f ickle, with much physical strength
and addicted to baseactions ; if in gaafg(Punarvasu)he
will be dull.witted, strong in wealth, lamed, learned,
and lustirrg for women ; if in (gca;Pushyahe will love
Gods and Brahmins. possesswealth and intellieence,
enjoy royal favor, and lrave a large circle ol relations.

efi qariis 6ttg{qtf *df gflqnqr{

wut gzrmsifarrrrrrfiqni qqrqtqdi I

sq-qt TIof $sfrqftilwFti earstgfii

q'r{fr+rqtncU{iqqftftqrfr E({sgfrs il dEtt

Slcfta 86. If a person b: born under the star qttcr

(Asleoha-i.e. when the Moon is in th:t asterism), he
will be silly; betraying ingracitude by his speech,of
haety temper and depraved; if in the srar rTEtr
lMagha),
hc will be lustful but devoted tc virtue, indulgent to

628

qrCrqtftcri

Adh. Ix.

@ v v r v v v v v u v v v

hir wife, proud and wealthy; if in

t{qeg* (poorva,
phalguni),he will be restleas,practisingevil,
liberal
t:r:og and longing for women; if in vrmegdt (Urtara,
pbalguni)he will be voluptuouc,with a
lofcys"nseof
honor,gratefuland intelligent.

mff qfr qrqq{iimfrrsrqsiriTft

RnqrqftUfiffi
qrf,rq(dkilrr
qrst t?Tdgtfrqdr frqt qdtqq{r
rft EnEfifurrRtfrffilqt R{n}ffisn de tl

Sloha87. lf a person be born under

the star itr
(Hasta),he will be devotedto love
and to virtue, be,
friendthe learnedand rivein opulence;if in ftlr (chittra),
he will be very wary, goodnatured,and endowed
with
e high Eenseof honor, thoughlooging for
othermen.r
wiver; if in <rtr (Swati), he wili try
to pleareGods
and Brahmins,devotehimself to enjoyments
and will
havemuch wealth but little intelligence;
if in itqrrrr
(Visakha),he will be proud,but uxoriouo,
overcome
his
enemies
and betraymuchirritability.

t* gft*f rft gwilsFfr quqtRur

etsrqnfr
*r*rq qr*{* fiuq|f{T:,

qo$pmP*qil$roi'di 6il* q*
ntwaffisfffiil qrfrgrmu<dl ft cc tr

Slofrc 88. If a personbe born in the

star qgrtwr
(Anuradha),he will be very affable
in epeech,opuient,
ease,loving,honor.rble,famouE,
and powerful; if jo ,fui
flyeshtha),he will be very ill.tempeied,addicted;; _;,
men not hir own, Iordly and juet; if in qF, (M;L;,

hewill beeloqueni,fot diaton"i,- with niJ

Uppii.r,J

sl.89-90

q{TlssqFr:

689

marred, ungrareful and iudigent; if in glercr (Poorvx,

shadha)he will be uniformly well,behaved,endowed
with a high senreof lronor, well off and calmminded.

qt;qs{rFdIIq! gdt q tr'f{I{ ftqafw qfrsil:

airorrqt
AqtE'.rffiiirfr {ffi qfr q{qr{ r
snarg{gqr{fiNqfter fr*rwul grdt
firo{r {rfirrr{idir;R3trr-djs{llt{Edt ll eq ll
Sloha 89. If a person be born in the star silrlfdr
('tJttarashadha),he will be honorable, cf a tranquil
nature, happy, possessedof wealth, and learned; if in
the star acor(Sravana),he will have revercnce{or Brah,
manasand the Gods, be of the governingclass,opulent
and pious ; if under alew lSravishtha),he will be credu,
loue, wealthy, plump in the thighs and the neck and
joyful ; if in the star unfirq (Satabhishak),he wilt
be an aatrologer,tranquil, sparing in diet anJ daring

gfr wrfi ugr

{ffrgqRrrreqq-q*

qrR*rq.qqrq*ggorqf,rrrlt
rrfl qFsert

lqiqtgeoFwhrrdgs TptKRtgfqir

q;:rigrsorfrT{frfr qrilsftKft{tr1l \o tl

.S/oArr90. If a person be born in qinruvqr (purva_

proshthapada),he will be bold in his speech,mischievous.
cowardly and weak; if in the star sntcigcrqT(Uttaraproshthapada), he will be gentle in his nature, liberal,
opulent and learned; if in ien't (kevati), he will have a
broad mark in his person,rvill be love_sick,lovely, clever
in counsel,will have sons, family and friends and will
enjoy steady continuous prosperity.

630

ErawrRcri

Adh. IX.

rrtrRruoqri
tqQ qR dil,fr q qlu.{ mrql(sl) qft'rrq,iil'
ilar qir;(qirqir'qwruornqi q\.ri t

qlqflgrgtilqqngndr uel]{i gnq*

gtqqa;} sdRrQin qt n
u'nqrufi'f,{-tea:

Sloka 91. If at the birth of a per-son,the Moon be

in Mesha, he will eat sparingil', long for rvornen and have
enterprising elder brothers; if in Vrishabha, the person
born will be liberal, lovely, rich in fame, of excellent
behaviour, and have his chilclren all daughters ; if in
Mithuna, he r,vill be blesseci with iong life and skilful in
ministering to love during amorous pleasuresand evincing
a fondness for jest and merrirnent; if the Moon be in
Kataka at a person's birth, the latter's heart will be impassionedwith love; he wiJl lead a rvandering life and
will speak eloquently.
c/. gqeqra+XVII-I

Nores.
to 4.

@ sgdq?rgrr{i qrfie&r gr{r

{FqrftRrqrCfroitaqrFqqrft*ift.rqr{t
fr ib&sqdiqrriil{rfi ff gd}qif*wrI
d6A {ftrii {qrc'ir iirrt q gafrvar n qRtl
Sl tk s 9?. If a person be born when the Moon is
in Simha, he will have broad eyes,a beautiful face,grave
looks and wiil bc h.ppy; if the Moon be in Kanya at a
person'sbirth, the latter ivill be afflicted with a craving
ior sensual enjoyment, of graceful address, eminent in
learning and prosperous; if in Tula, the pgrsonwill view
with reverence Gods and Brahrnanas, shorv affection

it. 93-94

qqglstrtFt:

68.r

torvardshis relatives and will be opulent: the personborn

when the Nloon is in Vrischika will be heedless.ailing,
avariciousand given to wandering.
c/. Eqswaq XVII-5

NorBs.
to 8.

tfoqmitR\qqr $oirt!fed'$rgst fr*

rrld{! EUqREii
Tqrri ard nefttr t
w{* rtil$loqr{ gqqqe{iq ileniirair

{hQ rrarr6+qrcgffier{qgdqfutt ql tl

Slukit 93. When the \,{oon occupies Dhanus, the

person born will have handsome limbs and bright eyes;
he will be the choicest specimen of his family and conversant rvith ttle arts; if the Nloon be in Makara at a
person's birth, the latter will be acquainted rvith music,
broad-headed and addicted to u'omen not his own; the
person born when the Moon is in Kumbha will be without
virtue or morality and inimical to Jearned men while
surpassing in knorvledge; if the Moon be in Meena at a"
person's birth, he will have :r handsome person. be learned and become the lord o[ m:rny rvives.
Norrs'
.Jticwrc+
XVII-9 to 12.
c/.

il {r{qil$so(

ll

tarddqqr{itarrqa{i iqi{rt

fras;*rgtq*sfm{gql*
e$t frfr t

qr{st {Ilkrd fuMr glqiqhqffsdr

nrrn$f itEgrqlq.nfieqri$dkt{t il qBtl
5/ol.r 94. The person born when the Moon is in a
Navamsa owncd by l\{esha will be a commander of an

8t2

silgtslllTllE

Adh. IX.

army, opulent and distinguished by reddish eyes and

destined to become a freebooter; if the Moon be in a
Navamsa orvnerl by Vrishabha, the person born will have
his body, the face and.the shoulders fat, but his frane
will not be cornpact or rvell knit ; rvhen the Moon occrupies a Navamsa of Mithuna, the person born rvill have a
lovely form, rvill serve under a master as a scribe and will
be learned; if the Navamsa occupied by the N{oon
belong to Kataka at the birth of any perscn, he rvill be
black and rvill be withou.t the joys of having a father or
a son.

$noqkrqlfrriu*
mnrlfrffinrftrd
m;qit Egrilqurs
fi6gfufrqr*lfiqr I

md qlitkqrr gari{A ardi{fut

+teiirit*dsqd! i5{1fl!Ir
frqtsaq}
ftqqrqllq\ll
Sloka 95.

When the-Moon is in a Sirnita N:n'artsa,

the person born iviil have a fat body and a lolty nose,
and will be famed for his wealtir and strcngth ; if the
aain (Navarnsa occupied by thc Nloon bclong) to if;at
(Kanya), thc person born rvill be distinguishcrl for his
sweet words, leatr itr l)crson and clever at clice; whcn the
Moon is in a rein (Nar':rmsa) of qvr (Tula), the person
born will be a g:rllant, in the service of a king ancl rvith
lovely eyes ; the person born whcn the Moon is in a qfbo
aniu (Vrischika n;rvamsa), r.r'ill h:rve a defective limb,
will be poor, lean, rvandering in quest o[ service and
diseased.

qrqit umlfrtrgngt,tnr{fi
aqdiqil

g6rrs56q(Igs
trEfrirTqq;tqrriirqR r
fl{o;qrqmas
ttEnirtrq!$rqitrt {ft-drfr

gnilt ft qq tl
ffrtt qrg{mEinqqadfqhqr

g, 9?-99

qcrlsrqrqr

Sloka 96. If the Moon be in a cst{r (Navamsa)

owned by qq (Dhanus),the personborn will be lean and
long-arrned,liberal, devout and wealthy; if in :r trqiv
(Navarnsa) of rrnt (Makara), the person born will be
covetous, black in personal appearanceand rvill have a
wife arndsons; if in a i$rrreit (Iiumbha navamsa), the
personborn will be hypocritical ;rnd henpecked; and if
the Moon be in a ri}rqeiTr(N{een:r nav:rmsa), the person
born wi,ll have a soft voice, but speakspiritedly,will visit
holy placesand be blessedwith sons.

ll qrq$'orT tl
R.t$t fuurcfqgqq qifr qr*r{Tr
qrgsqr{$r;rqttgrlrqlfinrqqrilr gd I

ffi fiqnqhrfr qqei\qirlsitqutqal

qqiqrcetg{{qffi

Eet qil*q(r n q\etl

Sloha 97. A person will be victorious over nrs

of rvealth and cattle if born in the
enemiesand possessed
(Vishkambha
yoga); subject to the will of
ffiq
other people'swives if born in frit (Preeti); long-lived and
healthy, if born in tnlfnq (Ayushrnan); happy, if born
in the Srt"q (Sowbhagya)yoga; voluptuous if born in
drrr (Sobhana); murderously inclined if born in qrtqqs
(Atiganda); wealthy and devotedto the practiceof virtue
if born in gn$ (Sukarma); and taking away other people's
wife and money if born in sfh (I)hruti).

dt iirwuuqs TariluRQ
$tqrr{

Errgss
I
Efl qeil{rq *sftrqffir{ 5qTqTil-fr
ilil E{qnrqqssdqil r.ir qff fitgss

ftS frfuilt)ftr xurtr ffi aqilqrilsilf

u q6 ll

834

qtlw|Rcri

Adh. Ix.

SloAa 98. If a personbe born in the {Ffr.t. iSula

yoga), he is wrathful and quarrelsome; if in ws (Ganda).
he is addicted to evil practices; if in Utt (VriddhD, he
is able to discoursewisely; if in n< (Dhruva), he will be
exceedinglywealthy; if in .qtqt? (Vyaghatha), he will be
ferocious; if in 6iur (Harshana), he will be wise and farfamed; if in rs (Vajra), he will be wealthy and lustful ;
if in ftFq (Siddhi), he will be the refuge of all and lord
like ; if in scdcre (Vyathipatha), he will be deceitful.

gcfir*q {ftqqqcqRt Raq*rfrwr{

ttrq{s it{itqqq ffiEr{ qnds*ffiqr
irgnf flst g{rq|qqT
fhil q{q{rqors

qr{Sl gqir{rqq q{EIt urliliKt i5trol ll 1q ll

Sloka 99 If a person be born in the lttqrittt (Variyayoga), he will be lustful to a culpable extent : if in
qRs (Parigha), he will be inrmical but wealthy: if in ftq
(Siva), he will be well-versed in sciencesand scriptures,
rvealthy, quiet and liked by kings ; if in fuq (Siddha),he
will be devoted to virtue and engage in.the performance
of sacrifices;if in env (Sadhya)he will be virtuous: if in
trtrrt(Subha)he will be beautilully formed, wealthy, lovesick and affected with phlegrn-

& q*resqgET{f*ft Tsr qFsit

qr* qurfrsRwqftstsrrfrfttrrgr t

effirtwrt
B dwrlqErtqRar

qmEtqftruq roEttt{r{rtq* ffi

ltt "otl

Slofra 100. If a perEonbe born in ttre f,ui (Sukla

Ioga), he will be virtuouc, eloquentio epech, wrathful,
fichleninded and learned; if in rtr (Bnhna), he witl

sl. 101-1@

636

q6fr5tqf{r

retlY kePt wealth'

t.
*".
"
of forming soundjudgments;if
be liberal, and capable
in i=-t (Aindra), his life will be universallybaneficent;
and ha will
t,i, inr"tt..t wiit be all comprehensive;
muchweaith; if in tuR (Vaidhruti), he will be
possess
.rrnning, sa[umniating othere, powerful, liberal and
opulent.

ll
iFFFtqmranflo6'Ftt *Itfr

ffifr

qr\ flsrtqrI

q-qiFrrutil *o\ qftmqt

{{r(tt(I} squlor ll tot ll
gq-gqq{s
S/ofrrz101. If a perEoobe botn in ea+{q (Bavakara'
na), he will engage in juvenile worke and wilt be
valiant; in rrq.l (Balava) he will be modest in his dress
and deportment and will be honored by kings ; if in
*sc (Kaulava), be will have elephants and horses
with him anrl will do all that he doesin a handsome
way; if intRo (Thaitila),he will speaksoftiy and impres'
aively and will be virtuoue.

rrt:{frqrdrril
frffirT rdrfr
t
EFriEftgurfiil-qR$rnltRolor
qrquqlq{rqt
Rffiir*
qffirfrftemlttffi:rl

ll 1.1 ll

Sloha 102. It a perEonbe born in q{wrwl (Garajakarana),he will be without foes and powerful; if in
<&q (Vanij) or qftwotq (Vanijakarana), he will be a
a
.l".rL, speakerand intrigue with mistressesindulging
guilty paasion for him; if in ftfuowr (Vishtikarana),

686

*rlqfnd

Adh. Ix.

he will be hostile ro every body, addicted to sin{uf

deeda, under public censure, but honored by his
attendantsand self-reliant.

srill[su$*gql frKgd qrmqfrsrwr

qWqisftofteq{rq*ftTqqI
_ *daq
M wqraiitEqc{r{ flqrofii nr.r+
ftKi q{sr{uqqd*{heqi Erqtn t.i tl
Sloha 103. The person born in fiSqewr (Sakuna
karana) will be an astrologer aod enjoy oteadypros,
perity ; the personwho hashis binh in the urq (Karana)
called sq6q{(Chatushpada),will have a multitude
of
miafortunes, will be acquainted with every b'sinese,
very gentle,intelligent, famousand wealthy if a person
;
be born in amao.or(Nagavakarana),he will be dignified,
rich, exceedinglystrong and boastful ; in etgsq*"r (fim_
otughnakarana)is born a person who works for othera
and is fickle,mindedand fond of mirth.

lt uflrsoq ll
rglwrlszrTr 6{agf Tld RqKffi

qt *frqt r
unt g&owgrfuwqr

,iiqrt iqWitmr&{dreqrqq: ur<dir

ftqwrqnlssEq srril qJuqql ir,r{iuflf ?oB fl

Sloha 104. The person born in the lqorc (Meaha

lagna)will be hostile to his rerarives,or *"od.ring
habits, lean in peroon, hot-tempered,q*rrtuor"]
proud, weak.kneed,poesesaed
of unceftainwealthai
heroic. The person at whose birth the riaiog,ig"
i,
gw (Vrithabha) will owrr many cor.r, pay
dilignt

sl, 106-106

qrrqlstllfi4:

homageto eldere and to the Brahmanas,will be fond of

iearneddisputations,inclined to wanderirtg,fortunate,
lustful.calm.mindedand with but fcrv sot'ts.

*rft q;grfr qqrgifquetiqtq

WnawAq

frqnqr gffir?qlsfdgqftirrft q grqiEt I

fruqrrnwfr ofril{rEmrqaqlddErq

qrilqcse{trqwaCitt;W'fiirEtu t o\ ll

SJoAa 105. lf ftga (Mithuna) be the rising rign

at the birth of any person,he will be voluptuous,fond
of relatives, compassionate,exceedingly prosperou6,
worthy, acquaintedwith the real nrture of the world
and the spirit, contemplative,liked by the virtuousr
very beautiful, but ailing. The person born in the
.Fero{rr(Kataka lagna)will have sumptuousmeals,cloth,
ing and jewels, a soft voice, and a mind inclined to
{raud,but will be virtuous, bulky and takirrgdelight in
dwelling in the mansiousof other people.

qrnlfraiMserfiTqs wguffimr
''stdiiqht nnr t
ut qrqq{rttti}ofigr
i6;rTTotTiFr!
f*qTgfrgurldtqrqgdtrffiefr
q.gilqrwr?{ssut,Etl
iqrqlqiimiEoTqift*i
Sloku lil6. Tire pcrson born in the fiiasrt (Simha
Iagna)has but few sons,is hostile to people contented
w i t h w h a t t h e y h a v e ( b u t w o u l d n o t b e t t er t h e m s e l v e s ) ,
brave,will charm kings, overcomefoes,iong for women
and repair to a foreign place; the personat whose birth
the rising sign is o;qr (Kanya) witl be skilled in varioua
works, prosperous,talented,of soundjudgment,taking
pleasurein the blandishmentsof loveiy women, fond of
relations and sincere.

lnittFlrnEltf

638

Adh. Ix.

t v v g ! ! r v v v v v v w

ofueqEqi*rtrqwq{ fuflq
qEqrftiadil etqqtr{rd t
ffioqtrrgaur{n;ffird
qoqftdt{iwlqi frfuai 11lou tl
Slokr,1i-7. The pcrson botn in the gorcrt ( tula
he
lagna)wilt lrave a lovely face and charming eyes;
*ilt U. honored l>y kings, learned, fond of the pleasures
women, wealth and lands; his prinof love, possesoing
calm,
cipal teeth will not be closebut apart; he will be
pensive,btrt irresoluteand exceedinglytimid'

qrdi
1t{r gfidrqq}sftqqd tiru&fi
Retqsittoqq{ gqdafiiiqr(frqrt
qT$qniqr{Gt
3 $oin I qiqr{ qdhftqqR

qf{-'forqggqq
wfidof {fr flaqm 11{ od ll

Sjo,fra108. The person born in the {|**vn lVriy

chika lagnawill be silly with cruel looks, exceedingly
learned'
f ickle'mlnded, proud, long'lived, wealthy,
(pensive).
hostile to good men and nuroing sorrow
is 'r-gs
The person whose Lagna at the time of birth
(Dhanus)will bc wise, the best of his family, prosperous
porrrrsing famcand wealth; the man born in the
"nd (Makara lagna) will be fond of lovely women'
rr6{as
perfidiousand will speakdejectedly'
Norrs.

I3eingsillyisnotinconsistentwithbeinglearnediJameslo
Englandwasdeclaredbysomehistoriantohavebeenthemos
learnedfool in Christendom'

sr-(!tr61qewfikffiol
I
wioqdi6rryaqqqzoqqTils

51.109-111

qqrnstqrq:

- - v - - - v v ' - - - - v v v

frqlqwgrsrqqa{ fiff{ ll t "1 ll

.Slcla 109. The person born in the 6qcs (Kumbhe
lagna)rvill be crafty'minded, fond of dalliance with
women not his own, of miserly habits anl master of
much wealth. When *a (Meena) is the rising sign at
a person'$birth, he will be learned,sparingin his enjoy'
mento,kind to his friends rnd endowedwith. spirit and
strength,while posseesingmuch corn and wealth.

tt ilnq,eq tt
s*qrrfr rrcinnrqms
1
rt qrit frq{r{ rrwq;qs
ilrCtqrm qndn qqeqfuffsqqi{rqR erq tt.
S'oka 110. lf the Lagnabe an odd sign, and the
tn (Hora) be owned by the Sun, the person born will
be of a cruel disposition,lustful, rich and honoredby
kings. But if, the Lagna being an odd sign,. the da
(Hora) be that of the Moon, the person born will be
but will
eloquent,.liberal, ltandsome,compasoionate,
havean intriguingwife.

qrilfrq*ilqftal qq{ Tr;et5ilffiqdsftStr

qqq tnn,rEl mtrr*rtfrsfiTs$H{ttrs Rrq t t t

Stoha 111. If a person be born in the Sun's dlt
(Horr) in an even rising sign, he will b: clever in couneel, sensible of frvors received, but irresolute and
exceedingly timid, If a person be born in the r?n
(Hora) b:longing to ther Moon in an even Rasi, he will

be fearleroin rpeech,laeyand fond of a virtuouo wife.

640

AdS; IX.

ffiarcdtqift

il {spr6o( lr
*qTfbiWrrFellrilI

qHIf I

q{fr ru?ffiat
dtqrv
w
^
qrqffo6{qgrr mEF( wd! n { tq il
'l'he first Drekkarraof fta (Simha), lc
SJota 112.
(Mesha) ilu (Kumbha), qfbt (Vrischika) and r+t (Ma'
-1t"
kara); the last Drekkanaof ira (Meena), Zfh-+1yt;t
ka), fea (Simha), ger (Tula) and the middle Drekkana
of *ze rKataka)and ?ib+ iVriscirika) are, for the u:ost
part declaredby the sagestc be malefic.

*dffiqfr

eqroti*argarqflEtq"qfiq t

qjgqqiGqaHqrfi {qi}d w-Sqq{rEqlo'rtft 11

Slola 113. The first Drekkanasof ero(Kataka)
and dtq (Meena), the middlemost of diq (Meena) and
il"qt (Kanya) a.nd the last of q'rrr (Vrishabhr) and
frgq (Mithuna) are the six water-bearing Drekkanae.

tqrFEiritquqfratqr
aglq{frgrKiqrff| |

qrqr$ililJqlTwerul?Tl
EqTurdil!qlTEfh dtfl lt It t 8ll
Sloha 1I4. The secondof *q (\4esha), w-g<lDhanuo), qcrr (\/rishabha), iirc (Kumbha) and ru't (Makara) and the first of gat (Thula), o;qt (Kanya) and figl
(Mithuna) and che last of vg{ DhanLrs',+;<r (Kanya)
and ii;e (Kumhha)are termedbenefic Drekkanas.

ErItutT
qrlT-srffi+'FTqil
iFat qnaT q K{qril |

frRqtmr{fi s{dk tr t t\ H
{qffft-dilirrharqRfr

Sloln 115. The last of q+t rMaka ra)}l (Mesha),

sl. 116-11?

itE$tsrqFt:

84L

and *ao (Kataka), the first of qtrr (Vrishabha) and

qgq (Dbanus) and the middlemost of frga (Mithunal,
gvr (Thula) and ika (Simha)are termed mixed Drekka'
nas, say the astrologerswith one accord.

rqsqftTeis qnqqisvffi
adqrurqrdt
^

(ru, qlTriqqrgruRcfuoqtrniqrliidto: I

\\\\

{TFq(qMcTrq! gc{qTiffiq{FF6ql Eqrgs

ilil ft* sdor rngqfrtunre&qoriffllqtqll

Sioko 116. The personborn iria maleficDrekkana

will b: evii-minded,of wandering habits, addicted to
e v i l d e e d sa n d i n b r d r e p u t e ; t h e p ? r s o n b o r n i n a
frqwi*rq (Thoyadharadrekkana)will be libcral, volup,
b;nt on agriculcure
and irrigation,
tuou$,conpessionate,
a n d v o i d o f m o r a l i t y ; t h e p c r s o nb o r n i n a n a u s p i c i o u s
D r . k k a n a w i l l h a v er i c h a n d h . p p y s o n s ,a l o v e l y f o r m ,
w i l l b e t e n d e r - h e a r t : d ;t h e p e r s o n b c r n i r a m i x e d
Drekkarrawill be ill,behaved,addictecito young women
not his owo, of cruel aspectand fickle'mind:d.

]t ilqErfioTTtl
qnirstiT rFiltiql dogntni{t{ frFsttilq firft

tril{r SrqurslqQ{ftttl qiHr nirqqra:I

qlqit Tqsqi qoqfitail fq{irft q gps:
irrrft dft g'lih ofuregqqqrilfidrqltql 11{ lu ll
Sloktt 1t?. tf a p.rson beborn in a qiaait (Sutyahe will be evil'minded,strong, prolific, rich,
navamsa),
and lustful ; if in a Navansa owrit'J by the
tars.rny,eyed
Moon, he will be voluptuous,addictedto youngv"Jmen
not his own, learuedand rich in cows ; i{ in a Na'ramsa
of Mars, he wrll be addicted to cruel deeds, fickle'
81

6+2

Adh.rx.

witrSqrGrre

ninded, of wanderinghabits,afflictedwith bilioullcom,

plaints and avaricious; if in a Navamsa
belongingto
Mercury,he will be liberal,impassioned,
handsome
and
well.knownfor his learningand goodname.
da<c
{idrg&rqdfr enagrilir rrrtrrrnq:
tqdt grfircqrns: qrqrllrin;qEr I
R-q. qrEfdrRqsus-it r*.rqqd; gdf
6{: atqntq{irswdi{i'rwiriai* ct: u
rrai* +qs'srFaatftqtfnwi : tit roag{trqrili q: gr& r r
q$*ricRwilqdfrdr gwtr;itvagt*glr: cftdui*sth u
*v& +fro; lps.lzlr! gtaftRn-d.1
rilrr*: g;rd ssn{kilhn 6rc?sd cieit I
rri'rseeu{: gdf
Xti; *uairisfigro:
a't: flsficdq'rsfiscq, qrrfcaiir cr: u

, orirrJd=a : <eagHdrou!*d,
fl eielbaq*irii qmziloiifirrrdftr: r
rr?orig:
xafrrlg gnroiu?il una: g<ft
G.qqqrq-tqlq{qoKit: vrvaqoii

m: l

qtqiirqR tqhffigru *g: grfi uqnq

q;dt qio-wqru
{qqq(fr trqdWdql I
ffii't qqilfifiqatawr{ft Sdr qfisfi

qqtt qfr nqgRrffif({ofA* ftril{ ut te rf

Slola 118. If a person be born in a Navamraof

Jupiter,he will havegoldenhair in his person,
and will
be eminent,talented,beautiful,clever in counsel,speak,
ing learnedly,
of a cheerfulmien,and liked by emperora;
if in a Navamsaowned by Venue,he will delightin the
society of womennot his own, be liberal, comfortably
phcedand learned;if in a Navamsabelongingto Saturn,

sf. 119-120

ififtsqFr:

6f8

he will be evil,minded,.indigent, with large teeth, and

afflicted with ailments.
ur.r<a
{ rtclT: ltrrail{r: gcq3i {rs}rqor}qqr:
ctg: qfr{c{tifisfifrqo;
cld'r gi<rkd; r

g"t{it rRfq&fr {grra:qitrncs*

&nrufi cg{(r gtgiri* q}rqrtcr tl
rdrqr.dtqftnc{i Tw*r: gq*:
+rg*ir rrqid Rrul {qtd: tnf}r r
l[r: rffcrq t'etftqfr qr{d}* gq*
?nilq*rriF.$qftr* qrtir rrrteit I
cftrstgrirrtr cx*tt: S{nF:rrqR orffia: fircqol: etiltt: I
rg[urvftgl: cidfta] f*qd,cftrtasrRTrrftnm* rrg<iir rr
nst{rqf,rqgava drra, grrrg+$sRo}i}d'rer t
g*: gm: ql: cg{rrnarfiqi, grg a q1q 1

ll er{{EI$qII ll
ilil lqalEqtt trfltqr *tr qtqnnwlgmr r

gdot tl\
ilfrtr|aft ftqngq{itrg.qit g q(ERTt

Slola 119. If a person be born in a ilqdn (Dwede'

aamsa)owned bv *s (Mesha), he will be a mischievcur
robber and take to the evil ways and practicesof a\rch
a vicious class of people; if in a twelfth portion of a
rign owned by wrr (Vrishabha), he will haw plenty of
women and wealth and will su{fer from diseases; If in
a flq{rin (Dwadaramsa) belonging to fug{ {Mi$unr),
he will be a gambler but well'conducted.

g$imt u,,{-sth
cvdl ftt Tnt{rqlrnrs(Utl I
trnqns*m FTdn 6qlqr{qrfifuqtt T{rat ll

qnsqrRqre

Adh.rx.

samsa)of u*z (Karkata), he will be addicted to bad

practicer; if in a erqtritr lDwadasamsa) owned by {ka
(Simha),he will b: virtuous,engagedin rhe businessof
a king and will be attendedby brave men; if iu a eF{r
Arq{ri?r(Kanyadwadasamsa),he wiil be a gamblerand
addictedto wom3n; if in a Thula dwadaramsa,hc will
be engagedin trade and have abundanceof money.

sizi{rh qqdiidaqiur?I{Hi{h iiilTtlg{firti6'! |

{qrGTqiEquqhrrT{s
rTUeT!

lnt qoftqiifli [TfiT{frer{ il tlt tl

Sloku l2l. If a perso:l bc born rn a frT{rtfl (Dwa,

daramsa)owned by qilr (Vrischika), he will be a
murder-loving master of roguesand robbers; if in a
gtqcrtT(Dwadrsamsa)belongingto qlt (Dhanus),he will
diligentlv pay homage to the Manel, Brahminsand the
Gods; if r'n the rr{{rirt (Dwadasrmsa)of rlt (Makara),
he will be the lord of growing corn and wilf have
rcrvants ; if in a grrr 6rqtitr (Kumbha dwadasamsa),
he will be a mischief maker; if in a qt{6rqqin (Meena
dwadasamra),he will be rich and learned.

lt R{ri{fsuqtl
f{qtt vtdigeq qqorffi;qE1q {t{r

qibaqtfrqiq*
rr;Ea{rarftqfr
drr{ r
fut gtq{fhfrwr{rgi}q}q;gnE

qr{i fir;t{g! gl q Ugqfl{itr* qrqt ntRvl

Sloka tL?.. If a person be born jn a thirrieth

Sr.tzr-rz4

mrtssqf43

portion owned by Mars in eny sign, he w ill be ficklq

stiff,voiced and cruel,minded; if in one belonging to
Saturn in any aign, he will be addicted to wandering
and of a depraved nnind; if in a fl*cria(Trimsamsa) of
Jupiter in any sign, he will be wealthy ; if in a thirtieth
portion owned by Mercury in any sign, he rvill have
greatrespectfor his preceptorsand the Gods, delight in
the societyof virtuouu men and be attendedby relativee;
if in a &qrt{ (Trimsamsa)of Venuo in any sign, he wil_
be loving, lovely and happy.

u irT$r{tl
{rdi ftrsrqr{qqifrd6*t6 iidoi ffTnlor r
t*fqilsqil{

ffiq'{rEi{tmrfir qeorqqmrntRltl

Sloka LZl. The person who is born in the i{tar

(Satvavela)is eloquent, conforming to the duties and
practicesof the .riEe, devour, constantly persevering,
pure, bountiful, possessed
of lustre,learningand beauty,
truthful anrl without enemies.

qqltsrqmgr*qrqdsq{oErE
ftenrr?rilqrgrqfuq;gfrTrnlfI
etr|ilqnt ltvfiqti

{a*il{irgffitqt

rrc1rctl

qqo}firil tRBtl

Sluku 174, T'heperson brrn in the dttor (Rajovela) will have happiness,weakh, flme, beauty and
strength; he will overcomehis foesand will be loveeick at heartI his mind will not be kindly disposed
towards his relations. The person born in the a*tor
(Tamovela)will try to securethe wealthand women
belongingto others and will losehie happinessthereby.

846

ilATctfrfi*

Adh.rx.

tle will be a master rogue,at variancewith his relationr

and venerablesuperiors and fickle.minded.

ilqtsiirtqJ+or(IqfFf Gffiqs I

v*ftq*flEqrdilq{ffiqgnqrE
u tR\ ll
Sloha 125. The times pervadedby the qualitiesot
fn< (Thamas - darkness),eea (Satva- purity) and tqq
(Rajas-passion)are to ba reckonedby semi,yamas(half,
yama:an hour and a half or lslGhatikas) regularly in
the order eru (Thamas), ert (Satva), {at( (Rajas), wr<
(Thamas), eea(Satva), rart (Rajar), &c. from Sunday
forward through the other days of the week.
Norns,
According to this sloka, edch day is divided into 16 halfyamas; the first er*crq (Ardhayama) as well as the last of a
Sunday is a nitiot (Thamovela); the first and the last of a
Monday are Satvika ; of a Tuesday, Rajasa; of a Wednesday,
Thamasa; of a Thursday, Satvika ; of a Friday, Rajasa; of r
Saturday, Thamasa.

\
il rFtuERtqo{ ll
Cr\
ril-rrrtwnerc:gilfl;gffTq(rs
I
srRrrT
{Ril em {r* rTtIHrGr!il lRq tl

Sloka 126.Jupiter,Mars,the Sun,Venus,Mercury,

theMoon,Saturn-thisis theorderin which the lordsof
the lloras follow in auccession.The Hora in any day
of the weekis reckonedbeginningwith that day i e. ics
lord. The Hora on the night of the week,daychoren
ic reckonedftom the 5th week-daytherefrom.
NorBs.
For example,the first Hora of Mondayis the Moon's; thr
noxt, Saturn's; the one after that, Jupiter's; and soon till the be'

sl. 12?-129

qr*stqtq:

Einniug of tbe aight. The first Flora on Mqnday nighl is to bo

reckoned from the 5th day.from Monday d.e. Friday. The lord of
the lst Hora on Morrday night is Venus; the 2nd belongsto Mer'
cury, the third to the Moon, the 4th to Saturn, the 5th to Jupiter,
tho 6th to Mars, the 7th to the Sun, and so on.

bmqrsrwqqr{irsrtr,ifrqrfrd q*wqiqu{ I
qrqTda.titqqrq\ ftfrurqwradnrq
qroalmii qq t|
Sloka 127. The effect of a peroon's birth in the
Sun'8cTdrr (Kalahora) is pain and fatigue ; in the
Moen's, pro$perity; in that of Mars, sorrow and sick'
nees; in Mercury's, learning and wealth ; in Jupiter'a,
possessionof every kind of blesaing, in that of Venus.
conjugal bliss ; in Saturn's, the loss of property.

|
nafreqw{qwqrlrqrft tqrutrqqgtqnrrElftdsTfr

?nrtis,ffirorfr qrfru*titarfrtRueqqu{Kr(
snfta*Js.qrqr
tqarqfffii qTils$ft
E{tafi?Er&qqt
Stoka 128. ;The variouseffectsupona person'alife
due to hir birth beingconnected(1) with tbe preeeoce
of Gulika in a certainbhava,(2) with a particularcyclic
year,(3) with the formeror latterhalfof the came; (l)
with a particularseasonof the year; (5) with a particu'
lar month thereof; (6) with a particularhalf-month;(?)
with a particularday of the Moon in the half,month;(8)
with a prrticular ctar in coojunctionwith the Mcon on
that day ; (9) with the particular cign occupied by thc
Moon than; (10) with the particularyoga prevallingat
the time; (11) with the Karanaspecialfor the day ia
question;(12) with the half (Hora),3rd (Drekkanalgth
(NavJmsa),l?th (Dwadaeamsa),
or 30th (Trinsusa)
portioo of a partkular rign; (13) with a Thamasa,Sstvr
or Rajovela, and (1a) with a certain Kalahora-tlrc lev"

d48

qriltrq,Rqrt

Adh.rx.

ral effectsdue to the birth bcing viewed from various

atand,points have been treated of effectively by the
blessingand graceof the Sun and other planets.
Thus endc the 9th Adhyaya in the vrork weuqli{ct"
(Jatakaparijata)
compiled by Vaidyanathaunder the auo.
picesof the nine planets.
Norss.
It is worth while to know when and how the various ellec ts
treated of in this Chapter will come to pass in the life of any per'
son. In this connection, the foltowins slokas of sta{trl(q lfaraka'
bharana) will be found interesting:-

csrft t{rqiorqi qsrft atcrfdftft csa"qr r

qiqrsi rrrq'{q'lervrisn{*rri'qdclr: n r I
crstf;i qrceH: udqqao*{ v <q vrq r
frfirrqn fi(uirrt q q-qltais*a qmiau,i ,, a ,,
q-mitqi{ee*qorF{ilq I
ar{t{4 srr& *fiis'd
osl-di orqc*iarqi rlrr{gqrfirq}{qlsq rr 1 11
The eflects of the year and other division:; of tirne wherein a
b i r t h t a l < e sp l a c e h a r - e l ; e e n d e s , : r r b e d . T h e

o c , , u rr r : u c e o f t h o s e

c f l e c t s s h o u l , l b c s r , t l l e d e s f o l l , . r w : i ;\ \ ' l r , r th ' r s b e e r r s t a t e d f o r t h e
U e o r , w i l l t a l i e J r l : r c ed u r i n g t h e r i l r e r r i n go f t l r * i d a s a o f t h e l o r d o f
t h e I . r a ( S ; t v a r r i r )s , e a r( i . e . a y e ; r r c , f 3 f r 0 . l a l s ) ; t l r e e f i e c t f o r t h e
h a l f - y e a r a n c l t h e S t o s o r r ,d u r i n g t h e d a s a o f t h e S u n : t h a t f o r t h e
m,onth, during the dasa oi the lord of the rnonth; that for the
h a l f - m o n t . hq { ( l ' a k s h a ) : r s r . , , e l i a s f o r t h e o s t e r i s m , d u r i n g t h e
dasa of the l\Ioon ; tliat for the feiir (.|l,ittri) and the :+,r.q(liaranrt),in the sub-lieriotlof the }{oon rn the Sur:'s tlasr ; that for
lhe uteek tlq!! EI{ (Vara), during the dasa of tlre lord oi the week.
q)q iYoga), shoukl be <:onsiclered lvith reference
,1ry; that for. the
t o a h o r o s c o p en ' h e r e i n t h e S u n l n c l t h e M o o n a r e s t r o n g ; t h a t f o r
the Lagna, during thc dasa period of the lord of the l.agna ; thal
for the Rasi rvhich has a planetary aspect on it or is the seat of a
bhava should be deduced in this wa1'-f. e. as iikely to occur
during the dasa of the lorcl of that'Rasi.

cTrilffirfr q{rfrsrryqt
n stEl?FTrtfqrqf
tl
Adhyaya

X.

AsnrexevARGA.
The following eleven slokrr frorn dtttqq1;1(Horamakararda)
are rnrertodhore, because they form.an appropriateintroduction
to this Chapter.

q*si wqu{q qudi gqq qd. *qrrrRrTEs,I

wt atcaigEt q{rq tqr*Tmaogsqr*: u ! tl
Each planet moving from tho place it occupiedat the birth of
a perlon admittedly producesits own peculiar eflect varyiog with
its progressthrough the l2 Rasrs. Owing to the admjtted variation in this efioct, theencier:ts say tbat it.cannot be laid down as
absolutely identical (evon) in lhe case of personsborn uudcr tlir,o
s3me star.

rrlt Rra: r*cqri {(tgri grqr{rfnr ag?rerf}a t

qrff aqr \ lqr, trwifr: lser c t egoir 11apen r u
Astrologers declare that to be the :r.ri-nttt (Janmarasi) of a
prson rvherein the Moon was at the time of his birth, The severai
places in which the planets and the Lagna rnal, be in all possible
NBtt cannot consist ol seven.

rtisurrRrdg'iise qii: ffise irra gvtgrrlfr |

qFi qr( u 1 fr
sorfr tqi s fit'rqfrrrr qqrss{rr'ii?rt6d
Hence every person is decla,red to have eight signs as the
seats of the seven planets and the Lagna and it is with reference
to these eight places that ali thc good antl evil eflects of a person's
life due to the drsjoined or conjoined states of the planets and the
I-agna are calculated-a
process which when completod, the
qtr{-{.i (Ashtakavarga) result as it is called will become revcalcd.

82

649

650

qrF.clftEft

Adh. x

gfirqcrftfi r*tsRcaqafrqnrcdtgicerq r
qtargrrrrR+.d
iag rrRrw'{nsrqqqkqig
i*t orrrq 6{qtrrFqqT(Ira:gmrdt'ucrt}qtt u rt
(Ashtakauarga) the Sun is deWith referenceto its e{Eei'itl
c l a r e d e x c e e d i u g l ya u s p i c i o u si n t h e l s t , 2 n d , 4 t h , 7 t h , 8 t h , 9 t h '
7th
lOth and I lth places from itself, Iilars altd Saturn ; in the 6th
p
l
a
ces
l
l
t
h
a
n
d
9
r
h
t
h
e
5
t
b
,
6
t
h
,
i
n
e n d l 2 t h p l a c e sf r o m V e r r u s ;
t
hc
p
l
a
c
c
s
f
r
o
m
from Jupiter; in the 3rdr 6th, lOth and Llth
M
e
rf
r
o
m
I t { o o n ; i n t h e 3 r r , l ,5 t h , 6 t h , 9 t h , l O t h , l l t h a u d l 2 t h
p
l
a
c
e
e
cury ; and lastly in tlre3rd, 4th, 6th, l0tb, llthand l2th
from thr Lagna.

qrqgdrrrqqcmlbltru ifgdtE nsqqftTeg

qe$q' t
lrrq {nrrritg qck qcEnqfog ;<reu?lq1X
!q trnrqriqqrsDg frgtrgilt o;qtxrcsor*
m<t: tl rr ll
gsr$qiqtgqtqf,q;ririlrrTrr
placer
Tho Moon is euspicious in the 3rd, 6th, 10th and llth
llth
a
n
d
l
0
t
h
9
t
h
'
from thcLagna; inthe 2nd,3rd"5th,6th'
p
l
a
ces
I
l
t
h
a
n
d
l
O
t
h
p l a c e sf r o m M a r s ; i n t h e l s t , 3 r d , 6 t h , 7 t h ,
fromitsclf; inthc3rd, 6th, 7th,8th' lOth andltthpiacosfrom
in tho
t h e S u n ; i n t h o 3 r d , 5 t h , 6 t h a n d l l t h p l a c e s f r o mS a t u r n ;
p
l
a
c
o
r
f
r
o
m
l
t
e
r
curv;
l
l
t
h
a
n
d
l
O
t
h
l s t , 3 r d , 4 t h ,5 t h , 7 t h , 8 t h ,
f
r
o
r
n
p
l
a
c
e
s
J u p i t o r *;
in the ltt, 4th, 7th, :th, l0th, I lth and l2th
gth,
loth rnd llth placrs
and lastly, in the 3rd, 4'h, 5th, 7th,
frorn Vcnusqafisti
*rlr rcnfrt: qtqdr{a*q*l:
irrrttt[ |
qlil: rrrrq(qqsqufqrt$'tg
:n*rririi:

detr gron
!r( tqrarerelg aqqiig{{rrTrag
rqtrurwrels ftfta tdgnrE #n+nqsif u e I

IUersisaucpiciousinthelst,2nd,4th,Tth,8th'lothendlltb
placesfron
places from itself; iu the 3rd, 5th, 6th, lOth and I lth
+ t h , 7 t b ' 8 t h lOth and llth placo from
"In the let, Znd,
Jupitrr, eccording to some'

061

qtrslsqnr

thc Sun; in tho 3rd,6th and llih places'from thr Moon; in thc
f st, 3rd, 6th, l0th and llth places frorn the Lagna; in the 3rd'
s t h , 6 t h a n d I t t h p l a c e sf r o m M e r c u r y i i n t h e 6 t h , l 0 t h , I l t h a n d
l 2 t h p l a c e sf r o m J u p i t c r ; i e t h e 6 t h , 8 t h , I l t h a n d l 2 t h p l a c e s
from Venus; and lastly, irr the lst, 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th, lOth and
I lth places from Saturn.

u: gfF( {rsvr}ttsn;Is{ga c&g} gmrrlT:

qr{r{ttsq dtarqtaqfigfavarig trdr ft+{flq t
{tqql'uiRur* &ngq{rgi qarqq{rrftt'rteircrruftr![tr]sRtrgeelilag6il{CIrig

rtllF( ll e ll

M e r c u r y i s a u r p i c i o u si n t h e l s t , 2 n d , 3 r d , 4 t h , 5 t b , 8 t h ' 9 t h
gth'
a n d l l t h p l a c e sf r o n r V e n u s : i r r t h e l s t , 2 r r d , 4 t h , 7 1 h , 8 t l r ,
l 0 t h a n d l l t h p l a c e sf r o r n \ { n r s a n d S a t u r n ; r n t h e 6 t h , 8 t h , l l t h
a n d I 2 t h p l a c e s f r o r n J u p i t e ri ;n t h e 5 t h , f i t h , 9 t h ,I i t h a n d l 2 t h
p l e c e sf r o m t h e S u r ti i n t h e l s t , 3 r d , 5 t h , 6 t h , 9 t h , l 0 t l t I l t h , a n d
l l t h p l a c e sf r o r n i t s e l f ; i n t h e ? n d , 4 t h , 6 t h , 8 t h , l O t h a n l l l t h
D l r c e sf r o m t h , M o o n ; i n t h e l s t , 2 n d , 4 t h , 6 t h , t j t h ' l 0 t h a n d
I lth places from the Lagna.

diEi trq,q q$*ryrrregRg t*: qftlriltqq qrq

(rrqfugstq vs.tlagtlaga'iiqqqitlt,
sr,, r( trI*S EFfl?ttlfQr'laqfiqrfdita'i gqr{.
ua u
tfrva3reE grtir. qr1lagirq*cmftA&tg
Jupiter is benefic in the lst, 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, l0th and
I lth places from Mars; irr the lst, Znd, 3rd. {th, l7th, 8th, 9th,
lQth and llth placesfrorn the Sun; in the lst, 2nd, 3rd, {th,7th'
8th, lOth and llth places from itself; in th,: lst,2nd, 4th, 5th,
6 t h , 9 t h , l O t h a n d l l t h p l a c e s f r o r n l v l e t ' c t r r y ;i n t h e l s t , Z n d , 4 t h ,
5th,6th,7th,9th, lOth aod llth places fro'n the l-agna; in tlre
2nd,5th,7th,9th and llth places fronr the Moon; in the 3rd,5th
6th, and l2th, places from S'tturn; and lastly, in the Znd, 5th,
t enus.
6 t h , 9 t h . l 0 t h a n d I I t h p l a c e s f r < - r r tV

'pfrslcr Rtg aqiiq{d{}i, ;&g orarq rtrdr

j3srrilrffig Fnq rlqiaqqr{ffifi
itr*dt

a6r,

Adh.x.

{nfi'ltft|||

Strutqre{.g&{{rg TftqR(riftoq:lrtur*
c?sr{ urq dtfrqr}Tqrilmggrr{irrrft&is

I qu

Venus is auspicious in the lst, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th,

9th, I lth and l2th places frorn the Moon; in the lst, Znd, 3rd,
4 t h , 5 t h , 8 t h , 9 t h a n d l l t h p l a c e sf r o m t h e L a g n a ; i n t h e l s t ,
2 n d , 3 r d , 4 t h ,5 t h , S t h , 9 t h , I O t h a n d I t t h p l a c e s f r o r n i t s e l f ; i n
t h e 8 t h , l l t h a n d l 2 t h p l a c e sf r o m t h e S u n ; i n t h e 3 r d , 4 t h , 5 t h ,
8 t h , 9 t h , l O t h a n d l l t h p l a c e sf r o m S a t u r n ; i n t h e 5 t h , 8 t h , 9 t h ,
l O t h a n d l l t h p l a c e sf r o m J u p i t e r ; i n t h e 3 r d , 5 t h . 6 t h , 9 t h a n d
I l t h p l a c e sf r o r n M e r c u r y ; a n d l a s t l y r r r t h e 3 r d , 5 t h , 6 t h , 9 t h ,
I l t h a n d 1 2 t h p l a c e sf r o r n l { a r s . t '

rq difrrTqr?gerfigwihgcir{ 6{qrig qqi{

|;4eruzg rrg aaqgf;<rtTqr{rRqdg
sr4r{ |
.q{rqrqir fiorcrgcqqfig+r*g qcrii ft :*
gsr{rq$Tezr6{qa;tqr{irr{r{tgqri{flR: il Io tl
Saturn is beneflc in the 3rd, 5tb, 6th and llth places
f r o n i t s e l f ; i n t h e 3 r d , 5 t h , 6 t h ,l O t h a n d l l t h a n c l l 2 t h p l a c e s
f r o m M a r s ;i n t h e l s t , 2 n d , 4 t h , 7 t h , 8 t h , l O t ah n d l l t h p l a c e s f r o m
t h e S u n ; i n t h e 6 t h , 8 t h , 9 t h . l O t h , l l t h a n d l 2 t h p l a c e sf r o m
M e r c u r y ; i n t h e 3 r d , 6 t h a n d l l t h p l a c e sf r o m t h e M o o n ; i n t h e
l s t , 3 r d , 4 t h , a ) t h ,l 0 t h a n d l l t r r p l a c e s f r o m t h e L a g n a : i n t h e
6 t h , l l t h a n d l 2 t h p l a c e sf r o r n V e n u s ; a n d l a s t l y i . t h e 5 t h , { r t h ,
I l t h a n d l 2 t h p l a c e sf r o r n J u t ' r t n r .

ant?Trfis'fi'ocErft
+ftrar;q:qrii Tsr;.ld:
Eri aiaqi aiirsiq+nd {q: ffif,r: I
ft*drcqqfteftr gr$rfr WrFd il{riln.i
iirae{icsqi}rq6rrdr: l1r{: %q .ir g'.{q. M

1 (gorrfi:)

The benefic positions have hccn cnurner:rtcd; the rest

'I'lrc
are to be understood as 'ralellc.
i \ ! ' , r . f o 1 ( l c l i s t i n c t i o n st i z .
of benefic and malefic should be clearly s,,.t forth. T'hc r;lanets
produce the effect of whichever of these tw-o preponderate in the

' B u t a c c o r d i n gt o P a r a s a r a ,
t h e 3 r d , 4 t h , t 1 t h ,9 t h , l l t h
l2tb places from Mars,

and

qqt*gqrqr

668

Ashtakavarga calculations made from the Rasi they occupy at the

time of birth (vide previous Slokas). In their own, friendly or
sqqq (Upachaya) places, the planets invariably advance the
beneficeffect revealed by Ashtakavarga. In their depression,ini.
inimical or srqqq (Apachaya) places, thr y generally fail to sustain
whatever good effect may appear from the Ashtakavarga process.

sr-rrFraqil q? itrumtqrr*sgiq r
x tqrR;ia aed qrtnr&sd.T{:
n (<war{;)
From where the planets are at the time of birth, the benefic
and malefic dots should be marked. A planet in its progress
through a Rasi producesthe effect of the malefic or benefic dots
app:aring therein (as ascertainedfrom its Ashtakavarga).
* In other books
i<qr(Rekha) is used to denote what fr
(Binau) signifies here uiz. a benefic dot i the term i|;g (nindu)
in other books is employed in the sense of a rnalefic dot. This
has to be kept in mind in rnaking out quotations from other
euthors.

6E*gst

{riEr aqFd{q?rrilnaq I

sr{shEr<fsil crEodtftugiiw: n (Qe*ftt:)

The several places detailed above are to be reckoned with

respect to the Rasi (and not the Bhava) occupied by each of the
7 planets and the Lagna at the time of birth. These pracesshould
be understood as benefic and the rest marefi,:, As each Rasi
happensto be counted 8 times (once for each of the 7 planets and
the Lagna) for ascertaining the bonefic as well as the malefic
places, the: maximum number of countings cannot in any case
exceed8. If after computation of a planet's 3red{i (Ashtahavarga)
it is found that a particular Rasi has more countingson the benefiic side than on the malefic, it means that the net result is beneficial to the native.
If we should denote a beneficplace by a <lot(.) and a malefic
one by a vertical stroke (l), we can at a glance understand tho
difierenee between these two kinds of countings in any sfE{T{

Adh. x.

ilrflTqriisri

664

(qFr)
(Ashtakavarga). The eftect of a planet's arrivat in any bhava
(Goch:lrr,), i. bene6c, rnixed
in its progress throrrgh the orbit ftet
benefic dots in ,the ttasi
of
the
nurrrber
as
or malefic accordinq
(ghinnashtaka'arga) of
the
fr{afSq;qfi
representing the bhava in
of
t h e p l a n e t i s g r e l t ' ) r t l t l n , e q r t ; r ll o o r l e s s t i t a n 4 ' D o t s s h o r t
theprescribednrinirrturnindicateuntowardeflectproducedbya
planet belying any favourable position it may occupy; while dots
of the prescr rbed mininru:tr betol<en good' notwithin
"*."r.
planet concerDed. For
standing the unfavolrreble position of the
result
exanrple, if all the 8 hairpen to be benefic it maans that the
is fully beneficial.
the result tt
?r*

lt only 7 of the 'n are bcnefic ancl I malfic,

*ths beneficial. If in any' Rasi the number of

b e n e f i c d o t s b e 6 a n d t h a t o f r n a l e h i c s t r o l < e sb e 2 , t h e ' " ' u 1 t i t C ?

or * beneficial.

If the nuurber of benehc dots be 5, we should say

that the effect will U"

the result is

ror
t4 - 4
o

5;!

0;

or lth bcneficial,

lf it

s5ou1dbe 4,

that is neither good nor evil, lrut neutral

and so on.

qic c: grT: grrrlrg: tqrn: 'i crcer rrcit I

q({ cqifTds:ntqi

(at(I{a:)

tilInlcaqq u

in
f . a l e f o r e x a n r p l e t h c h o r o s c o p en r e n i i o n e d
b
e
l
o
w
:
r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
e
d
a
n
d
6
,
Chapter VII, Sloka

llrihat Jataka,

f,ffitL
l:r{
i ^'::'*r:,r
I;; I

l.i
1u"""$:,1;';l,,rl
I

strores_ssrr r
1
l

ldl,r

l- iu,l
l-r-.-l
i',

l',,,f

'Ihe
3 benefic dots neutralise with 3 of the nralefic
strokes.
strokes. The net result is 2 malefic strokes which means that
l\fars when passingthrough tbis sign will be productive of ] or tth
e v i l . S i m i i a r l y f o r t h e o t h e r s i g n s , t h e r ei s o n e p e c u l : t r i t y t o
be noticed in the qc{'{ri (Ashtakavarga)of lt{ars. In sign Kumbha
i n t h e e x a m p l e t h e r e a r e 3 d o t s a n d o n l y 4 s t r o k e r si n s t e a d o f 5 .
T h i s i s b e c a u s et h e l 0 t h p l a c e f r o r n t h e N { o o n h a s b e e n d e c i a r e d
to be inefiective,that is, neither beneltc nor malefic---a;4liqrEqtg
Chandraddigviphaleshu-for the qs{iri (Ashtaliavarga)of Mars.
T h a t p l a c e h a s t h e r e f o r en o t b e e n t r k e n f ; ' t h e c a l c u l a t i o n ' T h e
4 3o,
*th'
net evil arising there is thusonly
.'
In the case of a planet n'ith more benefic tlots, the benefic
i n f l u e n c ew i l l b e a l l t h e g r e a t e r a n d m , o r e n r a r h e di f t h e p l a n e t
concernedshould also be posited ilr an sq;{'-{(Upachaya) house
( w i t h r e s p e c tt o t h e L a g n a o r t h e l \ { o o u ) , o r o : c u p y a f r i e r r d ' s
h o u s e ,o r h i s o w n s i g n o r h i s e x a l t a t i o n l i a s i .

eq6qosif tE: t
osrgqdrcTttqai4r6t
qr
sosftd}ir: gri EqtE rl
fl{aiiauii,

(?srtFfr)

If on the other hand the planet though getting more benefic

dots should happen to be in an 3Ir4r[ (Ai;aclruya) hou''e (reckoned
either fronr the Lagna or the Moon), or in his depressiou sipn or
inimical sign, the good eflect will be considerably reduced. If in
the above case there be more malefic stroires instead of
dot:;, it will worsen the bad ef{ect.

benefic

qrq t
sfqqq(di aiti a3&i s GFTITT$
q{g qqftrllti qocfr{rftai qq[iFtoq tt
-ALB.-The sr{-t.f (Up^chaya) or siqq'{ (ApacLal'a) places
have to be reckoned rvith respect tolhe Lagna or the Moon at the
time of birth and not by the position of the planets at the time of
q'lqt {Goclrara).
cf.

qqiqt

qqg sdiq rRgEiqrfutfi ilrii girsica$eili: r

qilra{Fnq-ir su(t q s;cfr qru{sdi fitu:

tt

|rlrrrfrt|i

666

Adh, X.

* wn*sqe g aardtr&Eqr'"gria cgStrvrtuq I

Also tret
q"cqqqltqi
ircscq{*tilr:

nd'cn uwtg gE6ar:I

c?Errii &qcrq n

These autbors have in their turn specifically stated, by the

words srqfitA /Janmakale), qft (Sutau), wm? (Jaumani)r that
good and bad places havo to be determihed with respect to the
positions of planets at birth-timc only. But at the time of producing the ef,ects,all pl4,pets excepting the Moon will cause their
full good or lrad efiect to come to pass provided they are strong
and not otherwise. In the case of the Moonr even if she is benefic
(r'.e., placed in places such as gq-{q (Upachaya), etc.r and the Rasi
cbntaining the Moon happeningto be associatedwith bencficdots)
if she does not possessstrengthr she produces only evil effects ;
(Devakirti) says for icffi

gengEst[,v qqftRc-&{}{ triqg I

nf q{ edd6; rss* rofltE?qt rr
Varahamihira too has said in his work qret (Yatra) about thc
inability (to produce eflects) on the part of planets devoid of
strength owing to their being in depression, defeat in plenetary
war, or combustionretc.

frrlTr cEfrii-dr (r{irT{dr ftaqri"r 6qr: I

gqrr {{ cedar *ifr orqtQlcr ol rr
Thus it will be seen tbat whatever eflects-,good or badhave been ascribedowing to the planet being placed in a sign of
exaltation, SwakshetrarUpachaya, etc., it always refors to the
position of the planet at the time of birth; and whatever effects,
good or bad, that have been ascribedto the planet itself generally
wifhout referencein any way to the particular place of occupation
should be construed as indicating the result of the planet's transit
to tbe concernedplace.
It may be mentionedhere that in several Panchangams the
beneficqtq< (Gochara) pbalas of planets are mentioned; j.e.. if

qqrfrsqrq:

66?

particular planets in their orbit in the zodiacpass through particular places from the Moon, they become auspicious and so on.
It will be seenthat theseare sirnply the benefic positions of that
particular planet with respectto the Moon in that planet's Ashtakavarga and do not cornpletely representthe entire benefic results of
that plariet
The Ashtakavargasare usedin connectionwith transits. For
e x a m p l e S a t r r r nt r a n s i t t i n gt h e 3 r d 6 t h a n d l l t h p l a c e sf r o m t h e
Moon is good provided the benelic dots in those places are above
4. Supposehe is transitting the 3rd house from the Moon in a
n a t i v i t y w h e r c t h e b e n e f i cd o t s a r e b e l o i v 4 . H e w i l l n o t b e v e r y
g o o d . H i s c o m i n g i n t h e 3 r d h o u s ei s n o d o u b t g o o d ; b u t m u c h
c a n n o t b e e x p e c t e do f l r i m b e c a u s eo f t h e s r n a t l n u m b e r o f b e n e f i c
dots, The oosition in the 3rd housethough good, the smal1 num.
b e r o f b e n e l i , :d o t s t h e r e i nd i s q r r a l i l t e sh i n r t o d o g o c d .
I t i s a f a c t i n d i s p u t a b l et h a t p l a n e t sw i e l d a c e r t a i n a m o u n t
o f i o f l u e n c e ,w h e t h e rf o r g o o d o r e v i l r d u r i n g t h e i r t r a n s i t s a t t h c
t i m e o f c o n s i d e r a t i o ni n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e n u m b e r o f b e n c f i c
dots which the planets gain to their credit in their respectivo
Ashtakavargasbasodon the oosition each of the planets occupy et
the time of birth.
. h - oe
r x a r n p i e ,l e t u s c o n s i d e rt h e i n { l u e n c cw h i c h t h e p l a n e t s
nrey proJr-rceon the sample horoscopegiven under, say, about thc
f i r s t w e e k o f l ) e c e m b e r1 9 3 2 .
Rahu
Moon

lladix
Horoscope

-83

668

qRFFqmqrc

Adh. x.

It will be seenin the abovethat the Sun is occupyingVrischika end the Sun's Ashtakavargafigure in Vrischika is 5. Mars is
in Simha and the number of beoefic dots iu Kujas takavargais 6,
Morcury is posited in Vrischika and the number of beneficdots
undcr Builha's Ashtakavarga is 5. Jupiter is in Simhr and the
number of benefic points in Jupiter's Ashtakavarga is 3. The
planct Venus occupies Tula and the number of benefic dots there
in the Ashtakavargaof Venus is 6. Saturn is in Makara; and in
Sani's Ashtakavarga; the number of benefic dots in Makara is 4.
Thus, the sum total of benefic dots for the said week for all the
sir planets taken together comes to 29.
Norv 48 beneficdots are the maximum fixed to pass a nativity
for good in all rtispects. It rnay however be safely predictedthat
!.he native will be free from worry loss, etc., and his situation
will only be of a normal nature if the sum total of the bene6cdots
of all the six planets taken together come6 to 24. In this speci
mcn horoecope,as the number of benefic dots comes to 29, it can
safoly be said that the native will bo free fron, anxiety and worry
in the said period. The less the number oF beneficdots. the worse
will be the eftectsto be experiencedby the nativc.
Bhattotpala adds :
Varahamihirahas stated (Brihat Jataka, Chapter VIII, Sloka
23) that when two similar effectsbut contrary in naturc are
producedby one and the sarne planet (owing to its owncrship of
two houses,or ownership of one houseand occupationof another
house), the result will be nil when the two effects referred to are
equrl in degreeand that it will partake of the nature of the
preponderatingeffect in case they are not of equal degree.

grrc(<r csfr s-sqiitrii ard qffist

rrivsli rq tr

A questionmay now be asked whot the author's objcct was

by making a similar doclaration again through the words " dR
qqqRrr {q:." Thc rnswer isffidtuq;qkt{Ki}q$-oRcffi
" No, it is no repetition at r,ll. What was* statadbrforo without
thc aid of Ashtakavarga Table relates to the canccllation of two
tdsilar effects but of a contrrry charactr.
For cxample, a
plemt in one capacity msy be a giver of woalth ; the rrrno planet

,
both the effectsare similar in character and become neutralised
with the consequencethat the native neither acquires wealth nor
incurs cny losses; But if the planet's capacity to give wealth be
in any way stronger for more realons than one, the same will of
course predominateover the opposite current (of ttre other effect)
and thc result will be an influx of some money. In the present
verse it has beer.rstated that there is cancellation in the caseof
good and bad effectseven if they are not similar in nature. This
view is further supported by ql(qqq (Badarayana) and ffii
(Yavana) as they ha'r'e admitted this principle while speakiug
about Ashtakavargasantl their severaleffects' Thus, for example'
a certain planet may be the giver of gold on account of a certain
reason, The same planet may on account of some otber reasoo
causeloss in silver- Though the effects in these two casesare
n o t s i m i l a r ( b e c a u s eb o t h a r e n o t i n r e s p e : t t o g o l d , n o r t o s i l v e f ) ,
(one
m e r e l 1 ' o n a c c o u n to f t h e e f f e c t s b e i n g o p p o s i t ei n n a t u r e
b
e
n
efic'
i
s
n
e
i
t
h
e
r
r
e
s
u
l
t
t
h
e
givingand the other tal<ing away),
a
c
c
c
unt
o
u
R
a
s
i
n o r m a l e 6 c , A f t e r s u c h c c n s i d e r a t i o n so f e a c h
of its 8 countingsrif it is found that benefic points outnumber tho
malefic, the eflect of the planet on that Rasi should be declared
as beneficto the extent of the excessbeneficdots as already stated.
Now the following qrestion may be asked: lVell, if Ashtakr'
varga then is so important for ascertainingthe natureof the effects,
wbat was the necessityfor Varahamihira treating separately iu
his Brihat Samhita the i'rstrq-s (Gocharaphala) of planets with
intenrespect to tbe Moon's place at birth ? The answer is, tbe
not
have
which
tion of Varahamihira is that such of the effects
been stated in connection with the Ashtakavarga should be stated
in the rilsK (Gochara). Further, as ftqK (Gochera)is wide-known
to all, and as it has been treated of by many authors in thoir
works, it has to be inferred that Varahamihira too has adopted tho
in his
same course followed by his predecessors. For he has said
(Yatra),
qtTI
work
'r qr I
qq dl=sffiu{qtgtdt
eq iqssleqqf

sr{{t a sgsl.i'ft<ii cqcrrrtnci lt rfrst: n

qrffi{rRcrt

660

Adh.x.

Yavaneswaratoo, after describingthe offectsseprrately, ha6

acceptedthis Ashtakavarga systemalone as of prinrary importance ; for lre has said

s.ore{dgrrc{wq} swi{aqr{sd cQd r

vrr{rltqrcrer sd itsr;l qrilfit{ri s sggi q rr
Badarayana also has said

rsii nFqda? c,S iq qrdi ardTr$ata(lT qrt: r

sIE{r cf*qTsftfiucir: qrE tqri tqr} otrii saer rt
and has thus accepted only the Ashtakavarga method.

THE

ASHTAKAVARGA

PLATII.

The processof 6nding the benefi: dots irr the Ashtakrvargas

o f t h e s e v e r a l p l a n e t s i n a c c o r d a n c ew i t h t h e r n e t h o dg i v e n i n
p a g e s6 5 0 - 6 5 2t u p r a i n v o l v e s h e a v yl a b o u r a n d c o n s i d e r a b l et i m e
cspecially when it iras to be done for several hbroscopes. Some
methodsof simplifying this work have been suggestedin the past,
but a new contrivance has now been devisedwhich has several
n c r i t s . I t n o t o n l y d o e sa w a y w i t h t h e p a t i e n t l a b o r i r v o l v e d i n
the dull and routine process, but also shows the results in such a
way that one can see at a glance how the benefic dots irl any
particular househave been contributed. The sqieqad (Sarvashta'
ka varga) figurescan also be very easily read from the plates at a
glance. The Dractical uses to which the results cao be put are,
as is known to astrologers,several. The more important of these
useshave been explained in this Adliyaya in tbeir appropriate
pleces.
The construction of the Ashtakavarga plate and the metlod
of readingthe results from the same will now be explained.
The contri vance consists of nine circular plates (discsof
zinc, copper or brass), of successively larger radii placed one
ever the other in the order of their size, the largest being placcd
at the bottom and tlre srnallest at the top. A radius of one inch

q{tq'lstqr{r

661

for the smallest and three inches for the largest, the diftereace
betweenthe radii of successiveplates being *th of an inch will
be
fou'd suitable. The bottom-most plate has an axle with screw
a r r a n g e r n e n tf i x e d t o i t s c e n t r e a b o u t w h i c h t h e o t h e r p l a t e s
revolve. By rightening the screwat the top, the plates can be
fixed up in any desired position. Each prate covers the central
portion of the next bigger plate, exposing to view
only a circular
strip or rim. The top plate is of course fully exposeC.
The top plate and the narrow strips of other plates are each
d i v i d e d i u t o 1 z e q u a r p a r t s . T h e d i v i d i n g r i n e sa r e s o d r a w n
that
thev fornr a straight 1i': when the plates are-adjusted
for any
horoscope. f-'he twelve divisions of the top prate are
assignecrto
t h e t w e l v e s i g n so f t h e z o d i a c . I n t h d v i s i b l e r i r n o f
the next
bigger plate are arranged the figures inrlicating the benefic
dots
counted from trre Sun in the severar Ashtakavargas.
r.'he next
plate contains figures of beneficdots counted from
the Moon; and
t h e n e x t o n e ,f r o m M a r s ; a n d s o o n i ' t h e o r d e r o f
the Sun, the
Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn and
the Lagna.
one of the divisions of eachof these plates contains
a dot denoting
the position of the planet to which the plate relates.
Thus the
dot in the largest plate indicates the position of the Lagna.
T o a d j u s t t h e p l a t e sf o r a n y h o r o s c o p e k, e e p t h e b o t t o m - m o s r
plate in position aud rotate the 'ext pl:rte (relating
to Saturn)
until the drvision containing the i|ot is as rnanydivisions removecl
from the dot in the Lagna plate as Saturr is removed from
the
Lagna in the horoscope under consideration. For example,
if
Saturn occupies the 8th bouse from the Lagna, move the prate
relating to Saturn till its dot comes to the gth divisionfrom
the
dot in the Lagna plate. Then hold the two platesin position
firmly
and proceecisimilarly with the third plate. Then hord the
three
plates in position and proceedwith the fourth and so on. when
the
Sun's plate also has been thus frxed,rotate the topmost plate
untir
the name of the particular Rasi representingthe Lagna in the
horoscopeunder consideratio:-:is brought directry above the division containing the dot in the Lagna prate. lt will now be found
that the divisions containing the dots in the several plates are

Adh. x.

cril6crRqrl

662

by the
directly below the signs of the zodiac respectively occupied
radix
the
planets
in
planets at birth, so that the positionsof the
up
Fix
plate itself.
of the native can now be rea<l out from the
the top' Tltey are now
the plates by tightening the screw at
' 's
indicate benefic dots
I
ready for reading the results' The
'2's
i n d i c a t et h o s er e l a '
r g a ;t h e
relating to the Sun's Ashtakava
' 's
'fhe
in the several
number of I
ting to the Moon's, and so on'
'
dots in the
pt"1". in the Mesha' division representstl're benefic ' 's
in
I
of
nurnber
the
i.httk"uorga of the S:u in that division;
'Vrishabha' representingthe benefic
tbe several plates oppositeto
Similarly,
dots in the Sun's Ashtakavargain vrishabha an<lso on'
'
plates opposite to
the number of 2's in the divisions of the
' M e s h a ' r e p r e s e n t st h e b e n e f i c d o t s i n r h e A s h t a k a v a r g ao f t h e
'
'
'
partsof the plates
M o o n i n M e s h a; t h e n u m b e r o f 2 ' s i n t h e
'Vrishabhr,' the benefic dots in the Ashtakavargaof
oppositeto
' 's
'fhe
'
'
number of 3 will
tie Moon in Vrishabha; and so on' ' 's
'
for Mercury' 5's for
4
similarly yield the results for ' Mers'
'f
' 's
he figure in the
for Venus and 7's for Saturn'
6
i"oi,"t,
positions of
the
for
next page shows the plate properly arranged
given below:the planets in the sarnple horoscope

i sun
M
I ercur)'
I

t---l l -uM
p "i t .e r

|
I

of the plate relating

It will be seen that the dotted division
Kataka as the Sun occupies
to the Sun has been brought against
(W=dl): the dotted p:rrt o[ the plate
Kataka iu the Kunrlali

663

Qtrqtsrrrr{r:

7/"r,

er;\(

-l.-:-.

Lo\t
. \ c

1 \

,gv

o\
\J\

\e

i\\t

-1^\

r 1[r"'

--<-^ 6 Y)2'1
tt *?)

\) |
Lt

t,1

:/1*s))

the
relating to the Moon has been arrangedagainst lvlithuna as
M o o n o c c u p i e s M i t h u n a ; t h e d o t t e d p a r t o f t h e p l a t e r e l a t i n gt o
and
Mars has been brought against Simha as he occupies Simha;
' 's
in
the
I
six
are
there
that
so uD. It will further be observed
Vrishabha'
against
divisions against Mesha, four in the divisions
'
'2's
against Mesha, four 2's
and so on, Similarly, there are five
'fhese
representbenefic dcts in the
against vrishabha, and so on.
etc', in the several houses'
Moon,
Ashtakavargasof the Sun, the
(irrespective
what planet they relate to)
of
The numbei of figures
in the ssveral divisions against a particular house indicates the
in that house. For exatDple,
Samudaya Ashtakavarga (q1541qlgq1fl})
in the divisions against
figures
31
are
there
that
it will be found
dots in Mesha in
benefic
of
Mesha. 34 is therefore the number
the Samudaya Ashtakvarga.

Similarly for other houses'

6M

drffscrftqre

Adh. x.

q* frfuaqr{ orfrilstrir
Wifiwrt;$tffIfirrimon{ |

qrEqr
gsiqqaquififr
tiert-

ihqreq,iqiiarioiq;E*tgr u I tl

iq) qqi*iiqqmrinurgr?rrrrTg'0r$(rftfrrc*r
t
tt*odet

qs{tqRtE* sElerr|lqgErqi{mr1 R tt

S/ortirsI and Z If a diagram of the zodiac with

the rising sign and the positionsof rhe Sun and other
p l a n c t s( a t t h e t i m e o f a n y p e r s c n ' sb i r t h ) & c . b e d r a w n ,
and if all the benefic dots produced by the separare
'Ashtakavargas
(8 fold groupsof figures) be set down
according to the directions co^tainedi. the Ashmka.
vargaformulaseachcontainingeight divisions in respect
of the eighr sky,rangers beginning with the Sun and
ending wirh the Lag.a or rhe rising sign we should
then obtai' the figures48, 49, 39, 54, 56, 5: and 39 to
representth: bcneficdots of the Sun and other planets.
fhe tigure 337 wiil representrhe aggregate
beneiicdotc
of the planets. sale+ari (sarvashtakavarga)or the sum
of all the Ashrakavargasis called s{1qrc ("samudaya)
r.r.
aggregate.

tqrftqeaqil {gdqqilqrd

ffisT{gk{osiimuwF( r
qeiTe{Htrfiufr
gwEft
aidt;ggirqTti r ulinrfi il I rl
Sloka 3. ln wharcver bhava(eprcsented
by Mesha
and orher signs occur eighr beneficdots given
Uy pf",
nets, that bhava,they sr,rVeto support,streogthen
ind

sl.4-5

{rrfrsqftll

665

prosper. Houses containing 5, 6 and 7 dots become

beneficent. Those that have 3 , 2 o r I dot are not
auspicious.

ftli sd {Eft qrq{P{Fgfrt

trnq{rqqqil.G qiq{r*rr t
ft-q|sEriqftTffi ffiltq n I fl
Sloha 4, When a house has 4 dots, it produceo
mixed effects. Those houses that have no figure in
them are productive of disease,infamy and danger. I
now proceed to explain the full effectsof the Sun and
other planetsbeing associatedwith dots l, Z, ete, as a
result of the separateAshtakavargas.

q frrRegrr
stflt qmrfiqtqgrswrdilrqtft
fr* qqwrqwroqiuf,rnTilfffirffirfr
n \ tl
Sloha 5, A planetassociated
with one dot pro,
ducesvarious kinds of diseases,miseries,dangerr,
wanderinge
and similar hardships,while *ith t.Jo, it
leadsto mentalanguish,condemnation
by one.sking
(censureby the sovereign)and deprivationof food bi
robbers.
Norns.
1'he excessof benehc over malefic dots may be 2, 4,
6 or g
which when put in ordinary languagemean i o. i, I or
*. S or, t,
$ or full. IIence the followingslokas:-

\erR-.g+*rg{ilfqaqtqrrk \qrfEfir
il tQ qqt qd sqqflrlu{rgu-q: I

nfgrligordrwq{iifAw rfi fi qEr

:

\qT s{sG-tqfreqq$i
sqFil flirgfi: 11
84

ffi6

qmecrRare

Adh. X.

qA(|
+ri qrt+terqi Apqt{qqrq}
fift: $i fiqr{tqt(eqft' flI{dTrTf,IU
qef\: q{qn;q:vEruitr,i}.ritr t
qsfq: q{qln<Frqs{l:g{n'qq: tl

g*q q' {q: qK nQ' sufi'.s flqq] qqn

ue agfi: tt RIt:qiqU*,edt qK ll

I
k{K tqngqnEdq-*tqr-qTsa{iqfd

gt*rgfi&qqtqdolq$or(s qrrnilFgssqq ||

'
Sloka 6. When the number of dote are three, it
caucesmany bodily privations and discomfortsdue to a
wandering lrfe as well as much mental uneasiness' The
planet with four dots yields a mixed kind of fruit consisting of pleasureand pain, expenditureof money and
accessionof wealth.

(eqerrrTgito
tGt1gqrT-

RqHiTftoft n$qqftgr I

q{i.gutg qqdifisqntit-

frfiq{iqqqtiiEaqmiTftll s ll
Sloka 7. Where the dots happen to be five, it
leadsto the attainment of good apparel,fondling of
children, association wich the good, acquisition of
learningand wearuh. A planet that has6 dots securec
a form fresh and fascinating, excellenceof character,
victory in war, wealth, {ame strength and fine vehicles,

|
wdtqrgtrrlftqnt qtq;t{TitEtitqqTfi
qsdlqtfr ll d ll
ff;as*r wgqrfl{qq{tstttilili
Sloha 8. When the number of dots go up to 7,

sl. 9-11

667

q1tfrlst:qr{rt

sessionof horsesand other meansof transport' ln arny

and ouperiurriches. When the maximum of eight dotu
is reached, it opens out a prospect of kingly glory
gracedwith its seven-foldadjuncts(errlerug6toiatr(gti'
roft).
Nores.
n'hich would
Some books read aiglriu'l{
g r a c e d w i t h e v c r y o n e o f i t s a d j u n et s .

nrean kingly

glory

urGfucfkdilrtqkrr qqitqqilg{fig frtqq t

erfrs;qqti<qo{ilil

rilqnal {Fqse qqld ll q ll

S t o k c 9 . A p l a n e ti s i n v a r i a b l y b e n e f i c i n . h i s
own vargain any sign which has f ive or more dots. If
otherwise, it yields no good effect. In its rangein a
sign which is without dots, it becomes positively
hurtful.

!|
r *qrRqot$dr
dmfuerft*.ter

qiqssoEtlqt qeqfuggil qR tt lo ll

Slofra 10. All planets without exccption, standi n g , i t m a y b e , i n t h e i r e x a l t r t i o ns i g n s , i n a f r i e n d l y

sign or other b:nefic places and possessedI'lso of the
strength which a Kendra or similar position gives,
produceuntoward e{fectrif thcy happcnto b: associated
,vith dots short of the required minimum-

gsanqffi t q t q atqriiqi{TtlfI
i qt grqr frsqttk'Egdr qR ll t t ll
Stoka lL. But planetson the other hand which
may be in bad positions and have evertreachedtheir
depressionpoint, or an inimical sign or portions of the

qr(ffqrRqrt

Adh. x.

samewill invariably yield good if associatedwith dots

which are in excessof the prescribedminimum.

qil {ftr {R;{qi {qKI! |

Rtugeqqaqri+g

sfrfr tbnGurnqqnrqatq
tqrft{qroorfi u tR tl
Sloka 12. When Saturn passesthrough an empty
(void o{ figures) house in the Ashtakavargasof rhe Sun
and other planets,he occasionson a largescalediseases,
dangerefrom enemiesand other troublee to father and
other relationswhom the severalplanetsrepresent.
c

il qSsoq tl

on ft fffi ftgfflini

qRr 6{rri$Irfr;ggaq ftrt I

nonRf{-'gqm{{iRin

*isqqt ftqG zqftfrwf n ltr tl

Sloha 13. When the Sun is in the rising sign and

in that part of it which either belongsto an nemy or
forms his depressionpoint and when he happensto be
aasociated
with 3 or 2 dots, the person born is sickly.
But if the sameSun should be in . thc rising sign in
which 5 or more dots appearand which happensto be
his exaltation sign or his own house,the personborn
becomesa king and'is endowedwith long life.
Nores'
Parasara adds

eilfiilenqii q fifrcqr{raqlfig I
qffi6q qqq)trRr:fie'It Fud{ tl
i{{f}"a}':q ftos{,{ |
6ffi q66eqTf
wHa)qii ii qqr{{ili {rgq: ll

nfut ryUaq de {HerrftGfiftr r

sl. 13

{Tl*stqrq:

dfu{ ilt ftqb{ilqqiiiRq fl{rqrrr

rFxrlqqt qrfrftil fiqrrlsfQer r
nq ilq wfrmqu ftqg neqlqrt
u{nk ga} rrS qt qr qfiq-qt r
gqlnwet ftoqrqnil qr, tl
qrt q{gt +t r
onr=l:qrfrGqri
ftahltr i{r +tAfifht qrqsgtrr
8{ltg6666o,i}q}errEfitq: t

orrigtttrqltnEnrqia fiqru, rr
gqil,rEilrqig <6grnastq' r
finq-qpi qnrrqlt oatsfQqr tr

ilfu fQEmlflrmntar?F{r{: I
gQi qr,larrt qoqarffrGfrq-a.
rr
frq1-.;q
nwgb qra,frqrilErl:I
iri< Rgaulqimfiii qqrqlqrr
qK' fQg+arfla:
ftnqoqndtqii
r
fign*'Jtf,rd:fiqgpquqrFqnr
tl

n*it oesrusfr
faghirue.ga:
r

grlefr l-*q qrnsq.Riqfi n

qrilsfu1a.i}roerr
fi<rq-qqqr{rft

*et] qrqg:erfiqlqqR qqFdq rr

$rft fio flr.qrqrtrqf?rsqrq\t r
sn)"qfire q,ie Fqqna qtlq rr
etqttGenr"ilitqrfaqq4.gq'
r
dfr-.qrfrqfi fr.qrnfrElqqfrsfQ
qr tt

qrii qrw\ eft, r

WtRs?qAr++

670

qrd6crliine

Adh. x.

qrrtiElrt w..qe{ilsslt
t{il |
*=rffi-*rofr

qig! lltEll
il dGq{i[,'QI
eqrqorfioqil6trg ETI(IAT

S l o & 4 .1 4 . W h e n t h e S u n o c c u p y i n ga K e n l r a o r
T r i k o n a p o s i u i o n i s a s s c c i r t e Jt h c r e w i c h 6 , 5 , 7 o r I
beneficdots,the personb.rrn or his father will have his
deathin his 22nd, 35th, 'J0thor i6th yelr r'$pectively'

t
gni ilnniui Qpgrrdt.ga*
lrrfr qqta(Rqtdf {qi cI{QI ttcrli{rrl{lE{lrTi!ll
S l o A c 1 5 . I f , a t a p e r s o n ' sb i r t h , t ' ' : S u n o c c l r p y i o g a K e n d r ap o s i t i o ni n c o n j u n c r i o nw i c h t h e M o o n ,
Saiurnand Mercury shouidhave in thrt position 2 net
are mrde,
beneficdots after the necessaryredr-rctions
(f*iqaiqar .t q+riirqqdiqarTrikcnasodbana & Eakadithe father of ths p3rsot)'say the rvise
patyasodhana),
,rtiolog.r., wiil havc a leaseof abundrnt administrative
power sctting in aftcr the completion of the first ten
y e a r s( o { t h e P e r s o nb c r n ) '

utrdc6'oTlll
Elirilqdatilmi{ir{d di'i
I
qr.i iriir ffiogqi s{ih eilGqr{rgl
qsqrci{ri{ri{ agirtfiojrslf\R-<i
qufrdr"stRqqoii}Hterilqt q tt tR tt
of the
S/olir: 16. If, in the Ashtakavarga-whether
of benefic
sun or of the Moon-there be a housevoid
and the
dots, the (sol,rr)month corresponding thereto
purposeof every
rign i$elf are to b: avoided for the
person's life' If the
,u-rpi.io". undertaking in the
or 3
occupyingthe Lagna be associatedwith l' 2
M;t

qltrcistqtq:

sl. 17

671

and debility. If the Moon in the above position be

aleoin conjunction with 2 ot 3 planets,the person will
meet with his death in his 37tb year'
Norrs
Parasara adds

l;qmgtil qTq:qlfllqqllTfr.dn{|
?;ilsq{ llii q {Fqtrhqfr f?ql rr
f,aQrrqfis;q ulr'nqifulfi(q( |
q'qut{qtaRn}5 Gqqa'tt
erTqlflqlfEl:eriq
eqi qie nlu' 1
ffel.gsdiqo qd*"iit;q d.t ti
iqfr q qtq]qrh riqqrfi fifq.iq t

artfiqrrr{a}g+er}qtt
nfixd.rurg
q;flsfflFg.lFqlq fit qr qlffiit.ITi I

erqt il n*: tqd lilh +ieutrt tt

q.i z.gdqrl;dirffiq ql I
?Tqqr+
tt
l.qirgQen ilifbtlol f)..qqi{qb

qnr Rii'rrrqctfi
fqfeiewa,fig' t
fioql qrofi;dlqi qlF{rrih q+eqh tt

*-.afiqionqqtqrurkfiqfiit ziffioriidi t

fuGt {r qft t &ii;* (sIE;IIdistlqr?das{If ttr

Sloka L7. When the Moon occupyinga Kendra,
Trikona or the llth bhava is also in its depressionor
inimical sign and is not waxing and when the benefic
dots associated with the bhava occupied by the Moon
happento be 2 or 3, the bhava in question,say the astro'
logers acquaintedwith the subject, is extiuct'

qffiilt

672

Adh. X.

aa
\
\
qilTEFr,S$dilqqggri
{r

\-

ort ltql qogtqft rrrGrr

ifuas+{ftrii *rq.rtg wil

fqqrrdr*la{arqirfl
trqrr il ld ll
Slufta 18. If the Moon posseesedof strengthbe
in a Trikona, Kendra, or the l lth bh:rvaand if the
number of benefic dots in the bhava in question be 4
or more than 4, the bhava becomesadvanced, Jf the
Moon in a Kendra position becomesassociatedwitb g
benefic dots, the personsborn under this yoga will be
eminent for their learning, fame, wealth and etrength
and will becomemastersof men.

ll gNTssqll
dfqq* wgtiqqnqtt

it=ee+q qR siftqilw eil( |

St qceqs*qGq usilu lq tl

Sloha 19. When Mars in exaltation or in s&e

(Swakshetra)occupies the 9th, the 4th, the tst or the
lOth bhava, and is associatedwith 8 beneficdote. the
person born will be lord of wealth to be counted by the
million. If Dhanua,Mesha,Simha,Makaraor Vrischika
be the rising sign, and Mar-soccupy it and be associated
with + beneficdors, the personborn will be a king.
NotBs.
Parasara adds

qlneqi nfi-e qrqfrmq\d+{r

*qfriae flefr ilftrqiq'IE

rnqrr

sI.20

6?3

{trfrssqrq:

frfrqrrlqqsnr we\ qe\frtt: t

aa ,fi{ q .Trqfq qq } frfo6}q 11

MA e alq qe$f*fifrfiiltr
q+lf{qs n*'q qo qx q v"-qt tl

Hr{IqtI
ffir y:qrftaru:rettaqm:
qofi ae rpifH drq<*

ffi q tl

qh r
fifr qefi-{trdfl'rfgutu*}
nsrf<qa q{tq-tar iftan: FITI:lt
nqrfdqogda qqiqi"q qa t

iqqqrqr+qrt urqcrfififrfiilq rr
Also

*qr-n f,gq:gqlnw,i *t qdni il{T

arcq nGlq *eqfi{r {arqo}iq qqq.I

qoqrqrgfr,
n}+q+l{tft"ilFflt ue.ft&-+t+qfltqoqTfaqq
u{t: geraiqrft:tt

ft-ee*wNsftogfhfiril

qfitqr egqf q qdqftl qq I

qfr tmrql
qrdrs{a?dr$oqr

tirqqrTiimiitzwaEdill 1" ll
Sloha 20. If Mars be associatedwith I benefic
dots the person born wiil become a petty prince ; if
the above be in the 10th or in the tst bhava,the percon
born will be a king. If he be alreadya scion of a royal
Iamily, he will become lord of the whole country. If
Mars be in exaltation or in s*a (Swakshetra)in addition to the above, the person born will be an emperor.
85

qKrTqrR!rt

874

Adh. x

il $u5sq 1,

*Fffi*ir rgffi i qrdH{qrfrr'frrnrrd

t

il-{HER* q vrq{rft! llRlll

Sloha 21. When Mercury in a Kendra or Trikona

becomesassociatedwith 8 benefic dots, the person born
will be pre-eminentin the learning peculiarto his caste
and will have great enjoyment. If Mercury in exalta,
tion be associatedwith but one, two or three benefic
dota, the bhava occupiedby the planet is advanced.and
not impaired.
cf, parasara"

NorBs'

gqm{ ggrl q figalR{Eor: I

d*n q;rftqTfrfi$qsrR
fi-alq tt
gqreqfr
fril"q ilqflftqt {* r
rygftaftilfiqlffi

ffi

ire F{q: tl

Tirffrrurt frqrwqrq*Rqrfir arq I

rilqftqr{q *qrdqQ qt ffg{rfrdqkdr{! u RRtl

Sloha.27. Find in which house there ic the
greatestnumberof benefic dots in the Aehtakavarga
of
In
Mercury.
the month correspondingto that house
the csnmencement
of any seriousstudy wi'l culminate
in the acquiritionof every branch of learning. Mark
the housewhich is void of beneficdots in the Ashaka
vargaof Mercury; when Saturn pa$seEthrough that
houe in the courEeof its progreEsthrough its orbit,
corneaS (Bandhu) or vfr Jnati, a near paternalrela,
tioo) will die; Eolnebenelit or advanrageenjoyedtill
cbeo will be lort.

sl. g{}

qqtcl$qtrt

616

ll {re$'ss(ll
oil fttur gd g.nft,
+t*rr+rrttffi-,gtrfi

eilRrfrFqrq.ltffi fiRrffirfr rAF q tgslllltl

Sloka 23. Note the house that has the greatest
numberof beneficdots, in the Ashtakavargaof Jupiter.
to the housefound, impreg,
In the lagnacorreeponding
purpo$e
rasultingin an offspring.
its
answer
nationwill
Cattlg wealth and vehiclec located in the direction
indicatedby the siSnin questionwill beginto multiply.
Norns'
Parasara adds

ffqriqacfrvrr gaqtqnfi+( r
gil{efiil5 Hirrirqftmeq}qrr
Uoftnngawfiqtqqfieil qo{ r
Bala'bhadra reads gr1gl| instead of gte{f}.

n3;itaeqsqr{r ilrffflar Vdr: pg61','

also {or(

gwqrrgilFtrtqR qrfixgut f,qrI

e*toFdil qrqfEeeGgq deirn

g,reb q il+qgk: qrfif\ilrtR I
qr{q}qq+qtma
dHF?t:
$qT qiTr:ll
ctl;il lpurrnat ila;gtr irrril: I

uire+6g gf,ilfi &,i;nsq.rr

qqFqd;Trr:
fl gqfifl: qqrqt t
frFqrfii{rd?qril il{lTrqrqqr${: I
gekraita flrrFTrql&
wqta. rt

uMg

d"q ilmuft q r

616

qrfficrftqti

Adh.x.

Tilftds" ffiriqr tgrcq.qqr: FuiTr:ll

qft'erqSurafi:r
<rrtgaesra
gilre-*rrig
ganlnfFqn
Hqq.rr

eTeqr.qq:
e fqiq) U* qaqilsfi qr r

qr de.rg*rl wrrfcid tt
mitnq).re}
$igmrta *efi.mrofinq:I
*gorrorniiinqrafe( Hqrfai(rr

qr* silrftrsgrrrfr
frirftmii r
Enrrf\flsrfifrqfieiitrr qfiI n RBtl
Sloku 74, If, at a person'$birth, the Sun occupiea
a houre which in the Aehtakavargaof Jupiter gers the
least number of benefic dots, the personborn wili be
lucklesgin that every undertakingfor his benefit will
fail. If Jupiter occupyingthe 6th, the 12th or the 8th
bhavabe associatedwith 5 or more beueficdots, the
petsonborn will be long-lived,very opulent and victo,
rious over his enemies.

**ssgr fiq.Jt +gfr-ggt

h'rtUt $gfr gilqt {r I

dqrRqrqqqqFr
iiWtrfr

silil qsirTqdr{Tr
gh{iqitr arq il 1\ tl
Sloka 25, If Jupirer, whether in exaltation, in
eQe (Swakshetra\, in a Kerrdra, in the 9th bhavaor in
a portion of somerrih (Rasi) unconnected with the
planeta depressionor inimical house and not in eclipcing proximity to the Sun-if Jupiter in any one cf the

sl. 26-28

(ffirsq1g3

617

positions above namedbe asecciatedwith 8 benefic

dots,the personborn will becomea king by virtue of
hig own fameand glory.

qil qfr{so$nqreqftrqtt .R{rCIgq13

I

ll Rqll
umfrgoqrqqqftqgR{ilqrRwrdtilqr
Sloha 76. When personsof Brahmanicalextrac
tion come under such a yoga of Jupiter as has been
describedin the precedingsloka,they becomelords of
great beneficcnceequal in status to kings and admired
for their conspicuous intelligence, energy and other
great qualities.

I
wdkq] sa(nrrt)otqtq wit qdtuagxir<s
lt i\e'll
T{hg+ Erariisr;ttr{qeilit;d wqutsir<Is
Sloka 77. If Jupiter in conjunction with the
Moon becomeg associatedwith 7 benefic dots in the
positions referred to in sloka 25, the personsborn under
the yoga will have women, wealth and sons in abund,
ance; if with 6 benefic dote, the person$ concerned
will have much wealth and many vehicles; if with 5
benefic dots, they will have victory and virtue.

ll Uiffi(aq tt
qldil g irsi{Eilftqs I
qffisoultr*qt
qqrdqftilrr*{rqr{ ftdmR{rfiF{rgh ll le lt
Sloku 78. When Venus occupyinga Trikona or
Kendrapcsition is associatedwith 8 benefic dote,the
personborn will be at the headot anarmyandtransport
animale;if Venuc in the above position be associated
with 7 benefic dota, the person boro will be lord of

Adh.x.

qtllTqrft{tt

6?8

.",
*
--t"
tt..**r*t
ment up to the end of hig life'

*"

unfailingenjoy-

Norrs'
Parasara adds

.z.il{emfiq ftlh'qrtr{qTfig I
Bfron:tqqE qrqaRafiqem{ tt
tg tg ssrfeFg.fqiftflo ae g t
{ft me*fl< q aR fif{*zqTq tt
t
gstalfqffil oFqqRarFqn&rqil
srtrftqfr{dde {ilq-qd+ Rg' 11
ndqdtqtrqr\qr hfrfE.of}anBq' t
neinqFdt qrqrqtqrq'q sqt( u
oir.ilqttqt qa{rqqFdgfrRnn: t
eftsfitrqtilul qrqtqrffqaffTt{ tl
cfr: q{ffiqfr q {Fqqffi gBqr{ t

qrtt
efraffi qrRqfraEi'rfrsR

l
eftqhprfr qrftqs"q qqCIq{ufq
gdiilfr{il e'F+RdorluRt fqq: ll
ERrEr;q{srfr<Er r
ffitfu
ll
eruffirRffiffiqmR:
.rrJqli{gofrqffFqrffi ftg' I
m*q{qs Gguiaat rr
hffi
FEii q-qflfir q'qfrlsqqrufi t
tt
ffii qrqng+ftqd{ffi
tRfieqq{Frfr{rfr}RfrqqfErqgs:t
qt$nqga: frc<rElssng;qfiilffnrc1:
ll
*qiqtnt gh frqMsR il r

sI.29

{Ttfrsrqrq:

8Is

dt" gdElq r{d+rfusft ll

ql{rqftq;efit $qifr r-q(Iuqiflfri qq $s: r
srndRrqrftufrsqoril hqr qrdterfrsdtqFdtrt
qrf,{}qrq,r}qiila.ii'i qrS$q} r
tflr il qrRrftedqns ,{rqlq nwr tl
qnroaintqt qrfqx
qr
"qqisft t
vrvaqrhat
gh dtil: gqqrqt(rr
g*in*uurard aoiolgurf:<cr
t
qrqitrts guil}<artt
.ri"sar$.oen
sqnqnt fi* "qlqarqtsfttt
gqrqqr,iaswnrftf{na:
UqtqEqt
ffraifl*qqrft+r'lcdl qqFaRfrqr:
{q{i{fliqitT: FrnrrtQ?irH(qr:
ll=

gmret ffiqr\ id fti gqE(|

tqi qorqodqqrqtqrewi qtt r
qarrGn'onrrqrfEfii=g*q,in:tl

ffitlqftqffigsr"i
wTfffiiffiqndeqt

gnlaqiE;ggdqFE{ffiili
dqqtgwr{lq'ri q{r( ll Rg ll

Sloka 79" But if Venus be in depressionor occupy

the 7th, the t2th or the 8rh bhava, the aforesaidrrq{Fr
(Rajayoga)will be destroyed; in the direction indicated
by the house with the least nurnber of benefic dotg in
ghsgtrEta* (Sukraehtakavarga),
it is best to have the
chamberwhich is to contain the bed by means whereof
women are to be won and kept in willing bondaga

qRrFnrrqra

680

Adh.x.

g qt
uloredl.rrfiilRrnfr
qqqt Ert
wiraTEgr,arqTg

qsfAdrrgrrn'gst
q *-t

$trs(IsfqEiGisaqqrurtt l,o tl
Sloha t0. If in the qeret (Aohtakavarga)ofSaturn,
there be a sign thoroughly voiC of b:nefic dots, the
p e r s o nb o r n w i l l m e e t w i r h d : a t h o r s u s r a i n l o s s o f
wealth when the planet passesthrough the sign in
question; if the planetoccupyinga Kendrabe associated
with one,two, three or four benefic dots and if the
Kendrabe the planet's exaltrtion sign, any chitd deli.
vered from the womb at such a time will be short-lived.
Nores'
Parasaraadds
\

{qaliftqnfqrqKsli ffrttqt

qrire*il 1 <ege{ ftfifiin rr

nFqqffq;qi;antr;}.nl +r{}t I
effrEsel?qiat uqrfqttgqrf*{ tt
s;arfa;Td.n qar-*{a flgfl( |
q;qrP..sdilqr;t
;qif\ nq nqrR*( tt

airihsqr-t { cgritr:qq$t r

qil';qfqgrr;ia.qr fquflFqtq qad: ll

ureqrqqt{cqrEgfiilfAqrfiil{ |
qroiqsiqr: tt
{l?ll{';i q af}qo-s
e{tg:f}ofg qrilqr( srq}oi g +en}a t

ft+ii+,rfiqsfr{ilqn
Rrq.qs tl

SI. El

qr*srrrcr

6g1

gqiemqeqi:sil |
ffi tFryrcq
wHaftE.il T+ni ut*u, tt
cpred q qr1qtfu rs qt r
dr ;ilfr w aq {rErqrfr qilqr, tt

r*t GF* *a.qerfl"de

qft tq r
qirtAasqrfin
sng\qq H{rq:tr
q-qudrnffim} Hfrqaq.r

qt *tat qt atut.rUgftqt( rr
REifi gerfi *lF fiqrqFn I

Efrntr{ilqqilR gq fiugfiqrf}qftfosq{F{11
errn Fqr;Hq{qcrrr+{q
tt?dsgqr-stq
r
il+ftd wfiq qrU"qrft yft ErqG{rqrqq
rr

q-{HrinrrfiEer<tn*qiTr-Eqt u seq.I
srq'ddqlr(qrm*rt
fll cqrfiry{fr rft: erq rr

vqgrfuSgGt
ftIrr {uril
wqrQ5:ttRgs$nnrift I
rt firfffilqqiln+

qnfffiqqnihd

n lt tl

Slola 31. When Saturn with abundanrEtrength

occupiesthe lrt, bbava and is asgociatedwith 6 or 5
beneficdots,the perronborn will suctainlosaof wealth
accompanied
by mucheufferingfrom his very birth. lf
tbe planetin depressionor in an inimical house be
arcociatedwith 5 or more beneficdots and if the Mcon
occupieaan auspiciousVarga, the perronn ill have loog
life.
86

082

rceqffi

Adh.x.

qdrftilquatrrffr*
ql(gqftqqQnftilit a-gQt

Srirei'qqfire
w;rffr-

qrqTftqrt.g
fifii+96 qnrasn lR tl

Sloha \2. When Saturn occupying the 5th or the

lst bhava ie in an eclipsed stateor in the house of an
enemyor in depressionand is associatedwith 5 or 4
benefic dots, the persons born under the above y.rga
will be possessed
of female slaves,camelsand property.
If Saturn in the same position be associatedwith I
benefic dots, the personsborn will be lords of townohips,
pooseseed
of administrative machinery characteristicof
cities ; if the number of benefic dots be 7, the peraons
affectedby the yoga will possessabundant wealth.

n qRfRtEqqri: tl
snP{aqq* q{KiiT{rqrrimqar ETq Rcn t
q6rdi qourEftqsld
qqfqgusrs{qrl*qr( ff il tl
S/o[a 33. If you draw up a diagramconoistingof
9 parallel lines at equal intervals from East to West
croaeedby 13 parallel lines from North to Soutb with
the cameintermediate spaceas before,there will arice a
table containing 96 squaresin I rowE compricing tbe
results of each of the severalAshtakavargao.

qnfuilRdqrggrrr
dnudtqlqrusq{ft
r

qFqrfEqs{qsqffirRrqpilt
fi}q efilqilffi(rr rgl tl
Sloka 34. The Lagna,theMoon, Mercury,Venur,
Sun,
Maro, Jupiter and Saturn are the lords of the
the
diviaionsindicatedin the 8 rows extendingfrom South

sr 84

688

qqlfrsrqrq:

y one of theo, the

bcnefic dote appearingin the 12 housasof its row.
Nores.
Note tbat the planets here have been mentioned in the order
of their orbits round tr.e Zadiac.
Let us now draw the rrKr(tSi6ili (Prastharashtaka Varga)
Table and set therein the benefic dots for the Sun's Ashtakavarga
in the sample horoscopereferred to in page 657 supra,
The 48 benefic dots will be distributed as shown below :
There are three benefic dots in Mesha, and it will be ssen
that thesehave been contributed by tle Sun, Mercury and the
Lagna. While the other {ive planets have each contributed a

malefic one.
'When
the Sun transits through the sign Mesha, he will give a
benefic results only during three periods uda., the 4th, the 6th and 1
the 8th portions, that is when he is passing f r o m ( l ) l l + " t o 1 5 ' )
(2) lsl" to 221" and (3) 261' to 30o of that sign ; the remaining I
five periodswill prove malefic. Similarly in the case of the restJ

c
! q

V6

8aturn

3
I

Jupitr

_1,_
rll
ttl

=J

:l

6d+

qnrecrM

Adh.x.

"t ""*qRtssqtr|
Rd ft'lt flFsefrR+,rdRfr'lqrq
{r;qsfl ft'lq mflrmilqtsi nerqp} 11

ilTTsrTrrrqqqiufire
{rfifffr} GUr: sFrI

qHrfitfiqf{re$qqrqfl}
fied nzq qfigq rt

flqreMirRtsEqnn mronftrftqaRgdt
r
sTgrft{iqrftffi-elfiug*
c$ -qrq m}q tt

ffi-qur s{qorqr qTffid qqsqilil |

qqrft{tqadr a*qr Rfrd*sft qM

n l\ ll

SIofra35. If a planetbe associatedwith benefic

dotc, it producesits full beneficialeffect; if it be oot
;onnected with benefic spots, there ir no beneficial
effectproduced; a planetin its depreasionor inimical
sign or in an eclipsedstate causes
sorrow evenif it be
arcociated
with benefic dots,

11ffiqa1

11

qrrr{ilRrtarq{Fqrmr*r Effinr;eqgqrr
t
rrnqt{ilfi6+wrfrr vq'fftraerftftWwfl il iq tl
S/ofa 36. Draw five parallel otraight lines at
rqual intervals from East to Wert ; and acroErtfiese
linee draw five others with the sameintermediateEpace,
in ruch a manner that the four inner squares(out of the
16 resulting ones) should appearomitted. You have in
the diagram the 12 celestial signo that rule over the
EautandLotherlquartersand are the owners (jointly) of
the etarry zod6ac.
.a

qq{rtcqqt${qffi qrqltr-

{qqeqdctr-ffir

st 97-88

(ct*sqrqr

685

ft151gffieffiuilqflilr

ollnwr{Fr fr;({r qjitiln tgsn le tl

Sloha 17. In the Ashtakavargaof any one

of the
Sun and other plan-ets,
take the sig-nsby th. tri.nguiar
gloypr (l) Meeha,Simha,Dhanus(Z) Vriahabha,Kiya,
Makara(3) Mithuna, fula, Kumbha(4) Kataka,Vriscii,
ka,lvleenr; and examinerhebeneficjot, in the 3
eignr
composingany group. if in
one sign of a group,
the numberof benefic dots be"ny
reasthan that in .ior, ot
the remainingtwo, or equalto that in eachof
the other
two, or !s 4ero, the samewill have to be subtracted
from the numberof beneficdots in each of
the three
signr of the group chosen.

Aqqn+gq,Fqfr,gs{ffi( wilK mgfi r

n fr{+rqtsr uYRilft

,iit.i+rq*q,n

Slola 38. If a sign in a triangular group haa

the
leaetnumber of benefic dots, the other two signs
muat
have their beneficdots altered into this least number.
If a sign have no benefic dots, the remaining
aigne of
the samegroup will keep their figures unalrcred.
If all
the signs of a triangular group have the same
number
of benefic dotr, they must all be removed (i.e.
replaced
by aeros).
cf .

Norps.
c({K

BfrQgq Fti dseqftg rilqtq r

q6frt,rqi qA aF*doiq fiq+qrr

H*uts{}fu r{ drfu}il{rr

To this q-!qq s64s in his q-c*frmT

qqrffi{f+ g fiq}q-qqFE{q.
ll

Adh.x.

qrdiqrftrfi

686

" " t w The conflicting views rest on two distinct interpretations

$bools.
(Trikona'
put upon the sloka euunciating the rule for kq'rqiFTil
"i?-itnrg r{ c"{d' il1vq frS airqid' which when translated
,oaU*").
one of three triangular houses contains
will stand thus:-when
subtracted trom
tbe least number of benenc dots the same is to be
rcndering is not
group'
This
the figure in each of the triangular
"a-t"i fi5 cir*T+(' means that
accepted by some who maintain that
group are to be altered
tho figures in the three sigos of a lriangular
view is advanced by
latter
The
so as to equal the least number.
in Southern India'
curreut
be
irorq (Balabhadra) and appearsto
the subjoined
For the example referred to in sloka 34 above'
Trikona
aftgr
and
charts show the SuryashtakavarAafigures before
reduction :

rl

lrl
ll

+\
a
,_|

n@ll
{.rfti s6[ri q ftfl $qGsrq@{lF{Tlsl
ifd-qrl
ffi qiiqq u{wEIqI'r+qrltqeqRffintftitTs

(gsll 11 ll

Sloka 39. Leave out the signs Simhaand Kataka'

Tbe figuresin the five pairs of the remaining eigno
belonging to tbe five 'planets reckoned from Mrro,

sl. 40-41

qqrdtsqtrr

68?

whether alike or unlike, representedby 2,erc,-aseociated

with planetsor not assoiiated with them, have to be sub
jected to the pro3essof the reduction otyled qsriWrrir
(Ekadhipatyasodhana),
and their net value obtained.
cf.

q(ta(

q{ ffiq fl{ii'rqqart+rftqflilrr
srilq**q: rr
*ee,i sorti FgKqT
qftAqsq qr;qfu;tnlqlsdffit r
qwt sa Rlt qfl'{Ii sorfr+ ll
eTias ?rFqfkt*qtawffi* r
sorfE*qtti+ qw{k( m{g.q$(rr
g'Fildqgh n flfrEq: {qrqi I
s.rqlk{tqrr-qisqF}r+e siq tt
flqflqqleq.qK.s4 mil"qq{trq I

sftffrqm rnril:sqTq+iEqts-d{ll

ilfte{ qqrt q dqtt{i a+ q'ryq.qr?nftq

t
sorR i*gi n sA( Sqrilfr{rfiil{ qffi( Bo
Sloha 40. lf the two Rasis having a common lord
be both occupiedby planets,no reduction need he made.
If one of the two Rasis (whether occupied or uooccu,
pied) have no benefic dots, then also there ie no
reduction. If one of the two Rasis be occupiedand
contain more benefic dots than the other, remove the
figure in the latter, If both the Rasis be unoccupied
and have the samenumber of beneficdots, remove both.

qtwffi.Tspt
ffireqR-d

qdqAE{affiqrq r
t qrnQurqfirsqrfttqr et

Sloko 41, When one of the rwo Raris ie occupied

088

ltRtTTrRtri

Adh. x.

tt"t
numberof beneficdots, remove'the figure in the unoc,
cupiedRasi. If both the Rasisbe unoccupiedand have
an unequalnumberof benefic dots, the greaterfigure is
to be replaiedby the lesc.

frM vgRilfr ilftqrn.nFeeqerffcqni

ti ffid qRuicqqqfuqsq imrs6q1r 81
Sloka 42. When only one of the two Rasiewith
a commonlord ir occupiedby a planetand haga amaller
numberof banefic dotatban the unoccupied
Raai, the
figure in the latter ie to be madeequal to the former.
The Trikona reductionis to be madefirst of all ; the
net figures are then to be subjected to the qerfuqq
(Ekadhipatya)reduction.

frqqftsTftwffi Mqrid'r* R qrn( r

wtRflfr gfrrcrsqfrqt ffiMtgrFiqEFiln Bl tl
Sloka 43. The net figures after the two reductiooc
in the several signs are to be multiplied eachinto.in
ilRtqn (Rasimana), r.e. Rasi factor ; and the producB
made into a total is calledrn?rgvro(Rasigunaka)i.e. the
sum of the Raei,products. The net figuree aasociated
with the Sun and other planets in the eeveralsignr are
to be multiplied each into its appropriate planetary
factor or ftcr;T (Grahamana). The total of there pro,
ducts is calledrrEgsr(Grahagunaka),i e. total of Graha
products.

I torltrMtomr*wr{rwn{ft
thrffitrft{ ai\gq*dnfiqr?t ilqr( |
nfrr qqMf trtrqftUgftdttu-

q{ "tqilni\nqgqfu(r$qrftRtsn uBtl

S1.44-f6

Ft'qnr

@vvvvvvvvvvv

680

vvvvvvvvw%

ffiwr
ffisqrl
qfr rffir(ercqr&{qql
Trs iliwrdqrsg*ir(g ll 8\ rl
Slokas44 & 45. Ascercainthe tum,total of .tlre
Raeiproducts obtainedby multiplying the figures in
the eeveralrigns from Mesha onwardsby their appro,
prlateRasi,multipliers.'fhese for the 12 signs ftom
Meehaonwards ate 7, 10,8, 4, 10,5, T, 8, 9, 5, 11 and
l2r Ascertainalsothe eum.totalof the Grahaprodgctr
obtainedby nultiplying the figures in the signsoccu,
pied by the severalplanetsinto their appropriateGraha
multipliero. Theee for the 7 Grahao fro.m the Sun
onwardsare6,6, 8, 5, 10,T and 5. Add the aggregete
of Rnai prductt to the aggregateof Graha prodo"tr.
Divide thc grand total by .30. If tbe quotient ohould
exceed12 years,divide it by 1? and what is left exhibig
tbc Ayur or perlod oil life giveo by the planet.
cf.

Nores.
cflfi

i swr"qtrftrqfiqq'ilt r
aJ*,qrqf

{gssffflqrrilqur+?qgfuH
q{ufrrilqgftf$gnft*r
"Yt*

q&rlq] il Uftfl: to.rfiTrTfi*

nt: rt
fu: dqrqgflratilRtrTFiltl *qrt I

t'trlrg*il'uraiqrraggfiFqt:
mnfrqw:r

gqq npq{iqrqi qAgildq}(sr{;{t

fiftr"qrs{-{fr
E nRrq*u r+qdI
87

,
fiTqf

qftrsclftfrr

690

Adh. x.

Ffrfr*qgfrq eiFEr
u ualgil' rr
rp6.ffiqdqrur:fi.fl Rateqiil, t
l6
Sun'sA. V.
Af ter
Eliadhipatya
reduction
Slokas39-42

S""t e-t/.
a
L

-t-

After RasiGunaliara

8
I

( s l . 4 4 - 4 s ,I)Rasi Gunaka

:162.

,6I '*i

30

Ii
.l

S i m i l a r l y t h e G r a h a G u n a k aw i l l b e 9 0 , [ c o r n p o s eodf l 0 + l 4
for Mercury and Venusin Mithuna, l0 forthe Sun in Kataka.
20 for Jupiter in Tula, l6 for Nlars in Vrischika, l0 for Saturn
in Kumbha and l0 for the Moon in Meerra.l
The sum of Rasi Gunaka and Graha Gunaka is 162*90 or 252.
The Ayus contributed by the Sun is ,"t# or 8l years. Similarly for the other planets.
tsut both sor+( (Balabha,dra)and q;Qq1 (Manthreswara)prescribe a methoddifierent from this for calculating the ftafr++.rigeiu
(Bhi nnashtakavargayurdaya).

S gFr.qrni;q nsf\dq*qgq:r
ggfiafietrEFgqqluq?
qqf;-cs lt
: srrr( |
dTqilfrq+g;qqrmqfi-fl

ssfinfuql&co-eo
ffipgq: 11
Multiply the sum total of the two products (r22,, those for
Rasi and Graha) by 7 and divirle the prociuctby 27. The quotient
will be in years,monrhs, etc. When the number of years thus
obtainedexceeds27, subtract from it 27 or multiples of 27. The
r e s u l t w r 1 1b e t h e A y u s g i v e n b v t h e p l a n e t w h e n n o t l i a b l e t o t h e
reductionsto be mentionedat the foct-note to the next sloka.

sI.46

qrfclstumr

69r

qrd{ t
v* rns irgtt dEt4*ri rmarrftrrrirar

qelsffrri trgqrilqrgffiar
ir+ Agrfifii qr( tl 8q ll

Slttkn 46. If a planet be in its enltation, double

the number o{ yearsobtained for it by the Ashtakavarga
process. If it b: depressedor eclipsed, the number of
years in its caseis to be halved. Obtain by proportion
the Ayus when the planet occupies an intermediate
position In the case of Mars when retrograde, the
Ayus obtained is to be doubled.
Nores.
Corr,parewhat q;}q( & qd.t4 say on the subject :

ur.q)"qrq6ruiqeg* g {R+;1|

'it?sdq<il5"q{quig nr}a rr

qd*firrrrilr erlrfu nrrrt

qqotrq{ilqq}Gt: qrdflr{qqrqfE
ll

qgci qrfr qrt +rtt(effi{q I

qaRrd H{qr{ 5.qr qfl*i f{qfanq,tt

rndsoerigqtg,iq-ffi q n{tq: I
ta

KqlqqqrFr-qsFErds qt|t rtE( ll

Ei rqruridqt qrriOdr 1q :qt I

('c\\
qgilE111rfiq:
fl?rilgiqFrr: 11

The Ayus obtained is to be halved when the planet yiclding

the Ayurdaya has another planet associated with it in tbe ssmc
bhava. The same reduction is to be made when a planet is depressedor obscured by the Sun's reys. If the planet occupy an
inimical houseor be in the visible hemrsphere,the reduction is by
t. When tbe Sun and the Moon being in the nodessuffer eclipse,
the reduction is also 5y *. Where several reductionscrop up, it
will be enough if the greatest of them be made. The net years,
nronths,&c. thus obtained is to be multiplied by 3'z+ end divided

691

Adh x,

FrirFl|r{ilftr

by 36S. 'I'heLfe.prriqdwill be obtainedin yaars(of

IOSaarsl
monthsretc. In this way, s,scertain
severallythe DasaperioJsof
all the planets. l'he Ashtakavarga
processls the bestof all.

g$Tffig{qffitf*ffi*

qrqrftfl$ffieqfrqreqrgru u\etl
Slofu 47. In the caseof planetrthat haveattrined
their qu&+lqr,qte (Moolatrikonr, Swakahetra)or a
friendlyhouseor occupy such benefic vargasas their
exaltation,
andarein conjunctionwith benefteplaneto
or arc aspectedby them,the Ayus ir to be calculatedin
the mannerprescribedabove. When E pleoeris in the
vargaof a maleficor inimical planet the Ayuo arrived
at mustundergoreduction.

tftqqiqiq(vdqqri qurgi rtrffil qnqnr{ |

qfuowqrq
+f\ErEfrwr(
utfrirdqws
riscrr

Sloha 48" The oumberof yearcrepreeeoting

the
maximumperiod of life in the caseof men obtained
ir
by putting togetherthe figurer denotingthe yearegiven
by thd Sun and other plineta. Theaetatt.r, ,o.-"
,.y
upoothe authority of greatteachers(like rcrn-pararara)
ghouldbe supplementedby the number
of yearsfor the
Lagna (deducedlrom the Lagnaashtakavaiga)
in order
to get the Ayua conformablywith the conditionrof
any horoscopothat may be underexamination.
Norrs.
Tbe fcllowing slokas from rRlir1 (parasara) give tho deteils
of the orfcfi+tl (Lagnastrtakavarga).

sTqFqri 5qaqlnre faflsf,qI

sl.4t|

qcr*$il:

000

Enng*g{tnr
drqttrrrnfr*r:tt
trst sl*qgeilqt:qirtnpsar, r
oqr*qry(gd s{ gifrfirr nfrrr
{< g*mw$ {* il'c.1'4a,nr
qt wfHilfr fr art g*mm tl
dq-* on R,hffi ssq ftRoq.r

il o*tretlE|ifiq tl
T , AG N A R E K H A C H AKRAM.

4
5
6
7
8
9
l0
1l

In the I-agna Ashtakavarga, the bencfic placos of the Lagna

are the 3rd, 4th, 6th lOtb, llth and l2th housesfrom the Sun
t h e 3 - d , 6 t h , i O t h , l l r h a n d l 2 t h h o u s e sf r o m t h e M o o n ; t h e l s t ,
3 r d , 6 t h , l O t h a n d l l t b h o u s e sf r o m M a r s ; t h c l s t , z n d , 4 t h , 6 t h ,

Enrcftcte

694

Adh.x.

8th, l0th and llth)houses from Mercury; the lst, ?nd, +th, 5th'
6th, 7th, 9th, l0th'and I lth housesfro:n Jupiter; the lst, 2nd, 3rd,
4th,5th,8thand 9thplaces flom Venus; the lst, 3rd' 4th,6th,
, e 3rd, 6th' lOth
l O t h a n d l l t h p l a c c sf r o m S a t u r n : a n d 1 a s t 1 5t' h
and I lth places from itself.

ffiqAqttqrsEllq{r

qrgt{ ir{ran} Sqqrqgisqil ll 8q ll

5loh.t 49. Wben the Moon occupies any bhava

other than a Kendra and is in conjunctionwith another
planet, it is the Ashtakavargayurdayathat should be
calculated. The same Ayurdaya is appropriate when
the 10th bhava is occupied by benefic and malefic
planets..

t
eqrRffieqfirqrm I eqitqqrifr{rfugtcurl

hilrfltqqilg(6El rt{tk q{ awrftqt{ ll \o ll

Stoka 50. The figures indicating beneficdots that

appearin the rigns occupiedby the Sun and other planeta
whe n put together
in any fqqre*qrt(Bhinnashtakavarga)
representthe number of yearsof Ayurdaya arising from
subject to the reductions men'
tbat Bhinnaehtakavarga
tioned already.
Norrs.
The total of the net Ayurdayas in the 7 Bhinnashtakavargas
i s t h e l e n g t h o f l i f " , a c c o r d i n gt o t h e v i e v e x p o u n d e di n t h i s s l o k a .

llll
sd
((csrfsr{rEfi;ggfui
uJEqr*iirs
fioffiqasnf\qftqdadrffitfr t
ililGqifr

qAlnq* ffqi gttf d e'i

ftoli {qd}( ftW{awtgq qr ll \t ll

drile{n

sl.61-5tl

qrrriswtrr

606

the two reductionsand multiply the total of the reoeio'

(beforc
ing beneficdots into the numberof beneficdoto
planct ir
reiuction) in the particularbhdvawhereofthe
*to tX.rttka,) reckonedfrom the place occupiedby tbe
planet. Divide the product by Z? and ascertrin the
to the remainder'When Saturn
asterismcorrecpondinq
deathwill take placeof the
frr.., throughihis asterism,
(Karakr)'
p*ron indicated by the bhava and its ryto
it,l," Sun be the qrErm$(bhavakaraka),it is the father
that will die; if the Moon, the mother; if Mars, a bro'
ther ; if Mercury, a reiation; if Jupiter, a eoo: if
Venus,a wife; if Saturn, it is the owner of the boro&
copethat wilt die; if at the time mentioned,the perooor
nameddo not die, someothetson a par with then will
die or much wealthand prosperitywill be lort'
Norrs.

l-hus,intbeexampleinp.65T,thegthhousecouqtcdfrom
the sun's Ashtakavarge b
the sun is Meena. The figure there in
total of the bonefic dots rc'
5 biile chart in p. 636)' The sum
(seep' 690)' Multiplyiqg
is
l9
maining after tbe two reductions
The l4th star countcd
get
l4'
5 by t9 and dividiug bv 27 we
passesthrough thil
fro- A.*ioi is R:n (Chithra). When Saturn
of tho native or somc
asterism, we have to say that the {ather
wealth and prospcrity
much
or
die
may
others on a par with him
may bo lost.
c

ll sFr gEFtlgdn:ll

ffil sqrfueqr{rtetqiiqqrcftdFtrffidE{ t
furywrtw qErftlf \R ll
{6qG6trrqq{+srqt

Sloha 57. Draw up a diagramof the zodiacexhi

biting in itc severalhousesthe aggregatebenefic dot!

096

Adh.x.

I'liTcrntlli

given by the Eunand other plane$ dnd arrangedeppro,

priately in Mesha and the other Reriu. I shell now
ptoeeedto treat of the effect upon eachbhevsof the
beneficdots groupedin lt.
NoTEs.
The following 2 mnemobic slokas from (qiqt)
Manthreswafe'b q,otfr+t (Phaiadeepika) give the aggregate of the benefic
dots appearingin the l2 places with referenceto the sevenplanets
and the lagna in the several Ashtakavargas; The order of the
planets is from the Sun onwards,and Lagna appearsas the 8th.
The figuresate indicated by the convention commonly called
*zccdtq(qt (Katapayadhisankhya) given below.: (l) drk{s (Kadinava), (z) afra* (Tadinava), (:) qrftcs (Padipancha), (+) qrqfr
(tadyashtow)
3 t

3 3 |

34 53

51-r

9 t

5 9t

5 9'

'31

rnir TR* ar-{qn{rqtgtrrrfrgrr{t fir*@rrrrqi r

4-5 35
I
3l
{167?
3 15t6
6 1t55?S
ff rrH qgrrrs-digri.i+ohurg ffflii
n
9'

t2

3 4r!21

-a.l

_4 4

eif: ct rtt{*rTffi
{

33{

7 3

3 A

4 42

J 4 :l 6 3

{rrft q-jt rnrnrfhfurGr, r

44 6r

5 3

56

6 I

9t

6?l

ftfr lessFrccfreqrcr qil {c ctftott ihiEE tl

The figuresin the l2 placesfrornthe Sun are respectively
3,
3, 3, 3, 2, 3, +, 5, 3, 5, 7, 2; from the Moon,2, 3. 5,2, 2, 5, 2, 2,
2 , 3 , 7 , 1 ; f r o r nM a r s , 1
+ ', s , 3 , 5 , 2 , 3 , + , + , + , 6 , 7 , 2 ; f r o mM e r cury 3, l, 5, 2, 6, 6, I , 2, 5, 5, 7, 3; from JupiterS2, 2, | , 2, 3, +,
2 , 4 , 2 , + , 7 , 3 I f r o r nV e n u s2, , 3 , 3 , 3 , + , + , Z , 3 , + , 3 , 6 , 3 ; f r o m
Saturn 3, 2, 4, 4, +, 3, 3, +, 4, 4, 6, l; from Lagna,5, 3, S, 5, 2,
6, l, 2,2,6,7,l,
The statementin the next pageshows in a tabulal form the
figuresof beneficdots for the esfumcf(SarvashtakaNarga)accord* The figuresfrom
Mars ought to be 4, s, 3, +, 3, 3, +, 4, 4,
6,7, 2. But see foot-note to gfiE{ari,(Strkrashtakavarga)p. 652,
S T h e f i g u r e sf r o m J u p i t e ro u g h t t a b e 2 , l , 1 , 2 , 3 , + , 2 , 4 , 2 ,
4,7r 4. But see foot-note 1e aqtE+-qii(Chandrashtakavarga) p.

650.

$L 6rF63

qqrdls$rm:

69?

-v.

ing to the above slokas for the sample horoscope reforred to in

page 657. It enables one to find out from a glance how
mrny
beneficdots bave been cortributed by the severalplanets in oech
of the 12 Rasis.
.l
:.!)

3l

4
llithuirr

l(uhLa

2
r)

;';;.;

37

zit

.:)

z.l

()

37

t')

3C

t)

,|

i,

'tb

'I

Kruye

Tula

(a )

;;,";,,;;

,l

Dhanus

il

22

r)

')

.1

2+

27

;;;"""

a 9m bhe

lf,eena

3lz

'6 49

()
..'

29

;n
.:137

qrqefit{ftsil;q$or',3 ftq-

qrfraEa(Rmfrq qrr{qn?|
fr{rffirfrr gt*fr-{q{i{nq

q er${rtn \l n
ilgr+dAsuqrfr
S/trft,r 53. In the trsiu+sf lSarvashtakavarga),the
8b

qrisrfuft

@B

Adh. x.

-*"
doo
-r"r.t
"t 25 to 30 beneficdots in a
arevoid of effect. From
bhava produce medium effect. More than 30 benefic
dots in any bhava produce happineso, wealth and fame
while eerving to advancethe bhava wherein they appear.
NorBs.
Statement showing the several i.lers'l{,i (Bhinnashtaka Varga) figures for the same horoscope.
IFI

la

lSarvasbtaka Varsa
I

lp
lq)

t>

tu)

37

'l'i

Mesba

,l 7

Vrishabhe

7||,3

IlIithuna

zl2

I
T

Kat'aka

2l

sl2l

Simhe

7l6

ti

+i

Kanya

Jl

Tula

3t3

Vrischika

sl

Dhanus

+t 6

Nlakara

2l

Kumbha

5t2

l'l si

Meeoa

FFi

Total

-i -l 3r
'l 'l 2+

?3

37

30

25

29

c2

.{

.1
T

/+

+
q

-t

I
T
I

r+l 56
I

cl. su{t{t{r

t q. il{tqt {IttT(T:t
ft{rr{qmsor
qsfi{E?qtqui q,i dglrqq:so{ ll

+9

qtrfr$Tqr

sI.64-66

699

Also qmfltt

ftrfr+ tsftilerra{frmafhilrrrd } a{n:

|sr quqlq .fi$: 6q1 {i rar geili }silft:

ffqtfutrfliqrgilng q q{nAg +rig merl

srQ sqErr'.figqfAqd)rs+sat{rqitt

Sloha 54. Planets occupying, it may b:, tlreir

exaltatron, their own, a friend'e house, a frrkona, a
Kendra, or an vrtr4 (tJpachaya) place or posaesscdof
such strength as is derived from being in benefir ,"'arg:ur,
may do evil if associatedwith insufficient ber,e'frcdots
(in the neluo-+rt-5.rva
shtak,rvarga).

t qn{rtfrgcqgrtrrrrnr
t flqqrqftgrMsif,ls I
n qrffiilfl

tr{ inqfiq

t r{geqsoErtiqftitq.{r*( u \\ tl
Slo&c 55. Planetswhich as occupyingportions of
the l2th, the 6rh, the 8th or the Zth bhavas are considered m:rlefic; secondly,thoee that are in the vargas of
their depressionsigns or of maleficor inimical pianets;
3rdly and lasdy, thosethat conepirein conjunctionwith
the lord of the sign occupied by crflq (Mandhi) ro
work evil-these three classesof planets, i{ only associated with a higher number of benefic dots, produce all
important beneficial reeultsto the personconcerned.

qnfuilrgrqztqgtiorwggiiqfr ftrs{rfi r
g(fi fuq{t{s's! tt\q tl
RrM*
ffi Enr6

qraTcrftqri

Adh. x.

Slohn 56. If in the scis+ilt (Sarvarhaka:Varga)

the number of benefic dote in the Llth bhava be greater
than that in tl're l0ch, but the figure in the lZth lower
than that in the L lth and if the f igure in the Lagna
exceedthe figure in the lzth bhava, the pereon born
will be h"ppy with abundanceof wealth, fame and
strength,
cf . qodfc+r

rTEql.$otfit eril epil.duf& 6q+ t

qs ;q,tTfq*q* ,itlarafiaquttr tr

troqx'inq.qqfigfrz{rEi
flqirgsqrJflqq{Q;ggtrqI
wer{ qErrHwdftii qgif

*firyrftdla

qqqfk d* ll \\e ll

Slcrla 5?. Three divisions maJeof the 1l signs,

the first commencing with Meena, the second with
Karkatakaand the third with Vrischika and exhibitirrg
eachits own beneficdots in its respectiva t housesare
madeto indicatetht first, tlta middle and the concluding
portion of the life under examination. Some opine
that the three grand divisions are madefrom the 6{qrm
(Vyayabhava)to begin with.
cf, qa+Acr

4fio6rquql'fiqufrmu-'sd'req+qlq{rftrdrR} g qqnF5qil
fiq(akgqq t
qet quqqqqqtfldqEqF4ii5;gqrrUft HT

SarflFqsqftq{Fr Eaq}a aqrftE:dffq: ll

frqi w.-{r B;qufrqqni iird t*od}i!1qEgfiiliil |

fi{ grr{ wqEttgft1un{qa
{FqqeqriY{qft;gt}ul

qrrfrsqrc:

sl_68-60

701

S/otc 58. Some recommend the omission of the

beneficdots in the tzrh as well as in the 8th bhava
fron their severaldivisions ; rhe aggregateb:nefic dots
in any one division shourd be comparedwith the same
in the other two
If the figures in the three divisions
b: equal, the life of the person concerned would be a
mixed o:rewith its joys and sorrows evenlydistributed;
if unequal,the lower figure implies diminution of com_
Iort, i.e. misery; the higher one betokens increaeed
c<>mforts,
i.e. prosperity.

drqrtrd qft gffit f}qt ftaqli

rro-sq$rqqwdbvqtlrrui qr( |
\9^

li|;gaqi t{R rqqamq{q qrq{r{

ifunttqt {qft itgo{u}iri rsrr(!n \q tl

S/;i?a 59. If b:nefic planets occupy the signsof
any division. the porrion of life eorrespondirrgto this
eq (khanda)will be happv. If the signsof a Grog(khanda) have both malefic and benefic planets in them, the
effect on the porrion of the life typified by the arl
(khanda)will be mised; if any division containsmalefic
planets exclusively,the period of life representedwill
abound in accessionsof affiiccion. If the numb:r of
beneficCots in any division be smrll, the personborn
will suf{er from diseasearrrl ment.rl pain and will be
rpeakingevil things. Ii there be a preponderance
of
benefic dots in a <Tos(Khanda), the person concerned
will enjoy extensive prosperity in the period of life
thus distinguished.

qrqi rrqqFT{|
rraiFgd,rqfrrr{{rrTdrqrdii
iq=tg* qrftitqrgiit qrcrwqsiiqurotn\ n Qotl

A&r. X.

qTlrqrfuft

7U2
--'---

-----v--''

Sloha 6A, If a pirron have hia birth under a yogx

betokenioggreatProsperity,he will, upon the expiry of
a nrrmberof yearsindicatedby the eqls+T{t(sarvaehtakr
Varga) igures in the Lagn4 be in a fair way to get a
royal .rehiil. (such as a palanquin),riches, sons and
great.
knowledgesurPassinglY

Rrqrqtaq;qrt{rflq irtn-brqrfrfigidi t t

GnRIqIg+ftRI!
{r${qFilllqt tl
uil qrEfu;Sdqm{trTl

.Sl.rbrr61. When the lord of the l2th bhava occu'

by a Rasi baiungingto S'rturn'
piesthe lst represented
and when the lords of the Lagna and the 8th bhav;rare
weak,th: pcrsonborn will livc as many yearsas there
are beneficdots in CheLagna in the edemrl(Srrvashtaka
Varga).

qfdrqtt,oqtqrar&o*rdttertr\errtfrrt
fiqriircqrR;fi1ffiqt( qrartrqmiln

dm QR

Sloku (,L. When the lord of the 4th bhavr is in

the Lagnr and the lord thereof is in the 4ch,and wh:n
the numberof b:nefic dots in eachof the Rrsis occupieC
by theseplanetsts :)3,the persons born will'brome
lords of men and centresof kingly glory.

6iqq;ffi fiEflts tt{;qmri\qqfr?.qilsI

qnt;fliiqgi{ q {rcriqiErft{rtrwtt-*f{fdll ql ll

Slofta 63. When the lst,4th and the 1lth bhavas

areeachassociatedwith benefic dots exceeding30, the
personborn will, afier his 40th year, attain to power
culminatingin kingchip'
irrd protp.rity irr abundance

TIilT{iit{

r;gfuer aqqdt${hE{qt

sl. 64-6?

qqfrsqrq:

?08

qqsk q ffifftrwn
qA rt {I({t Eriwfiras tl qu ll
Sloha 64. If the number of benefic dots ir the 4th
and in the 9th Rasi from the Lrgna lie betweerr25 and
30, the person born will be rich as Kubera at the end
of 28 yearoor in gome year subsequentthereto.

t{rqrt {raq0g* qtqrftrrftrgtcqr{itI

tqrqft uqt ilqlt ilfr ilqt oetreqt'{ilql llq\ll

the 4th bhava

Sloka 65. When Jupiteroccupying
with 40 beneficdots and the
in exaltationis associated
Sun is in Mesha identical with the Lrgnr, the Percon
of a 1001000
born will becomea king and be in command
horse.

qiqrfrdtegh ffi qri qtt ilft ffi

t
*+ fit t,tir nggt q1ilc{*q{r w{Sqrll qq ll
Sloka 66. With 40 benefic dots in the Lagna,
with Jupiter in Dhanus,with Venuoin Meena, with
Mars in exaltation and with Satgrn in Kumbha,the
ed with
personborn should becomean emperorblese
every kind of good fortune.

ffinfritcq\qqrn q{F( {ilftqqfter*,

sorf\{i qliit ft{ei qqGsRqgtrt *3 11Qull

'fhe
Sloka 67.
four quarters beginning with the
East have been assigned to the four triade of Raair
whereof the first are Mesha, Vrishabha, Mithuna and
Kataka(Vrdc Adhyaya I sl. 13). With refetenceto a
hororcope that may be under examinacion,ascertain the
quarter in which there is an abundanceof benefic dotr;

't04

aftrFtmEnil

Adh. x.

t,
acceEsionto his wealth, etc.

oqrflt{;q;(rrdgt$r dWq.anr6oaqqit
(aqG qlt qR {luri n ffiqtqr ii$or .RFrTtll
SJ.;Aa68. Find the aggregateo{ benefic dots frtrm
the Laqna to Saturn (both ioclusive; Multiply it by 7
and divide thc product by 27. Whcn, in the asterism
indicatcdby the remainder(reckonedfrom Aswini) or
its Trikona, the Sun and other malignant planets pass,
and other
the personconcernedwill suffer from dieeases
ills on a large scale.

qqfto{Fffiei q Gg{r;(r{Klgqrlq $Enr;q I

gt{qdqqrTrcdrc*rqi
gq{t M
{$il ttqq ll

Sloka 69. Deal in the above way with the aggre,

gate of benefic dots countecifrom Saturn to Lagna,and
with those lrom Mars to Lagna,as w,ll as from L gna
to Mars, severally. Find the aggregareof beneficdots
in the Rasis occupied by benefic planetsand the star
indicated thereby. When a benefic planet passes
through thie asteri$m, good things, they say, may be
expected.
Nores.
ef. s-d-4fr{r

q<r;ntdias sorfi i I
offrFrnzfr
fA{riTlFs-{||
saf{dq}.qa{IFHH
d.flrTrnrriai g:ti qr ilrtrri$qrqI

qi rirf4ear=ddqrrd"oi so{.rr
Also erctt?t

oilfl tq g'lferalalqnGrrdiT,T g{iqr

g* ilfut gerHnnafis-gflr6q+
iiqdir' r

sr ?0

q**srrtrr

?05

r;ErqrufitqftftggrarruTfuti Rnt-

frRqgqdi4lR*+Fqiltitl
Er+qeifrs.qr
The following additional information based on the tr{iE6q{
(Sarvashtakavarga) figures are extracted from qa*tttr.

g,ilqtoilrr6qTerrq.firrTqdqffiFqrq{}&
q-dqlrr QQrqT{$s{rgeq qqKEiII I

qrftqa qrgrfttnfi n:fier q qGq( ll

offrqsqgfqdq{qi qFqrAqtq*

amihaqwflaqqfFle{rft flq}q+( t

sTr&{,iq-g'ilqre qi{ iqig{dt stqe:

qfid qR frq*rsft{drrerqqmffir
Hrq.ll
*-qFqrq{qqqflraqri}frq{ii I gqrErft 1

qq:gqlgt fuq. il
ilqrqft+reqrq-dqqrR

.if rftr' qftarftfrstrtrq+t

nwn* +*
qawai wvgfh,EifQqsFeiI
ilqi
'qlqqffiqfrqilftFaFq
q rqflT?d
E{ i}w}flsq: u
d=flflfrqi: FIIITqrrffr

t
qsrfrqcita*urqdl wiruqtt;ecq Rffil
qqfr"ql q Etqil{tqrfr wtssfifki qq ll so ll
St ftc ?0. Make the Trih.rna anrl Ekadhiptya
reductions in regard to the cetEssrt($arvaohtakavarga|
figum Out of the figuresleft afterthe two reductions
in the reveral Raeie, go on subtractingl? ar often ar
poroible. If the redtrcedfigure happenoto be 1l iteelf,
it 's not to bc taken awayr The figurec containedin
Nlcrha and other Rrir are to be thuc treated.
89

706

qrilTwRqrt

Adh. x.

q4e-{iiffgq-s qqqi uftrqret r

qrrqfh*oi fr{hq qart+T&qeryar{
rt
qsfu( queorft+,idqlq*qosq I

enie g 'Ifrqrt{n{gufrrgtt
q'f+qEqq:q1|
r*cgq+Rea

s.dfaeaa'R{ ssfqdqirgq:
tr
ggfffiqarsl wrg:fioq:qfiqt I
qrsrRqflorcn:
Alq{TRgqrwq
tl
mqd o afroequeoalq*q flq r

uail g rldhrflqtgdTrd.rfl
rr

aBqs+e F-iqrq(r*.{fiqf+dqr
qa{q* tt
nflHiTo-rtrgqtil$r-q

{itni flftrqqrWrhr
asqzidrq
o.!rqrR.i;qq I
ari$egqor6i
nilf\ri ftqaq{t mmrgftr*r
ri{r rrii ftqqiiqtqig$rgqqqr rf el tl
Sloha71. Multiply the net figuresin the (qqH)
Sarvashtakavarga(after the reductions mentioned in
the previousslokahavebeen made)by the zodiacaland
planetaryfactorsand makean aggregate
of the producte.
Multiply thia by 7 and divide the productby 27. The
quotientconsistingof years, montho, daye, etc., if in
excet!of the standardAyuo, i,e, L00yearE,ahouldbe
diminishedby 100yeara; if chort of 100 ic to be kept
unaltered. This will repreEentthe anlrrgt (Nakohatra
Ayus) which when multipliedby tLa anddividedby
365 will give the period of life correctly in oolaryearE.

sI.72-?3

qqisrqrq:

701

ll el ll
gt'rqruuqqrF(s{il1 qRoftqqsaqmqqr(
Sloka 72. The yearsiaking up the life whether
ehort,middleor long of a person (obtainedby the pro'
ceEBabove mentioned)will equarewith the period
otherwise obtained,by the diminution or addition as
uPon an
the casemay be of a multipleof 27 accertrined
examinatioo
of tbe aEpect,if any, upon the Lagna, by
beneficplanets.

qrffirrG$ocrrcJrqrtt
{RrrfqqgqrroR;gdor

tdfteK $ruelqu(Kr( ll sQ 11

ll tR qqfrswtt tt
compiled
Stoha7\. In the work 6f Jatakaparijata
of treatises
by Vaidyanathaand containing the essence
the chapteron
on planetaryeffects suchas Parasara"s,
deeignated
benlfic dots, appearingin the Aghtakavargas
(Samudaya)
r<m (Prasthara),fm (Bhinna) and 3Erq
has been treated bv the graceof the entire body of
Planets'

NorES.

The following from soq-( (Balabhadra) for ascertaining thc

month and the asterism of the death of a person will be found
uscful:\

lt sTq q{oTTTtf,FtrI11

tq rgut}dffuq*qq*fr i tr

Adh K

?6

elc{ttrarF}i qqrM r* t
ug ffi ffqrffqmftx*umqrftqt (
qqtqffirftqEqrqru$fr5 r
oFTqErrqE6
s{ffi3xfr1 x
qfu5mor: FqroTI
r
fli' rgizfiorm'
qnfrErecrdq
qlq+ffFs\ rgt n

metqrrfi qfut ilfu.qfr?ft d( |

qrftfiqqa* ftfrir tt
affi
qsrrftqfrfi+ qd qtsIElftqr t
qrrelRflrqq n'qTtqrq qt{ tt
sqqfr,{iq;qflq{

eutt Afrqrt ffa q frqqdn r

wqeqhttq;qffii{tnrqfi

qr tt

s$ q:vBftt fiqq q fifrf{in r

q-Tqffreil
m} q-.rsfrqlRil u
arTfi-ffi qrRtqt Udqt R: I
End of the 10th Adhyaya.
-"1t&--L*'-